You are on page 1of 932

Low Voltage

Control and
protection
components
Catalogue
2011
07897411FR - REV. A0 - 1 Schneider Electric
YFJYVIIVGIT
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Productreferenceindex 8
1
504pp 6/88
490 NAD 911 pp 1/97, 6/89
490 NTW 000
ppp
6/89
A
AB1 AB8ppp 1/41, 1/49
AB1 AC6BL 2/12, 2/14
AB1 BCppppp 1/41, 1/49
AB1 DV10235U 1/211
AB1 DVM10235U 1/211
AB1 Gp 1/211, 4/30,
4/33, 5/25,
6/51, 6/89,
7/7
AB1 Pp 5/25
AB1 Rpp 1/211, 4/30,
4/33, 6/51,
6/89, 7/7
AB1 VV635UBL 2/12, 2/14
ABF H20 ppp 1/79, 1/197
ACM GVpppp 1/49
AE3 FX122 1/49
AF1 CDppp 1/49, 5/186
AF1 VAppp 1/41, 1/49
AF1 VC820 1/49, 5/186
AK5 1/207
AK5 BT01 1/211
AK5 GF1 1/210
AK5 JBpppp 1/66, 1/210
AK5 PAppppppp 1/211
AK5 PCppppp 1/210
AK5 PEpp 1/211
AK5 SB1 1/211
AM1 ppppp 1/49, 1/210,
5/186
AM3 PA65 1/41
APE pppppp 1/197
APP 2AH40H060 1/197
ASI TERV2 1/81
ATSppDpp 1/140
ATSU 01NpppLT 1/130
ATV21pppppp 1/140
ATV31pppppp 1/141
ATV61pppppp 1/141
ATV71pppppp 1/141
B
BMX FCC pppp 1/79
C
C801p 1/28
CA2 KNppppp 7/4
CA2 SKppppp 7/12
CA3 KNppppp 7/4
CA3 SKpppp 7/12
CA4 KNppppp 7/5
CAD 32pp 1/41, 1/47
CR1 BLppppp 5/241,
5/250
CR1 BMppppp 5/241,
5/250
CR1 BPppppp 5/250
CR1 BRppppp 5/250
CR1 Fpppppp 5/241,
5/250
D
DA1 TSppp 6/51
DA1 TTppp 6/51, 6/88
DE1 DSpppp 2/41
DE1 LT315 2/52, 2/60
DF1p pppp 4/29, 4/30
DF2 pppppp 4/72 to 4/75
DF22 pppp 4/29, 4/30
DF3 pppp 4/72 and
4/74
DF4 pppppp 4/73 and
4/75
DF8 ppp 4/29, 4/30
DFCC pp 4/33
DK1 pppp 4/37
DR2 SCpppp 5/138,
5/139,
5/188,
5/189,
5/190,
5/191,
5/257
DR5 TEpp 5/135
5/188,
5/189,
5/190,
5/191,
5/257
DR5 TF4V 5/135
DV1 RCppp 5/259
DV1 RT292 5/259
DX1 AP25 6/25, 7/7,
5/25
DZ3 ppp 5/124
E
ER1 XA2p 6/42
And1 KB50 5/259
EZ2 LB0601 5/186,
5/251
G
GA1 pp 5/279,
5/293
GAC pppp 5/279,
5/293
GAP 21 5/279,
5/293
GAP 23 5/279,
5/293
GB2 CBpp 1/41, 1/47,
3/94
GB2 CDpp 3/94
GB2 CSpp 3/95
GB2 DBpp 3/94
GC ppppppp 5/278
GF pppppp 5/286
GK1 pppp 1/30, 4/36,
4/37
GK2 pppp 3/57, 3/65
GK3 pppp 3/53, 3/65
GS1 AD10 4/59, 4/69
GS1 AFpp 4/59
GS1 AHppp 4/61
GS1 AMppp 4/59, 4/69
GS1 ANppp 4/59, 4/69
GS1 AVpp 4/61
GS1 AWpp 4/61
GS1 DDpp 1/24, 1/31,
1/32, 1/33,
4/53, 4/55,
4/57, 4/68,
6/96
GS1 EERUpp 4/68
GS1 Fpp 4/55
GS1 Gpp 4/55
GS1 Jpp 4/55
GS1 Kppp 4/55
GS1 Lppp 4/55
GS1 Npp 4/55
GS1 QQpp 4/55
GS2 4/53
GS2 ADpp 4/59, 4/61,
4/69
GS2 AEpp 4/60, 4/70
GS2 AFpp 4/59
GS2 AHpppp 4/60, 4/61,
4/70, 4/71
GS2 APpp 4/61, 4/71
GS2 AX1 4/61
GS2 Dpp 4/57
GS2 Eppp 4/68
GS2 Fpp 4/53
GS2 Gpp 1/32, 1/33,
4/53, 4/57,
4/68
GS2 Jpp 4/53, 4/57
GS2 Kpppp 4/53
GS2 Lppp 1/32, 1/33,
4/53, 4/57,
GS2 Mppp 1/32, 1/33,
4/57, 4/68
GS2 Npp 1/32, 1/33,
4/53, 4/57,
GS2 PPpp 4/57
GS2 QQpp
1/32, 1/33,
4/53, 4/57,
4/68
GS2 Spp 1/24, 1/25,
1/30, 1/31,
1/32, 1/33,
4/53, 4/55,
4/57, 4/68,
6/96, 6/99
GS2 Tpp 4/57, 4/68
GS2 Vpp 1/24, 1/31,
4/53, 4/55,
4/57, 6/96
GSp F 1/24, 1/25,
1/31, 6/96,
6/99
GSp G 6/99
GSp J 1/24, 1/25,
1/31, 6/96,
6/99
GSp K 1/30, 6/96
GSp KK 1/25, 6/99
GSp L 1/24, 1/25,
1/30, 1/31,
6/96, 6/99
GSp N 1/24, 1/25,
1/30, 1/31,
6/96, 6/99
GSp QQ 1/24, 1/25,
1/30, 1/31,
6/96, 6/99
GV ADpppp 3/55, 3/61
GV AEppp 3/47, 3/55,
3/61, 4/37
GV AMppp 3/47, 3/55,
3/61
GV Apppp 3/55, 3/61
GV APppp 1/68, 3/58,
3/62,
GV AXppp 3/55
GV NGCpppp 2/18
GV1 F03 3/57
GV1 Gpp 1/66, 3/57,
5/85, 4/39,
GV1 L3 3/55
GV1 V02 3/65
GV2 AFpp 1/7 to 1/11,
3/57, 4/39
GV2 AK00 3/55
GV2 AP03 3/51, 3/58
GV2 APNpp 3/58
GV2 Apppp 2/15
GV2 AXppp 2/15
GV2 CP21 2/12
GV2 DMppppp 1/8, 1/9
GV2 DPppppp 1/10, 1/11
GV2 Epp 2/12, 2/14,
2/30
GV2 Gppp 1/66, 3/57,
4/39, 5/85
GV2 Kppp 2/12, 2/14,
2/15, 2/30
GV2 Lpp 1/20, 1/29,
3/53, 6/97
GV2 LCpppp 2/18
GV2 LEpp 1/20, 1/28,
3/52,
GV2 MCppp 2/12, 2/14,
2/15
GV2 MEpppppp 1/6, 1/7,
1/16, 1/17,
1/26, 3/46,
3/47
GV2 MEpp 2/15
GV2 MPpp 2/12
GV2 Ppp 1/17, 1/27,
3/48
GV2 RTpp 3/50, 3/51
GV2 V01 2/12, 2/14,
2/30
GV2 V03 3/58, 3/61,
4/39
GV3 App 3/65
GV3 APNpp 3/62
GV3 Bpp 3/65
GV3 Dpp 3/65
GV3 Gppp 3/61, 5/85
GV3 Lpp 1/20, 1/21,
1/28, 1/29,
3/53, 6/65,
6/97
GV3 ME80 3/48, 1/16,
1/26
GV3 Ppp 1/16, 1/17,
1/26, 1/27,
3/48
GV3 PCpp 2/13
GV3 S 5/85
GV7 AB11 3/67
GV7 ACpp 3/69, 5/84
GV7 ADppp 3/67
GV7 AE11 3/67
GV7 APpp 3/69
GV7 ASppp 3/67
GV7 AUppp 3/67
GV7 REppp 1/16, 1/26,
3/49,
GV7 RSppp 1/17, 1/27,
3/49
GV7 V01 3/69
GW ppp 5/279,
5/293
GY pppppp 5/292
K
KAC 1BZ 4/19
KAD 1PZ 4/11, 4/17
KAE 1BZ 4/19
KAF ppp 4/17
KBD 1PZ 4/19
KBF ppp 4/19
KCC ppp 4/11, 4/17,
4/19
KCD 1PZ 4/11, 4/17
KCE ppp 4/17, 4/19
KCF ppp 4/17
KDD 1PZ 4/19
KDF ppp 4/19
KZ ppp 4/11, 4/20,
4/21
L
LA1 DNpp 2/45, 2/49
LA1 DXpp 5/79, 5/123,
7/21
LA1 DY20 5/79, 5/123,
7/21
LA1 DZpp 5/79, 5/123,
7/21
LA1 KNppp 5/23, 7/6
LA1 LB021 1/167
LA1 LCpppp 1/167, 2/59
LA1 LDppppp 1/171
LA1 SKpp 5/34, 5/35,
7/13
LA1 VNppp 5/235
LA2 KTpp 5/23, 7/6
LA4 DApp 5/81
LA4 DBpp 5/81
LA4 DBL 5/83
LA4 DC3U 5/81
LA4 DEpp 5/81
LA4 DFB 5/83
LA4 DTpp 5/83
LA4 DWB 5/83
LA4 FDp 5/124
LA4 FRpp 5/124
LA4 FSRE 5/123
LA4 FTp 5/124
LA4 KA1U 5/24, 7/7
LA4 Kpppp 5/24, 7/7
LA4 SKppp 5/35, 5/43,
7/13
LA5 Dpppppp 5/85
LA5 Fppp 5/127,
5/177,
5/258
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Productreferenceindex 8
2
LA5 FFppp 5/127,
5/177,
5/258
LA5 FGppp 5/127,
5/177,
5/258
LA5 FHppp 5/127,
5/177,
5/258
LA6 DK20p 5/80
LA7 Dpppp 6/25, 6/36,
6/37
LA7 Fppp 1/47, 6/36,
6/37, 5/125
LA7 K0064 6/12
LA8 D324 4/36
LA9 B103 5/186,
5/251
LA9 D0975 2/44, 2/45,
2/48, 2/49
LA9 D09907 2/21, 2/25,
2/45
LA9 D09966 5/84
LA9 D09981 5/124
LA9 D09982 1/171
LA9 D11ppp 1/41, 5/76,
5/77, 5/84
LA9 D12ppp 1/39, 1/41,
2/44, 2/45,
5/76, 5/84
LA9 D15017 1/41
LA9 D2561 5/84
LA9 D32ppp 1/39, 5/76,
5/84
LA9 D4pppp 1/39, 5/76,
5/77
LA9 D5pppp 1/39, 5/76,
5/77, 5/85
LA9 D65App 5/76, 5/77
LA9 D730 5/85
LA9 D8pppp 1/39, 5/76,
5/77, 5/84
LA9 D9pp 1/41, 1/47,
2/45, 2/49,
3/47, 3/57,
5/25, 5/85,
6/25, 6/37,
7/7, 7/23
LA9 Epp 3/57, 4/39,
5/25
LA9 F100 1/49
LA9 F103 5/126,
5/176,
5/251, 6/25,
6/37
LA9 F15ppp 5/119,
5/121
LA9 F18517 1/47
LA9 F2100 5/125
LA9 F22ppp 1/47, 5/119,
5/121
LA9 F7pp 5/116,
5/117,
5/126,
5/176,
5/251, 6/37
LA9 FFpppp 5/119,
5/121,
5/124,
5/125,
5/128,
5/253
LA9
FGpppppppp
1/41, 1/47,
5/119,
5/121,
5/124,
5/125,
5/128,
5/176,
5/253
LA9 Fp4p4p 5/128,
5/129
and 5/253
LA9 FHppp 1/47, 5/119,
5/121,
5/124,
5/253
LA9 FJppp 1/47, 5/119,
5/121,
5/124,
5/253
LA9 FKppp 5/119,
5/121,
5/124,
5/125,
5/253
LA9 FLppp 5/119,
5/121,
5/124,
5/125,
5/253
LA9 FXppp 5/119,
5/121,
5/153
LA9 K09pp 5/25
LA9 LB920 1/66, 3/55
LA9 LCppp 1/172, 2/52,
2/60
LA9 LDppp 1/172
LA9 LFpppp 2/87
LA9 V974 5/234
LA9 Zppppp 1/184,
1/185,
1/186,
1/187
LAD 2p 5/85, 7/23
LAD 3pppppp 1/195, 3/57,
4/39, 5/76
LAD 4pppp 5/76, 5/77,
5/81, 5/83,
7/22
LAD 6K10p 5/80, 7/22
LAD 7pppp 3/61, 5/85
6/25, 6/58
LAD 8ppp 5/79, 7/21
LAD 90 1/66, 5/85,
6/25, 7/23
LAD 90ppp 2/40
LAD 912pp 1/39, 5/76
LAD 918pp 2/40
LAD 92560 5/84
LAD 93217 1/39, 5/76
LAD 96ppp 3/61, 5/84,
6/25
LAD 99 4/39
LAD 9APppp 1/197
LAD 9Andp 5/85, 7/23
LAD 9Pppp 5/84
LAD 9PVGV 5/76
LAD 9Rpp 5/76, 5/77
LAD 9SD3 5/76
LAD 9T4 2/40
LAD 9Vpp 5/76, 5/77
LAD ALLEN4 3/61, 5/85,
6/25
LAD C22 5/79, 5/123,
7/21
LAD Nppp 1/41, 5/79,
5/123,
5/175,
5/251, 7/21
LAD Rp 5/80, 5/123,
5/175, 7/22
LAD S2 5/80, 5/123,
5/175, 7/22
LAD Tp 1/41, 1/47,
5/80, 5/123,
5/175, 7/22
LAD T9Rpp 5/77
LAD UL1 5/71
LAZ R9pp 5/156,
5/157
LB1 LD03ppp 1/163,
1/165, 2/57,
2/58
LB6 LD03ppp 1/163, 2/57
LC1 BL 5/217
LC1 BLppppp 5/184,
5/214,
5/215
LC1 BM 5/217
LC1 BMppppp 5/184,
5/185,
5/214,
5/215
LC1 BP 5/217
LC1 BPppppp 5/184,
5/185,
5/214,
5/215
LC1 BR 5/217
LC1 BRppppp 5/184,
5/185,
5/214,
5/215
LC1 BR34p40 5/185
LC1 Dppppppp 1/16, 1/17,
1/20,
1/24 to
1/29, 1/31
to 1/33,
1/39, 1/47,
5/62 to
5/67, 5/71,
5/74, 5/75,
5/102,
5/156,
5/188,
5/190,
5/191,
5/214,
5/215,
5/217, 6/65,
6/96 to 6/99
LC1 DpKpppp 5/102
LC1 Dpppp 5/156
LC1
DTpppppppp
5/188,
5/190,
5/191
LC1 DWK12pp 5/102
LC1 Fpppppp 1/16, 1/17,
1/21, 1/24,
1/25, 1/27,
1/29, 1/31
to 1/33,
1/47, 5/114,
5/115,
5/153,
5/163,
5/174,
5/214,
5/215,
5/217, 6/60,
6/65, 6/96,
6/98, 6/99
LC1 Kppppppp 1/16, 2/28,
5/14, 5/16,
5/214
LC1 SKpppppp 5/34, 5/42
LC1 Vppppp 5/234
LC2 Dpppppppp 5/72 to 5/75
LC2 Fpppp 5/116
and 5/117
LC2 Kpppppp 5/18, 5/20
LC2 Vpppppp 5/234
LC3 Dppppppp 1/26, 1/28,
1/30, 1/37
LC3 Fpppppp 1/28, 1/30,
1/45
LC3 Kpppp 1/26, 1/28,
1/30, 1/37
LC4 Dppppp 1/34
LC7 Kppppppp 5/14, 5/16,
LC8 Kppppppp 5/18, 5/20
LD1 LC030p 1/165
LD1 LD030p 1/162
LD4 LDpppp 2/56, 2/58,
1/162,
1/165
LD5 LDpppp 2/56, 1/162
LEpp 1/20
LE1 Dpppppp 2/20, 2/44
LE1 GVppppppp 2/30
LE1 M35pppp 2/28
LE2 Dppppp 2/20, 2/24
LE2 Kppppp 2/20
LE3 Dppppp 2/32, 2/36
LE3 Fppppp 2/42
LE3 Kppppp 2/32
LE4 Dppppp 2/24, 2/48
LE4 Kppppp 2/24
LE6 Dpppp 2/24, 2/36
LE8 Kppppp 2/24
LF3 Mppp 2/85
LF3 Pppp 2/84
LF4 Mppp 2/85
LF4 Pppp 2/84
LG1 D1pppppp 2/63
LG1 Kppppppp 2/63
LG7 Dpppppp 2/62
LG7 Kpppppp 2/62
LG8 Kpppppp 2/64
LJ7 Kpppppp 2/68
LJ8 Kpppppp 2/69
LP1 Dppppppp 5/66, 5/214,
5/215
LP1
DTpppppppp
5/189
LP1 Kppppppp 5/15, 5/17
LP1 SKpppppp 5/34
LP2 Kppppppp 5/19, 5/21
LP4 Kppppppp 5/15, 5/17
LP5 Kppppppp 5/19, 5/21
LR2 Dpppp 1/25, 2/44,
2/48, 6/22
LR2 F8383 5/241
LR2 Kpppp 1/28, 6/12,
1/30
LR2 K0322 6/12
LR9 D5367 1/21, 1/24,
1/25, 1/28,
1/29, 1/31,
1/32, 1/33,
5/219, 6/23
LR9 Fpppp 1/21, 1/24,
1/25, 1/28
to 1/33,
5/219,
5/241, 6/34
LR97 Dppppp 6/58
LRD pppp 1/20, 1/24
and 1/25,
1/28 to
1/33, 5/219,
6/20 to 6/22
LS1 Dppppp 4/36, 4/37,
1/30
LT3 Spppppp 6/50
LT47 06ppp 6/58
LT47 30ppp 6/58
LT47 60ppp 6/58
LT6 CTpppp 6/88, 6/96,
6/98, 6/99
LTM 9TCS 6/87
LTM Cpppp 6/87
LTM EVpppp 6/87
LTM Rppppp 6/86, 6/96
to 6/99
LU2B 12pp 1/60, 1/63,
1/85, 1/91
LU2B 32BL 1/85, 1/91
LU2B 32pp 1/63
LU2B pppp 1/63
LU6M B0pp 1/63
LU9 Apppp 1/68, 1/69,
1/83, 3/62
LU9 BN11L 1/84, 1/90
LU9 CD1 1/72, 1/81,
1/95, 1/97
LU9 Gpp 1/79, 1/83,
1/95, 1/197
LU9 M1 1/63, 1/85,
1/91
LU9 Rppppp 1/79, 1/83,
1/93,
1/197, 6/87
LU9 SP0 1/67
LU9B pppp 1/61, 1/62,
1/65, 1/79,
1/81, 1/83,
1/87, 1/89,
1/93, 1/95
LU9C p 1/65
LU9M ppp 1/63, 1/79,
1/81, 1/83,
1/87, 1/89,
1/93, 1/95
LUA Lpp 1/66
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Productreferenceindex 8
3
LUA1 pppp 1/65
LUA8 E20 1/65
LUB ppp 1/137, 1/58,
1/61, 1/62,
1/84, 1/90,
1/137
LUC Apppp 1/84, 1/85,
1/90, 1/91
LUC Bpppp 1/84, 1/85,
1/90, 1/91
LUC Dpppp 1/84, 1/85,
1/90, 1/91
LUC Mpppp 1/84, 1/85,
1/90, 1/91
LUCA pppp 1/71
LUCA 12FU 1/58, 1/60,
1/71
LUCB pppp 1/59, 1/71,
6/64
LUCC pppp 1/71
LUCD pppp 1/71, 6/64
LUCLpppp 1/136,
1/137
LUCM pppp 1/61, 1/72,
6/60, 6/64,
6/65
LUF pppp 1/59, 1/65,
1/73, 1/97
LUL pppp 1/61, 1/83,
1/84, 1/85,
1/87, 1/89,
1/90, 1/91,
1/93, 1/95,
6/60
LUT ppppp 6/64, 6/65
LV4ppppp 1/187
LX0 FFppp 5/254
and 5/255
LX0 FGppp 5/254
and 5/255
LX0 FHppp 5/254
and 5/255
LX0 FJppp 5/254
and 5/255
LX0 FKppp 5/254
and 5/255
LX0 FLppp 5/254
and 5/255
LX1 D6pp 5/88
LX1 D8pp 5/89
LX1 FFpppp 5/130,
5/178
LX1 FGpppp 5/130,
5/178
LX1 FHpppp 5/131,
5/179
LX1 FJpppp 5/131,
5/179
LX1 FKpppp 5/132,
5/133,
5/179
LX1 FLpppp 5/132,
5/179
LX1 FXppp 5/133
LX1 LDpppp 1/171,
1/173
LX1 Vpppppp 5/235
LX2 FJWpp 5/139
LX4 D7pp 5/90 and
5/91
LX4 D8pp 5/91
LX4 F8pp 5/133,
5/137
LX4 FFppp 5/134,
5/136,
5/139
LX4 FGppp 5/134,
5/136,
5/139
LX4 FHppp 5/134,
5/136,
5/139
LX4 FJppp 5/135,
5/138,
5/136
LX4 FKppp 5/135,
5/138,
5/137
LX4 FLppp 5/135,
5/138,
5/137
LX4 FXppp 5/137
LX5 FJWpp 5/139
LXD 1ppp 5/86, 7/23
LXD 3ppp 5/87
N
NSpppppp 1/21, 1/28,
6/60, 6/65,
6/97, 6/98
P
PA1 LBpp 5/186,
5/259
PA1 PB50 5/186,
5/259
PA1 RB50 5/186,
5/259
PA2pppp 1/207
PA5ppp 1/207
PN1 FB50 5/259
PR4 FBpppp 5/257,
5/259
PV1 FA80 5/259
R
RHZ 66 6/51
RM1 XAppp 6/41, 6/42
RM1 ZG21 6/41
RM1 ZH21 6/42
S
SR2 CBL06 6/88
STB EPI 2145 1/197
STB XBE1100 1/93
STB XBE1300 1/93
STR35ME 1/28
T
TC1pppp 5/219
TC2pppp 5/219
TCpppp 5/219
TSX CAN ppppp 1/87, 6/89
TSX CANTD M4 1/87
TSX CDP ppp 1/79, 1/197
TSX FP ACC12 1/97
TSX PBSCAppp 1/83, 6/89
V
Vpp 2/5, 4/14
VBD pp 4/13
VBDN pp 4/8
VBF pp 4/13
VBF ppGE 2/4
VBF pGEp 2/4
VBFX GEp 2/5
VCp GUN 2/10
VCCD pp 4/12
VCCDN pp 4/8
VCCF pp 4/12
VCD pp 4/12
VCDN pp 4/8
VCF pp 4/12
VCF ppGE 2/4
VCF pGE 2/4
VCF pGEN 2/4
VCFN ppGE 2/4
VCFX GEp 2/5
VN pp 2/5, 4/9
VVD p 4/13
VW3 A1 pppRpp 6/87
VW3 A8 1pp 1/76, 6/88
VW3 A8 306 ppp 1/61, 1/95,
1/97, 6/89
VW3 G4104 1/130
VZ pp 2/6, 2/10,
4/14, 4/20
VZN pp 2/7, 4/9,
4/11, 4/20
W
WB1 KBppp 5/188
to 5/191,
5/256
X
XB5 Apppppp 6/25
XBT N410 6/87
XBT NU400 1/72
XBT Z938 1/72, 6/87
XBY 2U 5/85, 7/23
XGS Z24 1/76
XZ CG0142 1/81
XZ MCpp 1/81
XZ MG12 2/99, 1/81
Z
Z01 4/21
ZA2 Bpppp 6/36
ZB5 AAppp 2/40
ZB5 ADp 2/40
ZB5 AL432 2/40
ZBA 639 2/40
ZC4 GMp 5/186,
5/188,
5/189,
5/190,
5/191,
5/257,
5/259
ZEN L11pp 2/40

1 - TeSys motor starters: open version


Selection guide page 1/4
Combination automatic motor starters page 1/6
Combination starters for customer assembly page 1/16
DOL starters, plate mounted, for motor control page 1/36
Star-delta starters for motor control page 1/37
TeSys U starter-controllers page 1/52
integral 63 contactor breakers and reversing contactor breakers page 1/142
Adaptators for use with busbar sytem page 1/180
TeSys Quickft, installation system for motor starter components page 1/188
AK5 pre-assembled panel busbar system page 1/205
2 - TeSys motor starters: enclosed version
Selection guide page 2/2
VARIO enclosed switch disconnectors page 2/4
Enclosed thermal-magnetic motor circuit-breakers page 2/12
DOL starters for motor control page 2/18
Star-delta starters for motor control page 2/32
DOL starters for control in category AC-1 page 2/44
integral 63 contactor breakers and reversing contactor breakers page 2/52
Enclosed DOL starters for motor control for use on a machine subject
to the application of Machinery Directive 98/37/CE page 2/62
Enclosed DOL starters for AS-Interface cabling system page 2/72
3 - TeSys protection components: motor circuit-breakers
Selection guide page 3/2
TeSys GV thermal-magnetic motor circuit-breakers page 3/46
TeSys GV magnetic motor circuit-breakers page 3/52
TeSys GB2 thermal-magnetic circuit-breakers for the protection
of control circuits, solenoid valves and transformers page 3/90
4 - TeSys protection components: fuse protection
Selection guide page 4/2
Mini-VARIO switch disconnectors for standard applications page 4/8
VARIO switch disconnectors for high performance applications page 4/12
TeSys DF fuse carriers for the protection of control circuits
or transformers page 4/28
TeSys GK1 fuse carriers for motor protection page 4/32
TeSys GS switch-disconnectors-fuses for motor
or variable speed drive protection page 4/34
TeSys GS switch-disconnector-fuses provide on-load breaking
and making, safe isolation and overcurrent protection page /2
Cartridge fuses page 4/74
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
General contents
TeSys
Control and protection components
5
5 - TeSys contactors and reversing contactors
Defnitions and comments page 5/2
Selection guide page 5/6
TeSys K contactors and reversing contactors page 5/8
TeSys LC1 SK and LP1 SK mini-contators page 5/30
TeSys LC1 SKGC mini-contators page 5/38
TeSys D contactors and reversing contactors page 5/50
TeSys contactors for switching 3-phase capacitor banks page 5/104
TeSys F contactors and reversing contactors page 5/106
High power changeover contactor pairs for distribution page 5/153
Capacitive delayed opening devices page 5/156
TeSys FG shockproof contactors page 5/158
TeSys LC1 B contactors page 5/182
Variable composition contactors page 5/228
3-pole vacuum contactors and reversing contactors page 5/232
Magnetic latching contactors CR1 F and CR1 B page 5/240
Modular equipment page 5/268
6 - TeSys protection components: relays and controllers
Selection guide page 6/2
Motor and machine protection page 6/
TeSys K thermal overload relays page 6/10
TeSys D, 3-pole thermal overload relays page 6/1
TeSys LR9 D, 3-pole electronic overload relays page 6/18
TeSys LR9 F, 3-pole electronic overload relays page 6/30
TeSys RM1 XA single-pole magnetic over current relays page 6/0
TeSys LT3 S thermistor protection units for use with PTC thermistor
probes page 6/
TeSys LR97D and LT7 electronic over current relays page 6/5
TeSys U controllers page 6/60
TeSys T, Motor Management System page 6/68
7 - TeSys control relays
TeSys K control relays page 7/2
TeSys SK mini-control relays page 7/10
TeSys D control relays and add-on blocks page 7/16
8 - Technical information
Product standards and certifcations, degrees of protection, etc page 8/2
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b

Levels of service. .page 1/2


Selection guide page 1/4
Combination automatic motor starters
DOL.starters,.type.1.coordination. page 1/6
DOL.starters,.type..coordination page 1/10
Combination starters for customer assembly
DOL.starters
With.circuit-breaker.and.overload.protection.built.into..
the.circuit-breaker . page 1/16
With.circuit-breaker.and.overload.protection.by.separate.
thermal.overload.relay. page 1/18
With.fuse.protection.(NF.C.or.DIN). page 1/22
Star-delta.starters
With.circuit-breaker.and.overload.protection.built.into..
the.circuit-breaker . page 1/26
With.circuit-breaker.and.overload.protection.by.separate.
thermal.overload.relay. page 1/28
With.fuse.protection.(NF.C.or.DIN). page 1/30
With.fuse.protection.(BS.fuses) . page 1/32
DOL starters, plate mounted, for motor control
4.to.37.kW,.without.isolating.device,.pre-assembled . page 1/34
Star-delta starters for motor control
55.to.13.kW,.without.isolating.device,.pre-assembled. page 1/37
75.to.13.kW,.without.mechanical.interlock,for.customer.assembly . page 1/39
90.to.375.kW,.without.isolating.device,.pre-assembled . page 1/45
90.to.375.kW,.on.chassis.for.customer.assembly. page 1/47
TeSys U starter-controllers
Presentation.. page 1/52
Application.examples. page 1/58
Non-reversing.and.reversing.power.bases. page 1/62
Add-on.contact.blocks.and.auxiliary.contact.modules . page 1/64
LU9. page 1/68
Control.units.and.function.modules . page 1/70
PowerSuite.software.workshop. page 1/74
Parallel.wiring.module.and.pre-wired.coil.connection.components . page 1/78
AS-Interface.communication.modules. page 1/80
Profbus DP communication module . page 1/82
CANopen.communication.module. page 1/86
DeviceNet.communication.module............................. page 1/88
Advantys.STB.communication.module.......................... page 1/92
Modbus.communication.module . page 1/94
Communication.gateways.LUF.P. page 1/96
Characteristics. page 1/98
Curves. page 1/106
b
b
b
b
v
v
v
b
v
v
v
v
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
Contents
1.-.TeSys.motor.starters:..
open.version
1
2
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
2
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
2
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1/1
Selection.curves.according.to.categories. page 1/110
Dimensions. page 1/112
Schemes. page 1/114
TeSys.U.starter-controllers,.variable.speed.controllers..
and.soft.start/soft.stop.units
Altistart.U01.and.TeSys.U. page 1/126
Magnetic.control.unit.for.the.protection.of.variable.speed.controllers.
and.soft.start/soft.stop.units. page 1/136
Combination............................................. page 1/138
integral 63 contactor breakers and reversing
contactor breakers
General,.terminology. page 1/142
Characteristics. page 1/152
References . page 1/162
Accessories.and.coils.references. page 1/167
Dimensions,.schemes. page 1/176
Adaptators for use with busbar sytem
With.60.mm.pitch. page 1/180
TeSys Quickft, installation system for motor starter
components
Selection guide page 1/188
Presentation............................................. page 1/190
References . page 1/195
Characteristics. page 1/198
Dimensions,.schemes. page 1/200
AK5 pre-assembled panel busbar system
Presentation............................................. page 1/205
Characteristics. page 1/206
Mounting.(equipment.possibilities). page 1/208
References . page 1/210
Dimensions. page 1/212
b
b
b
b
v
v
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
1
2
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
2
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
2
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1/
1
TeSys motor starters
Levels.of.service
Type 1 and type 2 coordination according to the standard
The standard defnes tests at different levels of current; the purpose of these tests is
to.place.the.equipment.in.extreme.conditions.
The standard defnes 2 types of coordination, according to the condition of the
components.after.testing:.
type 1,
type 2
To.determine.the.type.of.coordination,.the.standard.requires.that.the.behaviour.of.the.
equipment.be.tested.under.overload.and.short-circuit.conditions.for.3.fault.current.
values,.covering.overload.and.short-circuit.conditions.
Type 1 coordination
Type.1.coordination.requires.that.in.a.short-circuit.condition,.the.contactor.or.starter.
must.not.present.any.danger.to.personnel.or.installations.and.must.not.be.able.to.
resume.operation.without.repair.or.the.replacement.of.parts.
1 Thermal.overload.relay.curve
2 Fuse
3 Tripping.of.thermal.overload.relay.only
4 Thermal.limit.of.the.circuit-breaker
5 Thermal.overload.relay.limit
6 Current.broken.by.the.SCPD.(1)
7 Circuit.breaker.magnetic.trip
Type 2 coordination
Type..coordination.requires.that.In.a.short-circuit.condition,.the.contactor.or.starter.
must.not.present.any.danger.to.personnel.or.installations.and.must.subsequently.
be able to resume operation. The risk of contact welding is permissible; in this case,
the.manufacturer.must.indicate.measures.to.be.taken.regarding.maintenance.of.the.
equipment.
Type..coordination.increases.reliability.of.operation.
Current values
Current Ico (overload I < 10 In)
The.thermal.overload.relay.associated.with.the.contactor.provides.protection.against.
this type of fault, up to a value Ico (see curve) defned by the manufacturer..
Standard IEC 60947-4-1 specifes the 2 current values to be used for checking
coordination.between.the.thermal.overload.relay.and.the.short-circuit.protection.
device:.
at.075.Ico.only.the.thermal.overload.relay.must.trip,
at.15.Ico.the.short-circuit.protection.device.must.operate.
b
b
Current r (low level short-circuit 10 < I < 50 In)
The.main.cause.of.this.type.of.fault.is.the.deterioration.of.insulating.materials.
Standard IEC 60947-4-1 defnes an intermediate short-circuit current r. This test
current.makes.it.possible.to.check.whether.the.protection.device.is.providing.
protection.against.low-level.short-circuits.
Operational current Ie (AC-3).(A) Current r (kA)
Ie.y.16 1
16.<.Ie.y 63 3
63.<.Ie.y 15 5
15.<.Ie.y.315 10
315.<.Ie.y.630 18
630.<.Ie.y.1000 30
Current Iq (short-circuit > current r)
This.type.of.fault.corresponds.to.a.dead.short.and.is.relatively.rare..It.can.be.caused.
by.a.connection.error.during.maintenance.work.Short-circuit.protection.is.provided.
by.fast.operating.devices.
Standard IEC 60947-4-1 defnes a current Iq. The coordination tables supplied by
Schneider Electric are based on a current Iq that is generally u.50.kA
(1) SCPD: short-circuit protection device.
1 10 50
In
t
0,75 Ico 1,25 Ico
Ico
Ir Iq
1
3 6
7
4
5
2
Overload.zone Short-circuit.zone Low-level..
short-circuit.zone
1 10 50
In
t
0,75 Ico 1,25 Ico
Ico
Ir Iq
1
3 6
7
4
5
2
Overload.zone Short-circuit.zone Low-level..
short-circuit.zone
General
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1/3
1
TeSys motor starters
Levels.of.service
Selection
No coordination Considerable risks to both persons and
equipment
Not.authorised.by.standards:
NF.C.15-100.and.IEC.60364-1,.article.133-1..
(installation.regulations),
EN/IEC.6004-1,.article.7..
(electrical.equipment.in.machines),
IEC.60947-4-1,.article.85.(starters).
v
v
v
Type 1 coordination The most frequently used solution
Equipment.costs.are.lower
Reliability.of.operation.is.not.a.requirement
Before.restarting,.it.may.be.necessary.to.repair.the.
motor.starter.
Consequences:.
signifcant amount of machine downtime,
skilled.maintenance.personnel.required.to.repair,.
check,.obtain.supplies
Example:.air.conditioning.in.commercial.premises
b
b
b
v
v
Type 2 coordination This solution ensures reliability of operation
Consequences:.
reduced.machine.downtime,
reduced.maintenance.after.a.short-circuit
Example:.escalators
v
v
Total coordination With this solution, no damage or misadjustment is
permissible and reliability of operation is
guaranteed
Consequences:.
immediate.return.to.service,
no.special.precautions.required.
Examples: smoke extraction, fre-fghting pumps.
v
v
General (continued)
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
1/4
Applications Pre-assembled starters

Starters for customer assembly
Small machines starting under full load: DOL starters Machines starting
under no-load:
star-delta starters




Small machines starting under full load: DOL starters
Machines starting under no-load: star-delta starters
Starter type DOL or reversing starters with circuit-breaker DOL starters with
fuse protection
Soft start units or
star-delta starters to
be used in association
with a circuit-breaker or
fuses






DOL or reversing starters DOL, reversing or star-delta starters with circuit-breakers DOL, reversoing or star-delta starters with fuses
Level of service Type.1.coordination Type..coordination .
.
Total.coordination Type.1.and.type..coordination
Power at 400 V Up.to.55.kW Up.to.37.kW Up.to.37.kW Up.to.13.kW .
.
Up.to.15.kW Up.to.110.kW Up.to.315.kW Up.to.355.kW
Type of components Combination automatic motor starter with overload protection
built into the circuit-breaker
Fuse carrier
+ plate-mounted
contactor
3 contactors
(line, star and delta,
mounted on plate,
rail or chassis)






Starter-controller Thermal magnetic
circuit-breaker
+ contactor(s)
Magnetic circuit-breaker
+ contactor(s)
+ thermal overload relay
Fuse carrier
+ contactor(s)
+ thermal overload relay
Switch-disconnector-fuse
+ contactor(s)
+ thermal overload relay
Pages 1/6.and.1/7 1/8.and.1/9 1/10.and.1/11 1/34 1/37 .
.
1/6.and.1/63 1/16.and.1/17,..
1/6.and.1/7
1/18.and.1/19,..
1/8.and.1/9
1/..
1/30
1/3,.1/31,.
1/3.and.1/33
Selection guide
TeSys motor starters - open version
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
1/5
Applications Pre-assembled starters

Starters for customer assembly
Small machines starting under full load: DOL starters Machines starting
under no-load:
star-delta starters




Small machines starting under full load: DOL starters
Machines starting under no-load: star-delta starters
Starter type DOL or reversing starters with circuit-breaker DOL starters with
fuse protection
Soft start units or
star-delta starters to
be used in association
with a circuit-breaker or
fuses






DOL or reversing starters DOL, reversing or star-delta starters with circuit-breakers DOL, reversoing or star-delta starters with fuses
Level of service Type.1.coordination Type..coordination .
.
Total.coordination Type.1.and.type..coordination
Power at 400 V Up.to.55.kW Up.to.37.kW Up.to.37.kW Up.to.13.kW .
.
Up.to.15.kW Up.to.110.kW Up.to.315.kW Up.to.355.kW
Type of components Combination automatic motor starter with overload protection
built into the circuit-breaker
Fuse carrier
+ plate-mounted
contactor
3 contactors
(line, star and delta,
mounted on plate,
rail or chassis)






Starter-controller Thermal magnetic
circuit-breaker
+ contactor(s)
Magnetic circuit-breaker
+ contactor(s)
+ thermal overload relay
Fuse carrier
+ contactor(s)
+ thermal overload relay
Switch-disconnector-fuse
+ contactor(s)
+ thermal overload relay
Pages 1/6.and.1/7 1/8.and.1/9 1/10.and.1/11 1/34 1/37 .
.
1/6.and.1/63 1/16.and.1/17,..
1/6.and.1/7
1/18.and.1/19,..
1/8.and.1/9
1/..
1/30
1/3,.1/31,.
1/3.and.1/33
1/6
1
TeSys motor starters - open version
Combination.automatic.motor.starters..
with.overload.protection.built.into.the.circuit-breaker
....
DOL starters, non-reversing, from 037 to 55 kW at 400/415 V, type 1 coordination
This.pre-assembled.combination.comprises:
1.motor.circuit-breaker.GV.ME,
1.3-pole.contactor.LC1.K,
1.combination.block.GV.AF01.
Characteristics
Starter type GV2 ME06K1 ME07K1 ME08K1 ME10K1 ME14K1 ME16K1
Breaking
capacity (lq)
(1)
Conforming.to.
IEC.60947-4-1
400/415.V kA 50 50 50 50 50 15
440.V kA 50 50 50 50 15 8
500.V kA 50 50 50 50 10.(4.kW)
6.(55.kW)
6
References
DOL starters, non-reversing
Standard power ratings
of 3-phase motors
50/60 Hz in AC-3
Setting
range of
thermal
trips
Fixed
magnetic
tripping
current
13 Irth
For customer assembly Pre-assembled Weight
400/
415 V
440 V 500 V Motor
circuit-
breaker
Reference
Contactor
Reference
to be
completed
(2)
Basic reference,
to be completed
by adding the
voltage code
(3)
kW kW kW A A kg
037
055

037
055

037
055
075
116 5 GV.ME06 LC1.K06 GV2 ME06K1pp 0460
075

075
11

11
165 335 GV.ME07 LC1.K06 GV2 ME07K1pp 0460
11
15

15
15

54 51 GV.ME08 LC1.K06 GV2 ME08K1pp 0460


3

3
463 78 GV.ME10 LC1.K06 GV2 ME10K1pp 0460
3
4

4
4
55
610 138 GV.ME14 LC1.K09 GV2 ME14K1pp 0460
55 55 75 914 170 GV.ME16 LC1.K1 GV2 ME16K1pp 0460
Add-on blocks
Description Sold in
lots of
Unit
reference
Weight
kg
Combination block between circuit-breaker and contactor 10. GV2 AF01 000
(1) The breaking performance of circuit-breakers GV2 ME can be increased by adding a current limiter GV1 L3, see page 3/13.
(2)PleaseconsultyourRegionalSalesOffce.
(3)Standardcontrolcircuitvoltages(forothervoltages,pleaseconsultyourRegionalSalesOffce):
Volts 24 110 220/230 230 230/240 380/400
a 50/60 Hz B7 F7 M7 P7 U7 Q7
c (4) BW3
(4) Coil: low consumption (1.5 W), wide range (0.71.3 Uc) with integral suppression device as standard.
b
b
b
GV2 ME10K1pp GV2 ME10K1pp
Dimensions.:
page.1/1
Schemes.:
page.1/14
Dimensions.:
page.1/1
Schemes.:
page.1/14
Dimensions.:
page.1/1
Schemes.:
page.1/14
Dimensions.:
page.1/1
Schemes.:
page.1/14
References
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1/7
1
TeSys motor starters - open version
Combination.automatic.motor.starters..
with.overload.protection.built.into.the.circuit-breaker
..
DOL starters, reversing, from 037 to 55 kW at 400/415 V, type 1 coordination
This.pre-assembled.combination.comprises:
1.motor.circuit-breaker.GV.ME,
1.3-pole.reversing.contactor.LC.K,
1.combination.block.GV.AF01.
Characteristics
Starter type GV2 ME06K2 ME07K2 ME08K2 ME10K2 ME14K2 ME16K2
Breaking
capacity (lq)
(1)
Conforming.to.
IEC.60947-4-1
400/415.V kA 50 50 50 50 50 15
440.V kA 50 50 50 50 15 8
500.V kA 50 50 50 50 10/4.kW
6/55.kW
6
References
DOL starters, reversing
Standard power ratings
of 3-phase motors
50/60 Hz in AC-3
Setting
range of
thermal
trips
Fixed
magnetic
tripping
current
13 Irth
For customer assembly Pre-assembled Weight
400/
415 V
440 V 500 V Motor
circuit-
breaker
Reference
Contactor
Reference
to be
completed
(2)
Basic reference,
to be completed
by adding the
voltage code
(3)
kW kW kW A A kg
037
055

037
055

037
055
075
116 5 GV.ME06 LC.K06 GV2 ME06K2pp 0460
075

075
11

11
165 335 GV.ME07 LC.K06 GV2 ME07K2pp 0460
11
15

15
15

54 51 GV.ME08 LC.K06 GV2 ME08K2pp 0460


3

3
463 78 GV.ME10 LC.K06 GV2 ME10K2pp 0460
3
4

4
4
55
610 138 GV.ME14 LC.K09 GV2 ME14K2pp 0460
55 55 75 914 170 GV.ME16 LC.K1 GV2 ME16K2pp 0460
Add-on blocks
Description Sold in
lots of
Unit
reference
Weight
kg
Combination block between circuit-breaker and contactor 10. GV2 AF01 000
(1) The breaking performance of circuit-breakers GV2 ME can be increased by adding a current limiter GV1 L3, see page 3/13.
(2)PleaseconsultyourRegionalSalesOffce.
(3)Standardcontrolcircuitvoltages(forothervoltages,pleaseconsultyourRegionalSalesOffce):
Volts 24 110 220/230 230 230/240 380/400
a 50/60 Hz B7 F7 M7 P7 U7 Q7
c (4) BW3
(4) Coil: low consumption (1.5 W), wide range (0.71.3 Uc) with integral suppression device as standard.
b
b
b
GV2 ME10K2pp GV2 ME10K2pp
Dimensions.:
page.1/1
Schemes.:
page.1/14
Dimensions.:
page.1/1
Schemes.:
page.1/14
Dimensions.:
page.1/1
Schemes.:
page.1/14
Dimensions.:
page.1/1
Schemes.:
page.1/14
References
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1/8
1
TeSys motor starters - open version
Combination.automatic.motor.starters..
with.overload.protection.built.into.the.circuit-breaker
.
DOL starters, non-reversing, from 006 to 30 kW at 400/415 V, type 1 coordination
This.pre-assembled.combination.comprises:
1.motor.circuit-breaker.GV.ME,
1.3-pole.contactor.LC1.D,
1.combination.block.GV.AF3.
Characteristics
Starter type GV2 DM 102 to
DM 110
DM 114 DM 116 DM 120 DM 121 DM 122 DM 132
Breaking
capacity (lq)
(1)
Conforming.to.
IEC.60947-4-1
400/415.V kA 50 50 15 15 15 15 10
440.V kA 50 15 8 8 6 6 6
500.V kA 50 6 6 6 4 4 4
References
DOL starters, non-reversing
Standard power ratings
of 3-phase motors
50/60 Hz in AC-3
Setting
range of
thermal
trips
Fixed
magnetic
tripping
current
13 Irth
For customer assembly Pre-assembled Weight
400/
415 V
440 V 500 V Motor
circuit-
breaker
Reference
Contactor
Reference
to be
completed
(2)
Basic reference,
to be completed
by adding the
voltage code
(2)
kW kW kW A A kg
006 006 01605 4 GV.ME0 LC1.D09pp GV2 DM102pp (3) 0596
009

009
01
05040 5 GV.ME03 LC1.D09pp GV2 DM103pp (3) 0596
01
018

018

040063 8 GV.ME04 LC1.D09pp GV2 DM104pp (3) 0596


05
037
05
037

0631 13 GV.ME05 LC1.D09pp GV2 DM105pp (3) 0596

055

055

037
055
075
116 5 GV.ME06 LC1.D09pp GV2 DM106pp (3) 0596
075

075
11

11
165 335 GV.ME07 LC1.D09pp GV2 DM107pp (3) 0596
11
15

15
15

54 51 GV.ME08 LC1.D09pp GV2 DM108pp (3) 0596


3

3
463 78 GV.ME10 LC1.D09pp GV2 DM110pp (3) 0596
3
4

4
4
55
610 138 GV.ME14 LC1.D09pp GV2 DM114pp (3) 0596
55 55 75 914 170 GV.ME16 LC1.D1pp GV2 DM116pp 0601
75

75
9

9
1318 3 GV.ME0 LC1.D18pp GV2 DM120pp 0606
9 11 11 173 37 GV.ME1 LC1.D5pp GV2 DM121pp 0646
11 15 05 37 GV.ME LC1.D5pp GV2 DM122pp 0646
15 15 185 43 416 GV.ME3 LC1.D3pp GV2 DM132pp 0651.
Add-on blocks
Description Mounting of
GV2
Sold in
lots of
Unit
reference
Weight
kg
Combination block between circuit-breaker and contactor 5.rail 10. GV2-AF3 0016
Mounting.plate.
LAD.311
10 GV2-AF4 0016
(1) The breaking performance of circuit-breakers GV2 ME can be increased by adding a current limiter GV1 L3, see page 3/13.
(2)Standardcontrolcircuitvoltages(forothervoltages,pleaseconsultyourRegionalSalesOffce):
Volts 24 220 230
a 50/60 Hz B7 M7 P7
c (4) BD
(3) Type 2 coordination also possible, see page 1/17.
(4) Only available for GV2 DM. Coil with integral suppression device as standard.
b
b
b
GV2 DM102pp GV2 DM102pp
Dimensions.:
pages.1/1.and.1/13.
Schemes.:
page1/14
Dimensions.:
pages.1/1.and.1/13.
Schemes.:
page1/14
Dimensions.:
pages.1/1.and.1/13.
Schemes.:
page1/14
Dimensions.:
pages.1/1.and.1/13.
Schemes.:
page1/14
References
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1/9
1
TeSys motor starters - open version
Combination.automatic.motor.starters..
with.overload.protection.built.into.the.circuit-breaker
.
DOL starters, reversing, from 006 to 15 kW at 400/415 V, type 1 coordination
This.pre-assembled.combination.comprises:
1.motor.circuit-breaker.GV.ME,
1.3-pole.reversing.contactor.LC.D,
1.combination.block.GV.AF3.
Characteristics
Starter type GV2 DM202 to
DM210
DM214 DM216 DM220 DM221 DM222 DM232
Breaking
capacity (lq)
(1)
Conforming.to.
IEC.60947-4-1
400/415.V kA 50 50 15 15 15 15 10
440.V kA 50 15 8 8 6 6 6
500.V kA 50 10 6 6 4 4 4
References
DOL starters, reversing (2)
Standard power ratings
of 3-phase motors
50/60 Hz in AC-3
Setting
range of
thermal
trips
Fixed
magnetic
tripping
current
13 Irth
For customer assembly Pre-assembled Weight
400/
415 V
440 V 500 V Motor
circuit-
breaker
Reference
Contactor
Reference
to be
completed (3)
Basic reference,
to be completed
by adding the
voltage code (4)
kW kW kW A A kg
006 006 01605 4 GV.ME0 LC.D09pp GV2 DM202pp 0963
009

009
01
05040 5 GV.ME03 LC.D09pp GV2 DM203pp 0963
01
018

018

040063 8 GV.ME04 LC.D09pp GV2 DM204pp 0963


05
037
05
037

0631 13 GV.ME05 LC.D09pp GV2 DM205pp 0963

055

055

037
055
075
116 5 GV.ME06 LC.D09pp GV2 DM206pp 0963
075

075
11

11
165 335 GV.ME07 LC.D09pp GV2 DM207pp 0963
11
15

15
15

54 51 GV.ME08 LC.D09pp GV2 DM208pp 0963


3

3
463 78 GV.ME10 LC.D09pp GV2 DM210pp 0963
3
4

4
4
55
610 138 GV.ME14 LC.D09pp GV2 DM214pp 0963
55 55 75 914 170 GV.ME16 LC.D1pp GV2 DM216pp 0973
75

75
9

9
1318 3 GV.ME0 LC.D18pp GV2 DM220pp 0983
9 11 11 173 37 GV.ME1 LC.D5pp GV2 DM221pp 1063
11 15 05 37 GV.ME LC.D5pp GV2 DM222pp 1063
15 15 185 43 416 GV.ME3 LC.D3pp GV2 DM232pp 1073
Add-on blocks
Description Mounting of
GV2
Sold in
lots of
Unit
reference
Weight
kg
Combination block between
circuit-breaker and contactor
5.rail 10. GV2-AF3 0016
Mounting.plate.
LAD.311
10 GV2-AF4 0016
(1) The breaking performance of circuit-breakers GV2 ME can be increased by adding a current limiter GV1 L3, see page 1/7.
(2) Type 2 coordination also possible, see page 1/7.
(3) See page 5/62.
(4)Standardcontrolcircuitvoltages(forothervoltages,pleaseconsultyourRegionalSalesOffce):
Volts 24 220 230
a 50/60 Hz B7 M7 P7
c (5) BD
(5) Coil with integral suppression device as standard.
b
b
b
GV2 DM202pp GV2 DM202pp
Dimensions.:
page.1/1
Schemes.:
page.1/14
Dimensions.:
page.1/1
Schemes.:
page.1/14
Dimensions.:
page.1/1
Schemes.:
page.1/14
Dimensions.:
page.1/1
Schemes.:
page.1/14
References
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1/10
1
TeSys motor starters - open version
Combination.automatic.motor.starters..
with.overload.protection.built.into.the.circuit-breaker
.
DOL starters, non-reversing, from 006 to 30 kW at 400/415 V, type 2 coordination
This.pre-assembled.combination.comprises:
1.motor.circuit-breaker.GV.P,
1.3-pole.contactor.LC1.D,
1.combination.block.GV.AF3.
Characteristics
Starter type GV2 DP102 to
DP110
DP114 DP116 DP120 DP121 DP122 DP132
Breaking
capacity (lq)
(1)
Conforming.to.
IEC.60947-4-1
400/415.V kA 130 130 130 50 50 50 50
440.V kA 130 130 50 0 0 0 0
500.V kA 130 50 4 10 10 10 10
References
DOL starters, non-reversing
Standard power ratings
of 3-phase motors
50/60 Hz in AC-3
Setting
range of
thermal
trips
Fixed
magnetic
tripping
current
13 Irth
For customer assembly Pre-assembled Weight
400/
415 V
440 V 500 V Motor
circuit-
breaker
Reference
Contactor
Reference
to be
completed
(2)
Basic reference,
to be completed
by adding the
voltage code
(3)
kW kW kW A A kg
006 006 01605 4 GV.P0 LC1.D09pp GV2 DP102pp 0686

009
009
01
05040 5 GV.P03 LC1.D09pp GV2 DP103pp 0686
01
018

018

040063 8 GV.P04 LC1.D09pp GV2 DP104pp 0686


05
037
05
037

0631 13 GV.P05 LC1.D09pp GV2 DP105pp 0686

055

055

037
055
075
116 5 GV.P06 LC1.D09pp GV2 DP106pp 0686
075

075
11

11
165 335 GV.P07 LC1.D09pp GV2 DP107pp 0686
11
15

15
15

54 51 GV.P08 LC1.D09pp GV2 DP108pp 0696


3

3
463 78 GV.P10 LC1.D09pp GV2 DP110pp 0736
3
4

4
4
55
610 138 GV.P14 LC1.D09pp GV2 DP114pp 0736
55

55
75
75
9
914 170 GV.P16 LC1.D5pp GV2 DP116pp 0741
75 9 1318 3 GV.P0 LC1.D5pp GV2 DP120pp 0736
9 11 11 173 37 GV.P1 LC1.D5pp GV2 DP121pp 0741
11 15 05 37 GV.P LC1.D5pp GV2 DP122pp 0741
15 15 185 43 416 GV.P3 LC1.D3pp GV2 DP132pp 0741
185 3040 560 GV3.P401.(4) LC1.D50App 175
185 3040 560 GV3.P401.(4) LC1.D65App 1730
3750 700 GV3.P501.(4) LC1.D50App 175
30 3750 700 GV3.P501.(4) LC1.D65App 1730
30 37 4865 910 GV3.P651.(4) LC1.D65App 1730
Add-on blocks
Description Mounting of
GV2
Sold in
lots of
Unit
reference
Weight
kg
Combination block between
circuit-breaker and contactor
5.rail 10. GV2-AF3 0016
Mounting.plate.
LAD.311
10 GV2-AF4 0016
(1) The breaking performance of circuit-breakers GV2 P can be increased by adding a current limiter GV1 L3, see page 3/13.
(2) See page 5/62.
(3)Standardcontrolcircuitvoltages(forothervoltages,pleaseconsultyourRegionalSalesOffce):
Volts 24 220 230
a 50/60 Hz B7 M7 P7
c (5) BD
(4) Circuit-breaker supplied without downstream EverLink power terminal block, which is required for vertical mounting.
For side by side mounting, use a GV3 P circuit-breaker with terminal blocks and the GV3S set of S-shape busbars
(see page 5/85).
(5) Coil with integral suppression device as standard.
b
b
b
Dimensions.:
page1/13.
Schemes.:
page1/15
Dimensions.:
page1/13.
Schemes.:
page1/15
Dimensions.:
page1/13.
Schemes.:
page1/15
Dimensions.:
page1/13.
Schemes.:
page1/15
References
GV3 P651
+
LC1 D65App
GV2 DP102pp
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1/11
1
TeSys motor starters - open version
Combination.automatic.motor.starters.with.overload.
protection.built.into.the.circuit-breaker
.
DOL starters, reversing, from 006 to 30 kW at 400/415 V, type 2 coordination
This.pre-assembled.combination.comprises:
1.motor.circuit-breaker.GV.P,
1.3-pole.reversing.contactor.LC.D,
1.combination.block.GV.AF3.
Characteristics
Starter type GV2 DP202 to
DP210
DP214 DP216 DP220 DP221 DP222 DP232
Breaking
capacity (lq)
(1)
Conforming.to.
IEC.60947-4-1
400/415.V kA 130 130 130 50 50 50 50
440.V kA 130 130 50 0 0 0 0
500.V kA 130 50 4 10 10 10 10
References
DOL starters, reversing
Standard power ratings
of 3-phase motors
50/60 Hz in AC-3
Setting
range of
thermal
trips
Fixed
magnetic
tripping
current
13 Irth
For customer assembly Pre-assembled Weight
400/
415 V
440 V 500 V Motor
circuit-
breaker
Reference
Contactor
Reference
to be
completed
(2)
Basic reference,
to be completed
by adding the
voltage code
(3)
kW kW kW A A kg
006 006 01605 4 GV.P0 LC.D09pp GV2 DP202pp 1053

009
009
01
05040 5 GV.P03 LC.D09pp GV2 DP203pp 1053
01
018

018

040063 8 GV.P04 LC.D09pp GV2 DP204pp 1053


05
037
05
037

0631 13 GV.P05 LC.D09pp GV2 DP205pp 1053

055

055

037
055
075
116 5 GV.P06 LC.D09pp GV2 DP206pp 1053
075

075
11

11
165 335 GV.P07 LC.D09pp GV2 DP207pp 1053
11
15

15
15

54 51 GV.P08 LC.D09pp GV2 DP208pp 1073


3

3
463 78 GV.P10 LC.D09pp GV2 DP210pp 1153
3
4

4
4
55
610 138 GV.P14 LC.D09pp GV2 DP214pp 1153
55

55
75
75
9
914 170 GV.P16 LC.D5pp GV2 DP216pp 1163
75 9 1318 3 GV.P0 LC.D5pp GV2 DP220pp 1153
9 11 11 173 37 GV.P1 LC.D5pp GV2 DP221pp 1163
11 15 05 37 GV.P LC.D5pp GV2 DP222pp 1163
15 15 185 43 416 GV.P3 LC.D3pp GV2 DP232pp 1163
185 3040 560 GV3.P401.(4) LC.D50App 750
185 3040 560 GV3.P401.(4) LC.D65App 760
3750 700 GV3.P501.(4) LC.D50App 750
30 3750 700 GV3.P501.(4) LC.D65App 760
30 37 4865 910 GV3.P651.(4) LC.D65App 760
Add-on blocks
Description Mounting of
GV2
Sold in
lots of
Unit
reference
Weight
kg
Combination block between circuit-breaker and contactor 5.rail 10. GV2-AF3 0016
Mounting.plate.
LAD.311
10 GV2-AF4 0016
(1) The breaking performance of circuit-breakers GV2 P can be increased by adding a current limiter GV1 L3, see page 3/13.
(2) See page 5/62.
(3)Standardcontrolcircuitvoltages(forothervoltages,pleaseconsultyourRegionalSalesOffce):
Volts 24 220 230
a 50/60 Hz B7 M7 P7
c.(5) BD
(4) Circuit-breaker supplied without downstream EverLink power terminal block, which is required for vertical mounting.
For side by side mounting, use a GV3 P circuit-breaker with terminal blocks and the GV3S set of S-shape busbars (see
page 5/85).
(5) Coil with integral suppression device as standard.
b
b
b
References
GV3 P651
+
LC2 D65App
GV2 DP202pp
Dimensions.:
page1/13.
Schemes.:
page1/15
Dimensions.:
page1/13.
Schemes.:
page1/15
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1/1
1
TeSys motor starters - open
version
Combination.automatic.motor.starters
............
GV2 MEppKppp
On mounting rail AM1 DE200 GV2 MEppK1pp GV2 MEppK2pp
66
87
11 45
1
5
2
90
1
5
2
GV2 DMppppp
On mounting rail AM1 DE200 With adapter plate LAD 311 GV2 DM1pppp GV2 DM2pppp
c1
c
1
c1
c
d1
d
1
2
5


3
2
3
4

45
b
c
GV2 DMp02pp to
DMp20pp
DMp21pp to
DMp32pp
GV2 DMp02pp to
DMp20pp
DMp21pp to
DMp32pp
b 1764 1868 c 1356 1419
c 996 1059 c1 1301 1364
c1 941 1004 d 115 115
d1 107 107
....
90
b
90
b
References:
pages.1/6.to.1/11.
References:
pages.1/6.to.1/11.
References:
pages.1/6.to.1/11.
References:
pages.1/6.to.1/11.
Dimensions,
mounting
GV2 DPppppp
On mounting rail AM1 DE200 With adapter plate LAD 311 GV2 DP1pppp GV2 DP2pppp
c1
c
d1
d
1
c1
c
1
2
5


3
2
3
4

45
b
90
b
GV2 DPp02pp to
DPp08pp
DPp10pp to
DPp32pp
GV2 DPp02pp to
DPp08pp
DPp10pp to
DPp32pp
b 1764 1868 c 1416 1479
c 1056 1119 c1 1365 144
c1 1001 1064
d 1005 1005
d1 95 95
1/13
1
TeSys motor starters - open
version
Combination.automatic.motor.starters
GV3 Ppp1 + LC1 D40AD65A (for customer assembly)
Vertical mounting (1) Side by side mounting with S-shape busbar system GV3 S (2)
2
3
1
1
2
0
136 55
141
1
2
0

+
3 0
136
141
119
1
3
8
GV3 Ppp1 + LC2 D40AD65A (for customer assembly)
Vertical mounting (1) Side by side mounting with S-shape busbar system GV3 S (2)
2
3
3
119
1
3
8
183
(1) For several side-by-side motor starters, the maximum current allowed is equal to the nominal current under 400 V.
Example: 55 A for a 30 kW motor under 400 V, for a GV3 P65 circuit-breaker and a LC1 D65A contactor association.
(2) The maximum current allowed is equal to 90 % of maximum current. Example: 45 A for a LC1 D50A contactor.
....
References:
pages.1/6.to.1/11.
References:
pages.1/6.to.1/11.
References:
pages.1/6.to.1/11.
References:
pages.1/6.to.1/11.
Dimensions,
mounting (continued)
1/14
1
TeSys motor starters - open
version
Combination.automatic.motor.starters
....
GV2 MEppK1pp GV2 MEppK2pp
GV2 DM1pppp GV2 DM2pppp
....
2
/
T
1
4
/
T
2
6
/
T
3
1
/
L
1
3
/
L
2
5
/
L
3
1
/
L
1
3
/
L
2
5
/
L
3
T
1
/
2
T
2
/
4
T
3
/
6
1
3
/
N
O
1
4
A
1
A
2
2
/
T
1
4
/
T
2
6
/
T
3
1
/
L
1
3
/
L
2
5
/
L
3
1
/
L
1
3
/
L
2
5
/
L
3
T
1
/
2
T
2
/
4
T
3
/
6
1
3
/
N
O
1
4
A
1
A
2
2
/
T
1
4
/
T
2
6
/
T
3
1
/
L
1
3
/
L
2
5
/
L
3
1
/
L
1
3
/
L
2
5
/
L
3
T
1
/
2
T
2
/
4
T
3
/
6
1
3
/
N
O
T
1
/
2
T
2
/
4
T
3
/
6
1
4
1
3
/
N
O
1
4
A
1
A
2
1
/
L
1
3
/
L
2
5
/
L
3
A
1
A
2
2
/
T
1
4
/
T
2
6
/
T
3
1
/
L
1
3
/
L
2
5
/
L
3
1
/
L
1
3
/
L
2
5
/
L
3
T
1
/
2
T
2
/
4
T
3
/
6
1
3
/
N
O
T
1
/
2
T
2
/
4
T
3
/
6
1
4
1
3
/
N
O
1
4
A
1
A
2
1
/
L
1
3
/
L
2
5
/
L
3
A
1
A
2
2
/
T
1
4
/
T
2
6
/
T
3
1
/
L
1
3
/
L
2
5
/
L
3
1
/
L
1
3
/
L
2
5
/
L
3
T
1
/
2
T
2
/
4
T
3
/
6
A
1
A
2
1
4
1
3
/
N
O
2
2
2
1
/
N
C
2
/
T
1
4
/
T
2
6
/
T
3
1
/
L
1
3
/
L
2
5
/
L
3
1
/
L
1
3
/
L
2
5
/
L
3
T
1
/
2
T
2
/
4
T
3
/
6
A
1
A
2
1
4
1
3
/
N
O
2
2
2
1
/
N
C
2
/
T
1
4
/
T
2
6
/
T
3
1
/
L
1
3
/
L
2
5
/
L
3
1
4
A
1
A
2
1
2
3
4
5
6
L
1
L
2
L
3
1
2
3
4
5
6
U V W
1
3
/
N
O
1
4
1
3
/
N
O
A
1
A
2
2
2
2
1
/
N
C
2
2
2
1
/
N
C
GV2DM2-SCH-2-M
2
/
T
1
4
/
T
2
6
/
T
3
1
/
L
1
3
/
L
2
5
/
L
3
1
4
A
1
A
2
1
2
3
4
5
6
L
1
L
2
L
3
1
2
3
4
5
6
U V W
1
3
/
N
O
1
4
1
3
/
N
O
A
1
A
2
2
2
2
1
/
N
C
2
2
2
1
/
N
C
GV2DM2-SCH-2-M
References:
pages.1/6.to.1/11.
References:
pages.1/6.to.1/11.
References:
pages.1/6.to.1/11.
References:
pages.1/6.to.1/11.
Schemes
1/15
1
TeSys motor starters - open
version
Combination.automatic.motor.starters
.........
GV2 DP1pppp GV2 DP2pppp
Mechanical interlock with integral electrical contacts
Control circuit a Control circuit c
.....
2
/
T
1
4
/
T
2
6
/
T
3
1
/
L
1
3
/
L
2
5
/
L
3
1
/
L
1
3
/
L
2
5
/
L
3
T
1
/
2
T
2
/
4
T
3
/
6
A
1
A
2
1
4
1
3
/
N
O
2
2
2
1
/
N
C
2
/
T
1
4
/
T
2
6
/
T
3
1
/
L
1
3
/
L
2
5
/
L
3
1
/
L
1
3
/
L
2
5
/
L
3
T
1
/
2
T
2
/
4
T
3
/
6
A
1
A
2
1
4
1
3
/
N
O
2
2
2
1
/
N
C
2
/
T
1
4
/
T
2
6
/
T
3
1
/
L
1
3
/
L
2
5
/
L
3
1
4
A
1
A
2
1
2
3
4
5
6
L
1
L
2
L
3
1
2
3
4
5
6
U V W
1
3
/
N
O
1
4
1
3
/
N
O
A
1
A
2
2
2
2
1
/
N
C
2
2
2
1
/
N
C
GV2DP2-SCH-2-M
2
/
T
1
4
/
T
2
6
/
T
3
1
/
L
1
3
/
L
2
5
/
L
3
1
4
A
1
A
2
1
2
3
4
5
6
L
1
L
2
L
3
1
2
3
4
5
6
U V W
1
3
/
N
O
1
4
1
3
/
N
O
A
1
A
2
2
2
2
1
/
N
C
2
2
2
1
/
N
C
GV2DP2-SCH-2-M
KM1
A
1
A
2
A
1
A
2
0
1
0
1
0
2
0
2
KM2 KM1
A
1
A
2
A
1
A
2
0
1
0
1
0
2
0
2
KM2
KM1
A
2
A
2
0
1
0
2
0
2
KM2
0
1
A
1
A
1
KM1
A
2
A
2
0
1
0
2
0
2
KM2
0
1
A
1
A
1
KM1 KM2
A
1
A
2
A
2
A
1
KM1 KM2
A
1
A
2
A
2
A
1
References:
pages.1/6.to.1/11.
References:
pages.1/6.to.1/11.
References:
pages.1/6.to.1/11.
References:
pages.1/6.to.1/11.
Schemes (continued)
1
1/16
006 to 110 kW at 400/415 V: type 1 coordination
Standard power ratings of 3-phase motors
50/60 Hz in category AC-3
Circuit-breaker Contactor
Reference Setting range
of thermal trips
Reference (2)
400/415 V 440 V 500 V
P Ie Iq (1) P Ie Iq (1) P Ie Iq (1)
kW A kA kW A kA kW A kA A
006 0 50 006 019 50 GV2 ME02 01605 LC1 K06 or LC1 D09
009 03 50 009
012
08
037
50
50
GV2 ME03 05040 LC1 K06 or LC1 D09
012
018
044
06
50
50

018

055

50

GV2 ME04 040063 LC1 K06 or LC1 D09


025
037
085
11
50
50
025
037
076
099
50
50
GV2 ME05 0631 LC1 K06 or LC1 D09

055

15

50

055

136

50
037
055
088
1
50
50
GV2 ME06 116 LC1 K06 or LC1 D09
075 15 50 GV2 ME06 116 LC1 K06 or LC1 D09
075

19

50

075
11
168
37
50
50

11


50
GV2 ME07 165 LC1 K06 or LC1 D09
11
15
7
36
50
50

15

306

50
15
22
9
39
5050 GV2 ME08 54 LC1 K06 or LC1 D09
22

49

50

22
3
44
577
50
50

3

5

50
GV2 ME10 463 LC1 K06 or LC1 D09
3
4
65
85
50
50

4

79

15
4
55
68
9
10
10
GV2 ME14 610 LC1 K09 or LC1 D09
55 115 15 55 104 8 75 14 6 GV2 ME16 914 LC1 K12 or LC1 D12
75

155

15

75
9
137
169
8
8
9

139

GV2 ME20 1318 LC1 D18


9 181 15 11 01 6 11 176 4 GV2 ME21 173 LC1 D25
11 15 15 3 4 GV2 ME22 05 LC1 D25
15 9 10 15 65 6 185 8 4 GV2 ME32 43 LC1 D32
185 35 50 185 38 50 22 33 10 GV3 P40 3040 LC1 D40A
22 41 50 22 39 50 30 44 10 GV3 P50 3750 LC1 D50A
30 55 50 37 515 50 37 53 10 GV3 P65 4865 LC1 D65A
37 64 5 45 64 18 GV7 RE80 4880 LC1 D65A
37 66 15 45 76 10 55 78 4 GV3 ME80 5680 LC1 D80
37 66 5 45 76 5 55 78 18 GV7 RE80 4880 LC1 D80
45 80 5 GV7 RE100 60100 LC1 D95
50 90 5 GV7 RE100 60100 LC1 D115
55 97 5 75 106 30 GV7 RE150 90150 LC1 D115
75 13 35 75 15 35 90 18 30 GV7 RE150 90150 LC1 D150
90 146 35 GV7 RE150 90150 LC1 F185
90 160 35 110 156 30 GV7 RE220 130 LC1 F185


110

178

35
132
160
184
4
30
30
GV7 RE220 130 LC1 F265
110 195 35 132 15 35 GV7 RE220 130 LC1 F225
(1) The breaking performance of circuit-breakers GV2 ME can be increased by adding a current limiter GV1 L3, see page 3/11.
(2)Forreversingoperation,replacetheprefxLC1withLC2.
Combination starters
for customer assembly
TeSys motor starters - open version
DOL.starters.with.circuit-breaker..
and.overload.protection.built.into.the.circuit-breaker
1
1/17
006 to 110 kW at 400/415 V: type 2 coordination
Standard power ratings of 3-phase motors
50/60 Hz in category AC-3
Circuit-breaker Contactor
Reference Setting range
of thermal trips
Reference (2)
400/415 V 440 V 500 V
P Ie Iq (1) P Ie Iq (1) P Ie Iq (1)
kW A kA kW A kA kW A kA A
006 0 130 006 019 130 GV2 P02 or GV2 ME02 01605 LC1 D09

009

03

130
009
012
08
037
130
130

GV2 P03 or GV2 ME03 0504 LC1 D09


012
018
044
06
130
130

018

055

130

GV2 P04 or GV2 ME04 04063 LC1 D09


025
037
085
11
130
130
025
037
076
099
130
130

GV2 P05 or GV2 ME05 0631 LC1 D09

055

15

130

055

136

130
037
055
088
1
130
130
GV2 P06 or GV2 ME06 116 LC1 D09
075 15 130 GV2 P06 or GV2 ME06 116 LC1 D09
075

19

130

075
11
168
37
130
130

11


130
GV2 P07 or GV2 ME07 165 LC1 D09
11
15
7
36
130
130

15

306

130
15
22
9
39
130
130
GV2 P08 or GV2 ME08 54 LC1 D09

22

49

130

GV2 P10 or GV2 ME10 463 LC1 D09

22
3
44
577
50
50

3

5

50
GV2 ME10 463 LC1 D09

22
3
44
577
130
130

3

5

130
GV2 P10 463 LC1 D09
3
4
65
85
130
130

GV2 P14 or GV2 ME14 610 LC1 D09

79

15

4
55
68
9
10
10
GV2 ME14 610 LC1 D09


4

79

130
4
55
68
9
50
50
GV2 P14 610 LC1 D12
55

115

130

55
75
104
137
50
50
75
9
14
139
4
4
GV2 P16 or GV2 ME16 914 LC1 D25
75 155 50 9 169 0 GV2 P20 or GV2 ME20 1318 LC1 D25
9 181 50 11 01 0 11 176 10 GV2 P21 or GV2 ME21 173 LC1 D25
11 50 GV2 P22 or GV2 ME22 05 LC1 D25
15 3 10 GV2 P22 05 LC1 D32
15 9 35 15 65 5 185 8 10 GV2 P32 or GV2 ME32 540 LC1 D32
185 35 50 GV3 P40 3040 LC1 D50A
185 38 50 22 33 10 GV3 P40 3040 LC1 D65A
22 41 50 GV3 P50 3750 LC1 D50A
22 39 50 30 44 10 GV3 P50 3750 LC1 D65A
30 55 50 37 515 50 GV3 P65 4865 LC1 D65A
37 53 10 GV3 P65 4865 LC1 D80
22 39 65 GV7 RS40 540 LC1 D80
30 44 50 GV7 RS50 3050 LC1 D80
37 53 50 GV7 RS80 4880 LC1 D80
22 41 70 GV7 RS50 3050 LC1 D80
30 55 70 30 515 65 GV7 RS80 4880 LC1 D80
37 66 70 37 64 65 GV7 RS80 4880 LC1 D80
45 76 65 GV7 RS80 4880 LC1 D80
45 64 50 GV7 RS80 4880 LC1 D115
55 78 50 GV7 RS80 4880 LC1 D115
45

80

70


55

90

65

GV7 RS100 60100 LC1 D115


55
75
97
13
70
70
75
90
15
146
65
65

90

18

50
GV7 RS150 90150 LC1 D150
90 160 70 110 178 65 110 156 50 GV7 RS220 130 LC1 F185
110 195 70 132 15 65 GV7 RS220 130 LC1 F225

132
160
184
4
50
50
GV7 RS220 130 LC1 F265
(1) The breaking performance of circuit-breakers GV2 P can be increased by adding a current limiter GV1 L3, see page 3/11.
(2) Combinations with circuit-breaker GV2 ME are type 2 coordinated only at 400/415 V and 440 V.
(3)Forreversingoperation,replacetheprefxLC1withLC2.
Combination starters
for customer assembly
TeSys motor starters - open version
DOL.starters.with.circuit-breaker..
and.overload.protection.built.into.the.circuit-breaker
1
1/18
006 to 250 kW at 400/415 V: type 1 coordination
Standard power ratings of 3-phase motors
50/60 Hz in category AC-3
Circuit-breaker Contactor Thermal overload relay
400/415 V 440 V 500 V Reference Rating Irm (1) Reference (2) Reference Setting
range
P Ie Iq P Ie Iq P Ie Iq
kW A kA kW A kA kW A kA A A A
006 0 50 006 019 50 GV2 LE03 04 5 LC1 K06 LR2 K0302 01603
009 08 50 GV2 LE03 04 5 LC1 K06 LR2 K0303 03036
009 03 50 01 037 50 GV2 LE03 04 5 LC1 K06 LR2 K0304 036054
01 044 50 GV2 LE04 063 8 LC1 K06 LR2 K0304 036054
018 06 50 018 055 50 GV2 LE04 063 8 LC1 K06 LR2 K0305 05408
05 076 50 GV2 LE05 1 13 LC1 K06 LR2 K0305 05408
05
037
085
11
50
50

037

1

50

037

088

50
GV2 LE05 1 13 LC1 K06 LR2 K0306 081
055

15

50

055

136

50

055
075
1
15
50
50
GV2 LE06 16 5 LC1 K06 LR2 K0307 118
075 168 50 GV2 LE07 5 335 LC1 K06 LR2 K0307 118
075
11
19
7
50
50

11

37

50

11


50
GV2 LE07 5 335 LC1 K06 LR2 K0308 186
15 36 50 15 306 50 15 9 50 GV2 LE08 4 51 LC1 K06 LR2 K0310 637
39 50 GV2 LE08 4 51 LC1 K06 LR2 K0312 3755
49 50 44 50 3 5 50 GV2 LE10 63 78 LC1 K06 LR2 K0312 3755
3 577 50 GV2 LE10 63 78 LC1 K06 LR2 K0314 558
4 79 15 GV2 LE14 10 138 LC1 K09 LR2 K0314 558
3 65 50 4 68 10 GV2 LE14 10 138 LC1 K09 LR2 K0314 558
4 85 50 GV2 LE14 10 138 LC1 K09 LR2 K0316 8115
55 115 15 55 104 8 75 14 6 GV2 LE16 14 170 LC1 K12 LR2 K0321 1014
75 137 8 9 139 6 GV2 LE16 14 170 LC1 D18 LRD 21 118
75 155 15 9 169 8 GV2 LE20 18 3 LC1 D18 LRD 21 118
9 181 15 11 176 4 GV2 LE22 5 37 LC1 D25 LRD 22 164
11 15 11 01 6 15 3 4 GV2 LE22 5 37 LC1 D25 LRD 22 164
15 9 10 15 65 6 185 8 4 GV2 LE32 3 416 LC1 D32 LRD 32 33
185 35 50 185 35 50 33 10 GV3 L40 40 560 LC1 D40A LRD 340 3040
41 50 39 50 30 44 10 GV3 L50 50 700 LC1 D50A LRD 350 3750
(1) Irm: setting current of the magnetic trip.
(2)Forreversingoperation,replacetheprefxLC1withLC2.
Combination starters
for customer assembly
TeSys motor starters - open version
DOL.starters.with.circuit-breaker.and.overload.
protection.by.separate.thermal.overload.relay
1
1/19
006 to 250 kW at 400/415 V: type 1 coordination (continued)
Standard power ratings of 3-phase motors
50/60 Hz in category AC-3
Circuit-breaker Contactor Thermal overload relay
400/415 V 440 V 500 V Reference Rating Irm (1) Reference (2) Reference Setting
range
P Ie Iq P Ie Iq P Ie Iq
kW A kA kW A kA kW A kA A A A
30 55 50 37 515 50 37 53 10 GV3 L65 65 910 LC1 D65A LRD 365 4865
37 64 50 37 53 10 GV3 L65 65 910 LC1 D65A LRD 365 4865
45 64 50 GV3 L65 65 910 LC1 D80 LRD 3361 4865
37 66 70 45 76 65 55 78 5 NS80HMA 80 1040 LC1 D80 LRD 3363 6380
45 80 (3) NS100pMA (3) 100 1300 LC1 D95 LRD 3365 80104
50 90 (3) NS100pMA (3) 100 100 LC1 D115 LRD 4365 80104
75 106 (3) NS160pMA (3) 150 1500 LC1 D115 LRD 4367 9510
55 97 (3) NS160pMA (3) 150 1350 LC1 D115 LRD 4367 9510
75 13 (3) 75 15 (3) 90 18 (3) NS160pMA (3) 150 1800 LC1 D150 LRD 4369 110140
90 146 (3) NS160pMA (3) 150 1950 LC1 F185 LR9 F5371 130
90 160 (3) 110 156 (3) NS250pMA (3) 0 00 LC1 F185 LR9 F5371 130
110 195 (3) NS250pMA (3) 0 640 LC1 F225 LR9 F5371 130
110 178 (3) NS250pMA (3) 0 40 LC1 F225 LR9 F5371 130
132 184 (3) NS250pMA (3) 0 640 LC1 F265 LR9 F5371 130
132 15 (3) NS250pMA (3) 0 860 LC1 F265 LR9 F5371 130
132 30 (3) NS400pMA (3) 30 300 LC1 F265 LR9 F7375 00330
160 4 (3) NS400pMA (3) 30 860 LC1 F265 LR9 F7375 00330
160 56 (3) NS400pMA (3) 30 350 LC1 F330 LR9 F7375 00330
160 80 (3) 200 31 (3) NS400pMA (3) 30 4160 LC1 F330 LR9 F7375 00330
200 80 (3) NS400pMA (3) 30 3840 LC1 F330 LR9 F7375 00330
220 310 (3) NS400pMA (3) 30 4160 LC1 F400 LR9 F7379 300500
200 350 (3) 220 353 (3) NS630pMA (3) 500 5000 LC1 F400 LR9 F7379 300500
250 401 (3) NS630pMA (3) 500 5550 LC1 F400 LR9 F7379 300500
250 344 (3) NS630pMA (3) 500 5000 LC1 F400 LR9 F7379 300500
220 388 (3) NS630pMA (3) 500 5500 LC1 F400 LR9 F7379 300500
250 430 (3) 280 470 (3) 315 43 (3) NS630pMA (3) 500 6000 LC1 F500 LR9 F7379 300500
355 488 (3) NS630pMA (3) 500 6500 LC1 F500 LR9 F7381 380630
(1) Irm: setting current of the magnetic trip.
(2)Forreversingoperation,replacetheprefxLC1withLC2.
(3) Reference to be completed by replacing the p with the breaking performance code:
Breaking performance Iq (kA) NS100pMA NS160pMA and NS250pMA NS400pMA and NS630pMA
400/415 V 5 70 36 70 70 130
440 V 5 65 35 65 65 130
500 V 18 50 30 50 50 70
660/690 V 8 10 8 10 0 35
Code N H N H H L
Combination starters
for customer assembly
(continued)
TeSys motor starters - open version
DOL.starters.with.circuit-breaker.and.overload.
protection.by.separate.thermal.overload.relay
1
1/0
006 to 250 kW at 400/415 V: type 2 coordination
Standard power ratings of 3-phase motors
50/60 Hz in category AC-3
Circuit-breaker Contactor Thermal overload relay
400/415 V 440 V 500 V Reference Rating Irm (1) Reference (2) Reference Setting
range
P Ie Iq P Ie Iq P Ie Iq
kW A kA kW A kA kW A kA A A A
006 0 130 006 019 130 GV2 L03 or LE03 04 5 LC1 D09 LRD 02 01605
009

03

130

009
012
08
037
130
130

GV2 L03 or LE03 04 5 LC1 D09 LRD 03 05040


012
018
044
06
130
130

018

055

130

GV2 L04 or LE04 063 8 LC1 D09 LRD 04 04063


025
037
085
11
130
130
025
037
076
099
130
130

GV2 L05 or LE05 1 13 LC1 D09 LRD 05 0631


037 088 130 GV2 L05 or LE05 1 13 LC1 D09 LRD 06 117
055

15

130

055

136

130
055
075
1
15
130
130
GV2 L06 or LE06 16 5 LC1 D09 LRD 06 117
075 19 130 075 168 130 11 130 GV2 L07 or LE07 5 335 LC1 D09 LRD 07 165
11
15
7
36
130
130
11

37

130

15
22
9
39
130
130
GV2 L08 or LE08 4 51 LC1 D09 LRD 08 54
15 306 130 GV2 L08 or LE08 4 51 LC1 D09 LRD 10 46
22

49

130

3

5

13
GV2 L10 or LE10 63 78 LC1 D09 LRD 10 46

22
3
44
577
50
50

3

5

50
GV2 LE10 63 78 LC1 D09 LRD 10 46

22
3
44
577
130
130

3

5

130
GV2 L10 63 78 LC1 D09 LRD 10 46
3 65 130 GV2 L14 or LE14 10 10 LC1 D09 LRD 12 558
4 68 10 GV2 LE14 10 138 LC1 D12 LRD 12 558
4 68 50 GV2 L14 10 138 LC1 D12 LRD 12 558
4 85 130 GV2 L14 or LE14 10 138 LC1 D09 LRD 14 710
4 79 15 GV2 LE14 10 138 LC1 D09 LRD 14 710
4 79 130 GV2 L14 10 138 LC1 D09 LRD 14 710
55 9 10 GV2 LE14 10 138 LC1 D09 LRD 14 710
55 9 50 GV2 L14 10 138 LC1 D09 LRD 14 710
55 115 130 55 104 50 75 14 4 GV2 L16 14 170 LC1 D25 LRD 16 913
75 137 50 GV2 L16 14 170 LC1 D25 LRD 21 118
75 155 50 9 169 0 9 139 4 GV2 L20 18 3 LC1 D25 LRD 21 118
9
11
181

50
50

11

01

0

GV2 L22 5 37 LC1 D25 LRD 22 164

11
15
176
3
10
10
GV2 L22 5 37 LC1 D32 LRD 22 164
15 9 50 15 65 50 GV3 L32 3 448 LC1 D40A LRD 332 33
185 8 10 GV3 L32 3 448 LC1 D65A LRD 332 33
(1) Irm: setting current of the magnetic trip.
(2)Forreversingoperation,replacetheprefxLC1withLC2.
Combination starters
for customer assembly
(continued)
TeSys motor starters - open version
DOL.starters.with.circuit-breaker.and.overload.
protection.by.separate.thermal.overload.relay
1
1/1
006 to 250 kW at 400/415 V: type 2 coordination (continued)
Standard power ratings of 3-phase motors
50/60 Hz in category AC-3
Circuit-breaker Contactor Thermal overload relay
400/415 V 440 V 500 V Reference Rating Irm (1) Reference (2) Reference Setting
range
P Ie Iq P Ie Iq P Ie Iq
kW A kA kW A kA kW A kA A A A
185 35 50 GV3 L40 40 560 LC1 D50A LRD 340 3040
185 35 50 GV3 L40 40 560 LC1 D65A LRD 340 3040
22 41 50 GV3 L50 50 700 LC1 D50A LRD 350 3750
22 39 50 30 44 10 GV3 L50 50 700 LC1 D65A LRD 350 3750
30 55 50 37 515 50 GV3 L65 65 910 LC1 D65A LRD 365 4865
37 64 50 37 53 10 GV3 L65 65 910 LC1 D80 LRD 3359 4865
37 66 70 45 76 65 NS80HMA 80 1000 LC1 D80 LRD 3363 6380
55 78 (3) NS100pMA (3) 100 1040 LC1 D80 LRD 3363 6380
45 80 (3) 55 90 (3) NS100pMA (3) 100 1300 LC1 D115 LR9 D5367 60100
55 97 (3) NS160pMA (3) 150 1500 LC1 D115 LR9 D5369 90150
75 106 (3) NS160pMA (3) 150 1050 LC1 D115 LR9 D5369 90150
75 13 (3) 75 15 (3) NS160pMA (3) 150 1950 LC1 D150 LR9 D5369 90150
90 146 (3) NS160pMA (3) 150 1950 LC1 D150 LR9 D5369 90150
90 18 (3) NS160pMA (3) 150 100 LC1 D150 LR9 D5369 90150
90 160 (3) 110 178 (3) NS250pMA (3) 0 40 LC1 F185 LR9 F5371 130
110 156 (3) NS250pMA (3) 0 1540 LC1 F185 LR9 F5371 130
110 195 (3) NS250pMA (3) 0 860 LC1 F225 LR9 F5371 130
132 15 (3) 132 184 (3) NS250pMA (3) 0 00 LC1 F265 LR9 F5371 130
132 30 (3) 160 56 (3) NS400pMA (3) 30 350 LC1 F265 LR9 F7375 00330
160 4 (3) NS400pMA (3) 30 00 LC1 F265 LR9 F7375 00330
160 80 (3) NS400pMA (3) 30 4000 LC1 F330 LR9 F7375 00330
200 31 (3) NS400pMA (3) 30 4000 LC1 F330 LR9 F7379 300500
200 80 (3) NS400pMA (3) 30 3500 LC1 F400 LR9 F7375 00330
220 310 (3) NS400pMA (3) 30 3500 LC1 F400 LR9 F7379 300500

200

350

(3)
220
250
353
401
(3)
(3)

NS630pMA (3) 500 5500 LC1 F400 LR9 F7379 300500

250
315
344
43
(3)
(3)
NS630pMA (3) 500 4500 LC1 F500 LR9 F7379 300500
220
250
388
430
(3)
(3)

NS630pMA (3) 500 650 LC1 F500 LR9 F7379 300500


355 488 (3) NS630pMA (3) 500 5000 LC1 F630 LR9 F7381 380630
(1) Irm: setting current of the magnetic trip.
(2)Forreversingoperation,replacetheprefxLC1withLC2.
(3) Reference to be completed by replacing the p with the breaking performance code:
Breaking performance Iq (kA) NS100pMA NS160pMA and NS250pMA NS400pMA and NS630pMA
400/415 V 5 70 36 70 70 130
440 V 5 65 35 65 65 130
500 V 18 50 30 50 50 70
660/690 V 8 10 8 10 0 35
Code N H N H H L
Combination starters
for customer assembly
(continued)
TeSys motor starters - open version
DOL.starters.with.circuit-breaker.and.overload.
protection.by.separate.thermal.overload.relay
1/
1
1/
Combination starters
for customer assembly
TeSys motor starters - open version
DOL.starters.with.fuse.protection.
(NF.C.or.DIN.fuses,.type.aM)
006 to 55 kW at 400/415 V: type 1 coordination
Standard power ratings of 3-phase motors 50/60 Hz
in category AC-3
Fuse carrier (1)
(basic block)
aM fuses Contactor Thermal overload relay
class 10
400/415 V 440 V 500 V Reference Size Rating Reference (2) Reference Setting
range
P Ie P Ie P Ie
kW A kW A kW A A A
006 0 006 019 LS1 D32 10.x.38 LC1 K06 LR2 K0302 01603
. 009 08 LS1 D32 10.x.38 LC1 K06 LR2 K0303 03036
009
012
03
044

012

037


LS1 D32 10.x.38 LC1 K06 LR2 K0304 036054
018

06

. 018
025
055
076


LS1 D32 10.x.38 LC1 K06 LR2 K0305 05408
025
037
085
11
.
037

1

037

088 LS1 D32 10.x.38 LC1 K06 LR2 K0306 081
055

15

055
075
136
168
055
075
1
15

LS1 D32
.
10.x.38
.


LC1 K06

LR2 K0307
.
118
075
11
19
7

11

37
11
15

9

LS1 D32
.
10.x.38
.
4

LC1 K06

LR2 K0308
.
186
15 36 15 306 LS1 D32 10.x.38 4 LC1 K06 LR2 K0310 637
22

49

22
3
39
5 LS1 D32
.
10.x.38
.
6

LC1 K06

LR2 K0312
.
3755
22 44 LS1 D32 10.x.38 8 LC1 K06 LR2 K0312 3755
3 65 3 577 4 68 LS1 D32 10.x.38 8 LC1 K09 LR2 K0314 558
4 85 4 79 55 9 LS1 D32 10.x.38 1 LC1 K09 LR2 K0316 8115
(1) For breaking under load, add a rotary switch-disconnector.
(2)Forreversingoperation,replacetheprefxLC1withLC2.
1/3
1
1/3
Combination starters
for customer assembly
(continued)
TeSys motor starters - open version
DOL.starters.with.fuse.protection.
(NF.C.or.DIN.fuses,.type.aM)
006 to 55 kW at 400/415 V: type 1 coordination (continued)
Standard power ratings of 3-phase motors 50/60 Hz
in category AC-3
Fuse carrier (1)
(basic block)
aM fuses Contactor Thermal overload relay
classe 10
400/415 V 440 V 500 V Reference Size Rating Reference (2) Reference Setting
range
P Ie P Ie P Ie
kW A kW A kW A A A
55 115 55 104 75 14 LS1 D32 10.x.38 16 LC1 K12 LR2 K0321 1014
75 155 75 137 9 139 LS1 D32 10.x.38 16 LC1 D18 LRD 21 118
9 169 LS1 D32 10.x.38 0 LC1 D25 LRD 21 118
9
11
181

11

01
11
15
176
3

GK1 EK
.
14.x.51
.
5

LC1 D25

LRD 22
.
164
15 9 15 65 185 8 GK1 EK 14.x.51 3 LC1 D32 LRD 32 33
185 35 185 38 22 33 GK1 EK 14.x.51 40 LC1 D40 LRD 3355 3040
22 41 22 39 30 44 GK1 FK .x.58 50 LC1 D50 LRD 3357 3750
30 515 GK1 FK .x.58 80 LC1 D50 LRD 3359 4865
37 53 GK1 FK .x.58 80 LC1 D65 LRD 3359 4865
30 55 37 64 GK1 FK .x.58 80 LC1 D65 LRD 3361 5570
45 64 GK1 FK .x.58 80 LC1 D80 LRD 3361 5570
37 (3) 66 45 76 GK1 FK .x.58 100 LC1 D80 LRD 3363 6380
45 80 55 78 GK1 FK .x.58 100 LC1 D95 LRD 3365 8093
55 90 GK1 FK .x.58 15 LC1 D115 LRD 4365 80104
55 97 75 106 GK1 FK .x.58 15 LC1 D115 LRD 4367 9510
(1) For breaking under load, add a rotary switch-disconnector.
(2)Forreversingoperation,replacetheprefxLC1withLC2.
(3) 400 V maximum.
1/4
1
1/4
Combination starters
for customer assembly
(continued)
TeSys motor starters - open version
DOL.starters.with.fuse.protection.
(NF.C.or.DIN.fuses,.type.aM)
006 to 315 kW at 400/415 V: type 2 coordination
Standard power ratings of 3-phase motors 50/60 Hz
in category AC-3
Switch-
disconnector
aM fuses Contactor Thermal overload relay
classe 10
400/415 V 440 V 500 V Reference (1) Size Rating Reference (2) Reference Setting
range
P Ie P Ie P Ie
kW A kW A kW A A A
006 0 006 019 GS1 DD 10.x.38 LC1 D09 LRD 02 01605
009 08 GS1 DD 10.x.38 LC1 D09 LRD 03 0504
009
012
03
044

012

037


GS1 DD
.
10.x.38

LC1 D09

LRD 04
.
04063
018

06

018
025
055
076


GS1 DD
.
10.x.38
.


LC1 D09

LRD 05
.
0631
025
037
055
085
11
15

037
055

1
136
037
055
075
088
1
15


GS1 DD
.
.
10.x.38
.
.



LC1 D09


LRD 06
.
.
117
075

19

075
11
168
37

11


GS1 DD
.
10.x.38
.
4

LC1 D09

LRD 07
.
165
11
15
7
36

15

306
15
22
9
39

GS1 DD
.
10.x.38
.
4

LC1 D09

LRD 08
.
54
22 49 22 44 3 5 GS1 DD 10.x.38 6 LC1 D09 LRD 10 46
3 65 3 577 4 68 GS1 DD 10.x.38 8 LC1 D09 LRD 12 558
4 85 4 79 55 9 GS1 DD 10.x.38 10 LC1 D09 LRD 14 710
55 115 55 104 75 14 GS1 DD 10.x.38 16 LC1 D12 LRD 16 913
75 155 75 137 9 139 GS1 DD 10.x.38 16 LC1 D18 LRD 21 118
9 169 GSp F 14.x.51 0 LC1 D25 LRD 21 118
9
11
181

11

01

11
15
176
3

GSp F
.
14.x.51
.
5

LC1 D25

LRD 22
.
164
15 9 15 65 185 8 GSp F 14.x.51 3 LC1 D32 LRD 32 33
185 35 185 38 22 33 GSp F 14.x.51 40 LC1 D40A LRD 340 3040
22 41 22 39 30 44 GSp J .x.58 50 LC1 D50A LRD 350 3750
30 515 GSp J .x.58 80 LC1 D65A LRD 365 4865
37 53 GSp J .x.58 80 LC1 D65A LRD 365 4865
30 55 37 64 GSp J .x.58 80 LC1 D65A LRD 365 4865
45 64 GSp J .x.58 80 LC1 D95 LRD 3361 5570
37 66 45 76 GSp J .x.58 100 LC1 D80 LRD 3363 6380
55 78 GSp J .x.58 100 LC1 D115 LR9 D5367 60100
45 80 GSp J .x.58 100 LC1 D95 LRD 3365 8093
55 97 55 90 75 106 GSp L T0 15 LC1 D150 LR9 D5369 90150
75 13 75 15 90 18 GSp L T0 160 LC1 D150 LR9 D5369 90150
90 160 90 146 110 156 GSp N T1 00 LC1 F185 LR9 F5371 130
110 195 110 178 132 184 GSp N T1 50 LC1 F225 LR9 F5371 130
132 30 132 15 160 4 GSp QQ T 315 LC1 F265 LR9 F7375 00330
160 56 GSp QQ T 315 LC1 F330 LR9 F7375 00330
160 80 200 31 200 80 GSp QQ T 400 LC1 F330 LR9 F7375 00330
220 310 GSp QQ T 400 LC1 F400 LR9 F7375 00330
200
220
350
388

220

353

250

344

GS2 S
.
T3
.
500

LC1 F400

LR9 F7379
.
300500
250 430 250 401 GS2 S T3 500 LC1 F500 LR9 F7379 300500

315
355
43
488

GS2 S
.
T3
.
630

LC1 F500

LR9 F7381
.
380630
315 540 315 505 GS2 S T3 630 LC1 F630 LR9 F7381 380630

355
400
549
611

400

55

GS2 V
.
T4
.
800

LC1 F630

LR9 F7381
.
380630
(1) GSp: GS1 for direct operator or GS2 for external operator.
(2)Forreversingoperation,replacetheprefxLC1withLC2.
1/5
1
1/5
Combination starters
for customer assembly
(continued)
TeSys motor starters - open version
DOL.starters.with.fuse.protection.
(NF.C.or.DIN.fuses,.type.aM)
075 to 400 kW at 690 V: type 2 coordination
Standard power ratings of 3-phase
motors 50/60 Hz
in category AC-3
Switch-
disconnector
aM fuses Contactor Thermal overload relay
classe 10
P Ie Reference (1) Size Rating Reference (2) Reference Setting range
kW A A A
075 11 GSp F 14.x.51 LC1 D09 LRD 06 116
11 16 GSp F 14.x.51 LC1 D09 LRD 06 116
15 1 GSp F 14.x.51 4 LC1 D09 LRD 07 165
22 8 GSp F 14.x.51 4 LC1 D09 LRD 08 54
3 38 GSp F 14.x.51 6 LC1 D09 LRD 08 54
4 49 GSp F 14.x.51 6 LC1 D09 LRD 10 46
55 67 GSp F 14.x.51 8 LC1 D09 LRD 12 558
75 89 GSp F 14.x.51 10 LC1 D25 LRD 16 913
11 18 GSp F 14.x.51 16 LC1 D25 LRD 16 913
15 17 GSp F 14.x.51 0 LC1 D25 LRD 22 164
185 1 GSp F 14.x.51 5 LC1 D32 LRD 22 164
22 4 GSp F 14.x.51 3 LC1 D40A LRD 332 33
30 3 GSp F 14.x.51 40 LC1 D40A LRD 340 3040
37 39 GSp F 14.x.51 50 LC1 D65A LRD 350 3750
45 47 GSp J .x.58 63 LC1 D80 LR2 D3357 3750
55 57 GSp J .x.58 80 LC1 D115 LR2 D3359 4865
75 77 GSp KK T00 100 LC1 D115 LR2 D3363 6380
90 93 GSp KK T00 15 LC1 D150 LR9 D5369 90150
110 113 GSp KK T00 15 LC1 F185 LR9 D5369 90150
132 134 GSp L T0 160 LC1 F265 LR9 F5371 130
160 16 GSp N T1 00 LC1 F265 LR9 F5371 130
200 03 GSp N T1 50 LC1 F330 LR9 F7375 00330
220 4 GSp QQ T 50 LC1 F400 LR9 F7375 00330
250 50 GSp QQ T 315 LC1 F400 LR9 F7375 00330
315 313 GSp QQ T 355 LC1 F500 LR9 F7379 300500
355 354 GSp QQ T 400 LC1 F630 LR9 F7379 300500
400 400 GS2 S T3 500 LC1 F630 LR9 F7379 300500
(1) GSp: GS1 for direct operator or GS2 for external operator.
(2)Forreversingoperation,replacetheprefxLC1withLC2.
1
1/6
15 to 110 kW at 400/415 V: type 1 coordination
Maximum operating rate: LC3 K: 12 starts/hour; LC3 D: 30 starts/hour.
Maximum starting time:.30.seconds
Standard power ratings of 3-phase motors
50-60 Hz in category AC-3
Circuit-breaker Star-delta
contactors
400/415 V 440 V Reference
Setting range
of thermal trips
Reference
P Ie IrD (1) Iq (2) P Ie IrD (1) Iq (2)
kW A A kA kW A A kA A
15 36 50 15 306 18 50 GV2 ME08 54 LC3 K06
22

49

50

22
3
44
577
6
33
50
50
GV2 ME10 463 LC3 K06
3
4
65
85
38
49
50
50

4

79

46

15
GV2 ME14 610 LC3 K06
55 115 64 15 55 104 6 8 GV2 ME16 914 LC3 K06
75 155 86 15 75 137 79 8 GV2 ME20 1318 LC3 K09
9 169 98 8 GV2 ME20 1318 LC3 D12A
9 181 10 15 11 01 1 6 GV2 ME21 173 LC3 D12A
11 1 15 GV2 ME22 05 LC3 D12A
15 9 17 10 15 65 15 6 GV2 ME32 43 LC3 D18A
185 35 0 50 185 38 19 50 GV3 P40 3040 LC3 D18A
22 39 3 50 GV3 P50 3750 LC3 D32A
22 41 4 50 30 515 30 50 GV3 P50 3750 LC3 D32A
30 55 33 50 30 515 30 50 GV3 P65 4865 LC3 D32A
37 66 40 50 37 64 37 50 GV3 P65 4865 3.x.LC1 D40A (3)
37 66 40 5 37 64 37 5 GV7 RE80 4880 3.x.LC1 D40A (3)
45 76 44 10 GV3 ME80 5680 .x.LC1 D50A
+ 1.x.LC1 D40A (3)
45 76 44 5 GV7 RE80 4880 .x.LC1 D50A
+ 1.x LC1 D40A (3)
45
55
80
97
47
58
5
5

55

90

5

5
GV7 RE100 60100 .x.LC1 D50A
+ 1.x LC1 D40A (3)
75 13 78 35 75 15 7 35 GV7 RE150 90150 LC3 D80
90 146 84 35 GV7 RE150 90150 LC3 D115
90
110
160
195
95
115
35
35
110 178 103 35 GV7 RE220 130 LC3 D115
132 15 14 35 GV7 RE220 130 LC3 D150
(1) IrD: current in the motor windings in delta connection.
(2) The breaking performance of circuit-breakers GV2 ME can be increased by adding a current limiter GV1 L3, see page 3/11.
(3) For mounting 3 contactors LC1 DppA, star-delta starter kit LAD 9SD3 must be ordered separately, see page 5/76.
Combination starters
for customer assembly
TeSys motor starters - open version
Star-delta.starters.with.circuit-breaker.and.
overload.protection.built.into.the.circuit-breaker..
1
1/7
15 to 110 kW at 400/415 V: type 2 coordination
Maximum operating rate: LC1 D: 30 starts/hour; LC1 F: 12 starts/hour.
Maximum starting time: LC1 D: 30 seconds; LC1 F: 20 seconds.
Standard power ratings of 3-phase motors 50-60 Hz in category AC-3 Circuit-breaker Star-delta contactors
400/415 V 440 V Reference Setting range
of thermal trips
Reference
P Ie Iq P Ie Iq (1)
kW A kA kW A kA A
15 36 130 15 306 130 GV2 P08 54 3.x.LC1 D09 (2)
22 49 130 22 44 130 GV2 P10 463 3.x.LC1 D18 (3)
3 577 130 GV2 P10 463 3.x.LC1 D18 (3)
3 65 130 GV2 P14 610 3.x.LC1 D18 (3)
4 85 130 4 79 130 GV2 P14 610 3.x.LC1 D18 (3)
55 115 130 55 104 50 GV2 P16 914 3.x.LC1 D25 (3)
75 137 50 GV2 P16 914 3.x.LC1 D25 (3)
75 155 50 9 169 0 GV2 P20 1318 3.x.LC1 D25 (3)
9 181 50 11 01 0 GV2 P21 173 3.x.LC1 D25 (3)
11 50 GV2 P22 05 3.x.LC1 D25 (3)
15 9 50 15 65 50 GV3 P32 33 3.x.LC1 D40A (4)
185 35 50 GV3 P40 3040 .x.LC1 D50A
+ 1.x LC1 D40A (3)
185 38 50 GV3 P40 3040 .x.LC1 D65A
+ 1.x LC1 D40A (4)
22 41 50 GV3 P50 3750 .x.LC1 D50A
+ 1.x LC1 D40A (3)
22 39 50 GV3 P50 3750 .x.LC1 D65A
+ 1.x LC1 D40A (4)
30 55 50 30 515 50 GV3 P65 4865 .x.LC1 D65A
+ 1.x LC1 D40A (4)
37 66 70 37 64 65 GV7 RS80 4880 3.x.LC1 D80 (5)
45 76 65 GV7 RS80 4880 3.x.LC1 D80 (5)
45 80 70 GV7 RS100 60100 3.x.LC1 D115 (6)
55 97 70 55 90 65 GV7 RS100 60100 3.x.LC1 D115 (6)
75 13 70 75 15 65 GV7 RS150 90150 3.x.LC1 D150 (6)
90 146 65 GV7 RS150 90150 3.x.LC1 D150 (6)
90 160 70 110 178 65 GV7 RS220 130 3.x.LC1 F185 (7)
110 195 70 132 15 65 GV7 RS220 130 3.x.LC1 F225 (7)
(1) The breaking performance of circuit-breakers GV2 P can be increased by adding a current limiter GV1 L3, see page 3/11.
(2) For mounting 3 contactors LC1 D09, star-delta starter kit LAD 91217 must be ordered separately, see page 5/76.
(3) For mounting 3 contactors LC1 D18 or LC1 D25, star-delta starter kit LAD 93217 must be ordered separately, see page 5/76.
(4) For mounting 3 contactors LC1 DppA, star-delta starter kit LAD 9SD3 must be ordered separately, see page 5/76.
(5) For mounting 3 contactors LC1 D80, star-delta starter kit LA9 D8017 must be ordered separately, see page 5/76.
(6) For mounting 3 contactors LC1 D115 or LC1 D150, see page 1/41.
(7) For mounting 3 contactors LC1 F185 or LC1 F225, see pages 1/47 and 1/49.
Combination starters or
customer assembly
(continued)
TeSys motor starters - open version
Star-delta.starters.with.circuit-breaker.and.
overload.protection.built.into.the.circuit-breaker..
1
1/8
15 to 315 kW at 400/415 V: type 1 coordination
Maximum operating rate: LC3 K and LC3 F: 12 starts/hour; LC3 D: 30 starts/hour.
Maximum starting time: LC3 K and LC3 D: 30 seconds; LC3 F: 20 seconds.
Standard power ratings of 3-phase motors
50/60 Hz in category AC-3
Circuit-breaker Star-delta
contactors
Thermal overload relay
400/415 V 440 V Reference Rating Irm (2) Reference Reference Setting
range
P Ie IrD (1) Iq P Ie IrD (1) Iq
kW A A kA kW A A kA A A A

15

36


50
15
22
306
44
18
3
50
50
GV2 LE08 4 51 LC3 K06 LR2 K0308 186
22 49 3 50 3 577 3 50 GV2 LE10 63 78 LC3 K06 LR2 K0310 637
3 65 4 50 GV2 LE14 10 138 LC3 K06 LR2 K0312 3755
4 79 5 50 GV2 LE10 63 78 LC3 K06 LR2 K0312 3755
4 85 5 50 GV2 LE14 10 138 LC3 K06 LR2 K0312 3755
55 104 6 15 GV2 LE14 10 138 LC3 K06 LR2 K0314 558
55 115 6 15 GV2 LE16 14 170 LC3 K06 LR2 K0314 558
75 137 8 8 GV2 LE16 14 170 LC3 K09 LR2 K0316 8115
75 155 9 15 GV2 LE20 18 3 LC3 K09 LR2 K0316 8115
9 169 1 8 GV2 LE16 14 170 LC3 D12A LRD 16 913
9 181 10 15 GV2 LE22 5 37 LC3 K12 LR2 K0316 8115
11 01 1 8 GV2 LE20 18 3 LC3 K12 LR2 K0321 1014
11 1 15 GV2 LE22 5 37 LC3 K12 LR2 K0321 1014
15 65 15 6 GV2 LE22 5 37 LC3 D18A LRD 21 118
15 9 16 10 GV2 LE32 3 384 LC3 D18A LRD 21 118
185 35 0 50 185 38 19 50 GV3 L40 40 560 LC3 D18A LRD 22 164
22 41 4 50 22 39 3 50 GV3 L50 50 700 LC3 D32A LRD 32 33
30 515 30 50 GV3 L65 65 910 LC3 D32A LRD 32 33
30 55 33 50 GV3 L65 65 910 LC3 D32A LRD 35 3038
37 64 37 50 GV3 L65 65 910 3.x.LC1 D40A (4) LRD 340 3040
45 76 44 65 NS80HMA 80 640 .x.LC1 D50A
+.1 x LC1 D40A (4)
LRD 350 3750
55 90 5 65 NS80HMA 80 800 .x.LC1 D65A
+.1 x LC1 D40A (4)
LRD 365 4865
37 66 40 70 NS80HMA 80 640 3.x.LC1 D40A (4) LRD 350 3750
75 15 7 (3) NS160pMA (3) 150 100 LC3 D80 LRD 3363 6380
45 80 47 (3) NS100pMA (3) 100 800 .x.LC1 D50A
+.1 x LC1 D40A (4)
LRD 350 3750
55 97 58 (3) NS100pMA (3) 100 100 .x.LC1 D65A
+.1 x LC1 D40A (4)
LRD 365 4865
75 13 78 (3) NS160pMA (3) 150 100 LC3 D80 LRD 3363 6380
90 146 85 (3) NS160pMA (3) 150 100 LC3 D115 LRD 4365 80104
90 160 96 (3) 110 178 103 (3) NS250pMA (3) 0 1760 LC3 D115 LRD 4365 80104
132 15 15 (3) NS250pMA (3) 0 1760 LC3 D150 LRD 4369 110140
110 195 116 (3) NS250pMA (3) 0 1760 LC3 D115 LRD 4369 110140
160 56 148 (3) NS400pMA (3) 30 40 LC3 D150 LR9 D5369 90150
200 31 186 (3) NS630pMA (3) 500 3150 LC3 F225 LR9 F5371 130
132 30 139 (3) NS400pMA (3) 30 40 LC3 D150 LRD 4369 110140
160 80 165 (3) NS400pMA (3) 30 560 LC3 F185 LR9 F5371 130
200 350 04 (3) 220 353 04 (3) NS630pMA (3) 500 3150 LC3 F225 LR9 F5371 130
220 388 5 (3) 250 401 33 (3) NS630pMA (3) 500 3500 LC3 F265 LR9 F7375 00330
280 480 78 (3) NS630pMA (3) 500 4000 LC3 F330 LR9 F7375 00330
315 505 95 (3) C801p+STR35ME 800 4000 LC3 F330 LR9 F7375 00330
315 540 3 (3) 355 518 300 (3) C801p+STR35ME 800 4500 LC3 F330 LR9 F7375 00330
375 575 334 (3) C801p+STR35ME 800 5000 LC3 F400 LR9 F7379 300500
(1) IrD: current in the motor windings in delta connection.
(2) Irm: setting current of the magnetic trip.
(3) Products marketed under the Merlin Gerin brand. Reference to be completed by replacing the p with the breaking performance code:
Breaking performance Iq (kA) NS100pMA NS160pMA, NS250pMA NS400pMA, NS630pMA C801p+STR35ME
400/415 V 5 70 36 70 70 130 70 150
440 V 5 65 35 65 65 130 65 100
Code E S E S H L H L
Combination starters
for customer assembly
TeSys motor starters - open version
Star-delta.starters.with.circuit-breaker.and.overload.
protection.by.separate.thermal.overload.relay
1
1/9
15 to 250 kW at 400/415 V: type 2 coordination
Maximum operating rate: LC3 D: 30 starts/hour; LC3 F: 12 starts/hour.
Maximum starting time: LC3 D: 30 seconds; LC3 F: 20 seconds.
Standard power ratings of 3-phase motors
50/60 Hz in category AC-3
Circuit-breaker Star-delta
contactors
Thermal overload relay
400/415 V 440 V Reference Rating Irm (1) Reference Reference Setting
range
P Ie Iq P Ie Iq
kW A kA kW A kA A A A
15 36 130 15 306 130 GV2 L08 4 51 3.x.LC1 D18 LRD 08 54
22
3
49
65
130
130
22
3
44
577
130
130
GV2 L10 63 78 3.x.LC1 D18 LRD 10 46
4 79 0 GV2 L14 10 138 3.x.LC1 D18 LRD 14 710
4 85 130 GV2 L14 10 138 3.x.LC1 D18 LRD 16 913
55 115 50 55 104 0 GV2 L16 14 170 3.x.LC1 D25 LRD 16 913
75 155 50 75 137 0 GV2 L20 18 3 3.x.LC1 D25 LRD 21 118
9 169 0 GV2 L22 5 37 3.x.LC1 D25 LRD 21 118
9
11
181

50
50

11

01

0
GV2 L22 5 37 3.x.LC1 D25 LRD 22 164
15 9 50 15 65 50 GV3 L32 3 448 3.x.LC1 D40A (2) LRD 332 33
185 35 50 GV3 L40 40 560 .x.LC1 D50A
+.1 x LC1 D40A (2)
LRD 340 3040
185 38 50 GV3 L40 40 560 .x.LC1 D65A
+.1 x LC1 D40A (2)
LRD 340 3040
22 41 50 GV3 L50 50 700 .x.LC1 D50A
+.1 x LC1 D40A (2)
LRD 350 3750
22 39 50 GV3 L50 50 700 .x.LC1 D65A
+.1 x LC1 D40A (2)
LRD 350 3750
30 55 50 30 515 50 GV3 L65 65 910 .x.LC1 D65A
+.1 x LC1 D40A (2)
LRD 365 4865
37 64 50 GV3 L65 65 910 3.x.LC1 D80 LRD 3359 4865
37 66 70 45 76 65 NS80HMA 80 640 3.x.LC1 D80 LRD 3363 6380
45 80 (2) 55 90 (2) NS100pMA (2) 100 800 3.x.LC1 D115 LR9 D5367 60100
55 97 (2) NS160pMA (2) 150 100 3.x.LC1 D115 LR9 D5369 90150
75 15 (2) NS160pMA (2) 150 100 3.x.LC1 D150 LR9 D5369 90150
75 13 (2) 90 146 (2) NS160pMA (2) 150 100 3.x.LC1 D150 LR9 D5369 90150
90 160 (2) 110 178 (2) NS250pMA (2) 0 1760 3.x.LC1 F185 LR9 F5371 130
110 195 (2) NS250pMA (2) 0 1760 3.x.LC1 F225 LR9 F5371 130
132 15 (2) NS250pMA (2) 0 1760 3.x.LC1 F225 LR9 F7375 00330
132 30 (2) 160 56 (2) NS400pMA (2) 30 40 3.x.LC1 F265 LR9 F7375 00330
160 80 (2) NS400pMA (2) 30 560 3.x.LC1 F330 LR9 F7375 00330
200 31 (2) NS400pMA (2) 30 880 3.x.LC1 F330 LR9 F7379 300500
200 350 (2) 220 353 (2) NS630pMA (2) 500 3150 3.x.LC1 F400 LR9 F7379 300500
220 388 (2) 250 401 (2) NS630pMA (2) 500 3500 3.x.LC1 F400 LR9 F7379 300500
250 430 (2) NS630pMA (2) 500 4000 3.x.LC1 F500 LR9 F7379 300500
(1) Irm: setting current of the magnetic trip.
(2) Products marketed under the Merlin Gerin brand. Reference to be completed by replacing the p with the breaking performance code:
Breaking performance Iq (kA) NS100pMA NS160pMA, NS250pMA NS400pMA, NS630pMA
400/415 V 5 70 36 70 70 130
440 V 5 65 35 65 65 130
Code E S E S H L
Combination starters
for customer assembly
(continued)
TeSys motor starters - open version
Star-delta.starters.with.circuit-breaker.and.overload.
protection.by.separate.thermal.overload.relay
1/30
1
Combination starters
for customer assembly
15 to 315 kW at 400/415 V: type 1 coordination
Maximum operating rate: LC3 K and LC3 F: 12 starts/hour; LC3 D: 30 starts/hour.
Maximum starting time: LC3 K and LC3 D: 30 seconds; LC3 F: 20 seconds.
Standard power ratings of 3-phase
motors 50/60 Hz in category AC-3
Fuse carrier
(basic block)
aM fuses Star-delta
contactors
Thermal overload relay
400/415 V 440 V Reference Size Rating Reference Reference Setting
range
P Ie IrD (1) Iq P Ie IrD (1) Iq
kW A A kA kW A A kA A A
15 35 50 15 306 50 LS1 D32 10.x.38 4 LC3 K06 LR2 K0308 186
22 5 3 50 LS1 D32 10.x.38 6 LC3 K06 LR2 K0310 637

22
3
44
577
3
3
50
50 LS1 D32 10.x.38 8 LC3 K06 LR2 K0310 637
3 65 4 50 LS1 D32 10.x.38 8 LC3 K06 LR2 K0312 3755
4 84 5 50 4 79 5 50 LS1 D32 10.x.38 1 LC3 K06 LR2 K0312 3755
55 11 6 50 55 104 6 50 LS1 D32 10.x.38 16 LC3 K06 LR2 K0314 558
75 148 9 50 75 137 8 50 LS1 D32 10.x.38 16 LC3 K09 LR2 K0316 8115
9 181 10 100 9 169 10 50 LS1 D32 10.x.38 0 LC3 D12A LRD 16 913
11 1 1 100 11 01 1 100 GK1 EK 14.x.51 5 LC3 D12A LRD 16 913
15 85 16 100 15 65 15 100 GK1 EK 14.x.51 3 LC3 D18A LRD 21 118
185 35 0 100 185 38 19 100 GK1 EK 14.x.51 40 LC3 D18A LRD 22 164
22 39 3 100 GK1 FK .x.58 50 LC3 D18A LRD 22 164
22 4 4 100 GK1 FK .x.58 50 LC3 D32A LRD 32 33
30 515 30 100 GK1 FK .x.58 63 LC3 D32A LRD 32 33
30 57 33 100 37 64 37 100 GK1 FK .x.58 80 LC3 D40 LRD 3355 3040
37 69 40 100 GK1 FK .x.58 80 LC3 D40 LRD 3357 3750
45 76 44 100 GK1 FK .x.58 80 LC3 D50 LRD 3357 3750
45 81 47 100 GK1 FK .x.58 100 LC3 D50 LRD 3357 3750
55 90 5 100 GSp K .x.58 100 LC3 D50 LRD 3359 4865
55 100 58 100 GSp K .x.58 15 LC3 D50 LRD 3361 5570
75 135 78 100 75 15 7 100 GSp L T0 160 LC3 D80 LRD 3363 6380
90 146 84 100 GSp L T0 160 LC3 D115 LRD 4365 80104
90 165 95 100 GSp N T1 00 LC3 D115 LRD 4367 9510
110 00 115 100 110 178 103 100 GSp N T1 00 LC3 D115 LRD 4367 9510
132 40 139 100 132 15 14 100 GSp QQ T 50 LC3 D150 LRD 4369 110140
160 85 165 100 160 56 148 100 GSp QQ T 315 LC3 F185 LR9 F5371 130
200 31 185 100 GSp QQ T 400 LC3 F225 LR9 F5369 130
220 388 5 100 GSp QQ T 400 LC3 F265 LR9 F7375 00330
250 401 33 100 GS2 S T3 500 LC3 F265 LR9 F7375 00330
280 480 78 100 GS2 S T3 500 LC3 F330 LR9 F7375 00330

315

555

3

100
315
355
505
518
93
300
100
100 GS2 S T3 630 LC3 F330 LR9 F7375 00330
375 575 334 100 GS2 S T3 630 LC3 F400 LR9 F7379 300500
(1) IrD: current in the motor windings in delta connection.
TeSys motor starters - open version
Star-delta.starters.with.fuse.protection..
(NF.C.or.DIN.fuses)
.
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1/31
1
Combination starters
for customer assembly
15 to 355 kW at 400/415 V: type 2 coordination
Maximum operating rate: LC1 D: 30 starts/hour; LC1 F: 12 starts/hour.
Maximum starting time: LC1 D: 30 seconds; LC1 F: 20 seconds.
Standard power ratings of 3-phase
motors 50/60 Hz in category AC-3
Switch-
disconnector-fuse
aM fuses Star-delta
contactors
Thermal overload relay
400/415 V 440 V Reference Size Rating Reference Reference Setting
range
P Ie Iq P Ie Iq
kW A kA kW A kA A A
15 35 50 15 306 50 GS1 DD 10.x.38 4 3.x.LC1 D09 LRD 08 54
22 5 50 22 44 50 GS1 DD 10.x.38 6 3.x.LC1 D09 LRD 10 46
3 65 50 3 577 50 GS1 DD 10.x.38 8 3.x.LC1 D09 LRD 12 558
4 84 50 4 79 50 GS1 DD 10.x.38 10 3.x.LC1 D09 LRD 14 710
55 11 50 55 104 50 GS1 DD 10.x.38 16 3.x.LC1 D12 LRD 16 913
75 148 50 75 137 50 GS1 DD 10.x.38 16 3.x.LC1 D18 LRD 21 118
9
11
181
1
100
100
9
11
169
01
100
100 GSp F 14.x.51 5 3.x.LC1 D25 LRD 22 164
15 85 100 15 65 100 GSp F 14.x.51 3 3.x.LC1 D32 LRD 32 33
185 35 100 185 38 100 GSp F 14.x.51 40 3.x.LC1 D40 LRD 3355 3040
22 4 100 22 39 100 GSp F .x.58 50 3.x.LC1 D50 LRD 3357 3750
30 57 100 30 515 100 GSp J .x.58 80 3.x.LC1 D65 LRD 3361 5570
37 69 100 37 64 100 GSp J .x.58 80 3.x LC1 D80 LRD 3363 6380
45 76 100 GSp J .x.58 80 3.x LC1 D80 LRD 3365 8093
45 81 100 GSp J .x.58 100 3.x LC1 D115 LR9 D5367 60100
55 90 100 GSp L T0 15 3.x LC1 D115 LR9 D5369 90150
55 100 100 GSp L T0 15 3.x LC1 D150 LR9 D5369 90150
75 15 100 GSp L T0 160 3.x LC1 D150 LR9 D5369 90150
75 135 100 GSp L T0 160 3.x LC1 F185 LR9 D5369 90150
90 165 100 90 146 100 GSp N T1 00 3.x LC1 F185 LR9 F5371 130
110 00 100 110 178 100 GSp N T1 50 3.x LC1 F225 LR9 F5371 130
132 40 100 132 15 100 GSp QQ T 315 3.x LC1 F265 LR9 F7375 00330
160 85 100 160 56 100 GSp QQ T 315 3.x LC1 F330 LR9 F7375 00330
200 31 100 GSp QQ T 400 3.x LC1 F330 LR9 F7379 300500
200
220
35
388
100
100
220
250
353
401
100
100 GS2 S T3 500 3.x LC1 F400 LR9 F7379 300500
250 437 100 GS2 S T3 500 3.x LC1 F500 LR9 F7379 300500
315 555 100 315 505 100 GS2 S T3 630 3.x LC1 F630 LR9 F7381 380630

355
400
549
611
100
100 GS2 V T4 800 3.x LC1 F630 LR9 F7381 380630
355 605 100 GS2 V T4 800 3.x LC1 F780 LR9 F7381 380630
TeSys motor starters - open version
Star-delta.starters.with.fuse.protection..
(NF.C.or.DIN.fuses)
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1/3
TeSys motor starters - open version
DOL.starters.with.fuse.protection.(BS.fuses)
..
006 to 375 kW at 415 V: type 2 coordination
Standard power ratings of 3-phase
motors 50/60 Hz in category AC-3
Switch-
disconnector-
fuse
BS fuses Contactor Thermal overload relay
415 V 440 V 500 V Reference Size Rating Reference (1) Reference Setting
range
P Ie P Ie P Ie
kW A kW A A kA A A
006 0 006 019 GS1 DDB A1 NIT. LC1 D09 LRD 02 01605
009 08 GS1 DDB A1 NIT. LC1 D09 LRD 03 0504
009
012
036
04

01

037


GS1 DDB
.
A1
.
NIT.

LC1 D09

LRD 04
.
04063
018 06 018 055 GS1 DDB A1 NIT. LC1 D09 LRD 05 0631
05 076 GS1 DDB A1 NIT.4 LC1 D09 LRD 05 0631
025
037
055
088
1
15
037
055
075
1
136
168
037
055
075
1
1
15


GS1 DDB
.
.
A1
.
.
NIT.6


LC1 D09


LRD 06
.
.
117
075 GS1 DDB A1 NIT.10 LC1 D09 LRD 07 165
15 6 GS1 DDB A1 NIT.10 LC1 D09 LRD 08 54
15 35 15 306 22 38 GS1 DDB A1 NIT.16 LC1 D09 LRD 08 54
22 5 44 3 5 GS1 DDB A1 NIT.16 LC1 D09 LRD 10 46
3 65 3 577 4 65 GS1 DDB A1 NIT.0 LC1 D09 LRD 12 558
4 84 4 79 55 9 GS1 DDB A1 NIT.0 LC1 D09 LRD 14 710
55 11 55 104 75 1 GS1 DDB A1 NIT.0M5 LC1 D12 LRD 16 913
75 14 75 137 9 139 GS1 DDB A1 NIT.0M3 LC1 D18 LRD 21 118
9 181 9 169 GS2 GB A TIA.3M35 LC1 D18 LRD 21 118
11

11

11
15
184
3

GS2 GB
.
A
.
TIA.3M50

LC1 D25

LRD 22
.
164
15 85 15 65 GS2 GB A TIA.3M63 LC1 D32 LRD 32 33
22 33 GS2 GB A3 TIS.63M80 LC1 D40 LRD 3355 3040
22 4 39 30 45 GS2 GB A3 TIS.63M100 LC1 D50 LRD 3357 3750
30 515 GS2 GB A3 TIS.63M100 LC1 D50 LRD 3359 4865
30 57 GS2 GB A3 TIS.63M100 LC1 D65 LRD 3359 4865
45 76 45 65 GS2 LLB A4 TCP.100M15 LC1 D80 LRD 3363 6380
45 81 55 80 GS2 LLB A4 TCP.100M15 LC1 D95 LRD 3365 8093
55 100 GS2 LLB A4 TCP.100M160 LC1 D115 LR9 D5369 90150
55 90 GS2 LLB A4 TCP.100M160 LC1 D115 LR9 D5367 60100
80 116 GS2 LB B TF.00 LC1 D150 LR9 D5369 90150
80 138 80 13 GS2 LB B TF.00M50 LC1 D150 LR9 D5369 90150

100
110
143
156

GS2 LB
.
B
.
TF.00M50

LC1 F185

LR9 F5371
.
130
100 18 100 16 GS2 MMB B TF.00M50 LC1 F185 LR9 F5371 130
110 196 110 178 GS2 MMB B TF.00M315 LC1 F225 LR9 F5371 130
140 00 GS2 NB B3 TKF.315M355 LC1 F265 LR9 F5371 130
140 50 140 6 160 0 GS2 NB B3 TKF.315M355 LC1 F265 LR9 F7375 00330
160 85 160 56 GS2 QQB B4 TKF.315M355 LC1 F330 LR9 F7375 00330
220 310 GS2 QQB B4 TMF.400 LC1 F400 LR9 F7379 300500
220 388 0 353 257 36 GS2 QQB B4 TMF.400M450 LC1 F400 LR9 F7379 300500
270 380 GS2 SB C TTM.500 LC1 F500 LR9 F7379 300500
257
270
450
460
57
70
41
433


GS2 SB
.
C
.
TTM.500

LC1 F500

LR9 F7381
.
380630
375

610

375

577

375
425
508
556

GS2 SB
.
C
.
TTM.630

LC1 F630

LR9 F7381
.
380630
(1)Forreversingoperation,replacetheprefxLC1withLC2.
Combination starters
for customer assembly
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
1/33
TeSys motor starters - open version
Star-delta.starters.with.fuse.protection.
(BS.fuses)
..
15 to 375 kW at 415 V: type 2 coordination
Maximum operating rate: LC1 D: 30 starts/hour; LC1 F: 12 starts/hour.
Maximum starting time: LC1 D: 30 seconds; LC1 F: 20 seconds.
Standard power ratings of 3-phase
motors 50/60 Hz in category AC-3
Switch-
disconnector-
fuse
BS fuses Contactor Thermal overload relay
415 V 440 V Reference Size Rating Reference Reference Setting
range
P Ie Iq P Ie Iq
kW A kA kW A kA A A
15 35 50 15 306 50 GS1 DDB A1 NIT.16 3.x.LC1 D09 LRD 08 . 54
22 5 50 22 44 50 GS1 DDB A1 NIT.16 3.x.LC1 D09 LRD 10 . 46
3 65 50 3 577 50 GS1 DDB A1 NIT.0 3.x.LC1 D09 LRD 12 . 558
4 84 50 4 79 50 GS1 DDB A1 NIT.0 3.x.LC1 D09 LRD 14 . 710
55 11 50 55 104 50 GS1 DDB A1 NIT.0M5 3.x.LC1 D12 LRD 16 . 913
75 148 50 75 137 50 GS1 DDB A1 NIT.0M3 3.x.LC1 D18 LRD 21 . 118
9 181 50 9 169 50 GS2 GB A TIA.3M35 3.x.LC1 D18 LRD 21 . 118
11 1 50 11 01 50 GS2 GB A TIA.3M50 3.x.LC1 D25 LRD 22 . 164
15 85 50 15 65 50 GS2 GB A TIA.3M63 3.x.LC1 D32 LRD 32 . 33
22 4 50 22 39 50 GS2 GB A3 TIS.63M80 3.x.LC1 D40 LRD 3355 . 3040
30 515 50 GS2 GB A3 TIS.63M100 3.x.LC1 D50 LRD 3359 . 4865
30 57 50 GS2 GB A3 TIS.63M100 3.x LC1 D65 LRD 3359 . 4865
45 81 50 45 76 50 GS2 LLB A4 TCP.100M15 3.x LC1 D80 LRD 3363 . 6380
55 100 80 55 90 80 GS2 LLB A4 TCP.100M160 3.x LC1 D115 LR9 D5369 . 90150
80 138 80 80 13 80 GS2 LB B TF.00M50 3.x LC1 D150 LR9 D5369 . 90150
100 18 80 100 16 80 GS2 MMB B TF.00M50 3.x LC1 F185 LR9 F5371 . 130
110 196 80 110 178 80 GS2 MMB B TF.00M315 3.x LC1 F225 LR9 F5371 . 130
140 50 80 140 6 80 GS2 NB B3 TFK.315M355 3.x LC1 F265 LR9 F7375 . 00330
160 85 80 160 56 80 GS2 QQB B3 TFK.315M355 3.x LC1 F330 LR9 F7375 . 00330
220 388 80 220 353 80 GS2 QQB B4 TMF.400M450 3.x LC1 F400 LR9 F7379 . 300500
257
270
450
460
80
80
257
270
41
433
80
80

GS2 SB
.
C
.
TTM.500
.
3.x LC1 F500

LR9 F7379
.
.
.
300500
375 610 80 375 577 80 GS2 SB C TTM.630 3.x LC1 F630 LR9 F7381 . 380630
Combination starters
for customer assembly
(continued)
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
1/34
1
TeSys motor starters - open version
DOL.starters,.plate.mounted,.for.motor.control..
4.to.37.kW,.(1),.with.isolating.device,.pre-assembled...
References
Utilisation category AC-3 Fuses to be
ftted by the
customer
Basic reference,
to be completed by
adding the voltage code (2)
Weight
Standard power ratings
of 3-phase motors
50/60 Hz
Opera-
tional
current
220 V
230 V
380 V
400 V 415 V 440 V 500 V
660 V
690 V
440 V up
to
Size Type
aM
kW kW kW kW kW kW A A kg
4 4 4 55 9 10.x.38 1 LC4 D09App 0870
3 55 55 55 75 12 10.x.38 16 LC4 D12App 0870
4 75 9 9 10 18 10.x.38 0 LC4 D18App 1150
55 11 11 11 15 25 10.x.38 5 LC4 D25App 1580
75 15 15 15 185 185 32 14.x.51 3 LC4 D32App 630
11 185 30 40 14.x.51 40 LC4 D40pp 930
15 5 30 30 33 50 .x.58 63 LC4 D50pp 300
185 30 37 37 37 37 65 .x.58 80 LC4 D65pp 3340
37 45 45 55 45 80 .x.58 80 LC4 D80pp 3650
Specifcations
Pre-wired.power.and.control.circuit.connections.
3-pole.isolating.device.
.
(1) Thermal overload relay to be ordered separately (see pages 6/20 and 6/21).
(2) Standard control circuit voltages.
Volts 24 42 48 110 220 230 240 380 400 415 440
50/60 Hz B7 D7 E7 F7 M7 P7 U7 Q7 V7 N7 R7
For other voltages, please consult your Regional Sales Offce.
LC4 D09App
5

6
4
5
9
LC4 D09App
5

6
4
5
9
Dimensions. :
page.1/35
Schemes. :
page.1/35
Dimensions. :
page.1/35
Schemes. :
page.1/35
Dimensions. :
page.1/35
Schemes. :
page.1/35
Dimensions. :
page.1/35
Schemes. :
page.1/35
References
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1/35
1
TeSys motor starters - open version
DOL.starters,.plate.mounted,.for.motor.control..
4.to.37.kW,.with.isolating.device,.pre-assembled
Dimensions
DOL starters, plate mounted, pre-assembled
LC4 D09AD25A
.
LC4 D09AD18A D25A
b 18 1
c1 without.cover.or.add-on.blocks 94 100
with.cover,.without.add-on.blocks 96 10
with.LAD.N.or.C.(.or.4.contacts) 17 133
with.LA6.DK10 139 145
with.LAD.T,.R,.S 147 153
with.LAD.T,.R,.S.and.sealing.cover 151 157
LC4 D32A
.
LC4 D32A
c1 without.cover.or.add-on.blocks 100
with.cover,.without.add-on.blocks 10
with.LAD.N.or.C.(.or.4.contacts) 133
with.LA6.DK10 145
with.LAD.T,.R,.S 153
with.LAD.T,.R,.S.and.sealing.cover 157
LC4 D40D80
.
LC4 D40D65 D80
a 81 311
b 143 143
b1 45 48
c 130 140
c1 without.cover.or.add-on.blocks 14 135
with.cover,.without.add-on.blocks 19 140
with.LA1.DN.(1.contact) 149 160
with.LAD.N.or.C.(.or.4.contacts) 157 168
with.LA6.DK 169 180
with.LAD.T,.R,.S 177 188
with.LAD.T,.R,.S.and.sealing.cover 181 19
c2 100 178
G 63 93
Scheme
DOL starters
LC4 D09A to D80
1
7
3
b
c1
79
98
55
71
86
= =
= =
5
0
6
3
3
3
1
1
0
1
7
3
b
c1
79
98
55
71
86
= =
= =
5
0
6
3
3
3
1
1
0
c1
3
6
1
2
4
1
1
0
88
90
165
= =
c1
3
6
1
2
4
1
1
0
88
90
165
= =
c
c1
c2
b
b
1
G
a
= =
=
=
6
0
1
0
0
/
1
1
0
=
=
c
c1
c2
b
b
1
G
a
= =
=
=
6
0
1
0
0
/
1
1
0
=
=
2 4 6
- Q1
2 4
1 3
- KM1
1
/
L
1
3
/
L
2
5
/
L
3
6
5
2 4 6
- Q1
2 4
1 3
- KM1
1
/
L
1
3
/
L
2
5
/
L
3
6
5
References. :
page.1/34
References. :
page.1/34
References. :
page.1/34
References. :
page.1/34
Dimensions,
schemes
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1/36
1
TeSys motor starters - open version
Start-delta.starters.for.motor.control
.
Star-delta starting
.
This.method.of.starting.is.applicable.to.
motors.on.which.all.6.stator.terminals.
are.accessible.and.whose.delta.
connection.voltage.corresponds.to.the.
mains.voltage.
.
Star-delta.starting.should.be.used.for.
motors.starting.on.no-load.or.having.a.
low.load.torque.and.gradual.build-up:..
-.the.starting.torque.in.star.connection.is.
reduced.to.one.third.of.the.direct.starting.
torque,.ie.about.50%.of.the.rated.
torque.
-.the.starting.current.in.star.connection.
is.about.18.to.6.times.the.rated.
current.
.
The.transition.from.star.to.delta.
connection.must.occur.when.the.
machine.has.run.up.to.speed.A.too.
rapid.build-up.in.load.torque.would.
cause.the.stabilised.run-up.speed.to.be.
too.low.and.would.therefore.eliminate.
any.advantage.in.this.method.of.
starting:.this.is.the.case.with.certain.
machines.whose.load.torque.depends.
on.the.machine.speed.(a.characteristic.
of.centrifugal.machines,.for.example).
.
All.star-delta.starters.are.supplied.with.a.
special.LAD.S.or.LA.KTp.time.delay.
relay.which.imposes.a.delay.on.the.
delta.contactor.during.the.transition.
period.in.order.to.allow.the.star.
contactor suffcient breaking time..
.
For.ratings.D115.and.D150,.this..
function.is.performed.by.a.time.delay.
auxiliary.contact.block.LAD.T.and.a.
control.relay
(1) Motor manufacturers generally specify machine load torques.
Example: maximum resistive torque on completion of star-delta start (expressed as a
proportion of the rated torque).
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
0 0,25 0,50 0,75 1
1
2
0
0,5
0 0,25 0,50 0,75 1
1
2
3
(1)
1
1,5
2
2,5
Current
Speed
1 Starting.in.direct.delta.connection
2 Starting.in.star.connection
Current
Speed
1 Starting.in.direct.delta.connection
2 Starting.in.star.connection
3 Resistive.torque.of.the.machine
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
0 0,25 0,50 0,75 1
1
2
0
0,5
0 0,25 0,50 0,75 1
1
2
3
(1)
1
1,5
2
2,5
Current
Speed
1 Starting.in.direct.delta.connection
2 Starting.in.star.connection
Current
Speed
1 Starting.in.direct.delta.connection
2 Starting.in.star.connection
3 Resistive.torque.of.the.machine
Presentation
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1/37
1
TeSys motor starters - open version
Star-delta.starters.for.motor.control.
55.to.13.kW,.(1),.without.isolating.device,.
pre-assembled...
Plate mounted starters
Maximum operating rate: 30 starts/hour Maximum starting time: 30 seconds
Standard power ratings
of squirrel cage motors
Mains voltage -
delta connection
Auxiliary contacts available
on each contactor
line delta star
Star delta
mechanical
interlock
Basic reference,
to be completed by
adding the voltage code (2)
Weight
220/
230 V
380/
400 V 415 V 440 V
KM2 KM3 KM1
kW kW kW kW kg
4 75 75 75 .(3). 1 With LC3 D09App 1530
55 11 11 11 .(3) 1 With LC3 D12App 1530
11 185 .(3) 1 With LC3 D18App 1730
15 5 30 30 .(3) 1 With LC3 D32App 030
185 37 37 37 1 1 .(3) 1 Without LC3 D40pp 4360
With LC3 D40ppA64 4500
30 55 59 59 1 1 .(3) .(3) Without LC3 D50pp 4360
With LC3 D50ppA64 4500
37 75 75 75 1 1 (3) .(3) Without LC3 D80pp 500
With LC3 D80ppA64 5400
63 110 110 110 1 1 .(3). .(3) Without
LC3 D115pp.(4)
11800
With
LC3 D115ppA64 (4)
1100
75 13 13 147 1 1 .(3). 1.(3) Without
LC3 D150pp.(4)
1100
With
LC3 D150ppA64 (4)
1100
Rail mounted starters (35 mm 7 rail)
Standard power ratings
of squirrel cage motors
Mains voltage -
delta connection
Auxiliary contacts
available on each contactor

Star delta
mechanical
interlock
Basic reference,
to be completed by
adding the voltage code (2)
Weight
line delta star
220/
230 V
380/
400 V 415 V 440 V
KM2 KM3 KM1
kW kW kW kW kg
Maximum operating rate: 12 starts/hour Maximum starting time: 30 seconds
3 55 55 55 .. 1 With LC3 K06pp 0740
4 75 75 75 .. 1 With LC3 K09pp 0740
Maximum operating rate: 30 starts/hour Maximum starting time: 30 seconds
4 75 75 75 .(3). 1 With LC3 D090App 1530
55 11 11 11 .(3) 1 With LC3 D120App 1530
11 185 .(3) 1 With LC3 D180App 1730
15 5 30 30 .(3) 1 With LC3 D320App 030
(1) Protection must be provided by the addition of a thermal overload relay, to be ordered separately. Select appropriate overload
relay for setting at 0.58 of the full load rated motor current (see pages 6/20 and 6/21).
(2) Standard control circuit voltages:
Volts.a.50/60.Hz 24 36 42 48 110 220 230 240 380 400 415 440
Star-delta starters LC3 K06 and K09
Code B7. C7 D7. E7. F7. M7. P7. U7.
Star-delta starters LC3 D09AD150, LC3 D090AD320A
Code B7. D7. E7. F7. .M7 P7. U7. Q7. V7. N7. R7
For other voltages, please consult your Regional Sales Offce.
(3) One auxiliary contact block type LAD N canalsobeftted,seepage5/79.
(4) These starters consist of contactors LC1 D115 or D150 without connectors.
LC3 D32App
D
F
5

6
4
6
0
LC3 D32App
D
F
5

6
4
6
0
Dimensions. :.
pages.1/4.and.1/43
Schemes.:
page.1/43
Dimensions. :.
pages.1/4.and.1/43
Schemes.:
page.1/43
Dimensions. :.
pages.1/4.and.1/43
Schemes.:
page.1/43
Dimensions. :.
pages.1/4.and.1/43
Schemes.:
page.1/43
References
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1/38
1

K
M
1
K
M
3
K
M
2
K
M
2
K
M
1
KM
3
1c
1c
2
1a
1b
a
a
a
a
a
1b
K
M
1
K
M
3
K
M
2
K
M
2
K
M
1
KM
3
1c
1c
2
1a
1b
a
a
a
a
a
1b
K
M
1
K
M
3
K
M
2
K
M
2
K
M
1
KM
3
1c
1c
2
1a
1b
a
a
a
a
a
1b
K
M
1
K
M
3
K
M
2
K
M
2
K
M
1
KM
3
1c
1c
2
1a
1b
a
a
a
a
a
1b

2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1/39
1
TeSys motor starters - open version
Star-delta.starters,.for.motor.control,.75.to.13.kW.(1),.
without.mechanical.interlock,.for.customer.assembly.
(on.plate.or.on.mounting.rail).(2)
Starters for direct combination with a circuit-breaker
Maximum operating rate: 30 starts/hour Maximum starting time: 30 seconds
Standard power
ratings of squirrel
cage motors (3)
Mains voltage-
delta connection
Thermal-magnetic
motor
circuit-breaker
Contactors
(basic references, to be completed
by adding the voltage code) (4)
400/
415 V 440 V line delta star
kW kW KM2 KM3 KM1
75 75 GV2 ME20 LC1 D09pp LC1 D09pp LC1 D09pp
9 GV2 ME20 LC1 D12pp LC1 D12pp LC1 D09pp
9 11 GV2 ME21 LC1 D12pp LC1 D12pp LC1 D09pp
11 GV2 ME22 LC1 D12pp LC1 D12pp LC1 D09pp
15 15 GV2 ME32 LC1 D18pp LC1 D18pp LC1 D09pp
Separate component
Description Illustration
item no
Reference Weight
kg
Mounting kit.comprising:..
power.circuit.connections.and
1.time.delay.contact.block.LAD.S
a LAD 912GV 0130
Starters for mounting separately from upstream protection
Maximum operating rate: 30 starts/hour Maximum starting time: 30 seconds
Standard power ratings
of squirrel cage motors (3)
Mains voltage - delta connection
Contactors
(basic references, to be completed
by adding the voltage code) (4)
Separate
components
(see.below)
220/
230 V
380/
400 V 415 V 440 V line delta star
kW kW kW kW KM2 KM3 KM1 Component
types
4 75 75 75 LC1 D09pp LC1 D09pp LC1 D09pp D09
55 11 11 11 LC1 D18pp (6) LC1 D12pp. LC1 D09pp D1
11 185 LC1 D25pp (7) LC1 D25pp. (7) LC1 D09pp D18
15 5 30 30 LC1 D32pp LC1 D32pp LC1 D18pp. D3
185 37 37 37 LC1 D40pp. LC1 D40pp. LC1 D40pp. D40
30 55 59 59 LC1 D50pp LC1 D50pp LC1 D40pp. D50
37 75 75 75 LC1 D80pp LC1 D80pp LC1 D50pp D80
63 110 110 110 LC1 D115pp LC1 D115pp LC1 D80pp. D115.(5)
75 13 13 147 LC1 D150pp LC1 D150pp LC1 D115pp D150.(5)
Separate components
Description Illustration
item no
For components
type (5)
Reference Weight
kg
Mounting kit comprising:
1.time.delay.contact.block.LAD.S..
(D09D80).(3),
power.circuit.connections.(D09D80),
screws and clamps for fxing contactors .
to.the.plate.(D40D80)
-
-
-
1 a
1 b
1 c
D09.and.D1 LAD 91217 0180
D18.and.D3 LAD 93217 0310
D40.and.D50 LA9 D5017 0380
D80 LA9 D8017 0680
Equipment mounting plates 2 D09,.D1,.D18 LA9 D12974 0150
D3 LA9 D32974 0180
D40.and.D50 LA9 D40973 0300
D80 LA9 D80973 0300
(1) Protection must be provided by the addition of a thermal overload relay, to be ordered separately.
Select appropriate overload relay for setting at 0.58 of the full load rated motor current, see pages 6/20 and 6/21.
(2) For mounting, assembly and cabling: please refer to installation instructions supplied with the equipment.
(3) See comments on page 1/36.
(4) See page 5/62.
(5) For D115 and D150 components, see illustration and separate parts on pages 1/40 and 1/41.
(6) A D12 component is adequate for the application, but use of a D18 is recommended.
(connection capacity, correct use of power connection kit and connections).
(7) A D18 component is adequate for the application, but use of a D25 is recommended.
(connection capacity, correct use of power connection kit and connections).
Illustrations:.
page.1/38
Dimensions:.
pages.1/4.and.1/43
Schemes:
page.1/43
Illustrations:.
page.1/38
Dimensions:.
pages.1/4.and.1/43
Schemes:
page.1/43
Illustrations:.
page.1/38
Dimensions:.
pages.1/4.and.1/43
Schemes:
page.1/43
Illustrations:.
page.1/38
Dimensions:.
pages.1/4.and.1/43
Schemes:
page.1/43
References
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1/40
1

13 7 12 9 11 10 3
8 5 4
6
14
8
8
13 7 12 9 11 10 3
8 5 4
6
14
8
8
13 7 12 9 11 10 3
8 5 4
6
14
8
8
13 7 12 9 11 10 3
8 5 4
6
14
8
8

2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1/41
1
TeSys motor starters - open version
Star-delta.starters,.for.motor.control,.75.to.13.kW.(1),.
without.mechanical.interlock,.for.customer.assembly.
(on.plate.or.mounting.rail).(2)
Starters for mounting separately from upstream protection
Separate components (continued)
Description Illustration
item no
For
use on
No Sold in
lots of
Unit
reference
Weight
kg
Instantaneous
auxiliary contact
blocks 1.N/O
1 D115..
(star)
1 1 LAD N10 000
Control relay 3 D115,.D150 1 1 CAD 32pp (3) 030
Time delay
auxiliary
contact blocks
4 D115,.D150 1 1 LAD T2 0060
Lead sealing kit
for time delay
auxiliary
contact blocks
5 D115,.D150 1 1 LA9 D901 0005
Thermal magnetic
circuit-breaker for
control circuit .
(00415.V)
6 D115,.D150 6 GB2 CB05 0060
Set of 3
connectors for
wider terminations .
(optional)
7 D115,.D150 1 1 LA9 FG980 000
Set of power
connections with
fxing accessories
8 D115 1 1 LA9 D11517 0800
D150 1 1 LA9 D15017 1050
Spare volt free
terminals
9 D115,.D150 1 10 DZ3 HA3 0007
10 DZ3 GA3 0006
Lug-connector
terminal block
10 D115,.D150 1 10 AB1 BC9535 036
End stop 11 D115,.D150 3 100 AB1 AB8M35 0005
Mounting rail
5 35 mm
12 D115,.D150 1 10 AM1 ED021 010
Pre-slotted
mounting plate
13 D115,.D150 1 1 AM3 PA65 1950
Screw with
captive washer
14 D115,.D150 1 100 AF1 VA618 0006
100 AF1 VA410 000
(1) Protection must be provided by the addition of a thermal overload relay, to be ordered
separately. Select appropriate overload relay for setting at 0.58 of the full load rated motor
current, see pages 6/20 and 6/21.
(2) For mounting, assembly and cabling: please refer to installation instructions supplied with the
equipment.
(3) See page 7/21.
References (continued)
Illustrations:.
page.1/38
Dimensions:.
pages.1/4.and.1/43
Schemes:
page.1/43
Illustrations:.
page.1/38
Dimensions:.
pages.1/4.and.1/43
Schemes:
page.1/43
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1/4
1
TeSys motor starters - open version
Star-delta.starters
..
Dimensions
Star-delta starters
Plate mounted, pre-assembled Pre-assembled:
LC3 K LC3 D09AD32A
For customer assembly: 3 x LC1 D with components D09 to D32
On.starters.LC3.D09A.to.D18A,.a.connection.block.is.mounted.on.the.upper.
part.of.contactor.KM,.increasing.the.overall.height.of.the.product.by.65.mm
LC3 D09A D12A D18A D32A
a 143 143 144 165
b 65 65 65 35
c with.LAD.S 139 139 139 145
with.LAD.S.and.sealing.cover 143 143 143 149
Pre-assembled: LC3 D40, D50 Pre-assembled: LC3 D80
For customer assembly: 3 x LC1 D with components D09 or D50 For customer assembly: 3 x LC1 D with components D80
(1) + 4 mm with sealing cover (1) + 4 mm with sealing cover
Pre-assembled: LC3 D115, D150
For customer assembly: 3 x LC1 D with components D115 or D150
a b c G H
LC3 D115 or 3 x LC1 D with.components D115 450 555 05 45 55
LC3 D150.or.3.x.LC1.D.with.components D150 450 555 05 45 55
94
1
1
0
175
150 94
1
1
0
175
150 c 4
1
2
4
b
90 = =
a
1
1
0 KM2
KM3 KM1
1
1
0
c 4
1
2
4
b
90 = =
a
1
1
0 KM2
KM3 KM1
1
1
0
175 (1)
4
5
1
4
3
263
281
= =
6
0
=
1
0
0
/
1
1
0
=
=
=
175 (1)
4
5
1
4
3
263
281
= =
6
0
=
1
0
0
/
1
1
0
=
=
=
183 (1)
4
7
1
4
3
293
311
= =
6
0
=
1
0
0
/
1
1
0
=
=
=
183 (1)
4
7
1
4
3
293
311
= =
6
0
=
1
0
0
/
1
1
0
=
=
=
a
G
H
c
b
a
G
H
c
b
Dimensions
References:
pages.1/37.to.1/41
Schemes:
pages.1/43
References:
pages.1/37.to.1/41
Schemes:
pages.1/43
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1/43
1
TeSys motor starters - open version
Star-delta.starters
Dimensions (continued)
Star-delta starters (continued)
On mounting rail AM1 DP, pre-assembled
LC3 D090A to D320A
LC3 D090A to D180A D320A
b 153 137
c with.LAD.S 139 145
with.LAD.S.and.sealing.cover 143 149
Schemes
LC3 K, LC3 D09A to D80
LC3 D090A to D320A
LC3 K LC3 D
Note: LC3 D09A to D18A: Mechanical interlock between KM3 and KM1.
LC3 D115 and D150
(1) Recommended cabling for reversal of motor rotation (standard motor, viewed from shaft end).
(2) Remote control.
c
b
2x7
160
175
KM2
KM3 KM1
c
b
2x7
160
175
KM2
KM3 KM1
U
1
V
1
W
1
U
2
V
2
W
2
2 4 6
KM2
1
2
3
4
5
6
KM3
1
2
3
4
5
6
KM1
1
2
3
4
5
6
U
1
V
1
W
1
U
2
V
2
W
2
1 3 5
2 4 6
L
1
L
2
L
3
(1)
U
1
V
1
W
1
U
2
V
2
W
2
2 4 6
KM2
1
2
3
4
5
6
KM3
1
2
3
4
5
6
KM1
1
2
3
4
5
6
U
1
V
1
W
1
U
2
V
2
W
2
1 3 5
2 4 6
L
1
L
2
L
3
(1)
KM2/1 (N)
O
T
T
I
Y
L
KM3/5
KM3 KM2 KM1
KM1
54 53
A
1
A
2
A
1
A
2
A
1
A
2
A
1
A
2
KM1 KM3
2
1
2
2
2
2
2
1
1
5
1
6
9
5
9
6
KM2
1
4
1
3
KM2/1 (N)
O
T
T
I
Y
L
KM3/5
KM3 KM2 KM1
KM1
54 53
A
1
A
2
A
1
A
2
A
1
A
2
A
1
A
2
KM1 KM3
2
1
2
2
2
2
2
1
1
5
1
6
9
5
9
6
KM2
1
4
1
3
A
1
A
2
KM1
1
3
1
4
2
1
2
2
2
2
2
1
KM3
5
5
5
6
KM2
1
3
1
4
KM1
9
5
9
6
KM3/5
O
l
6
8
6
7
KM2
A
1
A
2
KM3
2
2
2
1
KM1
A
1
A
2
KM2
1
3
1
4
KM2
KM3/1
N
(2)
A
1
A
2
KM1
1
3
1
4
2
1
2
2
2
2
2
1
KM3
5
5
5
6
KM2
1
3
1
4
KM1
9
5
9
6
KM3/5
O
l
6
8
6
7
KM2
A
1
A
2
KM3
2
2
2
1
KM1
A
1
A
2
KM2
1
3
1
4
KM2
KM3/1
N
(2)
.KM
1

3
4
5
6
.KM3
1

3
4
5
6
.KM1
1

3
4
5
6
U
1
V
1
W
1
U

1 3 5
4 6
L
1
L

L
3
U
1
V
1
W
1
U

4 6
Recommended.
cabling.for.reversal..
of.motor.rotation.
(standard.motor,.
viewed.from.shaft.
end)
.KM
1

3
4
5
6
.KM3
1

3
4
5
6
.KM1
1

3
4
5
6
U
1
V
1
W
1
U

1 3 5
4 6
L
1
L

L
3
U
1
V
1
W
1
U

4 6
Recommended.
cabling.for.reversal..
of.motor.rotation.
(standard.motor,.
viewed.from.shaft.
end)
A
1
A
2
KM1
1
3
1
4
2
1
2
2
1
6
2
1
6
1
KM3
5
5
5
6
KM2
1
8
4
1
8
3
KM1
9
5
9
6
F1
F1
O
l
1
5
3
1
5
4
KM2
A
1
A
2
KA1
A
1
A
2
KM2
1
5
3
1
5
4
KM1
F2
1
7
1
6
7
6
8
KM2
1
7
2
KM1
1
3
1
4
A
1
A
2
KM3
KA1
Y L
(2)
A
1
A
2
KM1
1
3
1
4
2
1
2
2
1
6
2
1
6
1
KM3
5
5
5
6
KM2
1
8
4
1
8
3
KM1
9
5
9
6
F1
F1
O
l
1
5
3
1
5
4
KM2
A
1
A
2
KA1
A
1
A
2
KM2
1
5
3
1
5
4
KM1
F2
1
7
1
6
7
6
8
KM2
1
7
2
KM1
1
3
1
4
A
1
A
2
KM3
KA1
Y L
(2)
Dimensions (continued),
schemes
References:
pages.1/37.to.1/41
References:
pages.1/37.to.1/41
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1/44
Motor starters - open version
Start-delta.starters.for.motor.control
.
Star-delta starting
This.method.of.starting.is.applicable.to.
motors.on.which.all.6.stator.terminals.
are.accessible.and.whose.delta.
connection.voltage.corresponds.to.the.
mains.voltage.
Star-delta.starting.should.be.used.for.
motors.starting.on.no-load.or.having.a.
low.load.torque.and.gradual.build-up:.
the.starting.torque.in.star.connection.is.
reduced.to.one.third.of.the.direct.starting.
torque,.ie.about.50%.of.the.rated.
torque
the.starting.current.in.star.connection.
is.about.18.to.6.times.the.rated.
current.
The.transition.from.star.to.delta.
connection.must.occur.when.the.
machine.has.run.up.to.speed.A.too.
rapid.build-up.in.load.torque.would.
cause.the.stabilised.run-up.speed.to.be.
too.low.and.would.therefore.eliminate.
any.advantage.in.this.method.of.
starting:.this.is.the.case.with.certain.
machines.whose.load.torque.depends.
on.the.machine.speed.(a.characteristic.
of.centrifugal.machines,.for.example).
Switching.from.star.to.delta.connection.
must.be.completed.within.a.minimum.
time.
This.function.is.performed.by.a.control.
relay.and.a.time.delay.auxiliary.contact.
block
-
-
(1) Motor manufacturers generally specify machine load torques.
Example: maximum resistive torque on completion of star-delta start (expressed as a
proportion of the rated torque).
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
0 0,25 0,50 0,75 1
1
2
0
0,5
0 0,25 0,50 0,75 1
1
2
3
(1)
1
1,5
2
2,5
Current
Speed
1 Starting.in.direct.delta.connection
2 Starting.in.star.connection
Current
Speed
1 Starting.in.direct.delta.connection
2 Starting.in.star.connection
3 Resistive.torque.of.the.machine
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
0 0,25 0,50 0,75 1
1
2
0
0,5
0 0,25 0,50 0,75 1
1
2
3
(1)
1
1,5
2
2,5
Current
Speed
1 Starting.in.direct.delta.connection
2 Starting.in.star.connection
Current
Speed
1 Starting.in.direct.delta.connection
2 Starting.in.star.connection
3 Resistive.torque.of.the.machine
Presentation
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
1/45
Motor starters - open version
Star-delta.starters.for.motor.control,..
90.to.375.kW.(1),.without.isolating.device,..
pre-assembled
..
Pre-assembled starters
Maximum.operating.rate:.1.starts/hour.
Maximum.starting.time:
LC3.Fppppp:.0.seconds,
LC3.FpppppA64:.30.seconds.(3.identical.contactors).
Composition of starters without mechanical interlock,.see.pages.1/47.and.1/49
Star-delta starters
Standard power ratings
of squirrel cage motors
Mains voltage -
delta connection
Auxiliary contacts available
on each contactor
line delta star
Star delta
mechanical
interlock
Basic reference,
to be completed by
adding the voltage code (2)
Weight
220/
230 V
380/
400 V 415 V 440 V
KM2 KM3 KM1
(3)
kW kW kW kW kg
90 160 160 185 1 1 1 1 Without LC3 F185pp 16500
With LC3 F185ppA64 1665
100 00 00 0 1 1 1 1 Without LC3 F225pp 16500
With LC3 F225ppA64 1665
110 0 0 50 1 1 1 1 Without LC3 F265pp 7300
With LC3 F265ppA64 745
160 80 80 315 1 1 1 1 Without LC3 F330pp 37000
With LC3 F330ppA64 3715
185 315 355 375 1 1 1 1 Without LC3 F400pp 37000
With LC3 F400ppA64 3715
(1) Protection must be provided by the addition of a thermal overload relay, to be ordered separately. Select appropriate overload
relay for setting at 0.58 of the full load rated motor current, see pages 6/34 and 6/35.
(2) Standard control circuit voltages:
Volts a 50/60 Hz 48 110 115 220/230 230 240 380/400 400 415
Code E7 F7 FE7 M7 P7 U7 Q7 V7 N7
For other voltages, please consult your Regional Sales Offce.
(3)OneauxiliarycontactblocktypeLADNcanbeftted.
LC3 FpppppA64
5
1
1
0
8
0
LC3 FpppppA64
5
1
1
0
8
0
Presentation:
page.1/44
Dimensions:
page.1/50
Schemes:
page.1/51
Presentation:
page.1/44
Dimensions:
page.1/50
Schemes:
page.1/51
Presentation:
page.1/44
Dimensions:
page.1/50
Schemes:
page.1/51
Presentation:
page.1/44
Dimensions:
page.1/50
Schemes:
page.1/51
References
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
1/46
1
1
K
M
2
K
M
3
K
M
1
1
1
1 3 4
7
7
7
8
*
*
* *
*
*
6 5 2
* * * *
1
*.See.page.1/48
K
M
2
K
M
3
K
M
1
1
1
1 3 4
7
7
7
8
*
*
* *
*
*
6 5 2
* * * *
1
*.See.page.1/48
K
M
2
K
M
3
K
M
1
1
1
1 3 4
7
7
7
8
*
*
* *
*
*
6 5 2
* * * *
1
*.See.page.1/48
K
M
2
K
M
3
K
M
1
1
1
1 3 4
7
7
7
8
*
*
* *
*
*
6 5 2
* * * *
1
*.See.page.1/48
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1/47
1
Motor starters - open version 1
Star-delta.starters.for.motor.control,..
90.to.375.kW,.(1),.for.customer.assembly..
(on.chassis)
.
Contactors
Maximum operating rate: 12 starts/hour Maximum starting time: 20 seconds (3)
Standard power ratings
of squirrel cage motors
Contactors (2) Separate
components
(see below)
220/
230 V
380/
400 V 415 V 440 V
line delta star
kW kW kW kW KM2 KM3 KM1 Component types
90 160 160 185 LC1 F185pp LC1 F185pp LC1 D150pp F185
100 00 00 0 LC1 F225pp LC1 F225pp LC1 F185pp F5
110 0 0 50 LC1 F265pp LC1 F265pp LC1 F185pp F65
160 80 80 315 LC1 F330pp LC1 F330pp LC1 F265pp F330
185 315 355 375 LC1 F400pp LC1 F400pp LC1 F265pp F400
Separate components (4)
Description Illustration
item no
For
use on
No Sold in
lots of
Unit
reference
Weight
kg
Instantaneous auxiliary
contact blocks
.N/O. +. .N/C
1 F185.to.F400. 3 1 LAD N22 0050
Control relay 2 F185.to.F400. 1 1 CAD 32 0580
Time delay auxiliary
contact blocks
3 F185.to.F400. 1 1 LAD T2 0060
Sealing cover 4 F185.to.F400. 1 1 LA9 D901 0005
Thermal magnetic circuit-
breaker for 5 A control circuit
5 F185.to.F400. 6 GB2 CB10 0050
Sets of 3 connectors
for wider terminations .
(optional)
6 F185 1 1 LA9 FG980 000
F5.to.F400 1 1 LA9 FJ980 0490
Sets of power connections 7 F185 1 1 LA9 F18517 0800
F5 1 1 LA9 F22510 1400
F65 1 1 LA9 FH610 1400
F330.and.F400 1 1 LA9 FJ610 1500
Set of 3 busbars for
thermal overload
connections
8 F185.to.F400. 1 1 LA7 Fppp (Selected.according.to.size..
of.thermal.overload.relay).see.pages.6/34.
and.6/35.
(1) Protection must be provided by the addition of a thermal overload relay, to be ordered separately. Select appropriate overload
relay for setting at 0.58 of the full load rated motor current, see pages 6/34.and.6/35.
(2) Contactors supplied with coil. Complete the reference by adding the control circuit voltage code.
Standardcontrolcircuitvoltages(forothervoltages,pleaseconsultyourRegionalSalesOffce):
LC1 D150
Volts 48 110 115 120 220 230 240 380 400 415
50/60 Hz E7 F7 FE7 G7 M7 P7 U7 Q7 V7 N7.
LC1 F185 and F225
Volts 48 110 115 120 220 230 240 380 400 415
50 Hz (coil LX1) E5 F5 FE5 M5 P5 U5 Q5 V5 N5
60 Hz (coil LX1) E6 F6 G6 M6 U6 Q6 .
LC1 F185 to F400
Volts 48 110 115 120 220 230 240 380 400 415
40 400 Hz (5) E7.(6) F7 FE7 G7 M7 P7 U7 Q7 V7 N7
Standard.voltages,.see.page.5/114
For.other.voltages.between.4.and.660.V,.see.pages.5/130.to.5/139
(3)Forlongerstartingtimes,pleaseconsultyourRegionalSalesOffce.
(4) Other separate components, see page 1/49.
(5) Coil LX1: LC1 F265, F330 and F400. Coil LX9: LC1F185 and F225.
(6) Except for LC1 F400.
Presentation:
page.1/44
Illustrations:
page.1/46
Dimensions:
page.1/50
Schemes:
page.1/51
Presentation:
page.1/44
Illustrations:
page.1/46
Dimensions:
page.1/50
Schemes:
page.1/51
Presentation:
page.1/44
Illustrations:
page.1/46
Dimensions:
page.1/50
Schemes:
page.1/51
Presentation:
page.1/44
Illustrations:
page.1/46
Dimensions:
page.1/50
Schemes:
page.1/51
References 1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1/48
1
1
K
M
2
K
M
3
K
M
1
16 13
9
15
*
*
*
*
*
*
* * *
*
17 10 12 14
* * *
11
17
*.See.page.1/46
K
M
2
K
M
3
K
M
1
16 13
9
15
*
*
*
*
*
*
* * *
*
17 10 12 14
* * *
11
17
*.See.page.1/46
K
M
2
K
M
3
K
M
1
16 13
9
15
*
*
*
*
*
*
* * *
*
17 10 12 14
* * *
11
17
*.See.page.1/46
K
M
2
K
M
3
K
M
1
16 13
9
15
*
*
*
*
*
*
* * *
*
17 10 12 14
* * *
11
17
*.See.page.1/46
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1/49
1
Motor starters - open version 1
Star-delta.starters.for.motor.control,..
90.to.375.kW,.(1),.for.customer.assembly..
(on.chassis)
Separate components (continued from page 1/47)
Description Illustration
item no
For
use on
No Sold in
lots of
Unit
reference
Weight
kg
Spare volt free terminals 9 F185 3 10 DZ3 GA3 0006
F5F400 3 10 DZ3 HA3 0007
Neutral terminals
with stop and spare
volt free terminal
(for.control.circuit)
10 F185 1 10 AB1 BC9535 036
100 AB1 AB8P35 0006
1 10 DZ3 HA3 0007
F5.and.F65 1 10 AB1 BC15035 077
100 AB1 AB8M35 0007
1 10 DZ3 JA3 0010
F330.and.F400 1 10 AB1 BC24035 087
100 AB1 AB8M35 0007
1 10 DZ3 JA3 0010
Reducer bracket 11 F400 1 LA9 F100 0100
Mounting rails (2) 12 F185F400 1 10 AM1 DE200 0900
13 F185F400 1 4 AM1 EC200 980
Uprights (2) 14 F115F400 4 AM1 EC200 980
1/4 turn sliding clip nuts
and corresponding bolts
for.rails.AM1.DE
15 F185F400 10 AF1 CD061 000
100 AF1 VA618 0006
1/4 turn sliding clip nuts
and corresponding bolts
for.rails.AM1.DE
16 F185F400 8 10 AF1 CD081 000
10 AF1 VC820 004
1/4 turn sliding clip nuts
and corresponding bolts
for equipment fxing
17 F185F330 15 10 AF1 CD061 000
100 AF1 VA618 0006
F400 8 10 AF1 CD061 000
10 AF1 CD081 000
100 AF1 VA618 0006
10 AF1 VC820 004
4 25 x H6 screws with.washers.
Enclosures:
metal,.grey.RAL.703
F185F5 1 1 ACM GV763 19090
F65 1 1 ACM GV973 33310
F330.and.F400 1 1 ACM GV1084 54000
Fixing lugs
adjustable.for.enclosure.ACM
4 4 AE3 FX122 0080
(1) Protection must be provided by the addition of a thermal overload relay, to be ordered separately. Select appropriate overload
relay for setting at 0.58 of the full load rated motor current, see pages 6/34 and 6/35.
(2) Supplied in 2 m lengths. See page 1/50 for cutting to length.
Presentation:
page.1/44
Illustrations:
page.1/48
Dimensions:
page.1/50
Schemes:
page.1/51
Presentation:
page.1/44
Illustrations:
page.1/48
Dimensions:
page.1/50
Schemes:
page.1/51
Presentation:
page.1/44
Illustrations:
page.1/48
Dimensions:
page.1/50
Schemes:
page.1/51
Presentation:
page.1/44
Illustrations:
page.1/48
Dimensions:
page.1/50
Schemes:
page.1/51
References (continued) 1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1/50
1
Motor starters - open version
Star-delta.starters
Dimensions
Chassis mounted starters
Pre-assembled:.LC3 F185 to LC3 F400
For.customer.assembly:.2 x LC1 Fppp and 1 x LC1 D150 or 3 x LC1 Fppp
a b c G H K K1 K2 K3 K4
LC3 F185 or 2 x LC1 Fppp + 1 x LC1 D..
with.components.F185
565 675 35 55 65 160 110 80 110 80
LC3 F225 or 3 x LC1 Fppp.with.components.F5 565 675 35 55 65 160 110 80 110 80
LC3 F265 or 3 x LC1 Fppp.with.components.F65 665 775 66 65 75 165 110 100 110 110
LC3 F330 or 3 x LC1 Fppp.with.components.F330 765 975 76 75 85 195 140 100 110 180
LC3 F400 or 3 x LC1 Fppp.with.components.F400 765 975 76 75 95 195 140 100 180 110
c
H
KM3 KM2 KM1
b
a
G
K
K
1
K
2
K
3
K
4
F1F2
c
H
KM3 KM2 KM1
b
a
G
K
K
1
K
2
K
3
K
4
F1F2
Presentation:
page.1/44
References:
pages.1/45,.1/47.and.1/49
Presentation:
page.1/44
References:
pages.1/45,.1/47.and.1/49
Presentation:
page.1/44
References:
pages.1/45,.1/47.and.1/49
Presentation:
page.1/44
References:
pages.1/45,.1/47.and.1/49
Dimensions
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1/51
1
Motor starters - open version
Star-delta.starters
Schemes
Star-delta starters
LC3 F185 to F400

.
.
Recommended.cabling.for.reversal.of.motor.rotation.
(standard.motor,.viewed.from.shaft.end)
.KM
1

3
4
5
6
.KM3
1

3
4
5
6
.KM1
1

3
4
5
6
U
1
V
1
W
1
U

1 3 5
4 6
L
1
L

L
3
U
1
V
1
W
1
U

4 6
.KM
1

3
4
5
6
.KM3
1

3
4
5
6
.KM1
1

3
4
5
6
U
1
V
1
W
1
U

1 3 5
4 6
L
1
L

L
3
U
1
V
1
W
1
U

4 6
A
1
A
2
KM1
1
3
1
4
2
1
2
2
6
2
6
1
KM3
5
5
5
6
KM2
1
8
4
1
8
3
KM1
9
5
9
6
F1
F1
O
l
A
1
A
2
KA1
A
1
A
2
KM2
1
5
3
1
5
4
KM1
F2
1
7
1
6
7
6
8
KM2
1
7
2
KM1
1
3
1
4
A
1
A
2
KM3
KA1
5
3
5
4
KM2
Remote.
control
A
1
A
2
KM1
1
3
1
4
2
1
2
2
6
2
6
1
KM3
5
5
5
6
KM2
1
8
4
1
8
3
KM1
9
5
9
6
F1
F1
O
l
A
1
A
2
KA1
A
1
A
2
KM2
1
5
3
1
5
4
KM1
F2
1
7
1
6
7
6
8
KM2
1
7
2
KM1
1
3
1
4
A
1
A
2
KM3
KA1
5
3
5
4
KM2
Remote.
control
Presentation:
page.1/44
References:
pages.1/45,.1/47.and.1/49
Presentation:
page.1/44
References:
pages.1/45,.1/47.and.1/49
Presentation:
page.1/44
References:
pages.1/45,.1/47.and.1/49
Presentation:
page.1/44
References:
pages.1/45,.1/47.and.1/49
Schemes
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
1/5
Presentation
The.TeSys.U.starter-controller.is.a.DOL.starter.(1).which.performs.the.following.
functions:
Protection.and.control.of.single-phase.or.3-phase.motors:
isolation.and.breaking.function,
overload.and.short-circuit.protection,
thermal.overload.protection,
power.switching
Control.of.the.application:.
protection.function.alarms,.application.monitoring.(running.time,.number.of.faults,.
motor.current.values,.),
logs.(last.5.faults.saved,.together.with.motor.parameter.values)
These.functions.can.be.added.by.selecting.control.units.and.function.modules.which.
simply.clip.into.the.power.base.
This.late.customisation.is.even.possible.after.power.and.control.circuit.wiring.has.
been.completed
TeSys U is a fexible range that meets the current and future needs of system
builders,.panel.builders.and.machine.manufacturers,.as.well.as.those.of.additional.
systems
From design through to operation, TeSys U offers many advantages and simplifes
the.selection.of.components.in.comparison.with.a.traditional.solution.
the breaking, isolation and contactor functions are incorporated in a single block;
this.means.fewer.references.to.be.ordered.and.easy.selection.without.any.risk.of.
error,.because.a.single.reference.covers.all.needs.up.to.15.Kw.
the.control.unit.has.a.wide.setting.range.It.can.operate.on.a.dc.or.ac.supply.
The.number.of.references.required.is.divided.by.10,.compared.with.traditional.
solutions
The.compact.components.in.the.TeSys.U.range.are.mounted.on.a.single.rail,.so.
optimising.the.amount.of.space.required.in.enclosures.By.eliminating.power.wiring.
between.the.circuit-breaker.and.contactor,.TeSys.U.reduces.installation.times.in.
enclosures.
Setting-up.accessories.simplify.or.completely.eliminate.wiring.between.components.
and.eliminate.the.risk.of.errors
b
v
v
v
v
b
v
v
-
-
Starter-controller
Consists.of.a.power.base.and.a.control.unit
Power bases
The.power.base.is.independent.of.the.control.voltage.
It.is.available.from.0.to.15.kW.at.400.V.
It.incorporates.the.breaking.function.with.a.breaking.capacity.of.50.kA.at.400V,.total.
coordination.(continuity.of.service).and.the.switching.function.
.ratings.are.available:.01.A.and.03.A
Non-reversing.(LUB).and.reversing.(LUB).
b
b
Control units
These.must.be.selected.according.to.the.control.voltage,.the.power.of.the.motor.to.
be.protected.and.the.type.of.protection.required
Standard control unit (LUCA): satisfes the basic protection requirements for
motor.starters:.overload.and.short-circuit
Magnetic control unit (LUCL): when ftted upstream of a variable speed drive or
soft.start-soft.stop.unit.and.used.in.conjunction.with.an.LUB.1.or.LUB.3.power.
base,.this.unit.provides.isolation.and.short-circuit.protection.of.the.motor.starter
Advanced control unit (LUCB, LUCC or LUCD):.allows.additional.advanced.
functions.such.as.alarm,.fault.differentiation,
Multifunction control unit (LUCM):.suitable.for.the.most.sophisticated.control.
and.protection.requirements
The.control.units.are.interchangeable.without.rewiring.and.without.using.tools.
They.have.a.wide.range.of.adjustment.(range.of.4).and.low.heat.dissipation,.due.to.
the.fact.that.bimetallic.overload.protection.components.are.no.longer.used.
b
b
b
b
(1) For use with resistive and inductive loads. Control of d.c. or capacitive loads is not possible.
11
22
Presentation
TeSys motor starters - open version
TeSys.U.starter-controllers
5
3
8
8
4
9
1
2
1
0
7
9
8
3
TeSys U starter-controller
1
1/53
Control options
Function.modules.can.be.used.to.increase.the.functions.of.the.starter-controller
Function modules
Must.be.used.in.conjunction.with.advanced.control.units.
4.types.are.available:
Thermal.overload.alarm.(LUF.W10)
Thermal.fault.and.manual.reset.(LUF.DH11)
Thermal.fault.and.automatic.or.remote.reset.(LUF.DA01.and.LUF.DA10)
Indication.of.motor.load.(LUF.V),.which.can.also.be.used.in.conjunction.with.the.
multifunction.control.unit
All.alarm.and.fault.information..processed.by.these.modules.is.available.on.digital.
contacts
b
b
b
b
Communication modules
The.information.processed.is.exchanged:
Via.a.parallel.bus:
parallel.wiring.module.(LUF.C00)
Via.a.serial.bus:
AS-Interface.modules.(ASILUF.C5.and.ASILUF.C51),
Profbus DP module (LUL C07),
CANopen.module.(LUL.C08),
DeviceNet.module..(LUL.C09),
Advantys.STB.module.(LUL.C15)
Modbus.modules.(LUL.C031.and.LUL.C033)
They.must.be.used.in.conjunction.with.a.c 24 V control unit and require a
c 24 V supply voltage.
Connection.to.other.protocols,.such.as.Fipio,.is.possible.via.gateway.modules.
(LUFP).or.via.the.TeSysPort.for.Ethernet
b
v
b
v
v
v
v
v
v
Auxiliary contact modules (LUFN)
3 possible confgurations: 2 N/O, 1 N/O + 1 N/C or 2 N/C.
Auxiliary contacts
They.provide.the.following.information:.fault.signalling.and.rotary.knob.in."ready".. .
position
Power options
Reverser block
Allows.a.non-reversing.power.base.to.be.converted.to.reversing.operation
The.reverser.block.(LUM).is.mounted.directly.beneath.the.power.base.without.
modifying.the.width.of.the.product.(45.mm).The.reverser.block.(LU6M).is.mounted.
separately.from.the.power.base.when.the.height.available.is.limited
Limiter-disconnector LUA LB
This.unit.is.mounted.directly.on.the.power.base.It.allows.the.breaking.capacity.to.be.
increased.up.to.130.kA.at.400.V,.with.a.visible.break
Setting-up accessories
Plug-in terminal blocks
The.control.terminal.blocks.are.of.the.plug-in.type,.so.allowing.wiring.to.be.prepared.
away.from.the.machine.or.the.replacement.of.products.without.rewiring
Control circuit pre-wiring system
Numerous.pre-wired.accessories.provide.simple,.clip-in.connections,.eg.
connection.of.reverser.control.terminals,.
33
33
33
44
55
66
77
Presentation (continued)
TeSys motor starters - open version
TeSys.U.starter-controllers
5
3
8
8
5
1
5
6
7
3
3
3
5
3
8
8
5

5
3
8
8
5
0
4
1
1/54
Presentation (continued)
TeSys motor starters - open version
TeSys.U.starter-controllers
Structure of a motor starter
1
3
/
N
O
1
4
/
N
O
2
1
/
N
C
2
2
/
N
C
2
/
T
1
4
/
T
2
6
/
T
3
A
1
A
2
1
/
L
1
3
/
L
2
5
/
L
3
8
4
8
2
8
1
2
/T
1
4
/T
2
6
/T
3
2
/T
1
4
/T
2
6
/T
3
A
3
B
3
A
1
B
1
A
2
1
/L
1
3
/L
2
5
/L
3
In
Coil.cut-out.contact.built.into..
the.handle.as.standard
Disconnection.and.breaking
Short-ciircuit.protection
Overload.protection
Power.switching
Disconnection.and.breaking
Short-ciircuit.protection
Power.switching
Variable.speed.control
Reverser Motor starter structure
. Mirror.auxiliary.contacts.built-in.
as.standard,.mechanically.
linked.to.the.power.poles
. Low.consumption.
technology.coil
Control.unit
Control.unit
Pre-wiring
Reverser
Variable.speed.
controller
Understanding the commercial references through a comparison with a traditional motor starter
Contactor.
family
Non-
reversing
TeSys.D
1.Amp.
category.AC3
Coil.voltage.:.
110.V.50/60.Hz
Circuit-
breaker.
family
Size.of.product..
(45.mm.wide)
TeSys.D
Rating
. Auxiliary.contact.(for.cut-out.of.contactor.coil) . Power.combination.block
Starter-
controller.
family
Power.base
For.ratings..
up.to.1.A
Starter-
controller.
family
Wide.range..
control.unit.
Standard
Rating
eg.:.31.A
Control.voltage
eg.:.11040.V
AC/DC
1
1/55
Presentation (continued)
TeSys motor starters - open version
TeSys.U.starter-controllers
Selection
Setting.range
Maximum.standard.power.ratings.of.3-phase.motors.50/60.Hz
Reference
or
CONTROL UNIT POWER BASE
Reference.to.be.completed.by.adding.the.voltage.code
Control.circuit.voltages.(V)
Rating
. Instantaneous.auxiliary.contacts.built-in.as.standard
For.DOL.starting..
non-reversing
For.DOL.starting.
reversing
Reference.to.be.completed.by.
adding.the.voltage.code
Auxiliary contacts
Auxiliary contacts
Signalling contacts
Number.of.contacts
Power.pole.status
Position.of.rotary.knob
Number.of.contacts
Fault.signalling
References
References
Signalling contacts
Auxiliary contacts
Removable terminal
block
Power base
1
1/56
1
1
2
3
2
3
1
2
Standard control unit Magnetic control unit Advanced control unit Multifunction control unit
LUCA
Class 10 - 3-phase
(see page 1/71)
LUCL
For.use.with.a..
variable.speed.
controller.or.a.soft.
start-soft.stop.unit.
(see page 1/136)
LUCB
Class 10 - 3-phase
LUCC
Class 10 - single-phase
LUCD
Class 20 - 3-phase
(see page 1/71)
LUCM
Classes 5 to 30 - single-phase and 3-phase
(see page 1/72)
Protection.against.overloads.and.short-
circuits
Protection.against.phase.failure.and.
phase.imbalance.
Earth.fault.protection.(equipment.
protection.only)
Manual.reset.
.
b
b
b
b
Short-circuit.protection
Manual.Reset
Motor.thermal.overload.protection.must.
be.provided.by.the.variable.speed.
controller.or.soft.starter
b
b
Same.functions.as.the.standard.control.unit
In.addition,.in.conjunction.with.a.function.module:
fault.differentiation.with.manual.reset,
fault.differentiation.with.remote.or.automatic.reset,.
thermal.overload.alarm,.
indication.of.motor.load
b
b
v
v
v
v
Same.functions.as.the.standard.control.unit
In.addition,.reset.parameters.can.be.set.to.manual.or.automatic
Protection.function.alarm.
Indication.on.front.panel.or.on.remote.terminal.via.Modbus.RS.
485.port
Log function.
Monitoring function, indication of main motor parameters on
front.panel.of.the.control.unit,.or.via.a.remote.terminal.
Differentiation.of.thermal.overload.and.magnetic.fault
Overload,.no-load.running
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
Power base
LUB or LU2B
Thermal.overload.signalling.
module.and.manual.reset
LUF DH11
(see.page.1/73)
Thermal.overload.signalling.
modules.and.automatic.or.
remote.reset
LUF DA01.and.LUF DA10
(see.page.1/73).
Thermal.overload.alarm.
module
LUF W10
(see.page.1/73)
AS-Interface..
communication.modules.(1)
ASILUF C5.and.ASILUF C51
(see.page.1/80)
Profbus DP .
communication.module.(1)
LUL C07
(see.page.1/8)
CANopen..
communication.module.(1)
LUL C08
(see.page.1/86)
DeviceNet..
communication.module.(1)
LUL C09
(see.page.1/88)
.Advantys.STB.
communication.module.(1)
LUL C15
(see.page.1/9)
Motor.load.indication.module.
LUF V2
(see.page.1/73)
Auxiliary.contact.modules
LUF Npp
(see.page.1/65)
Parallel.wiring.module
LUF C00
(see.page.1/78)
Modbus..
communication.modules.(1)
LUL C031.and.LUL C033
(see.page.1/94)
Fault.signalling.contacts
LUA1pp (Depending on confguration)
(see.page.1/65)
Note: the colour indicates possible combinations with the selected control unit.
Example: function module LUF DH11 can only be used with an advanced control unit.
(1) Communication modules can only be combined with a c 24 V control unit (LUCp pp BL).
Presentation (continued)
TeSys motor starters - open version
TeSys.U.starter-controllers
1
1/57
1
1
2
3
2
3
1
2
Standard control unit Magnetic control unit Advanced control unit Multifunction control unit
LUCA
Class 10 - 3-phase
(see page 1/71)
LUCL
For.use.with.a..
variable.speed.
controller.or.a.soft.
start-soft.stop.unit.
(see page 1/136)
LUCB
Class 10 - 3-phase
LUCC
Class 10 - single-phase
LUCD
Class 20 - 3-phase
(see page 1/71)
LUCM
Classes 5 to 30 - single-phase and 3-phase
(see page 1/72)
Protection.against.overloads.and.short-
circuits
Protection.against.phase.failure.and.
phase.imbalance.
Earth.fault.protection.(equipment.
protection.only)
Manual.reset.
.
b
b
b
b
Short-circuit.protection
Manual.Reset
Motor.thermal.overload.protection.must.
be.provided.by.the.variable.speed.
controller.or.soft.starter
b
b
Same.functions.as.the.standard.control.unit
In.addition,.in.conjunction.with.a.function.module:
fault.differentiation.with.manual.reset,
fault.differentiation.with.remote.or.automatic.reset,.
thermal.overload.alarm,.
indication.of.motor.load
b
b
v
v
v
v
Same.functions.as.the.standard.control.unit
In.addition,.reset.parameters.can.be.set.to.manual.or.automatic
Protection.function.alarm.
Indication.on.front.panel.or.on.remote.terminal.via.Modbus.RS.
485.port
Log function.
Monitoring function, indication of main motor parameters on
front.panel.of.the.control.unit,.or.via.a.remote.terminal.
Differentiation.of.thermal.overload.and.magnetic.fault
Overload,.no-load.running
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
Power base
LUB or LU2B
Thermal.overload.signalling.
module.and.manual.reset
LUF DH11
(see.page.1/73)
Thermal.overload.signalling.
modules.and.automatic.or.
remote.reset
LUF DA01.and.LUF DA10
(see.page.1/73).
Thermal.overload.alarm.
module
LUF W10
(see.page.1/73)
AS-Interface..
communication.modules.(1)
ASILUF C5.and.ASILUF C51
(see.page.1/80)
Profbus DP .
communication.module.(1)
LUL C07
(see.page.1/8)
CANopen..
communication.module.(1)
LUL C08
(see.page.1/86)
DeviceNet..
communication.module.(1)
LUL C09
(see.page.1/88)
.Advantys.STB.
communication.module.(1)
LUL C15
(see.page.1/9)
Motor.load.indication.module.
LUF V2
(see.page.1/73)
Auxiliary.contact.modules
LUF Npp
(see.page.1/65)
Parallel.wiring.module
LUF C00
(see.page.1/78)
Modbus..
communication.modules.(1)
LUL C031.and.LUL C033
(see.page.1/94)
Fault.signalling.contacts
LUA1pp (Depending on confguration)
(see.page.1/65)
Note: the colour indicates possible combinations with the selected control unit.
Example: function module LUF DH11 can only be used with an advanced control unit.
(1) Communication modules can only be combined with a c 24 V control unit (LUCp pp BL).
1/58
1
Application examples
Application
Starting.and.protection.of.a.pump..
..
Operating conditions
Power:.4.kW.at.400.V
In:.9.A
Maximum.of.10.class.10.starts.per.hour
Duty.class.S3
3-wire.control:
Start.button.(S),
Stop.button.(S1),
Control.circuit.voltage:.a.30.V.
......
Products used
Description Item Quantity Reference Page
Power base..
1.A.with.screw.clamp.connections
1 1 LUB 12 1/6
Standard control unit 2 1 LUCA 12FU 1/71
...
Functions performed
Short-circuit.protection.with.level.of.protection.of.50.kA.at.400V
Total.coordination.of.protection.devices.conforming.to.EN.60947-6-.(continuity.of.
service).in.case.of.a.short-circuit
Electronic.protection.against.thermal.overloads.with.an.adjustment.range.of.4
Load.switching.(.million.operating.cycles.in.category.AC-43.at.In)
Indication.of.motor.status.by.N/C.or.N/O.contact
Interlock between the motor starter control and the position of the rotary knob; not
possible.to.start.the.motor.when.the.knob.is.in.the.OFF.position
...
Scheme
.........
b
b
b
b
b
v
v
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
5

5
9
7
1
5

5
9
7
1
5
1
0
9
0
1
1
2
5
1
0
9
0
1
1
2
1
/
L
1
3
/
L
2
5
/
L
3
2
/
T
1
4
/
T
2
6
/
T
3
A
2
A
1
1
3
1
4

M
3
230 V
U
1
V
1
W
1
CU
1
/
L
1
3
/
L
2
5
/
L
3
2
/
T
1
4
/
T
2
6
/
T
3
A
2
A
1
1
3
1
4

M
3
230 V
U
1
V
1
W
1
CU
TeSys motor starters - open version
TeSys.U.starter-controllers
...
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1/59
1
Application examples
Application
Expansion.of.an.existing.installation.for.improved.control.of.its.operation
....
Operating conditions
Monitor.the.status.of.the.motor.and.obtain.alarm.signalling.by.a.digital.contact.in.
order.to.improve.operation.of.the.pump.and.anticipate.a.complete.stoppage.due.to.
thermal.overload
........
Additional products used
Description Item Quantity Reference Page
Replace.the.standard.control.unit.with.an.advanced.control.unit.and.insert.a.thermal.
overload.alarm.function.module
Advanced control unit 2 1 LUCB 12FU 1/71
Alarm function module 3 1 LUF W10 1/73
...
Functions performed
Alarm.information.is.generated.by.the.advanced.control.unit.and.is.processed.by.
the.thermal.overload.alarm.function.module.to.make.it.usable
The.advanced.control.unit.includes.a.thermal.trip.Test.button.on.its.front.panel
...
Scheme
....
..
Other versions The.advanced.control.unit.can.provide.other.functions,.
depending.on.the.type.of.function.modules.used.(instead.of.
the.LUF.W.module.described.above):
-.thermal.fault.signalling.with.function.modules.LUF.DA01,.
LUF.DA10.or..LUF.DH11,
-..indication.of.motor.load.with.function.module.LUF.V.This.
module.delivers.a.4-0.mA.analogue.signal,.which.is.
proportional.to.the.average.3-phase.current.drawn.by.the.
motor.This.allows.the.load.current.to.be.monitored.and.
provides.access.to.other.application.functions.using.this.
value,.or.to.predictive.or.preventive.maintenance.
possibilities.(replacement.of.the.motor.before.it.breaks.
down)
...
b
b
5
1
0
9
0

5
1
0
9
0

LUF W10
1
/
L
1
3
/
L
2
5
/
L
3
2
/
T
1
4
/
T
2
6
/
T
3
A
2
A
1
1
3
1
4

M
3 a
a 230 V
a
U
1
V
1
W
1
07 08
CU
To..
application
Alarms.Module LUF W10
1
/
L
1
3
/
L
2
5
/
L
3
2
/
T
1
4
/
T
2
6
/
T
3
A
2
A
1
1
3
1
4

M
3 a
a 230 V
a
U
1
V
1
W
1
07 08
CU
To..
application
Alarms.Module
TeSys motor starters - open version
TeSys.U.starter-controllers
...
2
3
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1/60
1
Application examples
TeSys motor starters - open version
TeSys.U.starter-controllers
...
Application
Manual.control.of.a.-position.turntable
....
Operating conditions
Power:..kW.at.400.V
In:.6.A
30.starts.per.hour
Duty.class.S4
3-wire.control:
Pushbutton.for.Position.1.(S1),
Pushbutton.for.Position..(S),
Stop.button.(S5),
Stopping.at.the.positions.is.achieved.by.limit.switches.S3.and.S4
Control.circuit.voltage:.a.115.V
........
Products used
Description Item Quantity Reference Page
Power base,.reversing,..
1.A.with.screw.clamp.connections
1 1 LU2B 12FU 1/63
Standard control unit 2 1 LUCA 12FU 1/71
...
Functions performed
Short-circuit.protection.with.level.of.protection.of.50.kA.at.400V
Total.coordination.of.protection.devices.conforming.to.EN.60947-6-.(continuity.of.
service).in.case.of.a.short-circuit
Electronic.protection.against.thermal.overloads.with.an.adjustment.range.of.4
Load.switching.(.million.operating.cycles.in.category.AC-43.at.In)
Interlock between the motor starter control and the position of the rotary knob; not
possible.to.start.the.motor.when.the.knob.is.in.the.OFF.position
Electrical.interlocking.is.ensured.by.pre-wired.connector.LU9M.R1C.included.on.
base.LUB.1.The.design.of.the.reversing.power.block.makes.mechanical.
interlocking.unnecessary......
...
Scheme (manual control)
...
...
b
b
b
b
b
v
v
v
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
5

0
9
7
1
5

0
9
7
1
5

3
7
6
1
1
2
5

3
7
6
1
1
2
1
/
L
1
3
/
L
2
5
/
L
3
2
/
T
1
4
/
T
2
V
1
U
1
W
1
6
/
T
3
M
3
A
3
B
3
A
1
B
1
A
2
LU2B
115 V
CU
Reverser.Motor.Controller
1
/
L
1
3
/
L
2
5
/
L
3
2
/
T
1
4
/
T
2
V
1
U
1
W
1
6
/
T
3
M
3
A
3
B
3
A
1
B
1
A
2
LU2B
115 V
CU
Reverser.Motor.Controller
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1/61
1
Application examples
TeSys motor starters - open version
TeSys.U.starter-controllers
...
Application
Monitoring.operation.of.a.surface.pump.in.a.water.treatment.plant.to.avoid.dry.
running,.which.could.lead.to.destruction.of.the.pump....
Operating conditions
Power:.15.kW.at.400.V
In:.85.A
Duty.class.S1
Control.circuit.voltage:.c.4.V
Control-command.by.PLC.and.serial.link.using.the.Modbus.protocol..........
Products used
Description Item Quantity Reference Page
Power base.3.A.without.connections 1 1 LUB 320 1/6
Multifunction control unit 2 1 LUCM 32BL 1/7
Modbus communication module 3 1 LUL C033 1/95
Pre-wired coil connection
Connection.of.communication.module.
output.terminals.to.the.coil.terminals
4 1 LU9B N11C 1/95
Connection cable.for.connecting.the.
communication.module.to.the.serial.bus
1 VW3 A8 306 Rpp 1/95
T-junction. 1 VW3 A8 306 TF03 1/95
Functions performed
Short-circuit.protection.with.level.of.protection.of.50.kA.at.400V
Total.coordination.of.protection.devices.conforming.to.EN.60947-6-.(continuity.of.
service).in.case.of.a.short-circuit
Electronic.protection.against.thermal.overloads.with.an.adjustment.range.of.4
Load.switching.(15.million.operating.cycles.in.category.AC-43.at.In)
Measurement.of.load.current.and.detection.of.no-load.running.by.the.multifunction.
control.unit
Interlock between the motor starter control and the position of the rotary knob; not
possible.to.start.the.motor.when.the.knob.is.in.the.OFF.position
No-load.running.or.operation.under.load.To.use.this.function,.the.following.
parameters.must.be.entered:
trip:.the.answer.yes/no.enables.or.disables.the.function,
time.before.tripping:.the.time.period.during.which.the.value.of.the.current.must.be.
below.the.tripping.threshold.in.order.to.cause.tripping.(adjustable.from.1.to.00.s),
tripping.threshold:.value.as.a.%.of.the.load.current.ratio.in.relation.to.the.setting.
current. If the ratio remains below this threshold for the time specifed in the previous
parameter,.the.product.trips.(adjustable.from.30.to.100.%)
Indication.of.the.various.motor.starter.statuses.and.currents
Schemes
...
...
Other functions
The.multifunction.control.unit.incorporates.other.control.and.protection.functions,.
such.as:.monitoring.and.control.of.phase.current,.alarm,.
Module LUL C033 also provides a programmable output and two confgurable
discrete.inputs
...
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
v
v
v
b
5

0
9
6
9
5

0
9
6
9
5
1
0
9
0
3
5
1
0
9
0
3
4 5 8
Modbus
4 5 8
VW3 A8 306 TF03
1
/
L
1
3
/
L
2
5
/
L
3
2
/
T
1
4
/
T
2
6
/
T
3
M
3 a
U
1
V
1
W
1
D

(
B
)
D

(
A
)
G
n
d
+
c 24 V
L
O
1
L
I
1
L
I
2
D

(
B
)
D

(
A
)
G
n
d
LUCM LUL C033
CU
LU9B.N11C
Pre.wired.coil
Modbus.Module Multifunction.
Control.Unit
4.V.Aux
4.V
c
4.V
Aux COM
4 5 8
Modbus
4 5 8
VW3 A8 306 TF03
1
/
L
1
3
/
L
2
5
/
L
3
2
/
T
1
4
/
T
2
6
/
T
3
M
3 a
U
1
V
1
W
1
D

(
B
)
D

(
A
)
G
n
d
+
c 24 V
L
O
1
L
I
1
L
I
2
D

(
B
)
D

(
A
)
G
n
d
LUCM LUL C033
CU
LU9B.N11C
Pre.wired.coil
Modbus.Module Multifunction.
Control.Unit
4.V.Aux
4.V
c
4.V
Aux COM
Modbus profle IEC 64915
Commands.(Register.704) Status.(Register.455)
Forward.running Bit.0 Ready.(available)
Reverse.running Bit.1 Poles.closed
Reserved Bit. Fault
Reset Bit.3 Alarms
Reserved Bit.4 Tripped
Connection.test Bit.5 Reserved.reset.enabled
Reserved Bit.6 A1-A.powered
Reserved Bit.7 Motor.running
Reserved Bit.8 Motor.current.%.(bit.0)
Reserved Bit.9 Motor.current.%.(bit.1)
Reserved Bit.10 Motor.current.%.(bit.)
Reserved Bit.11 Motor.current.%.(bit.3)
Reserved.3-phase.control Bit.1 Motor.current.%.(bit.4)
Reserved Bit.13 Motor.current.%.(bit.5)
Reserved Bit.14 Reserved
Reserved Bit.15 Motor.starting
1
2
3
4
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1/6
1
TeSys motor starters - open version
TeSys.U.starter-controllers
Non-reversing.power.bases. ...
Two versions of control connection confguration are available:
connection by screw terminals,.plug-in.control.terminal.block,
without connections.This.version.enables.wiring.to.be.prepared.in.advance.and.
is.recommended.when.a.communication.module.is.required.(allowing.the.use.of.
control.connection.prewiring.accessories).or.when.a.reverser.block.is.to.be.mounted.
by.the.customer.
b
b
Power bases for non-reversing DOL starting (1)
Connection Item
(2)
Rating Reference Weight
Power Control y 440 V 500 V 690 V
A A A kg
These.bases.have..auxiliary.contacts:.1.N/O.(13-14).and.1.N/C.(1-).which.
indicate.the.closed.or.open.position.of.the.power.poles.
A.low.power.internal.contact.allows.power.supply.to.the.control.unit.to.be.switched.off.
when.the.rotary.knob.is.no.longer.in.the.ON.position
The.power.bases.must.be.used.in.conjunction.with.a.control.unit,.see.pages.1/70.to.
1/7
Screw
clamp
terminals
Screw.
clamp.
terminals
1.+..+.3.
+.4
1 1 9 LUB 12 0900.
3 3 1 LUB 32 0900.
Without.
connections
1.+. 1 1 9 LUB 120 0865.
3 3 1 LUB 320 0865.
Terminal block for power bases without connections
Connection For base Item
(2)
Reference Weight
kg
Screw clamp terminals LUB.10.or.30 3.+.4 LU9B N11 0045.
(1) Rated breaking capacity for operation on short-circuit (Ics), see table below.
For higher values, use current limiters, see page 1/66.
Volts 230 440 500 690 (3)
kA 50 50 10 4
(2) The various sub-assemblies are supplied assembled but they are easy to separate, as shown
in the illustration.
(3) For 690 V, use phase barrier LU9 SP0.
Other versions Power.bases.without.built-in.short-circuit.protection.device.
(short-circuit.protection.by.circuit-breaker.or.separate.
fuses)
Please consult your Regional Sales Offce.
LUB p2
5

0
7
3
9
LUB p2
5

0
7
3
9
LUB p20
5
6
1
3
3
0
LUB p20
5
6
1
3
3
0
1

4
3
5
1
0
9
0
4
1

4
3
5
1
0
9
0
4
Characteristics:.
pages.1/98..1/100
Dimensions:.
pages.1/11.et.1/113
Schemes:
pages.1/114..1/11
Characteristics:.
pages.1/98..1/100
Dimensions:.
pages.1/11.et.1/113
Schemes:
pages.1/114..1/11
Characteristics:.
pages.1/98..1/100
Dimensions:.
pages.1/11.et.1/113
Schemes:
pages.1/114..1/11
Characteristics:.
pages.1/98..1/100
Dimensions:.
pages.1/11.et.1/113
Schemes:
pages.1/114..1/11
LUB p2
References
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1/63
1
TeSys motor starters - open version
TeSys.U.starter-controllers
Reversing.power.bases. .......
Two versions of control connection confguration are available:
connection by screw terminals,.plug-in.control.terminal.block,
without connections.This.version.enables.wiring.to.be.prepared.in.advance.and.
is.recommended.when.a.communication.module.is.required.(allowing.the.use.of.
control.connection.prewiring.accessories)
b
b
Power bases for reversing DOL starting, pre-assembled
Connection Item
(1)
Rating Reference, to
be completed) (2)
Weight
Power Control y 440 V 500 V 690 V
A A A kg
These.bases.have.two.N/O.common.point.contacts.(81-8-84).which.indicate.non-
reversing.and.reversing.operating.status
Screw
clamp
terminals
Screw.
clamp.
terminals
1.+..+.3.
+.4.+.5
1 1 9 LU2B 12pp 170
3 3 1 LU2B 32pp 170
Without.
connections
1.+..+.3.
+.5
1 1 9 LU2B A0pp 170
3 3 1 LU2B B0pp 150
Power bases for reversing DOL starting
for customer assembly
A.reverser.block.should.preferably.be.combined.with.a.non-reversing.power.base.
without.connections.to.create.a.reversing.starter-controller
The.built-in.N/O.(13-14).and.N/C.(1-).contacts.are.used.for.electrical.interlocking.
between the reverser block and the base; they are therefore no longer available as
output.contacts
The.reverser.block.has.two.N/O.common.point.contacts.(81-8-84).which.indicate.
non-reversing.and.reversing.operating.status
32 A reverser block Connection Item (1) Reference, to
be completed) (2)
Weight
kg
Power Control
For mounting directly
beneath the power base
Screw.clamp.
terminals
Without.
connections
3 LU2M B0pp 0400
For mounting separately
from the base
(screw or rail fxing).
Screw.clamp.
terminals
Without.
connections
6 LU6M B0pp 045
Accessories
Description Item Application Reference Weight
kg
Control
terminal
block
4 Reversing.power.base.without.
connections.LUB.A0pp.or.B0pp
LU9 M1 005
Reverser.block.LUM.B0pp..
for.direct.mounting.beneath.power.base
LU9 M1 005
Reverser.block.LU6M.B0pp..
for..mounting.separately.from.power.base
LU9 M1 005
7 Reverser.block.LU6M.B0pp..
for..mounting.separately.from.power.base
LU9M R1 0030
Control circuit pre-wiring components
Description Item Reference Weight
kg
Pre-wired connector (3) 5 LU9M R1C 0035
(1) The various sub-assemblies are supplied assembled but they are easy to separate, as shown
in the illustration.
(2) Select the same control voltage as that of the control unit.
Standard control circuit voltages:
Volts 24 4872 110240
c
BL
a
B
c.or.a ES.(4) FU.(5)
(3) For control connection between a power base and a reverser block, for direct mounting.
(4) c : 4872 V, a : 48 V.
(5) c : 110220 V, a : 110...240 V.
Other versions Power.bases.without.built-in.short-circuit.protection.device.
(short-circuit.protection.by.circuit-breaker.or.separate.fuses).
Please consult your Regional Sales Offce.
.
LU2B p2
5
6
1

7
0
LU2B p2
5
6
1

7
0
4
3
5
1

LU2B p2
6
7
4
LU6M + LU9 M1 + LU9M R1
5
1
0
9
0
5
5
1
0
9
0
6
4
3
5
1

LU2B p2
6
7
4
LU6M + LU9 M1 + LU9M R1
5
1
0
9
0
5
5
1
0
9
0
6
Characteristics:.
pages.1/98..1/100
Dimensions:.
pages.1/11.et.1/113
Schemes:
pages.1/114.et.1/11
Characteristics:.
pages.1/98..1/100
Dimensions:.
pages.1/11.et.1/113
Schemes:
pages.1/114.et.1/11
Characteristics:.
pages.1/98..1/100
Dimensions:.
pages.1/11.et.1/113
Schemes:
pages.1/114.et.1/11
Characteristics:.
pages.1/98..1/100
Dimensions:.
pages.1/11.et.1/113
Schemes:
pages.1/114.et.1/11
References
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
1/64
Presentation
TeSys motor starters - open version
TeSys.U.starter-controllers
Add-on.contact.blocks.and.auxiliary.contact.modules
Contact states depending on the product status
Position
of rotary
knob
Indication
on front
panel
N/O pole
contact
N/C pole
contact
N/O
contact
any fault
N/C ontact
any fault
N/O contact
product
ready
References of add-on contact blocks
and auxiliary contact modules
Terminal.referencing.
LUF N11
31-3
LUA1 C20
97-98
LUA1 C11
95-96
LUA1 C20
17-18
or LUF N02
31-3
41-4
LUA1 C200
No.terminal.
block
LUA1 C110
No.terminal.
block
LUA1 C200
No.terminal.
block
or LUF N20
33-34
43-44
LUB9 N11
1-
LUA1 C11
17-18
or LUF N11
43-44
LUA1 C110
No.terminal.
block
or LUB9 N11
13-14

Off
OFF
0
Ready to operate 0
Start 1
Tripped on short-circuit TRIP I>>
Tripped on
thermal overload
Manual.reset.mode TRIP 0
Automatic.reset.on.thermal.
overload.fault.mode
0
Remote.reset.mode 0
N/O contact in closed position.

N/C contact in open position.
Characteristics:
page.1/100
Schemes:
page.1/114
1
1/65
References
TeSys motor starters - open version
TeSys.U.starter-controllers
Add-on.contact.blocks.and.auxiliary.contact.modules
References
Auxiliary contacts
Signalling and composition Cabling Item Reference Weight
kg
1 N/C fault signalling
contact (95-96) and
1 N/O contact (17-18)
indicating rotary knob
in ready position
Screw.clamp.
terminals
1 + 2 LUA1 C11 0030
Without.
connections
1 LUA1 C110 001
1 N/O fault signalling
contact (97-98) and
1 N/O contact (17-18)
indicating rotary knob
in ready position
Screw.clamp.
terminals
1 + 2 LUA1 C20 0030
Without.
connections
1 LUA1 C200 001
2 N/O contacts
Contacts open, rotary knob
in OFF position
Contacts closed, rotary knob
in ready position
Screw.clamp.
terminals
6 LUA8 E20 0048
Auxiliary contact modules for connection by screw clamp terminals
Module.with..contacts.indicating.the.status.of.the.starter-controller.power.poles
Operation:.a.or.c.450.V,.I.th:.5.A
Composition Item Reference Weight
kg
2 N/O contacts (33-34 and 43-44) 3 LUF N20 0050
1 N/C contact (31-32) and 1 N/O contact (43-44) 3 LUF N11 0050
2 N/C contacts (31-32 and 41-42) 3 LUF N02 0050
Accessories
Description For use on Item Reference Weight
kg
Screw clamp
terminal blocks
LUA1.C110. 2 LU9B C11 00
LUA1.C00. 2 LU9B C20 00
Blanking
covers
Location.for.auxiliary.contact,.
communication.or..
function.module
4 LU9C 1 000
Location.for.add-on..
contact.blocks
5 LU9C 2 0010
3
4
6
2
1
5
5
6
8
7
6
4
LUB + LUA1 + LUF N + LUA 8E20
3
4
6
2
1
5
5
6
8
7
6
4
LUB + LUA1 + LUF N + LUA 8E20
Characteristics:
page.1/110
Schemes:
page.1/114
1
1/66
Pre-wired system for power connections up to 63 A
Description Application Pitch
mm
Item Sold in
lots of
Unit
reference
Weight
kg
Sets of 3-pole
63 A busbars
.tap-offs 45 2 1 GV2 G245 0036
54 1 GV2 G254 0038
3.tap-offs 45 1 GV2 G345 0058
54 1 GV2 G354 0060
4.tap-offs 45 1 1 GV2 G445 077
54 1 GV2 G454 0085
5.tap-offs 54 1 GV2 G554 0100
Protective
end cover
For.unused.
busbar.outlets
4 5 GV1 G10 0005
Terminal block for
supply to one or
more busbar sets
Connection.
from.the.top
3 1 GV1 G09 0040
Pre-wired system for power connections up to 160 A
The.busbar.system.can.be.screw-mounted.onto.any.type.of.support
Set of 4-pole busbars: 3-phase + neutral or 3-phase + common
Number of
tap-offs at
18 mm intervals
Item Length For mounting in
enclosure width
Reference Weight
mm mm kg
18 5 45 800 AK5 JB144 0900
Removable 3-phase power sockets
Number of
points used
on the busbar
system
Thermal
current
Item Cable
lengths
Sold in
lots of
Unit
reference
Weight
kg
2 16 6 00 6 AK5 PC13 (1) 0040
3 6 50 6 AK5 PC33 (1) 0045
1000 6 AK5 PC33L (1) 0060
Limiter blocks and accessories
Application Item Breaking
capacity Iq
Mounting Unit
reference
Weight
y 440 V 690 V
kA kA kg
Limiter-
disconnector
(3) (5)
7 + 9 130 70 Direct.on..
power.base
LUA LB1 (2) 0310
Current limiter
(3)
8 100 35 Separate LA9 LB920 030
Limiter cartridge 9 130 70 Limiter-disconnector LUA LF1 0135
Clip-in
marker holder
On.power.base,..
on.reverser.block,..
on.parallel.link..
splitter.box
LAD 90 (4) 0001
(1) The rated peak current for power sockets AK5 PCpp is 6 kA.
When used in association with power bases LUBpp, the prospective short-circuit current
must not exceed 7 kA.
(2) Supplied with limiter cartridge.
(3) These devices make it possible to increase the breaking capacity of the power base.
(4) Sold in lots of 100.
(5) The limiter must be mounted on an LUB or LU2B power base. The limiter can therefore not
be common to several motor starters.
3
8
1 4 2
3
8
1 4 2
5 6 5 6
7
8
9
7
8
9
Dimensions:
pages.1/11.and.1/113
References
TeSys motor starters - open version
TeSys.U.starter-controllers
Power.connection.pre-wired.system,.limiter.blocks.and.
accessories
1
1/67
Phase barrier
Phase.barrier.LU9.SP0.must.be.used:
To.build.a.UL.508.type E certifed starter (Self Protected Starter).
Without the phase barrier, the starter-controller is certifed UL 508.
If.the.starter-controller.is.to.be.used.on.an.operational.voltage.of.690.V.
b
b
Description Item Application Mounting Reference Weight
kg
Phase barrier 1 LUB.or.LUB.1.or.10
LUB.or.LUB.3.or.30
LUA.LB1
Direct.on..
terminals.
L1,.L,.L3
LU9 SP0 0030
Dimensions:
pages.1/11.and.1/113
References (continued)
TeSys motor starters - open version
TeSys.U.starter-controllers
Power.connection.pre-wired.system,.limiter.blocks.and.
accessories
5
6
8
7
6
8
1
1
1/68
References (continued)
TeSys motor starters - open version
TeSys.U.starter-controllers
LU9

1
4
3
2
5
6
Extended Rotary Handle
Allows.a.circuit-breaker.or.a.starter-controller.installed.in.back.of.an.enclosure..
to.be.operated.from.the.front.of.the.enclosure
A.rotary.handle.can.be.black.or.red/yellow,.IP54.or.IP65.It.includes.a.function..
for.locking.the.circuit.breaker.or.the.starter.in.the.O.(Off).or.I.(On).position..
(depending.of.the.type.of.rotary.handle).by.means.of.up.to.3.padlocks.with.a.shank.
diameter.of.4.to.8.mm.The.extended.shaft.must.be.adjusted.to.use.in.different.size.
enclosures. The IP54 rotary handle is fxed with a nut ( 22) to make easier .
the.assembling.The.new.Laser.Square.tool.brings.the.accuracy.to.align.the.circuit.
breaker.and.the.rotary.handle
Padlockable external operators for LU9
Description
1 Kit.handle.+.mounting.system
2 Universal.handle
3 Shaft
4 Shaft.support.plate.for.deep.enclosure
5 Retroft accessory
6 Laser.Square.accessory
Kit handle + mounting system
Description Item Reference Weight
kg
For LU9 Black.handle,.with.trip.status,.IP.54 1 LU9 APN21 080
Red.handle,.with.trip.status,.IP.54 1 LU9 APN22 080
Red.handle,.without.trip.status,.IP.65 1 LU9 APN24 080
Universal handle
For LU9 Black.handle,.IP.54 2 GV APB54 0140
Red.handle,.IP.54 2 GV APR54 0140
Red.handle,.IP.65 2 GV APR65 0140
Shaft
For LU9 L.=.315.mm 3 GV APA1 0110
Shaft support plate for deep enclosure
For LU9 Depth.u.300.mm 4 GV APK12 0030
Retroft accessory
For LU9 5 GV APP1 0100
Laser Square accessory
For LU9 6 GV APL01 0160
Sticker Sold in lots of
Warning label For.French 10 - GV APSFR
For.English 10 - GV APSEN
For.German 10 - GV APSDE
For.Spanish 10 - GV APSES
For.Chinese 10 - GV APSCN
For.Portuguese 10 - GV APSPT
For.Russian 10 - GV APSRU
For.Italian 10 - GV APSIT
Dimensions:
page.1/11
1
1/69
References (continued)
TeSys motor starters - open version
TeSys.U.starter-controllers
LU9
RESET
TEST
0
1
2
3
Door interlock mechanisms
Description Item Reference Weight
kg
Fixing kit (1) (2) 1 +2 LU9 AP00 0490
Handle for mounting in the MCC drawer
(Motor Control Centre)
3 LU9 AP20 0096
(1) Thefxingkitincludesabracketandashaftextension(maximumdepth508mm).
(2) TousethefxingkitwithaD.O.L.reversingpowerbase,onlyreverserblockLU6Mmustbe
used.
.
1/70
1
TeSys motor starters - open version
TeSys.U.starter-controllers
Control.units
.... ..
Operating characteristics
Control units Standard Advanced Multifunction
LUCA LUCB LUCC LUCD LUCM
Thermal overload protection
Overcurrent protection
Short-circuit protection
Protection against phase loss
Protection against phase imbalance
Earth fault protection
(equipment.protection.only)
Tripping class
Motor type
Thermal overload test function
Overtorque
No-load running
Long starting time
Reset method





Manual
Automatic.or.remote With.function.module,.or.parameters.
can.be.set.via.the.bus.with.a.
communication.module,.see.chart.
below
Parameters.can.be.set.via.the.bus.with.
a.communication.module.(see.below)
Alarm






Thermal.overload.alarm.only.with.
function.module.or.communication.
module,.see.below
With.communication.modules.to.make.
use.of.these.alarms.via.a.bus,.see.
below
Log function




.
Monitoring function



With function modules (2)
Thermal overload alarm
Thermal overload signalling and manual reset
Thermal overload signalling and automatic or remote reset
Indication of motor load (analogue)
With communication module or via Modbus port on control unit LUCM (2)
Starter status (ready, running, fault)
Reset method Parameters.can.be.set.via.the.bus
Alarm
Remote reset via the bus
Indication of motor load
Fault signalling and differentiation
Remote programming and monitoring of all functions
Log function
Monitoring function
Built-in function Function provided with accessory
(1) PDA: Personal Digital Assistant.
(2) Mounting possibilities: 1 function module or 1 communication module.
Selection
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1/71
1
TeSys motor starters - open version
TeSys.U.starter-controllers
Standard.and.advanced.control.units
Description
1 Extraction.and.locking.handle
2 Test.button.(on.advanced.control.unit.only)
3 Ir.adjustment.dial
4 Locking.of.settings.by.sealing.the.transparent.cover
5 Sealing.of.locking.handle
Standard control units
Maximum standard power
ratings of 3-phase motors
50/60 Hz
Setting
range
Clip-in
mounting on
power base
Rating
Reference, to
be completed
by adding the
voltage code (1)
Weight
400/440 V 500 V 690 V
kW kW kW A A kg
Class 10 for 3-phase motors
009 01506 1.and.3 LUCA X6pp 0135
05 03514 1.and.3 LUCA 1Xpp 0135
15 3 155 1.and.3 LUCA 05pp 0135
55 55 9 31 1.and.3 LUCA 12pp 0135
75 9 15 4518 3 LUCA 18pp 0135
15 15 185 83 3 LUCA 32pp 0135.
Advanced control units
Pressing.the.Test.button.on.the.front.panel.simulates.tripping.on.thermal.overload
Class 10 for 3-phase motors
009 01506 1.and.3 LUCB X6pp 0140
05 03514 1.and.3 LUCB 1Xpp 0140
15 3 155 1.and.3 LUCB 05pp 0140
55 55 9 31 1.and.3 LUCB 12pp 0140
75 9 15 4518 3 LUCB 18pp 0140
15 15 185 83 3 LUCB 32pp 0140.
Class 10 for single-phase motors
01506 1.and.3 LUCC X6pp 0140
009 03514 1.and.3 LUCC 1Xpp 0140
055 155 1.and.3 LUCC 05pp 0140
31 1.and.3 LUCC 12pp 0140
4 4518 3 LUCC 18pp 0140
75 83 3 LUCC 32pp 0140.
Class 20 for 3-phase motors
009 01506 1.and.3 LUCD X6pp 0140
05 03514 1.and.3 LUCD 1Xpp 0140
15 3 155 1.and.3 LUCD 05pp 0140
55 55 9 31 1.and.3 LUCD 12pp 0140
75 9 15 4518 3 LUCD 18pp 0140
15 15 185 83 3 LUCD 32pp 0140.
(1) Standard control circuit voltages:
Volts 24 4872 110240
c
BL.(2), (3)
a
B
c.or.a ES.(4) FU.(5)
(2) Voltage code to be used for a starter-controller with communication module.
(3) d.c. voltage with maximum ripple of 10 %.
(4) c : 4872 V, a : 48 V.
(5) c : 110220 V, a : 110...240 V.
5
1
2
3 4
5
1
0
9
1
3
LUCA pppp
LUCB pppp
5
1
2
3 4
5
1
0
9
1
3
LUCA pppp
LUCB pppp
LUB p2 + LUCA pppp
5

0
7
3
5
LUB p2 + LUCA pppp
5

0
7
3
5
LUB p2 + LUCB pppp
5

0
7
3
6
LUB p2 + LUCB pppp
5

0
7
3
6
Characteristics:.
pages.1/98.and.1/101
Schemes:
page.1/115
Characteristics:.
pages.1/98.and.1/101
Schemes:
page.1/115
Characteristics:.
pages.1/98.and.1/101
Schemes:
page.1/115
Characteristics:.
pages.1/98.and.1/101
Schemes:
page.1/115
References
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1/7
1
TeSys motor starters - open version
TeSys.U.starter-controllers
Multifunction.control.units
..... ..
Description
1 Extraction.and.locking.handle
2 Built-in.display.window.(.lines,.1.characters)
3 4-button.keypad
4 c.4.V.auxiliary.power.supply
5 Modbus.RS485.communication.port.Connection.by.RJ45.connector
6 Sealing.of.locking.handle
The.display.window.2.and.keypad.3.allow:
in confguration mode: local confguration of protection functions and alarms,
in.run.mode:.display.of.parameter.values.and.events
The.Modbus.communication.port.5.is.used.to.connect:
an.operator.terminal,
a.PC,
a.Personal.Digital.Assistant.(PDA)
b
b
b
b
b
Multifunction control units
Parameter.entry,.monitoring.of.parameter.values.and.consultation.of.logs.are.carried.
out:
either.on.the.front.panel,.using.the.built-in.display.window/keypad,
or.via.an.operator.terminal,
or.via.a.PC.or.a.PDA.with.PowerSuite.software,
or.remotely,.via.a.Modbus.communication.bus.
Programming.of.the.product.via.the.keypad.requires.a.c .4.V.auxiliary.power.
supply
b
b
b
b
Maximum standard power
ratings of 3-phase motors
50/60 Hz
Setting
range
Clip-in
mounting on
power base
Rating
Reference
(1)
Weight
400/415 V 500 V 690 V
kW kW kW A A kg
009 01506 1.and.3 LUCM X6BL 0175
05 03514 1.and.3 LUCM 1XBL 0175
15 3 155 1.and.3 LUCM 05BL 0175.
55 55 9 31 1.and.3 LUCM 12BL 0175
75 9 15 4518 3 LUCM 18BL 0175
15 15 185 83 3 LUCM 32BL 0175.
TeSys U users manual (2)
Application Language Reference Weight
kg
On CD-Rom Multi-language.(3) LU9 CD1 00.
HMI terminal
This.compact.Magelis.terminal.enables.the.parameters.of.multifunction.control.unit.
LUCM to be read and modifed.
It is supplied pre-confgured to provide dialogue with 8 TeSys U starter-controllers
(Modbus.protocol,.application.pages.and.alarm.pages.loaded).
Starter-controller.alarm.and.fault.management.takes.priority
Language Display window Supply voltage Reference Weight
kg
Multi-language (3) 4.lines.of..
0.characters
c.4.V XBT NU400 0150.
Connecting cable (4)
Function Length Type Reference Weight
kg
Connects terminal XBT NU400
to a multifunction control unit
5.m SUB-D.5-way.
female.-.RJ45
XBT Z938 000.
(1) Input voltage c 24 V with maximum ripple of 10 %.
(2) The CD-Rom contains users manuals for the AS-Interface and Modbus communication
modules, multifunction control units and gateway modules, as well as the gateway
programming software.
(3) English, French, German, Italian, Spanish
(4) If a terminal is used with several control units, this cable can be connected to a Modbus hub
or to T-junctions (see page 1/95).
....
6
1
2
3
5
4
5
1
0
9
1
4
LUCMppBL
6
1
2
3
5
4
5
1
0
9
1
4
LUCMppBL
LUB p2 + LUCM ppBL
5

0
7
3
7
LUB p2 + LUCM ppBL
5

0
7
3
7
XBT NU400
5

1
3
3
5
XBT NU400
5

1
3
3
5
Characteristics:.
pages.1/98.and.1/101
Schemes:
pages.1/114.to.1/117
Characteristics:.
pages.1/98.and.1/101
Schemes:
pages.1/114.to.1/117
Characteristics:.
pages.1/98.and.1/101
Schemes:
pages.1/114.to.1/117
Characteristics:.
pages.1/98.and.1/101
Schemes:
pages.1/114.to.1/117
References
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1/73
1
TeSys motor starters - open version
TeSys.U.starter-controllers
Function.modules
.........
Characteristics:.
pages.1/98.and.1/101
Schemes:
page.1/115
Characteristics:.
pages.1/98.and.1/101
Schemes:
page.1/115
Characteristics:.
pages.1/98.and.1/101
Schemes:
page.1/115
Characteristics:.
pages.1/98.and.1/101
Schemes:
page.1/115
Function modules
Output Item Application Reference Weight
kg
Thermal overload signalling and manual reset
Module.LUF.DH11.makes.it.possible.to.differentiate.thermal.overload.and.short-
circuit.faults.(The.short-circuit.fault.can.then.be.signalled.via.add-on.contact.blocks.
LUA1.C).The.module.includes.two.contacts.for.thermal.overload.signalling,.as.well.
as.an.LED.on.the.front.panel..
To.reset.the.motor.starter,.the.operator.must.use.the.rotary.knob.on.the.power.base.
The.module.can.only.be.used.with.an.advanced.control.unit.and.requires.an.a/c.
440.V.external.power.supply
1 N/O + 1 N/C 3 a.or.c.450.V LUF DH11 0060.
Thermal overload signalling and automatic or remote reset
These.modules.make..it.possible.to.differentiate.thermal.overload.and.short-circuit.
faults.(The.short-circuit.fault.can.then.be.signalled.via.add-on.contact.blocks.
LUA1.C).
The.modules.include.one.contact.for.thermal.overload.signalling,.as.well.as.an.LED.
on.the.front.panel.A.second.contact.(terminals.Z1-Z).must.be.wired.in.series.with.
terminal.A1.of.the.motor.starter.In.the.event.of.a.thermal.overload.fault,.this.wiring.
allows.motor.control.to.be.switched.off.The.rotary.knob.on.the.power.base.will.then.
stay in the ready position
Resetting.of.the.motor.starter.is.automatic.after.the.required.motor.cooling.time.if.
terminals.X1-X.are.linked.by.a.strap,.or.remote.by.pulsed.closing.of.a.volt-free.
contact.connected.to.terminals.X1-X
These.modules.can.only.be.used.with.an.advanced.control.unit.and.require.an.a/c.
440.V.external.power.supply..
Note: Terminals X1-X2 are not isolated from the signalling module power supply.
Forremoteresetting,useavolt-freecontactspecifctoeachmoduletobereset.
1 N/C 4 a.or.c.450.V LUF DA01 0055
1 N/O 4 a.or.c.450.V LUF DA10 0055.
Thermal overload alarm
Through.load.shedding,.this.module.makes.it.possible.to.avoid.stoppages.in.
operation.due.to.overload.tripping
Imminent.thermal.overload.tripping.is.displayed.as.soon.as.the.thermal.state.
exceeds.the.threshold.of.105.%.(hysteresis.=.5.%)
Signalling.is.possible.via.an.LED.on.the.front.panel.of.the.module.and.externally.by.
an.N/O.relay.output
It.can.only.be.used.with.an.advanced.control.unit,.from.which.it.takes.its.power
1 N/O 1 a.or.c.450.V LUF W10 0055.
Indication of motor load
This.module.provides.a.signal.which.is.representative.of.the.motor.load.status.
(I.average/Ir)
I.average.=.average.value.of.the.rms.currents.in.the.3.phases,
Ir.=.value.of.the.setting.current
The.value.of.the.signal.(4-0.mA).corresponds.to.a.load.status.of.0.to.00.%.(0.to.
300.%.for.a.single-phase.load)
It.can.be.used.with.an.advanced.or.multifunction.control.unit
Module.LUF.V.requires.a.c.4.V.external.power.supply
b
b
4 - 20 mA 2 LUF V2 0050.
2
3
4
1
1
2
3
100
200
%
20 mA 4 12 mA
LUB p2 + LUCB pppp
+
LUFW 10 or LUF Vp
5
1
0
9
1
5
5
1
0
4
4
5
1 2.2 kW
2 4 kW
3 7.5 kW
2
3
4
1
1
2
3
100
200
%
20 mA 4 12 mA
LUB p2 + LUCB pppp
+
LUFW 10 or LUF Vp
5
1
0
9
1
5
5
1
0
4
4
5
1 2.2 kW
2 4 kW
3 7.5 kW
References
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
111
1/74
Presentation,
functions
PowerSuite software workshop
Presentation
The.PowerSuite.software.workshop.for.PC.is.a.user-friendly.tool.designed.for.setting.
up.the.Schneider.Electric.control.device.motors:
TeSys.U.starter-controllers
TeSys.T.motor.management.systems
Altistart.soft.start/soft.stop.units
Altivar.variable.speed.drives
Lexium.05.servo.drives
It.includes.various.functions.designed.for.setup.phases.such.as:
Preparing confgurations
Start-up
Maintenance
To.facilitate.start-up.and.maintenance,.the.PowerSuite.software.workshop.is.
compatible.with.the.Bluetooth

.wireless.link
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
Functions (1)
Preparing confgurations
The.PowerSuite.software.workshop.can.be.used.on.its.own.to.generate.the.device.
confguration, which can be saved, printed and exported to offce automation
software
The.PowerSuite.software.workshop.can.also.be.used.to.convert.an.Altivar.58.or.
Altivar 58F drive confguration into one that is compatible with an Altivar 71.
Start-up
When.the.PC.is.connected.to.the.device,.the.PowerSuite.software.workshop.can.be.
used.to:
Transfer the generated confguration
Adjust
Monitor.This.option.has.been.enhanced.with.new.functions.such.as:
The.oscilloscope
The.high-speed.oscilloscope.(minimum.time.base:..ms)
The.FFT.(Fast Fourier Transform).oscilloscope
Display.of.communication.parameters
Control
Save the fnal confguration
b
b
b
v
v
v
v
b
b
Maintenance
To.facilitate.maintenance.operations,.the.PowerSuite.software.workshop.can.be.
used.to:
Compare the confguration of a device currently being used with a saved
confguration
Manage.the.users.installed.equipment.base,.in.particular:
Organize.the.installed.base.into.folders.(electrical.equipment,.machinery,.
workshops,.etc)
Store.maintenance.messages
Facilitate.Modbus.TCP.connection.by.storing.the.IP.address
b
b
v
v
v
User interface
The.PowerSuite.software.workshop.can.be.used.to:
Present.the.device.parameters.(arranged.by.function).in.the.form.of.illustrated.
views.of.diagrams.or.simple.tables
Customize.the.parameter.names
Create:
A.user.menu.(choice.of.particular.parameters)
Monitoring.control.panels.with.graphic.elements.(cursors,.gauges,.bar.charts)
Perform.sort.operations.on.the.parameters
Display text in fve languages (English, French, German, Italian and Spanish). The
language.changes.immediately.and.there.is.no.need.to.restart.the.program
It.also.features.online.contextual.help:
On.the.PowerSuite.tool
On.the.device.functions.by.direct.access.to.the.user.manuals.
b
b
b
v
v
b
b
b
b
(1) Certain functions are not available for all devices. See the table of available functions,
page 1/75.
PowerSuite screen on PC
View of PI regulator function parameters
5
3
3
1
8
1
PowerSuite screen on PC
View of PI regulator function parameters
5
3
3
1
8
1
View of the FTT oscilloscope
5
7

7
0
6
View of the FTT oscilloscope
5
7

7
0
6
References:
page.1/76
5
3
4
5
1
3
PowerSuite screen on PC
11
1/75
Functions available for the PowerSuite software workshop
Functions.not.listed.in.the.table.are.available.for.all.devices
Function available with devices Controller Starter-
controller
Soft start/
soft stop
unit
Drives Servo
drive
TeSys T TeSys U ATS 48 ATV 11 ATV 31 ATV 61 ATV 71 LXM 05
Monitoring
Oscilloscope
High-speed oscilloscope
FFT oscilloscope
Display of communication parameters
Control
Customization of parameter names
Creation of a user menu
Creation of monitoring control panels
Sort operation on parameters
Custom logic editor
.
Functions.available
.
Functions.not.available
Connections (1)
Modbus serial link
The.PowerSuite.software.workshop.can.be.connected.directly.to.the.device.terminal.
port.or.Modbus.network.port.via.the.serial.port.on.the.PC
Two.types.of.connection.are.possible:
With.a.single.device.(point-to-point.connection),.use.a.VW3.A8.106.PC.serial.port.
connection.kit
With.a.number.of.devices.(multidrop.connection),.use.the.XGS.Z4.interface
b
b
Modbus TCP communication network
The.PowerSuite.software.workshop.can.be.connected.to.a.Modbus.TCP.network.
In.this.case,.the.devices.can.be.accessed:
Using.a.VW3.A3.310.communication.card.for.the.Altivar.61and.71.drives
Using.a.TSX.ETG.100.Modbus.TCP/Modbus.gateway
b
b
Bluetooth

wireless link
The.PowerSuite.software.workshop.can.communicate.via.a.Bluetooth
..
radio.link.if.
the.device.is.equipped.with.a.Bluetooth
.
Modbus.VW3.A8.114.The.adapter.plugs.
into.the.device.connector.terminal.port.or.Modbus.network.port.and.has.a.range.of.
10.m.(class.)
If.the.PC.does.not.feature.Bluetooth

.technology,.use.the.VW3.A8.115.USB.-.
Bluetooth
.
adapter
Remote maintenance
A.simple.Modbus.TCP.connection.is.all.that.is.required.for.the.PowerSuite.software.
workshop.to.support.remote.monitoring.and.diagnostics
When.devices.are.not.connected.to.the.Modbus.TCP.network,.or.it.is.not.directly.
accessible,.various.remote.transmission.solutions.may.be.used.instead.(modem,.
teleprocessing gateway, etc.). Please consult your Regional Sales Offce.
(1) Please refer to the compatibility table on page 1/77.
(2) Please refer to our specialist "Automation platform Modicon Premium and Unity - PL7
software" and "Automation platform Modicon M340" catalogues.
RS.3
RS.485
ATV.31.or.
Lexium.05
ATV.61 ATV.71 TeSys.U ATS.48
Modbus multidrop connection
Modbus.serial.link
PowerSuite
XGS.Z4
5
3
6
8
4
5
RS.3
RS.485
ATV.31.or.
Lexium.05
ATV.61 ATV.71 TeSys.U ATS.48
Modbus multidrop connection
Modbus.serial.link
PowerSuite
XGS.Z4
5
3
6
8
4
5
Modbus TCP connection
Bridge
Modbus.TCP.network
ATV.31.or.
Lexium.05
ATS.48 ATV.61 ATV.71
Modbus.
serial.link
PLC.(2)
5
3
6
8
4
6
PowerSuite
Modbus TCP connection
Bridge
Modbus.TCP.network
ATV.31.or.
Lexium.05
ATS.48 ATV.61 ATV.71
Modbus.
serial.link
PLC.(2)
5
3
6
8
4
6
PowerSuite
Functions (continued)
PowerSuite software workshop
Presentation:
page.1/74
References:.
page.1/76
111
1/76
PowerSuite software workshop
Description Composition Reference Weight
kg
PowerSuite CD-ROM 1.program.for.PC.in.English,.French,.German,.Italian..
and.Spanish.
Variable.speed.drive,.starter.and.servo.drive.technical.manuals
b
b
VW3 A8 104 0100
PowerSuite update
CD-ROM (1)
1.program.for.PC.in.English,.French,.German,.Italian..
and.Spanish.
Variable.speed.drive.and.starter.technical.manuals
b
b
VW3 A8 105 0100
PC serial port connection kit
for.point-to-point.Modbus..
connection
1.x.3.m.cable.with.1.RJ45.connector.on.starter-controller.or.
drive.side.and.1.RS.3/RS.485.converter.with.1.9-way.female.
SUB-D.connector.on.PC.side
For.the.ATV.11.drive:.1.converter.with.one.4-way.male.SUB-D.
connector.and.1.RJ45.connector
For.ATV.38/58/58F.drives:.1.RJ45/9-way.male.SUB-D.adapter
b
b
b
VW3 A8 106 0350
RS 232/RS 485 interface
for.multidrop.Modbus..
connection
1.Modbus.multidrop.converter.for.connection.to.screw.
terminals.Requires.a.4.V.c.(030.V),.0.mA.power.supply.(2)
b XGS Z24 0105
Modbus-Bluetooth

adapter
(3)
1.Bluetooth

.adapter.(10.m.range,.class.)..
with.1.RJ45.connector
For.PowerSuite:.1.x.01.m.cable.with..RJ45.connectors
For.TwidoSoft:.1.x.01.m.cable.with.1.RJ45.connector.and..
1.mini.DIN.connector
For.ATV.38/58/58F.drives:.1.RJ45/9-way.male.SUB-D.adapter
b
b
b
b
VW3 A8 114 0155
USB - Bluetooth

adapter for
PC
This.adapter.is.required.in.the.case.of.a.PC.that.does.not.feature.
Bluetooth

.technology.It.is.connected.to.a.USB.port.on.the.PC
10.m.range.(class.)
VW3 A8 115 090
(1) Updates a version u V1.40 with the latest available version. For versions < V1.40, you should order the PowerSuite CD-Rom,
VW3 A8 104.
(2) Please refer to the "Interfaces, I/O splitter boxes and power supplies" catalogue.
(3) Can also be used to communicate between a Twido PLC and the TwidoSoft software workshop.
VW3 A8 104
5
3
6
8
4
8
VW3 A8 104
5
3
6
8
4
8
5
3
6
8
4
7
VW3 A8 114
5
3
6
8
4
7
VW3 A8 114
References
PowerSuite software workshop
Presentation:
page.1/74
Functions:
page.1/74
11
1/77
Compatibility of PowerSuite software workshop with the following devices (1)
Connexion Controller Starter-
controller
Soft start/
soft stop
unit
Drives Servo drives
TeSys T TeSys U (2) ATS 48 ATV 11 ATV 31 ATV 61 ATV 71 LXM 05A LXM 05B LXM 05C
Modbus V25 V140 V130 V140 V20 V23 V22 V22 V24 V25
Modbus TCP (device equipped
with Modbus TCP card)
V23 V22
Modbus TCP via
Modbus TCP/Modbus gateway
V150 V20 V23 V22 V22 V24 V25
Bluetooth

V22 V22 V23 V22 V22 V24 V25


. Compatible.software.versions
. Incompatible.software.versions
Hardware and software environments
The PowerSuite software workshop can operate in the following PC environments and confgurations:
Microsoft.Windows

.XP.SP1,.SP,
Pentium.III,.800.MHz,.hard.disk.with.300.MB.available,.18.MB.RAM
SVGA or higher defnition monitor
b
b
b
(1) Minimum software version.
(2) TeSys U starter-controller without communication module or with Modbus LUL C031 or C033 communication module.
Compatibility
PowerSuite software workshop
Presentation:
page.1/74
Functions:
page.1/74
References:
page.1/76
1/78
1
TeSys motor starters - open version 1
TeSys.U.starter-controllers
Parallel.wiring.module.and.pre-wired.coil.connection.
components
Presentation
The.parallel.wiring.system.makes.it.possible.to.connect.starter-controllers.to.the.PLC.
I/O.modules.quickly.and.without.any.need.for.tools.It.replaces.traditional.screw.
terminal.and.single.wire.connections.It.is.used.with.the.Telefast.pre-wired.system.
(1)
The.parallel.wiring.module.provides.the.status.and.command.information.for.each.
starter-controller.It.must.be.used.with.an.LUB.1.or.LUB.A0BL.power.base.and.a.
c.4.V.control.unit.LUCp ppBL
Splitter.boxes.LU9.G0.and.LU9.G03..distribute.information.from.the.PLC.I/O.
modules.to.each.of.the.starter-controllers.connected.to.it
Splitter.box.LU9.G0.(maximum.of.4.reversing.starters).is.optimised.for.use.with.
card.TSX.DMZ8DTK.and.splitter.box.LU9.G03.(maximum.of.8.reversing.starters).
for.use.with.cards.TSX.DMZ64DTK.and.BMX.DDM30K
When.used.in.conjunction.with.the.Advantys.STB.distributed.I/O.solution,.the.
TeSys.U.starter-controller.is.ideal.in.decentralised.automation.architectures.(2).
The.use.of.dedicated.parallel.interface.module.STB.EPI.145.allows.remote.
connection.of.4.starter-controllers
Parallel.wiring.module.LUF.C00.has:
.outputs:.control.of.starter.forward.and.reverse.running,
3.inputs:.position.of.the.rotary.knob,.fault.indication.and.position.of.the.poles
Each.of.the.channels.of.LU9.G0p.splitter.boxes.has:
.outputs:..control.of.starter.forward.and.reverse.running,.in.the.case.of.a.
reversing.starter
.inputs:.fault.indication.and.position.of.poles
Connection.to.the.dedicated.module.is.by.means.of.the.following.cables:.
RJ45.LU9Rpp,.for.lengths.less.than.3.metres,
490.NTW.000pp,.for.lengths.greater.than.3.metres
Parallel type connection
Architecture
.......
. 3 Parallel.wiring.module.
LUF.C00
4 Pre-wired.coil.connection.
LU9B.N11C
5 Connection.cable.LU9.Rp.with.
one.RJ45.connector.at.each.
end
6 Splitter.box.LU9.G0.or.
LU9.G03..for.8.motor.starters.
with.channel.connections.on.
the.PLC.side.by.two.HE.10.
connectors.and.on.the.starter-
controller.side.by.8.RJ45.
connectors
7 Connection.cable.
TSX.CDPppp.with.one.HE.10.
connector.at.each.end
.........
References
Description Item Reference Weight
kg
Parallel wiring module 3 LUF C00 0045
(1) Please consult our "Power Control and connection components catalogue.
(2) Please consult our "IP20 distributed inputs/outputs Advantys STB" catalogue
b
b
b
b
b
b
1 Outputs.for.starter.commands
2 RJ45.connector.for.connecting.to.splitter.box
1 2
5
1
0
9
1
6
1 Outputs.for.starter.commands
2 RJ45.connector.for.connecting.to.splitter.box
1 2
5
1
0
9
1
6
3
5 7
4
3
4
6
To..
PLC
3
5 7
4
3
4
6
To..
PLC
5
1
0
9
1
7
8 Dedicated.parallel.interface.module.
(STB.EPI.145)
9 Power.base
10 c.4.V.control.unit.(LUC.B/D/C/M.pp.BL)
11 Parallel.wiring.module.(LUF.C00)
12 Options:.add-on.contact.blocks,.reverser.blocks
5
1
0
9
1
7
8 Dedicated.parallel.interface.module.
(STB.EPI.145)
9 Power.base
10 c.4.V.control.unit.(LUC.B/D/C/M.pp.BL)
11 Parallel.wiring.module.(LUF.C00)
12 Options:.add-on.contact.blocks,.reverser.blocks
Presentation,
references 1
12
9
10
11
12
8
5
1
1
5

8
LU9.G0 LU9.G03
5
1
1
5

9
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1/79
1
TeSys motor starters - open version 1
TeSys.U.starter-controllers
Parallel.wiring.module.and.pre-wired.coil.connection.
components
Pre-wired.components.simplify.wiring.and.reduce.wiring.errors
..........
Connection of communication module output terminals
to the coil terminals
By.pre-wired.connector.or.wire.link.
Pre-wired connector: pre-wired coil connection
The.use.of.a.power.base.without.pre-wired.connections.is.recommended
Description For use with
power base
Item Reference Weight
kg
Pre-wired coil
connection
LUB.pp 4 LU9B N11C 0045
LUB.pp 13 LU9M RC 0030
Wire link:
Allows.insertion,.for.example,.of.an.emergency.Stop.control.or.a.voltage.interface
This.type.of.connection.must.be.used.for.a.reversing.starter-controller.assembled.
using.an.LU6M.reverser.block.for.separate.mounting.When.reverser.block.LU6M.
and.the.power.base.are.mounted.side-by-side,.a.pre-wired.coil.connection.LU9M.RC.
may.by.used
Connection of parallel wiring module to the PLC
No.tools.are.required.to.connect.the.parallel.wiring.module.to.the.PLC.Connection.
is via a splitter box which allows up to 8 starter-controllers to be connected; a
maximum.of.4.reversing.starters.per.splitter.box.is.allowed
The.splitter.box.requires.a.c.4.V.power.supply
Splitter boxes
Connectors For use with Reference Weight

kg
PLC side Starter-controller
side
2 x HE 10
20-way
8 x RJ45 4.reversing.starters.
maximum
LU9 G02 (1) 060
8.reversing.starters.
maximum
LU9 G03 (1) 060
Connection cables to the splitter box
Connectors Item Length
m
Reference Weight
kg
2 x RJ45 connectors 5 03 LU9 R03 0045
1 LU9 R10 0065
3 LU9 R30 015
Connection cables from splitter box to PLC
Type of connection Gauge Csa Length Reference Weight
PLC side Splitter box
side
AWG mm
2
m kg
HE 10
20-way
HE 10
20-way
034 05 TSX CDP 053 0085
1 TSX CDP 103 0150
TSX CDP 203 080
3 TSX CDP 303 0410
5 TSX CDP 503 0670
8 0080 1 ABF H20 H100 0080
ABF H20 H200 0140
3 ABF H20 H300 010
HE 10
40-way
2 x HE 10
20-way
034 05 BMX FCC 053 010
1 BMX FCC 103 0350
BMX FCC 203 0630
3 BMX FCC 303 0940
5 BMX FCC 503 1530
10 BMX FCC 1003 3000
Bare wires HE 10
20-way
034 3 TSX CDP 301 0400
5 TSX CDP 501 0660
(1) Allows "run" and "fault" status of each starter-controller to be fed back to the PLC and
transmits commands.
b
b
3
4
5
6
6
9
6
4
LUB + LUF C00 + LU9B
3
13
5
1
0
9
1
8
LU2B + LUF C00 + LU9M
3
4
5
6
6
9
6
4
LUB + LUF C00 + LU9B
3
13
5
1
0
9
1
8
LU2B + LUF C00 + LU9M
Characteristics:.
pages.1/98.and.1/103
Characteristics:.
pages.1/98.and.1/103
Characteristics:.
pages.1/98.and.1/103
Characteristics:.
pages.1/98.and.1/103
References (continued) 1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1/80
1
TeSys motor starters - open version
TeSys.U.starter-controllers
AS-Interface.communication.modules
.
Presentation
AS-Interface.communication.modules.ASILUF.C5.and.ASILUF.C51.make.it.easy.to.
connect.starter-controllers.to.the.AS-Interface.cabling.system,.and.therefore.allow.
remote.control.and.command.of.these.starter-controllers.
.
Module.ASILUF.C51.features.extended.addresing.
The.various.operating.states.of.the.modules.(AS-Interface.voltage.present,.
communication.fault,.addressing.fault,).are.indicated.on.the.front.panel.by.a.green.
LED.1.and.a.red.LED.2.
Operation.of.the.modules.is.continuously.monitored.by.auto-testing,.in.a.way.that.is.
totally.transparent.to.the.user.
The.incorporation.of.AS-Interface.V1.functions.allows.diagnostics.to.be.performed.
on.the.modules,.either.remotely.via.the.line.or.locally.via.the.ASI.TERV.addressing.
terminal.
The.communication.modules.must.be.connected.to.a.c.4.V.auxiliary.supply.and.
must.be.used.in.conjunction.with.a.c.4.V.control.unit,.LUCp ppBL
The.product.is.supplied.with.a.yellow.connector.4.for.connection.to.the.AS-Interface.
system,.a.black.connector.5.for.connection.to.the.c.4.V.auxiliary.supply.and.a.black.
connector.3.for.connection.of.the.outputs.
......
Series type connection
Architecture
............. ...
. 6 Communication.modules.ASILUF.C5.or.
ASILUF.C51
7 Tap-off..TCS.ATV01N
8 Pre-wired.coil.connection.LU9B.N11C
Information transmitted by the AS-Interface system
AS-Interface profles 7.D.F.0 profle and 7.A.7.E profle
Data bits (command) Bit.value =.0 =.1
Command.D0.(O) Stop.forward Forward.running
Command.D1.(O) Stop.reverse Reverse.running
Command.D.(O) Not.used Not.used
Command.D3.(O) Not.used Not.used.
Data bits
(status)
Bit.value =.0 =.1
Status.D0.(I) Not.ready.or.fault Ready
Status.D1.(I) Stopped Running
Status.D.(I) Not.used Not.used
Status.D3.(I) Not.used Not.used
References
Description Addressing Item Reference Weight
kg
Communication
modules
Single.
31.slaves
6 ASI LUF C5 0065.
Extended.
6.slaves
6 ASI LUF C51 0065.
c 24 V
AS-Interface
6 8
7
c 24 V
AS-Interface
6 8
7
1 2
3 4 5
1 Green.LED:.AS-Interface.voltage.present
2 Red.LED:.AS-Interface.or.module.fault
3 Outputs.for.starter.commands
4 Black.connector.for.connection.to.c.4.V.auxiliary.
power.supply
5 Yellow.connector.for.connection.to.the.AS-Interface.
system
5
1
0
9
1
9
1 2
3 4 5
1 Green.LED:.AS-Interface.voltage.present
2 Red.LED:.AS-Interface.or.module.fault
3 Outputs.for.starter.commands
4 Black.connector.for.connection.to.c.4.V.auxiliary.
power.supply
5 Yellow.connector.for.connection.to.the.AS-Interface.
system
5
1
0
9
1
9
Presentation,
references
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1/81
1
TeSys motor starters - open version
TeSys.U.starter-controllers
AS-Interface.communication.modules
Pre-wired.components.simplify.wiring.and.reduce.wiring.errors
........
Connection of communication module output terminals to the
coil terminals
By.pre-wired.connector.or.wire.link
Pre-wired connector: pre-wired coil connection
The.use.of.a.power.base.without.pre-wired.control.circuit.connections.is.
recommended
...
Description For use with
power base
Item Reference Weight
kg
Pre-wired
coil connection
LUB pp 3 LU9B N11C 0045.
LUB pp 5. LU9M RC 0030.
Wire link
Allows.insertion,.for.example,.of.an.emergency.Stop.control.or.a.voltage.interface
This.type.of.connection.must.be.used.for.a.reversing.starter-controller.assembled.
using.an.LU6M.reverser.block.for.separate.mounting.When.reverser.block.LU6M.
and.the.power.base.are.mounted.side-by-side,.a.pre-wired.coil.connection.LU9M.RC.
may.be.used
. ......
Connection of the communication module (1)
This.is.achieved.by.using.a.tap-off.for.connection.to..ribbon.cables:.
1.for.AS-Interface.(yellow)
1.for.separate.c.4.V.supply.(black)..
b
b
Description Length
m
Reference Weight
kg
Tap-off XZ CG0142 065.
.
Consoles and cable adapter
Description Reference Weight
kg
Addressing terminal
Battery.operated.Battery.charger.supplied
AS-Interface.V1.and.V1.compatible
XZ MC11 0550
Adjustment and diagnostics console
Runs.on.LR6.batteries
Allows.addressing.of.AS-Interface.V1.slaves.
and.diagnostics
ASI TERV2 0500.
Cable adapter
For.console.XZ.MC11
XZ MG12 0070.
.
Software set-up
AS-Interface confguration is carried out using PL7 Micro/Junior/Pro software. From
the module declaration screen, it is possible to confgure all the slave devices
corresponding.to.all.the.AS-Interface.I/O
Confguration is carried out by following the instructions on the screen.
...
TeSys U users manual (2)
Application Language Reference Weight
kg
On CD-Rom Multi-language.
(3)
LU9 CD1 00.
(1) Degree of protection IP 54. Connection by 4 x 0.34 mm
2
wires.
Black wire: + 24 V.
White wire: 0 V.
Blue wire: AS-Interface ().
Brown wire: AS-Interface (+).
(2) The CD-Rom contains users manuals for the AS-Interface and Modbus communication
modules, multifunction control units and gateway modules, as well as the gateway
programming software.
(3) English, French, German, Italian, Spanish
....
b
b
1
3
1
5
5
1
0
9

0
LUB + ASILUF C5 + LU9B
5
3
1
1

LU2B + ASILUF C5 + LU9M


1
3
1
5
5
1
0
9

0
LUB + ASILUF C5 + LU9B
5
3
1
1

LU2B + ASILUF C5 + LU9M


XZ MC11
5

0
8
9
8
ASI TERV2
5

0
8
9
9
XZ MC11
5

0
8
9
8
ASI TERV2
5

0
8
9
9
References (continued)
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1/8
1
TeSys motor starters - open version
TeSys.U.starter-controllers
Profbus DP communication module and pre-wired coil
connection.components
...
Presentation
When.used.in.conjunction.with.the.power.base.and.control.unit,.communication.
module LULC07 allows TeSys U starter-controllers to be controlled via Profbus DP
(Deported.Periphery)..
Communication.module.LULC07.is.of.the.slave.type.and.uses.the.TeSys.U.systems.
internal registers (which can be accessed via the Profbus DP bus) in cyclic or acyclic
mode. This module has a 24 V (0.5 A) discrete output and two confgurable discrete
inputs
..........
Connections
Serial bus topology
.
11 Programmable controller with Profbus DP master card
12 Other.slave.(not.powered.via.the.bus)
13 Profbus DP 2-wire cable (TSX PBSCA100 = 100 m, TSX PBSCA400 = 400 m)
14 Standard Profbus DP connector (490NAD91103 or 490NAD91104)
15 Profbus DP power supply module for c.4.V-Aux.supply.to.LUL.C07.modules.(LU9.GC7)
16 Profbus DP connector, TeSys U dedicated (LU9 AD7)
17 Profbus DP 4-wire cable (LU9 RPBppp)
18 Profbus DP communication module (LUL C07)
Profbus DP: general information
The TeSys U communication module supports 2 Profbus application profles based
on.DP.V0.and.DP.V1.services:.motor.starter.(MS),.motor.management.starter.
(MMS).
Cyclic / Acyclic services
In.general,.data.is.exchanged.via.cyclic.services.and.via.acyclic.services
The application profles defne, for the cyclic data:
manufacturer.independent.data,
manufacturer specifc data..
b
b
DP V1 Read / Write services
DP.V1.read.and.write.services.allow.access.to.all.data.that.cannot.be.accessed.by.
cyclic.data.exchange.
PKW feature
In.order.to.make.data.which.is.not.cyclically.exchanged.accessible.for.DP.V0.
masters,.a.function.called.PKW.(Periodically.Kept.in.acyclic.Words).is.implemented.
The.cyclic.data.carries.a.dedicated.zone.of.4.input.words.and.4.output.words,.called.
PKW,.which.makes.it.possible.to.access.all.the.registers.en.bloc.
Electronic device description
The TeSys U system is described by a GS*- fle (1). This fle will be used by any
Profbus confguration tool to get information about the device.
The GS*- fles and associated icon, dedicated to the TeSys U system, can be
downloaded from the www.schneider-electric.com website (Library / Software
Tools).
(1) Replace the asterisk with the letter corresponding to the required language.
1 2 3
9 4
10
5 6 7 8
1 LED.indicating.module.status
2 Fault.signalling.LED
3 LED.indicating.c.4.V.supply.ON.for.outputs.OA1,.
OA3.and.LO1
4 SUB-D.connector.for.bus.link
5 c.4.V.supply.connection
6 Discrete.input
7 Discrete.input
8 Discrete.output
9 Outputs.for.starter-controller.commands.(non-
reversing.and.reversing)
10 Pin.for.connection.to.control.unit.(advanced.or.
multifunction)
5
6
7
1
3
9
1 2 3
9 4
10
5 6 7 8
1 LED.indicating.module.status
2 Fault.signalling.LED
3 LED.indicating.c.4.V.supply.ON.for.outputs.OA1,.
OA3.and.LO1
4 SUB-D.connector.for.bus.link
5 c.4.V.supply.connection
6 Discrete.input
7 Discrete.input
8 Discrete.output
9 Outputs.for.starter-controller.commands.(non-
reversing.and.reversing)
10 Pin.for.connection.to.control.unit.(advanced.or.
multifunction)
5
6
7
1
3
9
11
12
13
13
15 15
12
16 14
17 17
18 18 18 18
c 24 V c 24 V
11
12
13
13
15 15
12
16 14
17 17
18 18 18 18
c 24 V c 24 V
Presentation
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1/83
1
TeSys motor starters - open version
TeSys.U.starter-controllers
Profbus DP communication module and pre-wired coil
connection.components
......................................
Information carried by the bus
Depends.on.the.type.of.control.unit.used.with.module.LUL.C07
Compatibility of Profbus DP communication module LUL C07
with c 24 V control units
Information accessible
via Profbus DP
LUL C07 in conjunction with:
LUCA ppBL LUCB/C/D ppBL LUCM ppBL
Standard
control unit
Advanced
control unit
Multifunction
control unit
Starter status (ready, running, fault)
Start and Stop commands
Thermal overload alarm
Remote reset via the bus
Indication of motor load
Fault signalling and differentiation
Remote programming and
monitoring of all functions
Log function
Monitoring function
Alarms (overcurrent, )
.Functions.performed
References
Description Item Reference Weight
kg
Profbus DP communication module 18 LUL C07 0108
Connection of communication module output terminals to the
coil terminals
By.pre-wired.connector.or.wire.link
Pre-wired.connector:.pre-wired.coil.connection
The.use.of.a.power.base.without.pre-wired.control.circuit.connections.is.
recommended
..
Description For use with
power base
Item Reference Weight
kg
Pre-wired coil connection LUB.pp 4 LU9B N11L 0050
LUB.pp 6 LU9M RL 0450
Wire link:
Allows.insertion,.for.example,.of.an.emergency.Stop.control.or.a.voltage.interface
This.type.of.connection.must.be.used.for.a.reversing.starter-controller.assembled.
using.an.LU6M.reverser.block..
When.this.reverser.block.and.the.power.base.are.mounted.side-by-side,.a.pre-wired.
coil.connection.LU9M.RL.may.be.used.
.........
Components for connection to the bus and to the installation
The.c 24 V-Aux supply to Profbus DP modules LUL C07 must pass through power
supply.module.LU9.GC7..
LUL.C07.modules.must.be.connected.to.the.LU9.GC7.splitter.box.in.order.to.be.
powered
The.number.of.TeSys.U.starter-controllers.that.can.be.powered.by.an.LU9.GC7.
module.is.limited.by.the.maximum.current.(15.A).which.it.can.deliver.
The.c.4.V.supply.for.the.inputs/outputs.must.be.provided.separately
Description Length
m
Item
(1)
Reference Weight
kg
Profbus DP
power supply module
15 LU9 GC7
Profbus DP connector . 16 LU9 AD7
Profbus DP cables
2-wire
100 13 TSX PBSCA100
400 13 TSX PBSCA400
Profbus DP cables
4-wire
10 17 LU9 RPB010
100 17 LU9 RPB100
400 17 LU9 RPB400
(1) See connection diagram on page 1/82.
b
b
1
0
6
9
4
9
LUL C07
1
0
6
9
4
9
LUL C07
OA3
A1
A2
L1
c 24 V
0 V
L
O
1
L
I
1
L
I
2
c

2
4

V
c

2
4

V
C
O
M
OA1 COM
5
1
0
9
5
1
On
power.
base
Connection of power supplies
OA3
A1
A2
L1
c 24 V
0 V
L
O
1
L
I
1
L
I
2
c

2
4

V
c

2
4

V
C
O
M
OA1 COM
5
1
0
9
5
1
On
power.
base
Connection of power supplies
Presentation (continued)
references
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1/84
1
TeSys motor starters - open version
TeSys.U.starter-controllers
Profbus DP communication module and pre-wired coil
connection.components
..............
Compatibility of Profbus DP communication module LUL C07
with starter-controller LUB 12 / LUB 32
Maximum
power
ratings
50/60 Hz
400/415 V
1 2 or or 3 4
Power
base
Standard
control
unit
Advanced
control
unit
Multifunction
control
unit
Profbus
DP
module
Pre-wired
coil
connection,
non-
reversing
Non-
reversing
Class 10 Class 10 Class 20 Classes
530
kW
009
or
LUB 12
LUB 32


LUC A6XBL LUC B6XBL LUC D6XBL LUC M6XBL LUL C07 LU9 BN11L
05
or
LUB 12
LUB 32


LUC A1XBL LUC B1XBL LUC D1XBL LUC M1XBL LUL C07 LU9 BN11L
15
or
LUB 12
LUB 32


LUC A05BL LUC B05BL LUC D05BL LUC M05BL LUL C07 LU9 BN11L
55
or
LUB 12
LUB 32


LUC A12BL LUC B12BL LUC D12BL LUC M12BL LUL C07 LU9 BN11L
75 LUB 32 LUC A18BL LUC B18BL LUC D18BL LUC M18BL LUL C07 LU9 BN11L
15
.
LUB 32 LUC A32BL LUC B32BL LUC D32BL LUC M32BL LUL C07 LU9 BN11L
Note: ProfbusDPmoduleLULC07isnotcompatiblewithLUTMcontrollers.
4
3
1
2
5
6
7
1

LUB + LUC pppBL


+ LUL C07 + LU9B N11L
4
3
1
2
5
6
7
1

LUB + LUC pppBL


+ LUL C07 + LU9B N11L
Compatibility
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1/85
1
TeSys motor starters - open version
TeSys.U.starter-controllers
Profbus DP communication module and pre-wired coil
connection.components
..................
Compatibility of Profbus DP communication module LUL C07
with starter-controller LU2B 12 / LU2B 32
Maximum
power
ratings
50/60 Hz
400/415 V
5 2 or or 3 6
Power
base
Standard
control
unit
Advanced
control
unit
Multifunction
control
unit
Profbus
DP
module
Pre-wired
coil
connection,
reversing
Reversing Class 10 Class 10 Class 20 Classes
530
kW
009
or
LU2B 12BL
LU2B 32BL


LUC A6XBL LUC B6XBL LUC D6XBL LUC M6XBL LUL C07 LU9 MRL
05 or LU2B 12BL
LU2B 32BL


LUC A1XBL LUC B1XBL LUC D1XBL LUC M1XBL LUL C07 LU9 MRL
15
or
LU2B 12BL
LU2B 32BL


LUC A05BL LUC B05BL LUC D05BL LUC M05BL LUL C07 LU9 MRL
55
or
LU2B 12BL
LU2B 32BL


LUC A12BL LUC B12BL LUC D12BL LUC M12BL LUL C07 LU9 MRL
75 LU2B 32BL LUC A18BL LUC B18BL LUC D18BL LUC M18BL LUL C07 LU9 MRL
15 LU2B 32BL LUC A32BL LUC B32BL LUC D32BL LUC M32BL LUL C07 LU9 MRL
Note: ProfbusDPmoduleLULC07isnotcompatiblewithLUTMcontrollers.
5
6
7
1

6
3
5
2
5
6
7
1

3
LU2B + LUC pppBL
+ LUL C07 + LU9M RL
5
6
7
1

6
3
5
2
5
6
7
1

3
LU2B + LUC pppBL
+ LUL C07 + LU9M RL
Compatibility (continued)
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1/86
1
TeSys motor starters - open version
TeSys.U.starter-controllers
CANopen.communication.module.and..
pre-wired.coil.connection.components
Presentation
Communication.module.LUL.C08.allows.direct.connection.of.TeSys.U.starter-
controllers.and.controllers.on.a.CANopen.bus.
Module.LUL.C08.is.of.the.slave.type
When.used.in.conjunction.with.an.LUC.pppBL.or.LUC.pT1BL.control.unit,.module.
LUL.C08.provides.control.and.command.of.the.starter-controller.and.of.the.controller
For local control requirements, the module is equipped with a confgurable, c.4.V.
0.5 V discrete output and two confgurable discrete inputs.
LUL.C08.communication.modules.can.be.connected.to.Advantys.STB.module.:.
XBE.100K
Connections
Star topology Bus topology
.
Connection of power supplies
The.c.4.V.power.supply.for.modules.LUL.C08.is.distributed.via.the.bus.and.must.
be connected to the frst TSX CANTDM4 junction box. The cable c.s.a. allows
connection.of.up.to.5.LUL.C08.modules..
Above.this.number,.another.power.supply.must.be.connected.to.the.next.junction.
box
A.c.4.V.supply.must.be.connected.to.module.LUL.C08.for.outputs.OA1,.OA3.and.
LO1
Information carried by the bus
Depends.on.the.type.of.control.unit.used
Control unit Standard Advanced Multifunction
Starter status (ready, running, fault)
Start and Stop commands
Thermal overload alarm
Remote reset via the bus
Indication of motor load
Fault signalling and differentiation
Remote programming and monitoring of all
functions
"Log" function
"Monitoring" function
Alarms (overcurrent, )
Functions.performed
For.more.detailed.information,.please.refer.to.User's.Manual.LU9.CD1,.see.page.opposite.
Compatibility of CANopen communication module with
control units
LUCA ppBL / B ppBL / C ppBL / D ppBL All.versions.marketed.after.2T04081 (1)
LUCM ppBL All.versions.u.V3
LUCM T1BL All.versions.u.V3
(1) This date code is made up as follows: 2T or 2C factory code.
04,05,06 and so on: year of manufacture. 08: week. 1: 1st day of the week.
15
12
c 24 V
11
15
17
16
17
16
15
12
c 24 V
11
15
17
16
17
16
Presentation
1 LED.indicating.module.status
2 Fault.signalling.LED
3 LED.indicating.c.4.V.supply.ON.for.outputs.OA1,.OA3.
and.LO1
4 SUB-D.connector.for.bus.link
5 c 4.V.supply.connection
6 Discrete.input
7 Discrete.input
8 Discrete.output
9 Outputs.for.starter.commands
10 CANopen.master.module.TSX.CPP110.(PMCIA.card.with.
junction.box)
11 Cable.TSX.CANCpp.equipped.with.a.TSX.CANKCDF90T.
connector.(to.be.assembled)
12 Terminal.block.TSX.CANTDM4.with.4.SUB.D.type.
connectors.for.connection.of.slaves.and.screw..terminal.
blocks.(connection.of..bus.and.dedicated.4.V.supply.to.
modules.LUL.C08)
13 Connection.between.junction.boxes.TSX.CANTDM4.by.
cable.TSX.CANCADDpp or.cable.TSX.CANCpp ftted with
TSX.CANKCDF90T.connectors
14 The.slaves.are.connected.by.means.of.cables.
TSX.CANCADDpp
15 Connections.are.made.by.means.of.cables.TSX.CANCpp.
ftted with TSX CANKCDF180T connectors for the slaves
and.with.TSX.CANKCDF90T.connectors.for.the.junction.
boxes
16 Starter-controller
17 CANopen.communication.module.LUL.C08
18 Advantys.STB.island.(NIM:.Network.Interface.Modules
+.I/O.modules)
19 CANopen.extension.module.STB.XBE.100K
1 2
5
3
6 7 8
9
4
or
10
14 17
14
13
12
11
c 24 V
16
17
16
18
19
11
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1/87
1
TeSys motor starters - open version
TeSys.U.starter-controllers
CANopen.communication.module.and..
pre-wired.coil.connection.components
........
Communication services
Communication.module.LUL.C08.uses.PDO,.SDO.and.PKW.type.objects.for.data.
exchange.(Process.Data.Objects,.Service.Data.Objects,.Periodically.Kept.in.Acyclic.
Words).
Transmit and Receive PDO
PDO 1 Real.time.command-control Preconfgured and enabled
PDO 2, PDO 3 Unused To be defned by confguration
PDO 4 Adjustment,.diagnostics.and.acyclic.exchanges Preconfgured and enabled
References
Description Item Reference Weight
kg
CANopen communication module 16 LUL C08 0108
Note: The Electronic Data Sheets (EDS), and users manuals are available on the website
www.schneider-electric.com.
Pre-wired.components.simplify.wiring.and.reduce.wiring.errors
.......
Connection of communication module output terminals
to the coil terminals
By.pre-wired.connector.or.wire.link
Pre-wired.connector:.pre-wired.coil.connection
The.use.of.a.power.base.without.pre-wired.control.circuit.connections.is.
recommended.
.
Description For use with
power base
Item Reference Weight
kg
Pre-wired coil connection LUB.pp 17 LU9B N11L 0050
LUB.pp 18 LU9M RL 0450
Wire link:
Allows.insertion,.for.example,.of.an.emergency.stop.control.or.a.voltage.interface
This.type.of.connection.must.be.used.for.a.reversing.starter-controller.assembled.
using.an.LU6M.reverser.block.for.separate.mounting.When.reverser.block.LU6M.
and.the.power.base.are.mounted.side-by-side,.a.pre-wired.coil.connection.LU9M.RL.
may.be.used..
.....................
Cables for connection to the bus
Description Length
m
Item Reference Weight
kg
Standard
Cables equipped with
SUB-D connectors
03 14 TSX CANCADD03 0045
10 14 TSX CANCADD1 0065
3 14 TSX CANCADD3 015
5 14 TSX CANCADD5 1500
Reel of cable 50 11 TSX CANCA50
100 11 TSX CANCA100
UL approved
Cables equipped with
SUB-D connectors
03 14 TSX CANCBDD03 0045
1 14 TSX CANCBDD1 0065
3 14 TSX CANCBDD3 015
5 14 TSX CANCBDD5 1500
Reel of cable 50 11 TSX CANCB50
100 11 TSX CANCB100
Separate components
Description Reference Weight
kg
Elbowed connector TSX CANKCDF90T
Straight connector TSX CANKCDF180T
Junction box TSX CANTD M4
b
b
17
16
5
1
0
9

LUB + LUL C08 + LU9B N11L


16
18
5
6
6
9
8
8
LU2B + LUL C08 + LU9M RL
17
16
5
1
0
9

LUB + LUL C08 + LU9B N11L


16
18
5
6
6
9
8
8
LU2B + LUL C08 + LU9M RL
References
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1/88
1
TeSys motor starters - open version
TeSys.U.starter-controllers
DeviceNet.communication.module.and.pre-wired.coil.
connection.components
...
Presentation
When.used.in.conjunction.with.the.power.base.and.control.unit,.communication.
module.LUL.C09.allows.TeSys.U.starter-controllers.and.controllers.to.be.controlled.
via.DeviceNet
Communication.module.LUL.C09.is.of.the.slave.type.and.uses.the.TeSys.U.systems.
internal.registers.which.can.be.accessed.via.DeviceNet
Module LUL C09 has a confgurable 24 V (0.5 A) discrete output and two
confgurable discrete inputs.
..........
Connections
Serial bus topology

11 Industrial.PLC:.Industrial.Programmable.Controller.equipped.with.a.DeviceNet.Master
12 Connection.and.power.distribution.box.for.supply.to.DeviceNet.communication.modules
13 Starter-controller
14 DeviceNet.communication.module.LUL.C09
1 2 3
4 9
10
5 6 7 8
1 LED.indicating.module.status
2 Fault.signalling.LED
3 LED.indicating.c.4.V.supply.ON.for.outputs.OA1,.
OA3.and.LO1.and.4.V.bus
4 DeviceNet.connector.for.bus.link
5 c.4.V.supply.connection
6 Discrete.input
7 Discrete.input
8 Discrete.output
9 Outputs.for.starter-controller.commands.(non-
reversing.and.reversing)
10 Pin.for.connection.to.control.unit.(advanced.or.
multifunction)
5
6
7

5
1 2 3
4 9
10
5 6 7 8
1 LED.indicating.module.status
2 Fault.signalling.LED
3 LED.indicating.c.4.V.supply.ON.for.outputs.OA1,.
OA3.and.LO1.and.4.V.bus
4 DeviceNet.connector.for.bus.link
5 c.4.V.supply.connection
6 Discrete.input
7 Discrete.input
8 Discrete.output
9 Outputs.for.starter-controller.commands.(non-
reversing.and.reversing)
10 Pin.for.connection.to.control.unit.(advanced.or.
multifunction)
5
6
7

5
c 24 V
11
14 14 14 12
13 13 13
63.starter-controllers.max..
with.modules.LUL.C09
c 24 V
11
14 14 14 12
13 13 13
63.starter-controllers.max..
with.modules.LUL.C09
Presentation
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1/89
1
TeSys motor starters - open version
TeSys.U.starter-controllers
DeviceNet.communication.module.and.pre-wired.coil.
connection.components
........................................
Information carried by the bus
Depends.on.the.type.of.control.unit.used.with.module.LUL.C09
Compatibility of DeviceNet LUL C09 communication module with
c 24 V control units
Information accessible
via DeviceNet
LUL C09 in conjunction with:
LUCA ppBL LUCB/C/D ppBL LUCM ppBL
Standard
control unit
Advanced
control unit
Multifunction
control unit
Starter status (ready, running, fault)
Start and Stop commands
Thermal overload alarm
Remote reset via the bus
Indication of motor load
Fault signalling and differentiation
Remote programming and
monitoring of all functions
Log function
Monitoring function
Alarms (overcurrent, )
.Functions.performed
References
Description Item Reference Weight
kg
DeviceNet communication module 14 LUL C09 0108
Connection of communication module output terminals
to the coil terminals
By.pre-wired.connector.or.wire.link
Pre-wired.connector:.pre-wired.coil.connection
The.use.of.a.power.base.without.pre-wired.control.circuit.connections.is.
recommended
b
Description For use with
power base
Reference Weight
kg
Pre-wired coil connection LUB.pp LU9B N11L 0050
LUB.pppp LU9M RL 0450
Wire link:
Allows.insertion,.for.example,.of.an.emergency.Stop.control.or.a.voltage.interface
This.type.of.connection.must.be.used.for.a.reversing.starter-controller.assembled.
using.an.LU6M.reverser.block..
When.this.reverser.block.and.the.power.base.are.mounted.side-by-side,.a.pre-wired.
coil.connection.LU9M.RL.may.be.used.
Supply
The.4.V.supply.to.DeviceNet.LUL.C09.modules.is.provided.via.the.(V+.,.V-).
terminals
The.4.V.supply.for.the.inputs/outputs.must.be.provided.separately.from.the.supply.
to.the.LUL.C09.modules
The.4.V.Aux.terminal.is.for.supply.to.the.LUCM.control.unit.or.the.LUTM.controller
b
5
6
7

8
LUL C09
5
6
7

8
LUL C09
OA3
L
O
1
L
I
1
L
I


+
.
c
.

4
.
V

+
.
c
.

4
.
V
.
.
.
c
.

4
.
V
OA1 COM
V. V+ S
Can_L Can_H
5
6
7

6
Connection of power supplies
OA3
L
O
1
L
I
1
L
I


+
.
c
.

4
.
V

+
.
c
.

4
.
V
.
.
.
c
.

4
.
V
OA1 COM
V. V+ S
Can_L Can_H
5
6
7

6
Connection of power supplies
Presentation (continued),
references
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1/90
1
TeSys motor starters - open version
TeSys.U.starter-controllers
DeviceNet.communication.module.and.pre-wired.coil.
connection.components
..............
Compatibility of DeviceNet communication module LUL C09
with starter-controller LUB 12 / LUB 32
Maximum
power
ratings
50/60 Hz
400/415 V
1 2 or or 3 4
Power
base
Standard
control unit
Advanced
control unit
Multifunction
control unit
DeviceNet
module
Pre-wired
coil
connection,
non-
reversing
Non-
reversing
Class 10 Class 10 Class 20 Classes
530
kW
009
or
LUB 12
LUB 32


LUC A6XBL LUC B6XBL LUC D6XBL LUC M6XBL LUL C09 LU9 BN11L
05
or
LUB 12
LUB 32


LUC A1XBL LUC B1XBL LUC D1XBL LUC M1XBL LUL C09 LU9 BN11L
15
or
LUB 12
LUB 32


LUC A05BL LUC B05BL LUC D05BL LUC M05BL LUL C09 LU9 BN11L
55
or
LUB 12
LUB 32


LUC A12BL LUC B12BL LUC D12BL LUC M12BL LUL C09 LU9 BN11L
75 LUB 32 LUC A18BL LUC B18BL LUC D18BL LUC M18BL LUL C09 LU9 BN11L
15
.
LUB 32 LUC A32BL LUC B32BL LUC D32BL LUC M32BL LUL C09 LU9 BN11L
Note: DeviceNet communication module LUL C09 is compatible with LUT M controllers.
4
3
1
2
5
6
7
1

LUB + LUC pppBL


+ LUL C09 + LU9B N11L
4
3
1
2
5
6
7
1

LUB + LUC pppBL


+ LUL C09 + LU9B N11L
Compatibility
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1/91
1
TeSys motor starters - open version
TeSys.U.starter-controllers
DeviceNet.communication.module.and.pre-wired.coil.
connection.components
..................
Compatibility of DeviceNet communication module LUL C09
with starter-controller LU2B 12 / LU2B 32
Maximum
power
ratings
50/60 Hz
400/415 V
5 2 or or 3 6
Power
base
Standard
control unit
Advanced
control unit
Multifunction
control unit
DeviceNet
module
Pre-wired
coil
connection,
reversing
Reversing Class 10 Class 10 Class 20 Classes
530
kW
009
or
LU2B 12BL
LU2B 32BL


LUC A6XBL LUC B6XBL LUC D6XBL LUC M6XBL LUL C09 LU9 MRL
05 or LU2B 12BL
LU2B 32BL


LUC A1XBL LUC B1XBL LUC D1XBL LUC M1XBL LUL C09 LU9 MRL
15
or
LU2B 12BL
LU2B 32BL


LUC A05BL LUC B05BL LUC D05BL LUC M05BL LUL C09 LU9 MRL
55
or
LU2B 12BL
LU2B 32BL


LUC A12BL LUC B12BL LUC D12BL LUC M12BL LUL C09 LU9 MRL
75 LU2B 32BL LUC A18BL LUC B18BL LUC D18BL LUC M18BL LUL C09 LU9 MRL
15 LU2B 32BL LUC A32BL LUC B32BL LUC D32BL LUC M32BL LUL C09 LU9 MRL
Note: DeviceNet communication module LUL C09 is compatible with LUT M controllers.
5
6
7
1

6
3
5
2
5
6
7
1

3
LU2B + LUC pppBL
+ LUL C09 + LU9M RL
5
6
7
1

6
3
5
2
5
6
7
1

3
LU2B + LUC pppBL
+ LUL C09 + LU9M RL
Compatibility (continued)
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1/9
1 11
TeSys motor starters - open version
TeSys.U.starter-controllers
Advantys.STB.communication.module.and..
pre-wired.coil.connection.components
...
Presentation
Communication.module.LUL.C15.allows.direct.connection.of.TeSys.U.starter-
controllers.and.controllers.on.an.Advantys.STB.island,.between.two.segments.or.at.
the.end.of.a.segment.In.the.latter.case,.the.segment.must.be.equipped.with.an.EOS.
(End.of.segment).extension.module.STB.XBE1100
The.starter-controller.will.then.be.able.to.make.use.of.the.services.provided.by.
Advantys.STB:.self-addressing,.autobaud,.fallback.positions
When.used.in.conjunction.with.an.LUC.pppBL.or.LUC.pT1BL.control.unit,.module.
LUL.C15.provides.control.and.command.of.the.starter-controller.and.of.the.controller
For local control requirements, the module is equipped with a confgurable, c.4.V,.
0.5 A discrete output and two confgurable discrete inputs.
..........
Connections
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
Advantys.STB.island.(NIM:.Network.Interface.Module.+.I/O.modules)
Extension.module.(EOS/End.of.segment).STB.XBE1100
Bus.connecting.cable.LU9.RCDpp, elbowed/straight, for connection of the frst TeSys U
communication.module
Starter-controller
Communication.module.LUL.C15
Connector.for.connection.of.product.either.by.wire.link.or.using.coil.connection.modules.
LU9.BN11L.or.LU9.MRL
Line.end.adapter.LU9.RFL15
Bus.connection.cable.LU9.RDDpp,.straight/straight,.for.connections.between.LUL.C15.modules
Beginning.of.segment.(BOS)
Connection of power supply for the outputs
A.c.4.V.supply.must.be.connected.to.module.LUL.C15.for.outputs.OA1,.OA3.and.
LO1
Information carried by the bus
Depends.on.the.type.of.control.unit.used
Control unit Standard Advanced Multifunction
Starter status (ready, running, fault)
Start and Stop commands
Thermal overload alarm
Remote reset via the bus
Indication of motor load
Fault signalling and differentiation
Remote programming and monitoring of all
functions
"Log" function
"Monitoring" function
Alarms (overcurrent, )
Functions.performed
For.more.detailed.information,.please.refer.to.User's.Manual.LU9.CD1,.see.page.opposite.
Compatibility of Advantys STB communication module
with control units
LUCA ppBL / B ppBL / C ppBL / D ppBL All.versions.marketed.after.2T04081 (1)
LUCM ppBL All.versions.u.V3
LUCM T1BL All.versions.u.V3
(1) This date code is made up as follows: 2T or 2C: factory code. 04,05,06 and so on: year of
manufacture. 08: week. 1: 1st day of the week.
12
16
12 17
17 12 12
14
13
10 11
15
18
13
14
13
14 + 16
13
14
13
14
12
16
12 17
17 12 12
14
13
10 11
15
18
13
14
13
14 + 16
13
14
13
14
4
1 2 3
9
5 6 7 8
1 Two-colour.LED.indicating.module.status
2 Fault.signalling.LED
3 LED.indicating.that.c.4.V.supply.is.ON
4 Bus.connectors
5 c 4.V.supply.connection
6 Discrete.input
7 Discrete.input
8 Discrete.output
9 Outputs.for.starter.commands
4
1 2 3
9
5 6 7 8
1 Two-colour.LED.indicating.module.status
2 Fault.signalling.LED
3 LED.indicating.that.c.4.V.supply.is.ON
4 Bus.connectors
5 c 4.V.supply.connection
6 Discrete.input
7 Discrete.input
8 Discrete.output
9 Outputs.for.starter.commands
Presentation
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1/93
1 11
TeSys motor starters - open version
TeSys.U.starter-controllers
Advantys.STB.communication.module.and..
pre-wired.coil.connection.components
...........
Possible architectures
The.maximum.number.of.starter-controllers.and.controllers.that.can.be.connected.to.
an.Advantys.STB.island.depends.on.the.Network.Interface.Module.(NIM).used.and.
the.associated.control.units
NIM
(Network Interface
Module)
Number of starter-controllers Number of controllers
LUCA ppBL LUCB ppBL
LUCC ppBL
LUCD ppBL
LUCM ppBL LUCB pp
LUCD pp
LUCM pp
CANopen Standard 17 17 15 15
Basic 1 1 1 1
DeviceNet Standard 18 18 16 16
Basic 1 1 1 1
Profbus DP Standard 9 8 8 8
Basic 9 8 8 8
Interbus Standard 1 1
Basic 1 1
Fipio Standard 4 4 4 4
Modbus plus Standard 17 17 15 15
Ethernet Standard 3 3 3 3
References
Description Item Reference Weight
kg
Advantys STB communication module 14 LUL C15 0108
Line end adapter 16 LU9 RFL15 001
End of segment.(EOS) 11 STB XBE1100
Beginning of segment (BOS) 18 STB XBE1300
Pre-wired.components.simplify.wiring.and.reduce.wiring.errors
...
Connection of communication module output terminals
to the coil terminals
By.pre-wired.connector.or.wire.link
Pre-wired.connector:.pre-wired.coil.connection.
The.use.of.a.power.base.without.pre-wired.control.circuit.connections.is.
recommended..
.
Description For use with
power base
Item Reference Weight
kg
Pre-wired coil connection LUB.pp 19 LU9B N11L 0050
LUB.pp 20 LU9M RL 0450
Wire link:
Allows.insertion,.for.example,.of.an.emergency.Stop.control.or.a.voltage.interface
This.type.of.connection.must.be.used.for.a.reversing.starter-controller.assembled.
using.an.LU6M.reverser.block.for.separate.mounting.When.reverser.block.LU6M.
and.the.power.base.are.mounted.side-by-side,.a.pre-wired.coil.connection.LU9M.RL.
may.be.used.
.............
Cables
Description Length
m
Item Reference Weight
kg
Cables ftted with
connectors,
one straight
and one elbowed
03 12 LU9 RCD03 0045
1 12 LU9 RCD10 0065
3 12 LU9 RCD30 015
5 12 LU9 RCD50 1500
Cables ftted with
two straight connectors
03 17 LU9 RDD03 0045
1 17 LU9 RDD10 0065
3 LU9 RDD30 015
Note: User manuals are available on the website www.schneider-electric.com.
b
b
19
14
20
14
19
14
20
14
References
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1/94
11
Presentation
Communication.modules.LUL.C031.and.LUL.C033.enable.the.TeSys.U.starter-
controller.to.be.connected.to.the.Modbus.network
They.must.have.a.c.4.V.supply.and.must.be.used.in.conjunction.with.a.c.4.V.
control.unit,.LUCp ppBL
They.incorporate.a.05.A,.c.4.V.discrete.output.for.local.command.requirements
The module LUL C033 also has two confgurable discrete inputs.
.......
Series type connection
Architecture
Star topology Bus topology
.
7 Communication.module.LUL.C031.or.LUL.C033
8 Pre-wired.coil.connection.LU9B.N11C
9 Connection.cable.VW3.A8.306.Rpp with.one.RJ45.connector.at.each.end
10 Modbus.hub.LU9.GC3.with.channel.connections.to.PLC.and.to.starter-controller.
with.RJ45.connectors
11 T-junction.VW3.A8.306.TFpp
12 Line.terminator.VW3.A8.306.R
...
Information carried by the bus
Depends.on.the.type.of.control.unit.used
Control unit Standard Advanced Multifunction
Starter status
(ready, running, fault)
Start and Stop commands
Thermal overload alarm
Remote reset via the bus
Indication of motor load
Fault signalling and differentiation
Remote programming and monitoring of all
functions
Log function
Monitoring function
Alarms (overcurrent, )
Functions.performed
For.more.detailed.information,.please.refer.to.Users.Manual.LU9.CD1,.see.page.
opposite.
Compatibility of Modbus communication modules
With starter-controllers and controllers
Starter-controllers and controllers LUL C031 LUL C033
LUB pp / LU2Bp2
LUT M ppBL
Possible.combinations
1 Module.status.signalling.LED
2 4.V.supply.connection
3 RJ45.connector.for.RS485.Modbus.link
4 .discrete.inputs
5 1.discrete.output
6 Outputs.for.starter.commands
5
1
0
6

4
LUL C033
5
6
6
9
7
0
LUL C031
1
1
2 5 3 6 2 5 3 6 4
1 Module.status.signalling.LED
2 4.V.supply.connection
3 RJ45.connector.for.RS485.Modbus.link
4 .discrete.inputs
5 1.discrete.output
6 Outputs.for.starter.commands
5
1
0
6

4
LUL C033
5
6
6
9
7
0
LUL C031
1
1
2 5 3 6 2 5 3 6 4
7
8
7
9
8
10
12
9
To.PLC
7
8
7
9
8
10
12
9
To.PLC
11 12
8
11
8
7 7
11 12
8
11
8
7 7
TeSys motor starters - open version
TeSys.U.starter-controllers
Modbus.communication.modules.and.pre-wired.coil.
connection.components
...
Presentation
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
1/95
11
TeSys motor starters - open version
TeSys.U.starter-controllers
Modbus.communication.modules.and.pre-wired.coil.
connection.components
.....................
Compatibility of Modbus communication modules (continued)
With power bases
Control unit software versions LUL C031 LUL C033
V23 (1) V22 (1)
LUCA ppBL Yes Yes
LUCB ppBL, LUCC ppBL and LUCD ppBL Yes Yes
LUCM.ppBL V104 Yes No
V105 Yes Yes
V106 Yes No
V110.(1) Yes Yes
With base controllers, version 1200 (1)
Control unit software versions LUL C031 LUL C033
V23 (1) V21 (1)
LUCB TppBL and LUCD TppBL No Yes
LUCM TppBL V11.(1) No Yes
(1) And higher versions
Combinations.not.permitted
References
Description Item Reference Weight
kg
Modbus communication modules 7 LUL C031 0080
7 LUL C033 0080
Pre-wired.components.simplify.wiring.and.reduce.wiring.errors
Connection of communication module output terminals to the
coil terminals
By.pre-wired.connector.or.wire.link
Pre-wired connector: pre-wired coil connection
The.use.of.a.power.base.without.pre-wired.control.circuit.connections.is.
recommended.
b
Description For use with
power base
Item Reference Weight
kg
Pre-wired coil connection LUB.pp 8 LU9B N11C 0045
LUB.pp 13 LU9M RC 0030
Wire link:
Allows.insertion,.for.example,.of.an.emergency.Stop.control.or.a.voltage.interface
This.type.of.connection.must.be.used.for.a.reversing.starter-controller.assembled.
using.an.LU6M.reverser.block.for.separate.mounting.When.reverser.block.LU6M.
and.the.power.base.are.mounted.side-by-side,.a.pre-wired.coil.connection.LU9M.RC.
may.be.used
Connection of communication modules on the serial bus
Achieved.either.by.means.of.a.Modbus.hub.or.using.T-junctions
Description Length
m
Item Reference Weight
kg
Modbus hub
8 slaves
10 LU9 GC3 060.
Cables ftted with
2 x RJ45 connectors
03 9 VW3 A8 306 R03 0045
1 9 VW3 A8 306 R10 0065
3 9 VW3 A8 306 R30 015
T-junctions (1) 03 11 VW3 A8 306 TF03 003
1 11 VW3 A8 306 TF10 003
RS 485 line terminator 12 VW3 A8 306 R 001
TeSys U users manual (2)
Application Language Reference Weight
kg
On CD-Rom Multi-language (3) LU9 CD1 00.
(1) Fitted with 2 x RJ45 female connectors (bus side) and a 0.3 m or 1 m length cable supplied
with an RJ45 male connector (station side).
(2) The CD-Rom contains users manuals for the AS-Interface and Modbus communication
modules, multifunction control units and gateway modules, as well as the gateway
programming software.
(3) English, French, German, Italian, Spanish
b
7
8
5
1
1
5

7
LUB + LUL C03p + LU9B
7
13
5
6
6
9
6
7
LU2B + LUL C03p + LU9M
7
8
5
1
1
5

7
LUB + LUL C03p + LU9B
7
13
5
6
6
9
6
7
LU2B + LUL C03p + LU9M
References
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
1/96
1
TeSys motor starters - open version 0
Communication.gateways.LUF.P
...
Presentation
Communication.gateways.LUF.P.allow.connection.between.the.Modbus.serial.link.
and Fipio, Profbus DP or DeviceNet feld buses.
After confguration, these gateways manage information which can be accessed by
the.Modbus.serial.link.and.make.this.information.available.for.read/write.functions.
(command, monitoring, confguration and adjustment) on the feld buses.
An.LUF.P.communication.gateway.consists.of.a.box.which.can.be.clipped.onto.a.
35.mm.omega.rail,.allowing.connection.of.up.to.8.Slaves.connected.on.the.Modbus.
serial.link
Example of architecture
..
...
Description
Front panel of the product
1 LED.indicating.:.
-.communication.status.of.the.Modbus.serial.links,.
-.gateway.status,.
- communication status of the Fipio, Profbus DP or DeviceNet bus.
2 Connectors for connection to Fipio, Profbus DP or DeviceNet buses..
.
.
.
.
.
.
Underside of product
3 RJ45.connector.for.connection.of.the.Modbus.serial.link
4 RJ45.connector.for.link.to.a.PC
5 c.4.V.power.supply.
........
Software set-up
For.the.Fipio.bus,.software.set-up.of.the.gateway.is.performed.using.either.PL7.
Micro/Junior/Pro software or ABC Confgurator software.
For the Profbus DP and DeviceNet buses, software set-up is performed using
ABC Confgurator.
This.software.is.included.in.the.TeSys.U.users.manual.
(1) Connection kit for PowerSuite software workshop (see page 1/76).
Confguration
of.gateway
by.PC
.TeSys.U.starter-controllers
Fipio..
Profbus DP .
DeviceNet
LUF.P
ATS.48...ATV.31
(1)
Modbus
Confguration
of.gateway
by.PC
.TeSys.U.starter-controllers
Fipio..
Profbus DP .
DeviceNet
LUF.P
ATS.48...ATV.31
(1)
Modbus
5

4
1
7
7
5
6
1
5
1

1
2
3
5
4
5

4
1
7
7
5
6
1
5
1

1
2
3
5
4
Characteristics,.references:
page.1/97
Dimensions:
page.1/97
Schemes:
page.1/10
Characteristics,.references:
page.1/97
Dimensions:
page.1/97
Schemes:
page.1/10
Characteristics,.references:
page.1/97
Dimensions:
page.1/97
Schemes:
page.1/10
Characteristics,.references:
page.1/97
Dimensions:
page.1/97
Schemes:
page.1/10
Presentation,
description,
setting-up 0
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1/97
1
TeSys motor starters - open version 0
Communication.gateways.LUF.P
Characteristics
Bus type Fipio Profbus DP DeviceNet
Environment Conforming.to.IEC.60664 Degree.of.pollution:.
Ambient air temperature Around.the.device C +.5+.50
Degree of protection IP.0
Electromagnetic
compatibility
Emission Conforming.to.IEC.50081-:.1993
Immunity Conforming.to.IEC.61000-6-:.1999
Number of Modbus slaves which can be connected y.8
Connection Modbus By.RJ45.connector.conforming.to.Schneider.Electric.RS485.standard
To.a.PC By.RJ45.connector,.with.PowerSuite.connection.kit
Field.bus. By.SUB.D9.female.
connector
By.SUB.D9.female.
connector
By.5-way.removable.
screw.connector
Supply V External.supply,..c.4..10.%
Consumption Max mA 80
Typical mA 100
Indication/diagnostics By.LED.on.front.panel
Services Profle FED.C3.or.FED.C3P
Command 26 confgurable words (1) 122 confgurable words 256 confgurable words
Monitoring 26 confgurable words (1) 122 confgurable words 256 confgurable words
Confguration and adjustment By.gateway.mini.messaging.facility.(PKW)
References
Description For use with With bus/
serial link
Reference Weight
kg
Communication
gateways
TeSys.U.starter-controllers,.
Altistart.48,..
Altivar.31,
Altivar.31
Fipio/Modbus LUF P1 045
Profbus DP/Modbus LUF P7 045
DeviceNet/Modbus. LUF P9 045
Connection accessories
Description For use with Length
m
Connectors Reference Weight
kg
Connection cables Modbus 3 1.RJ45.type.connector.and.
one.end.with.stripped.wires
VW3 A8 306 D30 0150
03 .RJ45.type.connectors VW3 A8 306 R03 0050
1 .RJ45.type.connectors VW3 A8 306 R10 0050
3 .RJ45.type.connectors VW3 A8 306 R30 0150
Connectors Fipio 1.SUB-D.9.male.connector TSX FP ACC12 0040.
Profbus mid line 1.SUB-D.9.male.connector 490 NAD 911 04
Profbus line end 1.SUB-D.9.male.connector 490 NAD 911 03 .
Documentation
Description Medium Language Reference Weight
kg
Users manual for
TeSys U range (2)
CD-Rom

Multilingual:.English,.French,.German,.Italian,.
Spanish
LU9 CD1 00
Dimensions
(1)IfthegatewayisconfguredusingPL7andnotABCConfgurator,theI/Ocapacityislimited
to a total of 26 words.
(2) This CD-Rom contains users manuals for AS-Interface and Modbus communication modules,
multifunction control units and gateways, as well as for the gateway programming software,
ABCConfgurator.
8

6
3
1
TSX FP ACC 12
8

6
3
1
TSX FP ACC 12
490 NAD 911 03
8

7
1
3
490 NAD 911 03
8

7
1
3
75 27
1
2
0
=
=
75 27
1
2
0
=
=
Presentation,.description:
page.1/96
Setting-up:
page.1/96
Schemes:
page.1/10
Presentation,.description:
page.1/96
Setting-up:
page.1/96
Schemes:
page.1/10
Presentation,.description:
page.1/96
Setting-up:
page.1/96
Schemes:
page.1/10
Presentation,.description:
page.1/96
Setting-up:
page.1/96
Schemes:
page.1/10
Presentation,.description:
page.1/96
Setting-up:
page.1/96
Schemes:
page.1/10
Presentation,.description:
page.1/96
Setting-up:
page.1/96
Schemes:
page.1/10
Presentation,.description:
page.1/96
Setting-up:
page.1/96
Schemes:
page.1/10
Presentation,.description:
page.1/96
Setting-up:
page.1/96
Schemes:
page.1/10
Characteristics,
references,
dimensions 0
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1/98
1
TeSys motor starters - open version
TeSys.U.starter-controllers
....
Environment
Product certifcations UL,.CSA,.CCC,.GOST,.ASEFA
ABS,.BV,.DNV,.GL,.LROS
ATEX
Conforming to standards IEC/EN..60947-6-,.CSA.C-.N14,.Type.E
UL.508.type.E:.with.phase.barrier.LU9.SP0
Rated insulation voltage.(Ui) Conforming.to.IEC/EN.60947-1,.
overvoltage.category.III,.
degree.of.pollution:.3
V 690
Conforming.to.UL508,.
CSA.C-.n14
V 600
Rated impulse
withstand voltage (Uimp)
Conforming.to.
IEC/EN.60947-6-
kV 6
Safety separation of circuits
SELV
Conforming.to.IEC/EN.60947-1.
appendix.N
V Between.the.control.or.auxiliary.circuit.and.the.main.circuit:.400.
Between.the.control.and.auxiliary.circuits:.400.
Degree of protection
Conforming.to.IEC/EN.60947-1
(protection.against.
direct fnger contact)
Front.panel.outside.connection.
zone
IP.40
Front.panel.and.wired.terminals IP.0
Other.faces. IP.0
Protective treatment Conforming.to.IEC/EN.60068 TH
Conforming.to.IEC/EN.60068--30 Cycles 1
Conforming.to.IEC/EN.60068--11 h 48
Ambient air temperature
around the device
Storage C .-.40+.85
Operation C Power.bases.and.standard.and.advanced.control.units:.-.5.+.70
(At.temperatures.above.60C.and.up.to.70C,.for.starter-controller.LUB3,.leave.a.
minimum.gap.of..9.mm.between.products)
Power.bases.and.multifunction.control.units:.-.5+.60.
(At.temperatures.above.45.C,.leave.a.minimum.gap.of.9.mm.between.products.
At.temperatures.above.55.C.and.up.to.60.C,.leave.a.gap.of.0.mm.between.
products)
Maximum operating altitude m 000
Operating positions In.relation.to.normal.vertical.
mounting.plane
Flame resistance Conforming.to.UL.94 V
Conforming.to.
IEC/EN.60695--1
C 960..(parts.supporting.live.components)
C 650
Environmental restrictions Cadmium.and.silicone-free,.recyclable
Shock resistance
1/.sine.wave.=.11.ms
Conforming.to.IEC/EN60068--7.
(1)
Power.poles.open:.10.gn
Power.poles.closed:.15.gn
Vibration resistance
5300 Hz
Conforming.to.IEC/EN.60068--6
(1)
Power.poles.open:..gn
Power.poles.closed:.4.gn.(2)
Resistance to
electrostatic discharge
Conforming.to.IEC/EN.61000-4- kV In.open.air:.8.-.Level.3
kV On.contact:.8.-.Level.4
Immunity to radiated high-
frequency disturbance
Conforming.to.IEC/EN.61000-4-3 V/m 10.-.Level.3
Immunity to fast
transient currents
Conforming.to.IEC/EN.61000-4-4 kV All.circuits.except.for.serial.link:.4.-.Level.4
kV Serial.link:..-.Level.3
Immunity to dissipated
shock waves
Conforming.to.IEC/EN.60947-6- Common mode Serial mode
Uc.a.440.V,
Uc..c.480.V
kV 1
Uc.=.4.V.c Not.applicable
Immunity to conducted
high-frequency disturbance
Conforming.to.IEC/EN.61000-4-6 V 10
Radiated emission
and conducted
Conforming.to.CISPR.11.and.
EN.55011
Class.A
(1) Without modifying the contact states, in the most unfavourable direction.
(2) 2 gn with Advantys STB or CANopen communication modules.
30 30
30 30
90 90 90 90 90 90 90
References.:
pages.1/6.to.1/78
Dimensions.:.
pages.1/11.and.1/113
Schemes.:.
pages.1/114.to.1/11
References.:
pages.1/6.to.1/78
Dimensions.:.
pages.1/11.and.1/113
Schemes.:.
pages.1/114.to.1/11
References.:
pages.1/6.to.1/78
Dimensions.:.
pages.1/11.and.1/113
Schemes.:.
pages.1/114.to.1/11
References.:
pages.1/6.to.1/78
Dimensions.:.
pages.1/11.and.1/113
Schemes.:.
pages.1/114.to.1/11
Characteristics
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1/99
1
TeSys motor starters - open version
TeSys.U.starter-controllers
Power.bases.and.control.units
....
Power base, control unit or reverser block type LUB 12 + LUCA
or LUCB or LUCC
or LUCD
LUB 32 + LUCA
or LUCB or LUCC
or LUCD
LUB 12 +
LUCM
LUB 32 +
LUCM
LU2M
LU6M
Power circuit connection characteristics
Connection to 4 mm screw clamp terminals
Flexible cable
without.cable.end
1.conductor mm
2
510 510 510 510 510
.conductors mm
2
156 156 156 156 156
Flexible cable
with.cable.end
1.conductor mm
2
16 16 16 16 16
.conductors mm
2
16 16 16 16 16
Solid cable
without.cable.end
1.conductor mm
2
110 110 110 110 110
.conductors mm
2
16 16 16 16 16
Screwdriver Philips n 2 or fat screwdriver: 6 mm
Tightening torque Nm 195 195 195 195 195
Control circuit connection characteristics
Connection to 3 mm screw clamp terminals
Flexible cable
without.cable.end
1.conductor mm
2
07515 07515 07515 07515 07515
.conductors mm
2
07515 07515 07515 07515 07515
Flexible cable
with.cable.end
1.conductor mm
2
03415 03415 03415 03415 03415
.conductors mm
2
03415 03415 03415 03415 03415
Solid cable
without.cable.end
1.conductor mm
2
07515 07515 07515 07515 07515
.conductors mm
2
07515 07515 07515 07515 07515
Screwdriver Philips n 1 or fat screwdriver: 5 mm
Tightening torque Nm 081 081 081 081 081
Control circuit characteristics
Rated voltage
of.control.circuit
a.50/60.Hz V 440. 440.
c
V 40 40 4 4
Voltage limits c.4.V.(1) V 07 07 08 08
Operation a.4.V V 065 065 . .
a.or.c.487.V V a.3857.c.38593
a.11040.V V a.8864 a.8864
.c.1100.V V c.884 c.884
Drop-out c.4.V V 145 145 145 145
a.4.V V 145 145 . .
a.or.c.487.V V 9 9 . .
a.11040.V,.c.1100.V V 55 55 . .
Typical consumption c.4.V mA 130 0 150 00 10
I.max.while.closing a.4.V mA 140 0 . . 360
a.or.c.487.V mA 80 80 . . 300
a.11040.V,.c.1100.V mA 80 80 . 1000
I.rms.sealed c.4.V mA 60 80 70 75 10
a.4.V mA 70 90 . . (2)
a.or.c.487.V mA 35 45 . . (2)
a.11040.V,.c.1100.V mA 35 5 . (2)
Heat dissipation W 3 17 18
Operating time Closing ms 24 V: 70; 48 V: 60; u.7.V:.50 75 65
Opening ms 35 35 35 35
Resistance to micro-breaks ms 3 3 3 3
Resistance to voltage dips IEC/EN.61000-4-11 At.least.70.%.of.Uc.for.500.ms
Mechanical durability In.millions.of.operating.cycles 15 15 15 15
Maximum operating rate In.operating.cycles.per.hour 3600 3600 3600 3600
Main pole characteristics
Number of poles 3 3 3 3
Isolation
conforming.to.IEC/EN.60947-1
Possible Yes Yes Yes Yes
Padlocking 1 padlock with 6.9 mm shank
Rated thermal current A 1 3 1 3
Rated operational current
(Ue y.440V)
To.IEC/..
EN.60947-6-
Category.AC-41 q.y.70C:.1A.... q.y.70C:.3A. q..y.55C:.1A. q y.55C:.3A.
Category.AC-43 q.y.70C:.1A.... q.y.70C:.3A. q..y.55C:.1A. q y.55C:.3A.
Rated operational voltage V 690.(3) 690.(3) 690.(3) 690.(3)
Frequency limits Of.the.operating.current Hz 4060 4060 4060 4060
Power dissipated
in the power circuits
Operational.current A 3 6 9 1 18 5 3
Power.dissipated.in.all.three.poles W 01 03 06 11 4 46 75
Rated breaking capacity on short-circuit V 30 440 500 690
kA 50 50 10 4
Total breaking time ms
Thermal limit With.Isc.max.on.440.V kAs 90 10 90 10
(1) Voltage with maximum ripple of 10 %.
(2) No consumption sealed. (3) For 690 V, use phase barrier LU9 SP0.
Characteristics
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1/100
1
TeSys motor starters - open version
TeSys.U.starter-controllers
Reversing.power.bases.and.auxiliary.contacts
............
Specifc characteristics of power bases LU2B and reverser blocks LU2M or LU6M
Duration of inrush phase a.50/60.Hz ms 5
c. ms 15
Maximum
operating time
Without.change.of.direction. ms 75
With.change.of.direction ms 150
General characteristics of auxiliary contacts
Conventional
thermal current (Ith)
For.ambient.temperature q <.70.C
A 5
Frequency of the operational current Hz Up.to.400
Minimum switching capacityl = 10
-8
U.min V 17
I.min mA 5
Short-circuit
protection
Conforming.to.IEC/EN.60947-5-1 A gG.fuse:.4
Short-time rating Permissible.for 1.s A 30
500.ms A 40
100.ms A 50
Insulation resistance mW 10
Non-overlap time Guaranteed.between..
N/C.and.N/O.contacts
ms .(on.energisation.and.on.de-energisation)
Specifc characteristics of auxiliary contacts built-into the power base
Linked contacts Conforming.to.IEC/EN.60947-4-1 Each.power.base.has.1.N/O.contact.and.1.N/C.contact.which.are.mechanically.linked
Mirror contact Conforming.to.IEC/EN.60947-1 The N/C contact ftted in each power base reliably represents the state of the power
contacts.(safety.scheme)
Rated operational voltage (Ue) V Up.to.a 690; c.50
Rated insulation
voltage.(Ui)
Conforming.to.IEC/EN.60947-5-1 V 690
Conforming.to.UL,.CSA V 600
Specifc characteristics of auxiliary contacts in modules LUF N, of auxiliary contacts LUA1
and of reverser blocks LU2M and LU6M
Rated operational voltage (Ue) V Up.to.a 250; c.50
Rated insulation
voltage.(Ui)
Conforming.to.IEC/EN.60947-5-1 V 50
Conforming.to.UL,.CSA V 50
Rated operational power of contacts
Conforming.to.IEC/EN.60947-5-1
ac supply, categories AC-14 and AC-15
Electrical.durability.(valid.for.up.to.3600.operating.cycles/hour).on.an.
inductive.load.such.as.the.coil.of.an.electromagnet:.making.current.
(cos.j.07).=.10.times.the.power.broken.(cos.j =.04)
dc supply, category DC-13
Electrical.durability.(valid.for.up.to.100.operating.cycles/hour).on.an.inductive.load.
such.as.the.coil.of.an.electromagnet,.without.economy.resistor,.the.time.constant.
increasing.with.the.load
V 24 48 115 230 400 440 600 V 24 48 125 250
1 million
operating cycles
VA 60 10 80 560 960 1050 1440 W 10 90 75 68
3 million
operating cycles
VA 16 3 80 160 80 300 40 W 70 50 38 33
10 million
operating cycles
VA 4 8 0 40 70 80 100 W 5 18 14 1
0,1 0,2 0,3 0,4
0,5
0,6
0,7
0,8
0,9
1 2 3 4
5
6
7
8
9
10
0,1
0,2
0,3
0,4
0,6
0,5
0,8
0,7
7
1
2
3
5
4
6
8
10
M
i
l
l
i
o
n
s
.
o
f
.
o
p
e
r
a
t
i
n
g
.
c
y
c
l
e
s
Current.broken.in.A
0,1 0,2 0,3 0,4
0,5
0,6
0,7
0,8
0,9
1 2 3 4
5
6
7
8
9
10
0,1
0,2
0,3
0,4
0,6
0,5
0,8
0,7
7
1
2
3
5
4
6
8
10
M
i
l
l
i
o
n
s
.
o
f
.
o
p
e
r
a
t
i
n
g
.
c
y
c
l
e
s
Current.broken.in.A
0,1 0,2 0,3 0,4
0,5
0,6
0,7
0,8
0,9
1 2 3 4
5
6
7
8
9
10
0,1
0,2
0,3
0,4
0,6
0,5
0,8
0,7
7
1
2
3
5
4
6
8
10
48 V
250 V
125 V
24 V
M
i
l
l
i
o
n
s
.
o
f
.
o
p
e
r
a
t
i
n
g
.
c
y
c
l
e
s
Current.broken.in.A
0,1 0,2 0,3 0,4
0,5
0,6
0,7
0,8
0,9
1 2 3 4
5
6
7
8
9
10
0,1
0,2
0,3
0,4
0,6
0,5
0,8
0,7
7
1
2
3
5
4
6
8
10
48 V
250 V
125 V
24 V
M
i
l
l
i
o
n
s
.
o
f
.
o
p
e
r
a
t
i
n
g
.
c
y
c
l
e
s
Current.broken.in.A
Characteristics
References:
pages.1/63.and.1/64
Dimensions:.
pages.1/11.and.1/113
Schemes:.
pages.1/114.to.1/11
References:
pages.1/63.and.1/64
Dimensions:.
pages.1/11.and.1/113
Schemes:.
pages.1/114.to.1/11
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1/101
1
TeSys motor starters - open version
TeSys.U.starter-controllers
Control.units
............
Characteristics of standard control units LUCA
Protection Motor.type 3-phase
Conforming.to.standard IEC/EN.60947-6-,.UL.508,.CSA.C-.n14
Overload
protection
Tripping.class.conforming.to.
UL.508,.IEC/EN.60947-6-
10
Frequency.limits.of.the.operational.current Hz 4060
Temperature.compensation C -.5+.70
Protection.against.phase.imbalance Yes
Short-circuit
protection
Tripping.threshold 14.x.Ir.(setting.current)
Tripping.tolerance .0.%
Characteristics of advanced control units LUCB, LUCC and LUCD
Control unit type LUCB LUCC LUCD
Protection Motor.type 3-phase Single-phase 3-phase
Conforming.to.standard IEC/EN.60947-6-,.UL.508,.
CSA.C-.n14
IEC/EN.60947-6-,.UL.508,.
CSA.C-.n14
IEC/EN.60947-6-,.UL.508,.
CSA.C-.n14
Overload
protection
Tripping.class.conforming.to.
UL.508,.IEC/EN.60947-6-
10 10 0
Frequency.limits.of.the.operational.current Hz 4060 4060 4060
Temperature.compensation C -.5+.70 -.5+.55 -.5+.70
Protection.against.phase.imbalance Yes Yes
Short-circuit
protection
Tripping.threshold 14.x.Ir.max 14.x.Ir.max 14.x.Ir.max
Tripping.tolerance .0.% .0.% .0.%
Characteristics of multifunction control units LUCM
Protection Motor.type Parameters.can.be.set:.single-phase.or.3-phase
Conforming.to.standard IEC/EN.60947-6-,.UL.508
Overload
protection
Tripping.class.conforming.to.
UL.508,.IEC/EN.60947-6-
5,.10,.15,.0,.5,.30.(selectable)
Frequency.limits.of.the.operational.current Hz 5060
Temperature.compensation C -.5+.55
Communication
interface for
terminal on
enclosure door
Physical.interface RS.485.multi-drop
Connections RJ45.on.front.panel
Protocol Modbus.RTU
Maximum.transmission.speed bit/s 19 200 (self-confguration up to this value)
Maximum.return.time ms 00
Display Type LCD,..lines.of.1.characters
Language.version Multilanguage.(English,.French,.German,.Italian,.Spanish)
Precision .5.%
Resolution 1.%.of.Ir
Auxiliary supply External.type V c.4,.with.maximum.ripple.of..10.%
Heat.dissipation W 08
Confguration table for protection devices and alarms on multifunction control units LUCM
Tripping Alarm Adjustment of tripping
threshold
Adjustment of time before
tripping
Adjustment of alarm
threshold
Factory setting Factory setting Range Default value Range Default value Range Default value
Overcurrent Activated. (1) 317.Ir 14
Overload Activated.(1) Activated 053.A.(2) Ir.min Class:.530 5 10100.%.of.
the.thermal.state
85.%
Earth fault Activated Activated 05.Ir.min 03.Ir.min 011.s 01.s 05.Ir.min 03.Ir.min
Phase imbalance Activated Activated 1030.% 10.% 00.s 5.s 1030.% 10.%
Torque limitation Deactivated Deactivated 18.Ir .Ir 130.s 5.s 18.Ir .Ir
No-load running Deactivated Deactivated 031.Ir 05.Ir 100.s 10.s 031.Ir 05.Ir
Long starting time Deactivated Deactivated 18.Ir Ir 100.s 10.s 18.Ir Ir
Confguration of additional functions on multifunction control units LUCM
Factory setting Setting range
Reset Manual Manual,.automatic.or.remote
Time before reset 10.s 11000.s
Type of load 3-phase.motor 3-phase.motor,.single-phase.motor
Self-cooled Self-cooled,.force.cooled
Language English English,.French,.German,.Italian,.Spanish
Display Average.current Average.current,.thermal.state.of.motor,.current.in.phase.1./../.3,.earth.leakage.current,.phase.imbalance,.cause.of.
last.5.faults
(1) This function cannot be deactivated.
(2) The setting range depends on the rating of the control unit used.
...
Characteristics
References:
pages.1/63.and.1/64
Dimensions:.
pages.1/11.and.1/113
Schemes:.
pages.1/114.to.1/11
References:
pages.1/63.and.1/64
Dimensions:.
pages.1/11.and.1/113
Schemes:.
pages.1/114.to.1/11
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1/10
1
TeSys motor starters - open version
TeSys.U.starter-controllers
Limiter-disconnector,.current.limiter,.thermal.overload.
alarm.function.module.and.thermal.overload.fault.
signalling.modules....
Characteristics of limiter-disconnector LUA LB1
Rated insulation voltage.(Ui)
conforming.to.standard.IEC/EN.60947-1
V 690
Conventional thermal current (Ith)
conforming.to.standard.IEC/EN.60947-1
A 3
Operating threshold I.rms kA 50
Breaking capacity V 440. . . 690
kA 130. . . 70
Mounting Directly.on.the.upstream.terminals.of.the.starter-controller
Cabling
Solid cable 1.conductor mm
2
1510
.conductors mm
2
156
Flexible cable without cable end 1.conductor mm
2
110
.conductors mm
2
16
Flexible cable with cable end 1.conductor mm
2
16
.conductors mm
2
16
Screwdriver Phillips n2 or fat screwdriver 6 mm
Tightening torque Nm 195
Characteristics of current limiter LA9 LB920
Rated insulation voltage.(Ui)
conforming.to.standard.IEC/EN.60947-1
V 690
Conventional thermal current (Ith)
conforming.to.standard.IEC/EN.60947-1
A 63
Operating threshold I.rms A 1000
Breaking capacity V 440. . . 690
kA 100. . . 35
Mounting Separate
Cabling
Solid cable 1.conductor mm
2
155
.conductors mm
2
1510
Flexible cable without cable end 1.conductor mm
2
155
.conductors mm
2
510
Flexible cable with cable end 1.conductor mm
2
1516
.conductors mm
2
154
Screwdriver Phillips n2 or fat screwdriver 6 mm
Tightening torque Nm
Characteristics of thermal overload alarm function modules LUF W10
Activation threshold Fixed.at.88%.of.the.thermal.tripping.state
Hysteresis between activation and switching off 5.%
Display By.LED.on.front.panel
Supply Powered.by.the.control.unit
Discrete output characteristics Type N/O.contact.
AC-15 230 V max; 400 VA 100 000 operating cycles
DC-13 24 V; 50 W 100 000 operating cycles
Conventional thermal current (Ith) For.ambient.
temperature q <.70.C
A
Short-circuit protection Conforming.to.
IEC/EN.60947-5-1
A gG.fuse:.
Characteristics of thermal overload fault signalling and reset modules
Module type LUF DH11 LUF DA01 LUF DA10
Fault signalling By.LED.on.front.panel
External power supply V a/c.4.40
Module consumption mA 7.at.c.4.
11.at.a.40.
Discrete outputs Type 1.N/C+.1.N/O 1..N/C 1.N/O
AC-15 230 V max; 400 VA 100 000 operating cycles
DC-13 24 V; 50 W 100 000 operating cycles
Conventional thermal current (Ith) For.ambient.
temperature q <.70.C
A
Short-circuit protection Conforming.to.
IEC/EN.60947-5-1
A gG.fuse:.
Reset input Conductor.csa mm
2
0.min
Length m 500.(R.=.50.W.,.L.=.58.mH,.Cp.=.93.pF)
.
Characteristics
References:
pages.1/63.and.1/64
Dimensions:.
pages.1/11.and.1/113
Schemes:.
pages.1/114.to.1/11
References:
pages.1/63.and.1/64
Dimensions:.
pages.1/11.and.1/113
Schemes:.
pages.1/114.to.1/11
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1/103
1
TeSys motor starters - open version
TeSys.U.starter-controllers
Function.modules.and.communication.modules
....
Characteristics of motor load indication function module LUF V2
Analogue output 4.-.0.mA
Signal delivered Value.of.I.average/Ir.ratio.within.the.range.of.0.to..for.LUCB.and.LUCD
Value.of.I.average/Ir.ratio.within.the.range.of.0.to.3.for.LUCC
Load impedance Minimum kW
Maximum W 500
Typical W 100
Signal characteristics
with advanced control unit
Precision .6.%
Signal characteristics
with multifunction control unit
Precision .10.%
Resolution 1.%.of.Ir
Supply External c.4.V
Characteristics of AS-Interface communication modules ASILUF C5 and ASILUF C51
Module type ASILUF C5 ASILUF C51
Product certifcation AS-Interface.V1.n.5901 AS-Interface.V1.n.5303
AS-Interface profle 7DF0 7A7E
Ambient air temperature C Operation.-.5+.70
Cycle time ms 5 10
Addressing 31.slaves 6.slaves
AS-Interface supply V 95315
Current consumption On.the..
AS-Interface.bus
mA Normal.operation:.5
mA Fault.condition:.30
On.4.V.supply..
for.the.outputs
mA 00
Auxiliary supply V c.4..30.%
Number of outputs .dedicated.to.starter-controller.coil.operation
Switching capacity of the solid state outputs 05.A/4.V..(outputs.protected.against.short-circuits)
Indication/diagnostics By..LEDs.on.front.panel
Characteristics of Modbus communication module LUL C03p
Module type LUL C031 LUL C033
Physical interface RS.485.multi-drop
Connections RJ45.on.front.panel
Protocol Modbus.RTU
Maximum transmission speed bit/s 19 200 (self-confguration up to this value)
Maximum return time ms 30
Addressing By.switches:.from.031
Ambient air temperature C Operation.-.5+.55
Discrete inputs Number 2 (to be assigned according to the confguration)
Supply V c 4
Input.current mA 7
Nominal.input.values Voltage V c.4..(positive.logic)
Current mA 7
Response.time Change.to.state.1 ms 10.(.30.%)
Change.to.state.0 ms 10.(.30.%)
Input.type Resistive
Solid state
outputs
Number 3,.of.which..dedicated.to.starter-controller.coil.operation
Supply V c 4
Max.current mA 500
Protection gI.fuse A 1
Switching.capacity 05.A/4.V.
Indication/diagnostics By.3.LEDs.on.front.panel
Characteristics
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1/104
1
TeSys motor starters - open version
TeSys.U.starter-controllers
Function.modules.and.communication.modules
.
..
Characteristics of CANopen, Profbus DPand DeviceNet communication modules
Communication module Profbus DP
LUL C07
CANopen
LUL C08
DeviceNet
LUL C09
Services Conformity.class NA S.0.(Schneider.Electric) NA
Standard Profbus DP CIADS-301.V40.
DR.303-
IEC.606-1,..
overvoltage.category.III,.
degree.of.pollution:.3
Profle LVSG.V10.
MS.(Motor.Starter).and.
MMS.(Motor.Management.
Starter)
ODVA.(Open.DeviceNet.
Vendor.Association).
MS.(Motor.Starter)
Protocol Profbus DP CAN.0A.(B.passive) CAN.0A.(B.passive)
Address 115 017.(by.switches) 063
Structure Physical.interface 9-way.SUB-D.male 9-way.SUB-D.female Open Style connector
Binary.rate 9600.Kbits/s1.Mbits/s 10,.0,.50,.15,.50,.500.
and.1000.Kbits/s..
(by.switches)
15500.kbaud
Cables .shielded.twisted.pairs
Supply for the
discrete outputs
and control
c.4.V V 08
Current.consumption A 15.(max)
Protection.by..gl.fuse A
Ambient air temperature C Operation.-5+55
Logic inputs Number 2 (to be assigned according to the confguration)
Supply V .c 4
Input.current mA 7
Nominal.input.values Voltage V c.4..(positive.logic)
Current mA 7
Response.time Change.to.state.1 ms 10.(.30%)
Change.to.state.0 ms 10.(.30%)
Input.type Resistive
Discrete outputs Number 3,.of.which..dedicated.to.starter-controller.coil.operation
Max.current mA 500
Short-circuit.protection Yes
Switching.capacity 05.A./.c.4.V
Indication/diagnostics By.3.LEDs.on.front.panel
Characteristics of Advantys STB communication module LUL C15
Physical interface CAN
Connections Fire.Wire
Protocol CAN.0.and.CAN.B.(passive.mode)
Transmission speed kbit/s 800
Addressing Self-addressing
Supply for the
discrete outputs
and control
c.4.V V 08
Current.consumption A 15.(max)
Protection.by.gl.fuse A
Ambient air temperature C Operation.-.5+.55
Discrete inputs Number 2 ( to be assigned according to confguration)
Supply V c 4
Input.current mA 7
Nominal.input.values Voltage V c.4..(positive.logic)
Current mA 7
Response.time Change.to.state.1 ms 10.(.30.%)
Change.to.state.0 ms 10.(.30.%)
Input.type Resistive
Discrete outputs Number 3,.of.which..dedicated.to.starter-controller.coil.operation
Max.current mA 500
Short-circuit.protection Yes
Switching.capacity 05.A./.c.4.V
Indication/diagnostics By.3.LEDs.on.front.panel
Characteristics (continued)
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1/105
1
TeSys motor starters - open version
TeSys.U.starter-controllers
Function.modules.and.communication.modules
........
Connection characteristics
Module type LUF W10,
LUF DH11,
LUF DA01 and
LUF DA10
LUF V2 ASILUF C5 and ASILUF C51
Inputs and 24 V
auxiliary supply
Outputs
Connectors Pitch 508 381 508 381
Flexible cable
without cable end
1.conductor mm 015 0141 015 0141
.identical.conductors mm 01 014075 01 014075
Flexible cable
with cable end
Without.
insulated..
ferrule
1.conductor mm 0515 051 0515 051
.identical.conductors mm 051 05034 051 05034
With..
insulated..
ferrule
1.conductor mm 0515 0505 0515 0505
.identical.conductors
(Use.a.double.cable.end)
mm 051 05 051 05
Solid cable
without cable end
1.conductor mm 015 0141 015 0141
.identical.conductors mm 01 01405 01 01405
Conductor size 1.conductor AWG.4.AWG.16 AWG.6.AWG.16 AWG.4.AWG.16 AWG.6.AWG.16
Tightening torque Nm 0506 0005 0506 0005
Flat screwdriver mm 35 5 35 5
Module type LUL C031,
LUL C033,
LUL C08 and
LUL C15
LUFC 00 LUL C09
Inputs and 24 V
auxiliary supply
Connection
on the bus
Connectors Pitch 381 381 381 5.(Open.Style).
DeviceNet
Flexible cable
without cable end
1.conductor mm 0141 0141 0141 05
.identical.conductors mm 014075 014075 014075 0515
Flexible cable
with cable end
Without.
insulated..
ferrule
1.conductor mm 051 051 051 055
.identical.conductors mm 05034 05034 05034 051
With..
insulated..
ferrule
1.conductor mm 0505 0505 0505 055
.identical.conductors
(Use.a.double.cable.end)
mm 05 05 075 0515
Solid cable
without cable end
1.conductor mm 0141 0141 0141 05
.identical.conductors mm 01405 01405 01405 01405
Conductor size 1.conductor AWG.6.AWG.16 AWG.6.AWG.16 AWG.6.AWG.16 AWG.4.AWG.16
Tightening torque Nm 0005 0005 0005 0506
Flat screwdriver mm 5 5 5 35
Characteristics(continued)
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1/106
1 11
TeSys motor starters - open version
TeSys.U.starter-controllers
..........
Tripping curves for control units LUCA, LUCB, LUCD
Average operating times at 20 C according to multiples of the setting current, tolerance : 20 %
1 LUCD,.3.poles.from.cold.state,.class.0
2 LUCA,.LUCB,.3.poles.from.cold.state,.class.10
3 LUCA,.LUCB,.LUCD,.3.poles.from.hot.state.
Tripping curves for control units LUCC
Average operating times at 20 C according to multiples of the setting current, tolerance : 20 %
1 LUCC,.single-phase,.cold.state
2 LUCC,.single-phase,.hot.state
1
0,1
1
10
100
1000
10 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 12 20 30 14
1
3
2
T
i
m
e
.
(
s
)
x.the.setting.current.(Ir)
1
0,1
1
10
100
1000
10 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 12 20 30 14
1
3
2
T
i
m
e
.
(
s
)
x.the.setting.current.(Ir)
1 10 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 12 20 30 14
0,1
1
10
100
1000
2
1
T
i
m
e
.
(
s
)
x.the.setting.current.(Ir)
1 10 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 12 20 30 14
0,1
1
10
100
1000
2
1
T
i
m
e
.
(
s
)
x.the.setting.current.(Ir)
References:.
page.1/71
References:.
page.1/71
References:.
page.1/71
References:.
page.1/71
Curves
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1/107
1 11
TeSys motor starters - open version
TeSys.U.starter-controllers
.....
Tripping curves for control units LUCM
Cold state curves
Average operating times at 20 C according to multiples of the setting current, tolerance : 20 %
1
0,1
1
10
100
1000
10
11
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 12
13 15 17 19
20 14 16 18
10000
30
x.the.setting.current.(Ir)
T
i
m
e
.
(
s
)
Class.30
Class.5
Class.0
Class.15
Class.10
Class.5
1
0,1
1
10
100
1000
10
11
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 12
13 15 17 19
20 14 16 18
10000
30
x.the.setting.current.(Ir)
T
i
m
e
.
(
s
)
Class.30
Class.5
Class.0
Class.15
Class.10
Class.5
References:.
page.1/7
References:.
page.1/7
References:.
page.1/7
References:.
page.1/7
Curves (continued)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1/108
1 11
TeSys motor starters - open version
TeSys.U.starter-controllers
.....
Tripping curves for control units LUCM
Hot state curves
Average operating times at 20 C according to multiples of the setting current, tolerance : 20 %
1
0,1
1
10
100
1000
10
11
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 12
13 15 17 19
20 14 16 18
10000
30
x.the.setting.current.(Ir)
T
i
m
e
.
(
s
)
Class.30
Class.5
Class.0
Class.15
Class.10
Class.5
1
0,1
1
10
100
1000
10
11
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 12
13 15 17 19
20 14 16 18
10000
30
x.the.setting.current.(Ir)
T
i
m
e
.
(
s
)
Class.30
Class.5
Class.0
Class.15
Class.10
Class.5
References:.
page.1/7
References:.
page.1/7
References:.
page.1/7
References:.
page.1/7
Curves (continued)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1/109
1 11
TeSys motor starters - open version
TeSys.U.starter-controllers
.........
Current limitation on short-circuit
U
e
= 460 V
1 Maximum.peak.current
2 3.A.power.base
3 1.A.power.base.
Thermal limit on short-circuit
U
e
= 460 V
1 3.A.power.base
2 1.A.power.base
0,1
0,1
1
10
100
1 0, 0,4 0,6 0,8 10 3 4 6 8 100 0 30 40 60 80
1

3
p
e
a
k
.
c
u
r
r
e
n
t
.
(
k
A
)
Prospective.Isc.(kA)
0,1
0,1
1
10
100
1 0, 0,4 0,6 0,8 10 3 4 6 8 100 0 30 40 60 80
1

3
p
e
a
k
.
c
u
r
r
e
n
t
.
(
k
A
)
Prospective.Isc.(kA)
0,1
1
10
100
1000
1 0,2 0,4 0,6 0,8 10 2 3 4 6 8 100 20 30 40 60 80
1
2
S
u
m
.
o
f
.
I

d
t
.
(
A

s
)
.
1
0
3
Prospective.Isc.(kA)
0,1
1
10
100
1000
1 0,2 0,4 0,6 0,8 10 2 3 4 6 8 100 20 30 40 60 80
1
2
S
u
m
.
o
f
.
I

d
t
.
(
A

s
)
.
1
0
3
Prospective.Isc.(kA)
References:.
pages.1/6.to.1/7
References:.
pages.1/6.to.1/7
References:.
pages.1/6.to.1/7
References:.
pages.1/6.to.1/7
Curves (continued)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1/110
TeSys motor starters - open version
TeSys.U.starter-controllers
.
Use in category AC-41
....
Use in category AC-43
Ue y 440 V Ue = 690 V
.... ...
....
2 1 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 12 32 40
0,5
0,6
0,8
1
2
3
5
4
6
8
10
L
U
B

1
2
L
U
B

3
2
M
i
l
l
i
o
n
s
.
o
f
.
o
p
e
r
a
t
i
n
g
.
c
y
c
l
e
s
Current.broken.in.A
2 1 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 12 32 40
0,5
0,6
0,8
1
2
3
5
4
6
8
10
L
U
B

1
2
L
U
B

3
2
M
i
l
l
i
o
n
s
.
o
f
.
o
p
e
r
a
t
i
n
g
.
c
y
c
l
e
s
Current.broken.in.A
2 1 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 12 32 40
0,5
0,6
0,8
1
2
4
5
3
6
8
10
L
U
B

1
2
L
U
B

3
2
0
,
5
5
0
,
7
5
1
,
5
2
,
2
4
5
,
5
7
,
5
230 V
400 V
0
,
7
5
0
,
5
5
1
,
5
2
,
2
4 5
,
5
7
,
5
1
1
1
5
kW
1
,
5
2
,
2
5
,
5
7
,
5
1
1
1
5
440 V
kW
kW
0
,
5
5
0
,
7
5
M
i
l
l
i
o
n
s
.
o
f
.
o
p
e
r
a
t
i
n
g
.
c
y
c
l
e
s
Current.broken.in.A
2 1 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 12 32 40
0,5
0,6
0,8
1
2
4
5
3
6
8
10
L
U
B

1
2
L
U
B

3
2
0
,
5
5
0
,
7
5
1
,
5
2
,
2
4
5
,
5
7
,
5
230 V
400 V
0
,
7
5
0
,
5
5
1
,
5
2
,
2
4 5
,
5
7
,
5
1
1
1
5
kW
1
,
5
2
,
2
5
,
5
7
,
5
1
1
1
5
440 V
kW
kW
0
,
5
5
0
,
7
5
M
i
l
l
i
o
n
s
.
o
f
.
o
p
e
r
a
t
i
n
g
.
c
y
c
l
e
s
Current.broken.in.A
2 1 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 21 10 12 32 40
0,5
0,6
0,8
1
2
4
3
5
6
8
10
L
U
B

1
2
L
U
B

3
2
M
i
l
l
i
o
n
s
.
o
f
.
o
p
e
r
a
t
i
n
g
.
c
y
c
l
e
s
Current.broken.in.A
2 1 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 21 10 12 32 40
0,5
0,6
0,8
1
2
4
3
5
6
8
10
L
U
B

1
2
L
U
B

3
2
M
i
l
l
i
o
n
s
.
o
f
.
o
p
e
r
a
t
i
n
g
.
c
y
c
l
e
s
Current.broken.in.A
References:.
pages.1/6.to.1/7
References:.
pages.1/6.to.1/7
References:.
pages.1/6.to.1/7
References:.
pages.1/6.to.1/7
Selection
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
1/111
TeSys motor starters - open version
TeSys.U.starter-controllers
.
Use in category AC-44
Ue y 440 V Ue = 690 V
.... ...
....
2 1 3 5 10 20 100 30
170 80
66
60 40
50 200
0,1
0,2
0,4
0,3
0,5
0,6
0,8
1
0,01
0,02
0,04
0,03
0,05
0,06
0,08
L
U
B

1
2
L
U
B

3
2
Current.broken.in.A
M
i
l
l
i
o
n
s
.
o
f
.
o
p
e
r
a
t
i
n
g
.
c
y
c
l
e
s
2 1 3 5 10 20 100 30
170 80
66
60 40
50 200
0,1
0,2
0,4
0,3
0,5
0,6
0,8
1
0,01
0,02
0,04
0,03
0,05
0,06
0,08
L
U
B

1
2
L
U
B

3
2
Current.broken.in.A
M
i
l
l
i
o
n
s
.
o
f
.
o
p
e
r
a
t
i
n
g
.
c
y
c
l
e
s
2 1 3 5 10 20 100 30
126 80 54
60
40
50 200
0,1
0,2
0,4
0,3
0,5
0,6
0,8
1
0,01
0,02
0,04
0,03
0,05
0,06
0,08
L
U
B

1
2
L
U
B

3
2
Current.broken.in.A
M
i
l
l
i
o
n
s
.
o
f
.
o
p
e
r
a
t
i
n
g
.
c
y
c
l
e
s
2 1 3 5 10 20 100 30
126 80 54
60
40
50 200
0,1
0,2
0,4
0,3
0,5
0,6
0,8
1
0,01
0,02
0,04
0,03
0,05
0,06
0,08
L
U
B

1
2
L
U
B

3
2
Current.broken.in.A
M
i
l
l
i
o
n
s
.
o
f
.
o
p
e
r
a
t
i
n
g
.
c
y
c
l
e
s
References:.
pages.1/6.to.1/7
References:.
pages.1/6.to.1/7
References:.
pages.1/6.to.1/7
References:.
pages.1/6.to.1/7
Selection
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
1 11
1/11
Dimensions
TeSys motor starters - open version
TeSys.U.starter-controllers
Dimensions
Starter-controllers
LUB: non-reversing LU2B: reversing
Rail.mounting Screw fxing Rail.mounting Screw fxing
126
a (1)
1
5
4
X
1
X
1
45
X2
X2
16
135 (1)
7
3
30 4.(2)
1
6
3

1
6
7

4
45
1

0
/
1

3
3

3
7
9 4.(2)
a
With Modbus module 135
With Advantys STB, CANopen, Profbus DP
or DeviceNet modules
147
Minimum.electrical.clearance:.
X1.=.50.mm.for.Ue.=.440.V.and.70.mm.for.Ue.=.500.and.690.V,.X.=.0
Reverser block for mounting separately from power base
Rail.mounting Screw fxing
45 113
1
1
5
113 36
1
0
4
4
Sets of busbars and plug-in power sockets
GV2 G445 and GV2 G454 GV2 Gppp with terminal block GV1 G09 GV2 G245 and G254
9
5
l
a
1
8
p
GV1.G09
3
8
l
I
GV2 G245.(.x.45) 89
GV2 G254.(.x.54) 98
I P GV2 G554 GV2 G345 and G354
GV2 G445.(.x.45) 179 45
60
l
GV2 G454.(.x.54) 06 54
a
Number of tap-offs 5 6 7 8 I
GV2 G445.(.x.45) 4 69 314 359 GV.G345.(.x.45) 134
GV2 G454.(.x.54) 60 314 368 4 GV.G354.(.x.54) 152
AK5 JB144 AK5 PC13, PC33, PC33L
79.
8

.
3
0
.
.
4
5
8
1
438
45
4
5
,
5
35,5 38
(1) Depth with communication module.
(2) Retractablefxinglugs.
1 11
1/113
Dimensions (continued),
mounting
TeSys motor starters - open version
TeSys.U.starter-controllers
Dimensions, mounting
Limiter-disconnector LUA LB1
Disconnector LUA LB10
Current limiter LA9 LB920
a.(1) 45
9
3
1
5
4
6
53,5
1
4
6
2M4
1
0
3
1
1
5
51
a
With Modbus module 135
With Advantys STB,
CANopen, Profbus DP or
DeviceNet modules
147
Door interlock mechanisms
LU9 APN21, LU9 APN22, LU9 APN24 Door cut-out
79,5
2
3
7
,
4
0,5...4
43 a
6
0
6
= =
48
= =
=
=
4
8
43,5 (1)
16
1
6
3,5
22
a
Mini Maxi
LU9 APNpp 191 300
LU9 APNpp..
+ GV APK12
300 483
Addressing consoles
XZ MC11 ASI TERV2
30 80

0
9
1
9
5
84 35
Splitter boxes
LU9 GC3 (Modbus) LU9 G02 and LU9 G03 LU9 GC7 (Profbus DP)
Rail.mounting Screw fxing Rail.mounting Screw fxing
128 45
1
5
4
18 30
4 (2)
1
6
3

1
6
7
45 65
1
7
0
65
1
6
3

1
6
7
30
4 (2)
(1) Depth with communication module.
(2) Retractablefxinglugs.
(1) For IP65 only.
1 11
1/114
Schemes
TeSys motor starters - open version
TeSys.U.starter-controllers
Starter-controllers, 12 or 32 A
With standard, advanced or multifunction control unit
Non-reversing Non-reversing
1
3
/
N
O
1
4
/
N
O
2
1
/
N
C
2
2
/
N
C
2
/
T
1
4
/
T
2
6
/
T
3
A
1
A
2
1
/
L
1
3
/
L
2
5
/
L
3
Control.Unit
8
4
8
2
8
1
2
/
T
1
4
/
T
2
6
/
T
3
2
/
T
1
4
/
T
2
6
/
T
3
A
3
B
3
A
1
B
1
A
2
1
/
L
1
3
/
L
2
5
/
L
3
Control.Unit
Pre-wired
Reverser
With control unit LUCC or LUCM
Connection of a single-phase motor
1
3
/
N
O
1
4
/
N
O
2
1
/
N
C
2
2
/
N
C
2 4 6
A
1
A
2
1 3 5
L
1
L
2
M
U V
Control.Unit
Control terminal block
A
3
B
3
A
1
B
1
A
2
LU2B Reverser.Motor.Controller
Reverser blocks
LU2M LU6M
Control terminal blocks
1
/
L
1
3
/
L
2
5
/
L
3
A
3
2
/
T
1
4
/
T
2
6
/
T
3
B
3
A
1
S
1
S
2
S
3
B
1
A
2
8
4
8
2
8
1
S
1
S
2
S
3
A
3
B
3
A
1
B
1
A
2
LU6M Reverser.Block
With.pre-wired.connector.LU9.MRC
S
1
S
2
S
3
LU6M
LU9M RC
Reverser.Block
Pre-wired.coil
Control terminal block Basic.scheme
A
3
B
3
A
1
B
1
A
2
LU2M Reverser.Motor.Controller
LU6M
A
1
A
3
A
2
S
1
2
2
A
2
A
1
2
1
1
4
1
3
S
3
B
1
B
3
S
2
(1) S1 Start next stage
S Electrical interlocking
S3 Maintaining contact
B1 Maintain forward running
B3 Maintain reverse running
A1 Pulse forward running
A Common
A3 Pulse reverse running
(1) Electronically operated
bistable electromagnet.
F
o
r
w
a
r
d
R
e
v
e
r
s
e
F
o
r
w
a
r
d
R
e
v
e
r
s
e
Add-on contact blocks Add-on contact modules
LUA1 C11 LUA1 C20 LUA8 E20 LUFN 20 LUFN 11 LUFN 02
17/NO 18/NO
95/NC 96/NC
17/NO 18/NO
97/NO 98/NO
O I 5
7
5
8
6
7
6
8
33/NO 34/NO
43/NO 44/NO 31/NC 32/NC
43/NO 44/NO 31/NC 32/NC
41/NC 42/NC
Reverser
1 11
1/115
Control units
Standard control units LUCA Advanced control units LUCB, LUCC, LUCD
Basic.scheme Basic.schemehd
A
1
A
2
LUCA
1 2 3 4
tr
5 6
Supply.and.
Detection.of.
start.
sequence
Thermal.
overload.
memory
Control.
ASIC
Power.Base..
Interface Sensor.
L1
Sensor.
L
Sensor.
L3
1.and.. Trips
3.and.4. Electromagnet
5. ...Power.base.rating
6. ...N/C
A
1
7 8 9 10 11 12
1 2 3 4 5 6
A
2
LUCp
tr
Supply.and.
Detection.of.
start.
sequence
Therm.overload.
memory
Control.
ASIC
Power.Base..
Interface Sensor.
L1
Sensor.
L
Sensor.
L3
Test
Interface.module
1.and...Trips
3.and.4..Electromagnet
5. Power.base.rating
6. N/C
7. Earth
8. Thermal.status/Set
9. Reset.mode/Reset
10. (lm/Ir)
11. Vc.
1. Vc1
Multifunction control units LUCM
Control.terminal.block
6 5 4
D
(
B
)
D
(
A
)
+

5

V
7 5 4
LUCM
0

V
8
Multifunction.Control.Unit
4.V.Aux
Basic.scheme
A
1
7 8 9 10 11 12
1 2 3 4 5 6
A
2
LUCM
D(B)
D(A)
+ 5 V
0 V
ESC ENT
RS485
4
5
7
8
RJ45
Supply.and.
detection.of.
start.
sequence
Thermal.
overload.
memory
Control.
ASIC
Power.Base..
Interface Sensor.
L1
Sensor.
L
Sensor.
L3
Supply
Display.and.
Parameter.Entry
Interface.module
4.V.Aux
1.and.. Trips
3.and.4. Electromagnet
5. Power.base.rating
6. . N/C
7. . Earth
8. . N/C
9. . Earth
10. (lm/Ir)
11. Rx/Tx.
1. Vc1
Schemes (continued)
TeSys motor starters - open version
TeSys.U.starter-controllers
1 11
1/116
Function modules
Alarm
LUF W10
Indication of motor load
LUF V2
4-20 mA output
0
7
0
8
LUFW 10 Alarms.Module
4...20 mA
NC
LUFV 2
Analogue.output.Module
4.V.Aux 4.V.Aux
Basic.scheme Basic.scheme
0
7
0
8
LUFW 10
Input.interface
Advanced.Control.Unit.or.Multifunction.Control.Unit
LED Supply
Relais.bistable
LUFV 2
4...20 mA
Input.interface
Advanced.Control.Unit.or.Multifunction.Control.Unit
Supply
P.-.Analogue/Digital.
converter
Isolation
Digital/Analogue.
converter
Voltage/Current.converter
100.W.<.load.<.500.W...c.30.V.max.and.40.mA.min
Communication modules
Communication modules ASILUF C5 and ASILUF C51
Without pre-wired coil connection With pre-wired coil connection LU9B N11C
C
o
m
O
A
1
O
A
3
AS-i
AS-Interface.Module ASILUF.C5.or.ASILUF.C51
AS-i
LU9B N11C
AS-Interface.Module ASILUF.C5.or.ASILUF.C51
Pre-wired.coil
With pre-wired coil connection LU9M RC
AS-i
LU9M RC
AS-Interface.Module ASILUF.C5.or.ASILUF.C51
Pre-wired.coil
Basic.scheme
ASILUF C5
C
o
m
O
A
1
O
A
3 AS-i
A2SI
ASILUF C51
Output.interface
DEL
Ready-Fault-Pole
or
Schemes (continued)
TeSys motor starters - open version
TeSys.U.starter-controllers
1 11
1/117
Schemes (continued)
TeSys motor starters - open version
TeSys.U.starter-controllers
Communication modules (continued)
Modbus communication module LUL C031 Modbus communication module LUL C033
Without pre-wired coil connection Without pre-wired coil connection
C
o
m
O
A
1
C
o
m
L
O
1
O
A
3
6 5 4
D
(
B
)
D
(
A
)
0

V
8 5 4
LUL C031
Modbus.Module
4.V.Aux
C
o
m
O
A
1
L
I
1
L
I
2
L
O
1
O
A
3
6 5 4
D
(
B
)
D
(
A
)
0

V
8 5 4
LUL C033
Modbus.Module
4.V.
Aux
4.V
c .COM
With pre-wired coil connection LU9B N11C With pre-wired coil connection LU9B N11C
C
o
m
L
O
1
6 5 4
D
(
B
)
D
(
A
)
0

V
8 5 4
LUL C031
LU9B N11C
Modbus.Module
4.V.Aux
Pre-wired.coil
L
I
1
L
I
2
L
O
1
6 5 4
D
(
B
)
D
(
A
)
0

V
8 5 4
LUL C033
LU9B N11C
Modbus.Module
Pre-wired.coil
4.V.
Aux .COM
4.V.
c
With pre-wired coil connection LU9M RC With pre-wired coil connection LU9M RC
C
o
m
L
O
1
5 4
D
(
B
)
D
(
A
)
0

V
8 5 4
LUL C031
LU9M RC
Modbus.Module
Pre-wired.coil
4.V.Aux
L
I
1
L
I
2
L
O
1
5 4
D
(
B
)
D
(
A
)
0

V
8 5 4
LUL C033
LU9M RC
Modbus.Module
Pre-wired.coil
4.V.
Aux .COM
4.V.
c
Basic.scheme Basic.scheme
LUL C031
C
o
m
C
o
m
O
A
1
O
A
3
L
O
1
D(B)
D(A)
0 V
RS485
AL1
AL2
4
5
8
Modbus
RJ45
24 V
Input.interface
LED Address
Output.interface
Supply
Ready-Fault-Pole
Advanced.Control.Unit.or.Multifunction.Control.Unit
4.V.Aux
Modbus
RJ45
C
o
m
L
I
1
L
I
2
O
A
1
O
A
3
L
O
1
D(B)
D(A)
0 V
RS485
AL1
AL2
4
5
8
x 6
LUL C033
Control.unit.interface
LED Address
I/O.interface
Supply
Ready-Fault-Pole
Advanced.Control.Unit.or.Multifunction.Control.Unit
COM
Output.interface
4.V.
Aux
4.V.
c
Controller
Controller.
interface
1 11
1/118
Communication modules (continued)
Profbus DP communication module LUL C07 CANopen communication module LUL C08
Without pre-wired coil connection Without pre-wired coil connection
C
o
m
O
A
1
L
O
1
L
I
1
L
I
2
O
A
3
LUL C07
Bus
Profbus DP Module
C
o
m
O
A
1
L
O
1
L
I
1
L
I
2
O
A
3
LUL C08
Bus
Canopen.Module
With pre-wired coil connection LU9B N11LC With pre-wired coil connection LU9B N11LC
LU9B N11L
L
O
1
L
I
1
L
I
2
LUL C07
Bus
Profbus DP Module
Pre-wired.coil
LU9B N11L
L
O
1
L
I
1
L
I
2
LUL C08
Bus
Canopen.Module
Pre-wired.coil
With pre-wired coil connection LU9M RC With pre-wired coil connection LU9M RC
LU9M RL
L
O
1
L
I
1
L
I
2
LUL C07
Bus
Profbus DP Module
Pre-wired.coil
LU9M RL
L
O
1
L
I
1
L
I
2
LUL C08
Bus
Canopen.Module
Pre-wired.coil
Basic.scheme Basic.scheme
LUL C07
C
o
m
L
I
2
L
I
1
O
A
1
O
A
3
L
O
1
AL1
AL2
x 6
Control.unit.interface
LED Address
I/O.interface
Supply
Ready-Fault-Pole
Advanced.Control.Unit.or.Multifunction.Control.Unit Controller
Controller.
interface
LUL C08
C
o
m
L
I
2
L
I
1
O
A
1
O
A
3
L
O
1
AL1
AL2
x 6
Control.unit.interface
LED Address
I/O.interface
Supply
Ready-Fault-Pole
Advanced.Control.Unit.or.Multifunction.Control.Unit Controller
Controller.
interface
DeviceNet communication module LUL C09
Without pre-wired coil connection Basic.scheme
C
o
m
O
A
1
L
O
1
L
I
1
L
I
2
O
A
3
LUL C09
Bus
DeviceNet.Module
LUL C09
C
o
m
L
I
2
L
I
1
O
A
1
O
A
3
L
O
1
AL1
AL2
x 6
2
4

V

c
Control.unit.interface
LED Address
I/O.interface
Supply
Ready-Fault-Pole
Advanced.Control.Unit.or.Multifunction.Control.Unit Controller
Controller.
interface
With pre-wired coil connection LU9B N11LC
LU9B N11L
L
O
1
L
I
1
L
I
2
LUL C09
Bus
DeviceNet.Module
Pre-wired.coil
With pre-wired coil connection LU9M RL
LU9M RL
L
O
1
L
I
1
L
I
2
LUL C09
Bus
DeviceNet.Module
Pre-wired.coil
Schemes (continued)
TeSys motor starters - open version
TeSys.U.starter-controllers
1 11
1/119
Schemes (continued)
TeSys motor starters - open version
TeSys.U.starter-controllers
Communication modules (continued)
Advantys STB communication module LUL C15 Parallel wiring modules
Without pre-wired coil connection Without pre-wired coil connection
C
o
m
O
A
1
L
O
1
L
I
1
L
I
2
O
A
3
LUL C15
Bus
In Out
Advantys.STB.Module
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
C
o
m
O
A
1
O
A
3
LUF C00 Parallel.bus.Module
Link.//.RJ45
With pre-wired coil connection LU9B N11LC With pre-wired coil connection LU9B N11LC
L
O
1
L
I
1
L
I
2
LUL C15
Bus
In Out
LU9B N11L
Advantys.STB.Module
Pre-wired.coil 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
LUF C00
LU9B N11C
Parallel.bus.Module
Pre-wired.coil
Link.//.RJ45
With pre-wired coil connection LU9M RC With pre-wired coil connection LU9M RC
LU9M RL
L
O
1
L
I
1
L
I
2
LUL C15
Bus
In Out
Advantys.STB.Module
Pre-wired.coil 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
LUF C00
LU9M RC
Parallel.bus.Module
Pre-wired.coil
Link.//.RJ45
Basic.scheme Basic.scheme
LUL C15
C
o
m
L
I
2
L
I
1
O
A
1
O
A
3
L
O
1
AL1
AL2
x 6
OUT
IN
Control.unit.interface
LED Address
I/O.interface
Supply
Ready-Fault-Pole
Advanced.Control.Unit.or.Multifunction.Control.Unit Controller
Controller.
interface
C
o
m
O
A
3
O
A
1
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
LUF C00
RJ45
Reay-.
Fault-.
Pole
1. Forward.running
. Reverse.running
3. Output.common
4. Selector.in.position
5. Pole.state
6. Reserved
7. Fault
8. Input.common
Profbus DP power supply module LU9 GC7
OUT IN
LU9 GC7
4.V.Aux
Filter
1 11
1/10
Schemes (continued)
TeSys motor starters - open version
TeSys.U.starter-controllers
Communication modules (continued)
Wiring hub and splitter boxes
Modbus hub LU9GC3 Parallel wiring splitter box LU9 G02 Parallel wiring splitter box LU9 G03
LU9 GC3
0

V
0

V
D

(
A
)

+
D

(
B
)

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
RJ45
X1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
RJ45
X9
X2
X3
X4
X5
X6
X7
X8
X10
RJ45
RJ45
RJ45
RJ45
RJ45
RJ45
RJ45
RJ45
S
h
i
e
l
d
i
n
g
S
h
i
e
l
d
i
n
g
S
h
i
e
l
d
i
n
g
N/C
N/C
N/C
D.(B).
D.(A).+
N/C
4.V.
(1)
0.V
N/C
.N/C
.N/C
D.(B).
D.(A).+
N/C
N/C
.0.V
LU9 G02
C
o
m
C
o
m
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1
0
1
1
1
2
1
3
1
4
1
5
1
6
1
7
1
8
1
9
2
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1
0
1
1
1
2
1
3
1
4
1
5
1
6
1
7
1
8
1
9
2
0
(2)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
(3)
RJ45
X1
X2
X3
X4
X5
X6
X7
X8
X10
X9
RJ45
RJ45
RJ45
RJ45
RJ45
RJ45
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
RJ45
Fault.X1
Fault.X
Fault.X3
Fault.X4
Fault.X5
Fault.X6
Fault.X7
Fault.X8
Pole.state.X1
Pole.state.X
Pole.state.X3
Pole.state.X4
Pole.state.X5
Pole.state.X6
Pole.state.X7
Pole.state.X8.
+.4.V.Aux
Com
+.4.V.Aux
Com
Forward.running.X1
Forward.running.X
Forward.running.X3
Forward.running.X4
Forward.running.X5
Forward.running.X6
Forward.running.X7
Forward.running.X8
Reverse.running.X1
Reverse.running.X
Reverse.running.X3
Reverse.running.X4
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
+..c.4.V
Com
+..c.4.V
Com
Forward.running
Reverse.running
Output.common
N/C
Pole.state
N/C
Fault
+4.V.Aux
Forward.running
N/C
Commun.des.sorties
N/C
Pole.state
N/C
Fault
+.4.V.Aux
4.V.Aux
I
n
p
u
t
s
O
u
t
p
u
t
s
LU9 G03
C
o
m
C
o
m
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1
0
1
1
1
2
1
3
1
4
1
5
1
6
1
7
1
8
1
9
2
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1
0
1
1
1
2
1
3
1
4
1
5
1
6
1
7
1
8
1
9
2
0
(2)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
(3)
RJ45
X1
X2
X3
X4
X5
X6
X7
X8
X10
X9
RJ45
RJ45
RJ45
RJ45
RJ45
RJ45
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
RJ45
Fault.X1
Fault.X
Fault.X3
Fault.X4
Fault.X5
Fault.X6
Fault.X7
Fault.X8
Pole.state.X1
Pole.state.X
Pole.state.X3
Pole.state.X4
Pole.state.X5
Pole.state.X6
Pole.state.X7
Pole.state.X8.
+.4.V.Aux
Com
+.4.V.Aux
Com
Forward.running.X1
Forward.running.X
Forward.running.X3
Forward.running.X4
Forward.running.X5
Forward.running.X6
Forward.running.X7
Forward.running.X8
Reverse.running.X1
Reverse.running.X
Reverse.running.X3
Reverse.running.X4
Reverse.running.X5
Reverse.running.X6.
Reverse.running.X7.
Reverse.running.X8
+..c.4.V
Com
+..c.4.V
Com
Forward.running
Reverse.running
Output.common.
N/C
Pole.state
+.4.V
Fault
+.4.V.Aux
4.V.Aux
I
n
p
u
t
s
O
u
t
p
u
t
s
(1) Not connected on connectors X1 to X8. Only present on RJ45 IN and OUT connectors.
(2) 20-way HE10 input connector.
(3) 20-way HE10 output connector.
(4) Wire colours and corresponding HE10 connector pin numbers.
Gateways
LUF P1 LUF P7 LUF P9
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
LUF P1
X2 Fip I/O
5 4
D
(
B
)
D
(
A
)
0

V
8 5 4 9
X1
Fip.I/O.-.Modbus.Gateway
4.V.Aux
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
LUF P7
X2 Profibus
5 4
D
(
B
)
D
(
A
)
0

v
8 5 4 9
X1
Profbus - Modbus Gateway
4.V.Aux
5 4 3 2 1
LUF P9
X2 DeviceNet
5 4
D
(
B
)
D
(
A
)
0

V
8 5 4
X1
DeviceNet.-.Modbus.Gateway
4.V.Aux
Colours of
TSX CDPppp
connection
cable wires
(4)
1...White
2...Brown
3...Green
4...Yellow
5...Grey
6...Pink
7...Blue
8...Red
9...Black
10.Violet
11.Grey-pink
12.Red-blue
13.White-green
14.Brown-green
15.White-yellow
16.Yellow-brown
17.White-grey
18.Grey-brown
19.White-pink
20.Pink-brown
1 11
1/11
Schemes (continued)
TeSys motor starters - open version
TeSys.U.starter-controllers
Data profle under AS-Interface
Control unit present in the product Standard
LUCA
Advanced
LUCB,.
CC,.CD
Multifunction
LUCM
Status D0 Ready.(available)
D1 Poles.closed.(running)
Commands D0 Start.-.forward.running
D1 Start.-.reverse.running
Main registers accessible with Modbus, CANopen, Advantys STB, Profbus DP and DeviceNet communication modules.
For.other.registers.and.for.further.information,.please.consult.the.User's.Manual.Communication variables.on.the.website.wwwschneider-electriccom
Control unit present in the product Standard Advanced Multifunction
Marking Register.0Register.99 WordsBits Commercial.reference,.serial.number,.software.version
Log Register.100Register.450 WordsBits Fault.log,.Operating.log,.Log.of.last.5.trips
Status Register.451Register.464 WordsBits Alarm.signalling.(bits),.Fault.signalling.(bits)
Values Register.465Register.473 Words Irms.phase.1,.phase.,.phase.3.Motor.load,.thermal.status.
Earth.leakage.current..
Phase.imbalance.and.phase.failure
Register.474Register.599 WordsBits Reserved
Confguration Register.600Register.699 WordsBits Protection.and.alarm.thresholds,.fallback.mode.and.reset.
mode
Commands Register.700Register.714 WordsBits Commands
Status and
values
Register.45 Bit.0 Short-circuit.fault
Bit.1 Overcurrent.fault
Bit. Thermal.overload.fault
Register.455 Bit.0 Ready.(available)
Bit.1 Poles.closed
Bit. Fault
Bit.3 Alarms
Bit.4 Tripped.("TRIP".position)
Bit.5 Fault.acknowledgement.allowed
Bit.6 Reserved
Bit.7 Motor.running
Bit.8 Motor.current.%.(bit.0)
Bit.9 Motor.current.%.(bit.1)
Bit.10 Motor.current.%.(bit.)
Bit.11 Motor.current.%.(bit.3)
Bit.1 Motor.current.%.(bit.4)
Bit.13 Motor.current.%.(bit.5)
Bit.14 Reserved
Bit.15 Motor.starting
Register.461 Bit.3 Thermal.overload.alarm
Register.465 Word Thermal.status.value
Register.466 Word Motor.load.value.(Im/Ir)
Confguration Register.60 Bit.0 Manual.reset.on.thermal.overload.fault
Bit.1 Remote.reset.on.thermal.overload.fault
Bit. Automatic.reset.on.thermal.overload.fault
Register.68 Value.0 Fallback.mode.validation
Value.1 Outputs.OA1.and.OA3.unchanged
Value. Outputs.OA1.and.OA3.forced.to.0
Value.3 Outputs.OA1.and.OA3.unchanged,.
signalling.existence.of.communication.failure
Value.4 Outputs.OA1.forced.to.1.and.OA3.unchanged
Value.5 Outputs.OA3.forced.to.1.and.OA1.unchanged
Commands Register.700 Bit.0 LO1.output.command
Register.704 Bit.0 OA1.output.command
Bit.1 OA3.output.command
Bit. Reserved
Bit.3 Fault.acknowledgement
Bit.4 Reserved
Bit.5 Trip.test
Bit.615 Reserved
Data accessible
1/1
11
TeSys motor starters - open version
TeSys.U.starter-controllers
Non-reversing
........
Non-reversing starter-controllers LUB
2-wire control via 2-position switch 3-wire control, pulsed start with
maintaining contact
Connection of a motor load indicator
module LUFV 2
.... .... ....
Connection of thermal overload fault signalling modules LUF DA10
Automatic reset Remote reset
Control via Modbus communication module
LUL C031
Control via Modbus communication module LUL C033
Without pre-wired coil connection Without pre-wired coil connection
.... ....
1
/
L
1
3
/
L
2
5
/
L
3
2
/
T
1
4
/
T
2
6
/
T
3
M
3 a
U
1
V
1
W
1
Control.Unit
1
/
L
1
3
/
L
2
5
/
L
3
2
/
T
1
4
/
T
2
6
/
T
3
M
3 a
U
1
V
1
W
1
Control.Unit
A2 A1
Start
Stop
A2 A1
Start
Stop
A2 A1
13 14
Reversed
A2 A1
13 14
Reversed
4...20 mA
NC
LUFV 2 Analogue.output.Module
4.V.Aux 4.V.Aux 4...20 mA
NC
LUFV 2 Analogue.output.Module
4.V.Aux 4.V.Aux
Z
1
Z
2
0
7
0
8
LUF DA10
A1
24230 V
A2
X
1
X
2
QF1
V1
S1
Automatic.or.remote.reset
Z
1
Z
2
0
7
0
8
LUF DA10
A1
24230 V
A2
X
1
X
2
QF1
V1
S1
Automatic.or.remote.reset
Z
1
Z
2
0
7
0
8
LUF DA10
A1
24230 V
A2
X
1
X
2
QF1 S2
V1
S1
Automatic.or.remote.reset
Z
1
Z
2
0
7
0
8
LUF DA10
A1
24230 V
A2
X
1
X
2
QF1 S2
V1
S1
Automatic.or.remote.reset
A1 A2
C
o
m
O
A
1
C
o
m
L
O
1
O
A
3
6 5 4
D
(
B
)
D
(
A
)
G
N
D
8 5 4
Modbus
LUL C031 Modbus.Module
4.V.Aux
A1 A2
C
o
m
O
A
1
C
o
m
L
O
1
O
A
3
6 5 4
D
(
B
)
D
(
A
)
G
N
D
8 5 4
Modbus
LUL C031 Modbus.Module
4.V.Aux
A1 A2
C
o
m
O
A
1
L
I
1
L
I
2
L
O
1
O
A
3
6 5 4
D
(
B
)
D
(
A
)
G
N
D
8 5 4
Modbus
LUL C033
S2 S1
Modbus.Module
4.V
c
4.V
Aux COM
A1 A2
C
o
m
O
A
1
L
I
1
L
I
2
L
O
1
O
A
3
6 5 4
D
(
B
)
D
(
A
)
G
N
D
8 5 4
Modbus
LUL C033
S2 S1
Modbus.Module
4.V
c
4.V
Aux COM
Basic schemes
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1/13
11
TeSys motor starters - open version
TeSys.U.starter-controllers
Non-reversing
....
Non-reversing starter controllers LUB (continued)
Control by communication modules ASILUF C5 and ASILUF C51
Without pre-wired coil connection Without pre-wired coil connection
With local control
With pre-wired coil connection LU9B N11C Without pre-wired coil connection
With local control
Without pre-wired coil connection
With multifunction control unit LUCM
A1 A2
C
o
m
O
A
1
O
A
3
AS-Interface
ASILUF C5 AS-Interface.Module
AS-Interface.line
or.ASILUF.C51
A1 A2
C
o
m
O
A
1
O
A
3
AS-Interface
ASILUF C5 AS-Interface.Module
AS-Interface.line
or.ASILUF.C51
A1 A2
C
o
m
O
A
1
O
A
3
AS-Interface
ASILUF C5
A
d
j
u
s
t
m
e
n
t
N
o
r
m
a
l
AS-Interface.Module
AS-Interface.line
or.ASILUF.C51
A1 A2
C
o
m
O
A
1
O
A
3
AS-Interface
ASILUF C5
A
d
j
u
s
t
m
e
n
t
N
o
r
m
a
l
AS-Interface.Module
AS-Interface.line
or.ASILUF.C51
AS-Interface
ASILUF C5 AS-Interface.Module
LU9B.N11C.
Pre.wired.coil
AS-Interface.line
or.ASILUF.C51
AS-Interface
ASILUF C5 AS-Interface.Module
LU9B.N11C.
Pre.wired.coil
AS-Interface.line
or.ASILUF.C51
A1 A2
C
o
m
O
A
1
O
A
3
AS-Interface
ASILUF C5
AS-i.Module
A
d
j
u
s
t
m
e
n
t
N
o
r
m
a
l
.
AS-Interface.line
or.ASILUF.C51
A1 A2
C
o
m
O
A
1
O
A
3
AS-Interface
ASILUF C5
AS-i.Module
A
d
j
u
s
t
m
e
n
t
N
o
r
m
a
l
.
AS-Interface.line
or.ASILUF.C51
A1 A
C
o
m
O
A
1
O
A
3
AS-Interface
6 5 4
D
(
B
)
D
(
A
)
G
N
D
8 5 4
RJ45
Bus.Modbus
RS.485
ASILUF.C5
LUCM Multifunction.Control.Unit
4.V.Aux
AS-Interface.Module
AS-Interface.line
or.ASILUF.C51
A1 A
C
o
m
O
A
1
O
A
3
AS-Interface
6 5 4
D
(
B
)
D
(
A
)
G
N
D
8 5 4
RJ45
Bus.Modbus
RS.485
ASILUF.C5
LUCM Multifunction.Control.Unit
4.V.Aux
AS-Interface.Module
AS-Interface.line
or.ASILUF.C51
Basic schemes (continued)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1/14
11
TeSys motor starters - open version
TeSys.U.starter-controllers
Reversing
....
Reversing starter-controllers LUB
2-wire control
via 3-position switch
3-wire control, pulsed start with maintaining contact
Control by communication modules ASILUF C5
and ASILUF C51
3-wire control, pulsed start with maintaining contact and limit switches
With pre-wired coil connection LU9M RC
With multifunction control unit LUCM
Control by communication modules ASILUF C5
and ASILUF C51
Without pre-wired coil connection
With running direction pilot lights and limit switches
2
/
T
1
4
/
T
2
6
/
T
3
2
/
T
1
4
/
T
2
6
/
T
3
U
1
W
1
V
1
M
3
1
/
L
1
3
/
L
2
5
/
L
3
Control.Unit
2
/
T
1
4
/
T
2
6
/
T
3
2
/
T
1
4
/
T
2
6
/
T
3
U
1
W
1
V
1
M
3
1
/
L
1
3
/
L
2
5
/
L
3
Control.Unit
A
3
B
3
A
1
B
1
A
2
LU2B Reverser.Motor.Controller
Stop
forward.running
reverse.running
A
3
B
3
A
1
B
1
A
2
LU2B Reverser.Motor.Controller
Stop
forward.running
reverse.running
A
3
B
3
A
1
B
1
A
2
LU2B
Stop..
forward.running.
and.reverse.
running
Reverser.Motor.Controller
Stop..
forward.running
Stop..
reverse.running
Start.
forward.running
Start..
reverse.running
A
3
B
3
A
1
B
1
A
2
LU2B
Stop..
forward.running.
and.reverse.
running
Reverser.Motor.Controller
Stop..
forward.running
Stop..
reverse.running
Start.
forward.running
Start..
reverse.running
AS-Interface
6 5 4
D
(
B
)
D
(
A
)
G
N
D
8 5 4
Bus.Modbus
RS.485
LUCM
ASILUF.C5
4.V.Aux
AS-Interface.Module
Multifunction.Control.Unit
LU9M.RC.
Pre.wired.coil
AS-Interface.line
or..ASILUF.C51
AS-Interface
6 5 4
D
(
B
)
D
(
A
)
G
N
D
8 5 4
Bus.Modbus
RS.485
LUCM
ASILUF.C5
4.V.Aux
AS-Interface.Module
Multifunction.Control.Unit
LU9M.RC.
Pre.wired.coil
AS-Interface.line
or..ASILUF.C51
A
3
B
3
A
1
B
1
A
2
LU2B
Stop.forward.
running.
and.reverse.
running
Reverser.Motor.Controller
Stop..
forward.running
Stop..
reverse.running
Start..
forward.running
Start..
reverse.running
Limit.switch.
forward.running
Limit.switch.
reverse.running
A
3
B
3
A
1
B
1
A
2
LU2B
Stop.forward.
running.
and.reverse.
running
Reverser.Motor.Controller
Stop..
forward.running
Stop..
reverse.running
Start..
forward.running
Start..
reverse.running
Limit.switch.
forward.running
Limit.switch.
reverse.running
53 54 81 84
82
A
3
B
3
A
1
B
1
A
2
C
o
m
O
A
1
O
A
3
AS-Interface
LU2B ASILUF C5/C51 AS-Interface.Module
Reverser.
Motor.
Controller
AS-Interface.line
53 54 81 84
82
A
3
B
3
A
1
B
1
A
2
C
o
m
O
A
1
O
A
3
AS-Interface
LU2B ASILUF C5/C51 AS-Interface.Module
Reverser.
Motor.
Controller
AS-Interface.line
Basic schemes (continued)
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1/15
11
TeSys motor starters - open version
TeSys.U.starter-controllers
Reversing
.........
Reversing starter controllers LU2B (continued)
Control via Modbus communication module LUL C031 Control via Modbus communication module LUL C033
Without pre-wired coil connection With local control Without pre-wired coil connection With local control
Reversing starter-controllers LUB + LU6M
3-wire control, pulsed start with maintaining contact 2-wire control via 3-position switch
A
3
B
3
A
1
B
1
A
2
C
o
m
O
A
1
C
o
m
L
O
1
O
A
3
6 5 4
D
(
B
)
D
(
A
)
G
N
D
8 5 4
Modbus
LU2B LUL C031 Modbus.Module
4.V.Aux
A
d
j
u
s
t
m
e
n
t
N
o
r
m
a
l
Start.reverse.
running
Start.forward.
running
Reverser.
Motor.
Controller
A
3
B
3
A
1
B
1
A
2
C
o
m
O
A
1
C
o
m
L
O
1
O
A
3
6 5 4
D
(
B
)
D
(
A
)
G
N
D
8 5 4
Modbus
LU2B LUL C031 Modbus.Module
4.V.Aux
A
d
j
u
s
t
m
e
n
t
N
o
r
m
a
l
Start.reverse.
running
Start.forward.
running
Reverser.
Motor.
Controller
A
3
B
3
A
1
B
1
A
2
C
o
m
O
A
1
L
I
1
L
I
2
L
O
1
O
A
3
6 5 4
D
(
B
)
D
(
A
)
G
N
D
8 5 4
Modbus
LU2B LULC 033 Modbus.Module
A
d
j
u
s
t
m
e
n
t
N
o
r
m
a
l
Start..
reverse.running
Start..
forward.running
Reverser.
Motor.
Controller
4.V
c
4.V
Aux COM
A
3
B
3
A
1
B
1
A
2
C
o
m
O
A
1
L
I
1
L
I
2
L
O
1
O
A
3
6 5 4
D
(
B
)
D
(
A
)
G
N
D
8 5 4
Modbus
LU2B LULC 033 Modbus.Module
A
d
j
u
s
t
m
e
n
t
N
o
r
m
a
l
Start..
reverse.running
Start..
forward.running
Reverser.
Motor.
Controller
4.V
c
4.V
Aux COM
2
/
T
1
4
/
T
2
6
/
T
3
2
/
T
1
4
/
T
2
6
/
T
3
U
1
W
1
V
1
M
3
1
/
L
1
3
/
L
2
5
/
L
3
1
/
L
1
3
/
L
2
5
/
L
3
Control.Unit
2
/
T
1
4
/
T
2
6
/
T
3
2
/
T
1
4
/
T
2
6
/
T
3
U
1
W
1
V
1
M
3
1
/
L
1
3
/
L
2
5
/
L
3
1
/
L
1
3
/
L
2
5
/
L
3
Control.Unit
A
3
B
3
A
1
B
1
A
2
21 22
S
1
S
2
S
3
13 14
A2 A1
LU6M
S5 S6 S8
S7 S9
Reverser.Block
Stop..
forward.running.
and.reverse.
running
Stop.
forward.running
Stop..
reverse.running
Start.
forward.running
Start..
reverse.running
A
3
B
3
A
1
B
1
A
2
21 22
S
1
S
2
S
3
13 14
A2 A1
LU6M
S5 S6 S8
S7 S9
Reverser.Block
Stop..
forward.running.
and.reverse.
running
Stop.
forward.running
Stop..
reverse.running
Start.
forward.running
Start..
reverse.running
A
3
B
3
A
1
B
1
A
2
21 22
S
1
S
2
S
3
A2 A1
LU6M Reverser.Block
Stop
forward.running
reverse.running
A
3
B
3
A
1
B
1
A
2
21 22
S
1
S
2
S
3
A2 A1
LU6M Reverser.Block
Stop
forward.running
reverse.running
Basic schemes (continued)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1/16
1
Soft starters
for asynchronous motors
Altistart.U01.and.TeSys.U
..
Presentation..
The.Altistart.U01.is.a.soft.start/soft.stop.unit.for.asynchronous.motors.It.is.designed.
primarily.for.combinations.with.TeSys U.controller-starters.
When.combined.with.a.TeSys U.1.controller.by.means.of.a.connector.2,.the.
Altistart.U01.3 is a power option which provides the Soft start/soft stop function.
The.result.is.a.unique,.innovative.motor.starter
Using.the.Altistart.U01.starter.enhances.the.starting.performance.of.asynchronous.
motors.by.allowing.them.to.start.gradually,.smoothly.and.in.a.controlled.manner.It.
prevents.mechanical.shocks,.which.lead.to.wear.and.tear,.and.limits.the.amount.of.
maintenance.work.and.production.downtime
The.Altistart.U01.limits.the.starting.torque.and.current.peaks.on.starting,.on.machines.
which.do.not.require.a.high.starting.torque
The.Altistart.U01.is.designed.for.the.following.simple.applications:
b Conveyors
b Conveyor.belts
b Pumps
b Fans
b Compressors
b Automatic.doors.and.gates
b Small.cranes
b Belt-driven.machines,.etc
The.Altistart.U01.is.compact.and.easy.to.install.It.complies.with.standards.IEC/EN.
60947-4-2, carries UL, CSA, C-Tick, CCC certifcations and e marking
b ATSU 01N2ppLT soft start/soft stop units
v Control.two.phases.of.the.motor.power.supply.to.limit.the.starting.current.and.for.
deceleration
v Internal.bypass.relay
v Motor.power.ratings.ranging.from.075.kW.to.15.kW
v Motor.supply.voltages.ranging.from.00.V.to.480.V,.50/60.Hz
An.external.power.supply.is.required.for.controlling.the.starter
.
Description
b Altistart.U01.soft.start/soft.stop.units.are.equipped.with:
v A.potentiometer.for.setting.the.starting.time.6
v A.potentiometer.for.setting.the.deceleration.time.8
v A.potentiometer.for.adjusting.the.start.voltage.threshold.according.to.the.motor.
load.7
v 1.green.LED.4.to.indicate.that.the.unit.is.switched.on
v 1.yellow.LED.5..to indicate that the motor is powered at nominal voltage, if it
is connected to the starter
v A.connector.9:
-..logic.inputs.for.Run/Stop.commands
-.1.logic.input.for.the.BOOST.function
-.1.logic.output.to.indicate.the.end.of.starting
-.1.relay.output.to.indicate.the.starter.has.a.power.supply.fault.or.the.motor.has.
reached.a.standstill.at.the.end.of.the.deceleration.stage.
.
5
3
6
5
6
6
1
2
3
9
5
3
6
5
6
6
1
2
3
9
Characteristics:
pages.1/18.and.1/19
References:
page.1/130
Dimensions:
page.1/131
Schemes:
pages.1/13.to.1/135
Characteristics:
pages.1/18.and.1/19
References:
page.1/130
Dimensions:
page.1/131
Schemes:
pages.1/13.to.1/135
Characteristics:
pages.1/18.and.1/19
References:
page.1/130
Dimensions:
page.1/131
Schemes:
pages.1/13.to.1/135
Characteristics:
pages.1/18.and.1/19
References:
page.1/130
Dimensions:
page.1/131
Schemes:
pages.1/13.to.1/135
4
5
6
7
8
Presentation1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1/17
1
Soft starters
for asynchronous motors
Altistart.U01.and.TeSys.U
..
Description of a TeSys U controller-starter
Please consult the TeSys U starters - open version catalogue.
. .
ATSU 01N2pppLT soft start unit functions
b -wire.control
The.run.and.stop.commands.are.controlled.by.a.single.logic.input.State.1.of.logic.
input.LI.controls.starting.and.state.0.controls.stopping......
b 3-wire.control
The.run.and.stop.commands.are.controlled.by..different.logic.inputs.
Stopping.is.achieved.when.logic.input.LI1.opens.(state.0).
The.pulse.on.input.LI.is.stored.until.input.LI1.opens...
b Starting.time
Controlling.the.starting.time.means.that.the.time.of.the.voltage.ramp.applied.to.the.
motor.can.be.adjusted.to.obtain.a.gradual.starting.time,.dependent.on.the.motor.load
b Voltage.boost.function.via.logic.input
Activating.the.BOOST.logic.input.enables.the.function.for.supplying.a.starting.
overtorque.capable.of.overcoming.any.mechanical.friction
When.the.input.is.at.state.1,.the.function.is.active.(input.connected.to.the.+.4.V).and.
the starter applies a fxed voltage to the motor for a limited time before starting.
b End.of.starting
v Application.function.for.logic.output.LO1
ATSU.01NppLT.soft.start/soft.stop.units.are.equipped.with.an.open.collector.logic.
output.LO,.which.indicates.the.end.of.starting.when.the.motor.has.reached.nominal.
speed
.
+ 24 V LI1 LI2
Wiring diagram for 2-wire control
Altistart.U01.control.terminals
+ 24 V LI1 LI2
Wiring diagram for 2-wire control
Altistart.U01.control.terminals
LI1 LI2 + 24 V
Wiring diagram for 3-wire control
Altistart.U01.control.terminals
LI1 LI2 + 24 V
Wiring diagram for 3-wire control
Altistart.U01.control.terminals
00.ms
t
Application of a voltage boost equal to 100% of the nominal
motor voltage
Voltage.ramp
U
100%.
Un
50%.
Un
Initial.voltage
00.ms
t
Application of a voltage boost equal to 100% of the nominal
motor voltage
Voltage.ramp
U
100%.
Un
50%.
Un
Initial.voltage
Characteristics:
pages.1/18.and.1/19
References:
page.1/130
Dimensions:
page.1/131
Schemes:
pages.1/13.to.1/135
Characteristics:
pages.1/18.and.1/19
References:
page.1/130
Dimensions:
page.1/131
Schemes:
pages.1/13.to.1/135
Characteristics:
pages.1/18.and.1/19
References:
page.1/130
Dimensions:
page.1/131
Schemes:
pages.1/13.to.1/135
Characteristics:
pages.1/18.and.1/19
References:
page.1/130
Dimensions:
page.1/131
Schemes:
pages.1/13.to.1/135
Presentation (continued)1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1/18
Soft starters
for asynchronous motors
Altistart.U01.and.TeSys.U
...............
Environmental characteristics
Type of starter ATSU 01N2ppLT
Conformity to standards Altistart.U01.electronic.starters.have.been.developed.to.conform.to.the.strictest.
international.standards.and.the.recommendations.relating.to.electrical.industrial.
control.devices.(IEC,.EN),.in.particular.standard.IEC/EN.60947-4-
Electromagnetic compatibility EMC
Conducted.and.radiated.
emissions
CISPR.11.level.B,.IEC.60947-4-,.level.B
Harmonics IEC.1000-3-,.IEC.1000-3-4
EMC.immunity EN.5008-,.EN.5008-1
Electrostatic.discharge IEC.61000-4-.level.3
Immunity.to.radiated.radio-
electrical.interference
IEC.61000-4-3.level.3
Immunity.to.electrical.transients IEC.61000-4-4.level.4
Voltage/current.impulse IEC.61000-4-5.level.3
Conducted.and.radiated.
emissions
IEC.61000-4-6.level.3
Immunity.to.conducted.
interference.caused.by.radio-
electrical felds
IEC.61000-4-11
Damped.oscillating.waves IEC.61000-4-1.level.3
e marking The.starters.carry.e.marking.in.accordance.with.the.European.low.voltage.directives.
IEC/EN.60947-4-
Product certifcations UL,.CSA,.C-Tick.and.CCC
Degree of protection IP.0
Degree of pollution .conforming.to.IEC/EN.60947-4-
Vibration resistance 15.mm.peak.to.peak.from.3.to.13.Hz,.1.gn.from.13.to.150.Hz,.conforming.to.IEC/EN.
60068--6
Shock resistance 15.gn.for.11.ms.conforming.to.IEC/EN.60068--7
Relative humidity 595%.without.condensation.or.dripping.water.conforming.to.IEC.60068--3
Ambient temperature around.
the.unit
Storage C -.5+.70.conforming.to.IEC/EN.60947-4-
Operation C -.10+.40.without.derating,.up.to.50C.with.current.derating.of.%.per.C.above.40C
Maximum operating altitude m 1000.without.derating.(above.this,.derate.the.current.by.%.per.additional.100.m)
Operating position
Maximum.permanent.angle.in.relation.to.the.normal.vertical.
mounting.position
Electrical characteristics
Type of starter ATSU 01N2ppLT
Category of use Conforming.to.IEC.60947-4- Ac-53b
Rated operating voltage 3-phase.a.voltage V 00.-.10%.to.480.+.10%.
Frequency Hz 50.-.5%.to.60.+.5%
Output voltage Maximum.3-phase.voltage.equal.to.line.supply.voltage
Control supply voltage 4.V.c,.100.mA..10%
Rated operating current A 63
Adjustable starting time s 110
Adjustable deceleration time s 110
Starting torque % 30.80%.of.DOL.motor.starting.torque
Type of starter ATSU 01N206LT 01N209LT 01N212LT 01N222LT 01N232LT
Control power supply consumption 4.V.c,.65.mA 4.V.c,.100.mA
Power dissipated At.full.load.at.end.of.starting W 15 15 15 5 5
In.transient.state.at.5.times.the.
rated.operating.current
W 615 915 115 5 35
Type of starter ATSU 01N206LT to ATSU 01N222LT ATSU 01N232LT
Use
Starting.time s 1 5 10 1 5 10
Maximum.number.of.cycles.per.
hour
100 0 10 50 10 5
10 10 10 10
Starting.time
Full.voltage.state.or.
starter.at.standstill
Operating.cycle
t
I
Starting.time
Full.voltage.state.or.
starter.at.standstill
Operating.cycle
t
I
Presentation:
pages.1/16.and.1/17
References:
page.1/130
Dimensions:
page.1/131
Schemes:
pages.1/13.to.1/135
Presentation:
pages.1/16.and.1/17
References:
page.1/130
Dimensions:
page.1/131
Schemes:
pages.1/13.to.1/135
Presentation:
pages.1/16.and.1/17
References:
page.1/130
Dimensions:
page.1/131
Schemes:
pages.1/13.to.1/135
Presentation:
pages.1/16.and.1/17
References:
page.1/130
Dimensions:
page.1/131
Schemes:
pages.1/13.to.1/135
Characteristics1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
1/19
Soft starters
for asynchronous motors
Altistart.U01.and.TeSys.U
................
Electrical characteristics (continued)
Logic input power supply (electrically.isolated.between.power.
and.control)
+ 24 V, COM
4.V..10%
Isolated
Max.current.100.mA
Logic inputs
LI1, LI2, BOOST
Stop,.run.and.boost.on.start-up.functions
Logic.inputs.with.impedance.7.kW; 24 V power supply (U max 40 V)
Max.current.8.mA
State.0.if.U.<.5.V.and.I.<.0.mA
State.1.if.U.>.13.V.and.I.>.05.mA
Logic output LO1
End.of.starting.signal
Open.collector.logic.output:
External.4.V.power.supply.(minimum.6.V,.maximum.30.V)
Max.current.00.mA
Relay output
R1A R1C
Normally.open.(N/O).contact
Minimum.switching.capacity:.10.mA.for.6.V.c
Maximum.switching.capacity.on.inductive.load.(cos.j.=.05.and.L/R.=.0.ms):..A.for.
50.V.a.or.30.V.c.(AC-15)
Maximum.operating.voltage.440.V
LED signalling Green.LED Starter.powered.up
Yellow.LED Nominal.voltage.reached
Connections (maximum connection capacity and tightening torque)
Power circuit Connection to 4 mm screw clamps
Flexible wire without cable
end
1.conductor mm
2
1510 8.AWG
.conductors mm
2
156 10.AWG
Flexible wire with cable end 1.conductor mm
2
16 10.AWG
.conductors mm
2
16 10.AWG
Rigid wire 1.conductor mm
2
110 8.AWG
.conductors mm
2
16 10.AWG
Tightening torque Nm 195
Control circuit Screw.connector
Flexible wire without cable
end
1.conductor mm
2
055 14.AWG
.conductors mm
2
0515 16.AWG
Flexible wire with cable end 1.conductor mm
2
0515 16.AWG
.conductors mm
2
0515 16.AWG
Rigid wire 1.conductor mm
2
055 14.AWG
.conductors mm
2
051 17.AWG
Tightening torque Nm 05
Torque characteristics (typical curves)
The.diagram.opposite.shows.the.torque/speed.characteristic.of.a.cage.motor.in.relation.to.the.
supply.voltage..
The torque varies in line with the square of the voltage at a fxed frequency. The gradual increase
in.the.voltage.prevents.the.instantaneous.current.peak.on.power-up
0
0 0,25 0,5 0,75 1
N/Ns
U
0,85 U
0,6 U
T
Tr
3.Tn
.Tn
Tn
0
0 0,25 0,5 0,75 1
N/Ns
U
0,85 U
0,6 U
T
Tr
3.Tn
.Tn
Tn
Characteristics (continued)1
Presentation:
pages.1/16.and.1/17
References:
page.1/130
Dimensions:
page.1/131
Schemes:
pages.1/13.to.1/135
Presentation:
pages.1/16.and.1/17
References:
page.1/130
Dimensions:
page.1/131
Schemes:
pages.1/13.to.1/135
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
1/130
1
Soft starters
for asynchronous motors
Altistart.U01.and.TeSys.U
................
Soft start/soft stop units for 075 to 15 kW motors
(can be combined with the TeSys U starter)
Motor Starter
Motor power (1) Nominal
current
Reference Weight
230 V 230 V 400 V 460 V
kW HP kW HP A kg
3-phase supply voltage: 200480 V 50/60 Hz
075
11
1
1.5
15

3
2
3
6 ATSU 01N206LT .. 0340
15

4
5

9 ATSU 01N209LT .. 0340

3
3

55

7.5

1 ATSU 01N212LT .. 0340


4
55
5
7.5
75
11
10
15
ATSU 01N222LT .. 0490
75 10 15 20 3 ATSU 01N232LT .. 0490
Accessorie
Description Used for starter Reference Weight
kg
Power.connector.between.
ATSU.01NppLT.and.
TeSys.U
ATSU.01NppLT VW3 G4104 000
TeSys U starter and soft start unit combinations
Numerous.possibilities.for.combinations.and.options.are.offered
Please consult the TeSys U Starters-open version specialist catalogue.
Motor power Soft starter TeSys U
Voltage Power base Control unit (2)
230 V
kW/HP
400 V
kW
460 V
HP
075/1 15 2 ATSU.01N06LT LUB.1 LUCp.05BL
11/1.5 /3 3 ATSU.01N06LT LUB.1 LUCp.1BL
15/2 ATSU.01N09LT LUB.1 LUCp.1BL
4 5 ATSU.01N09LT LUB.1 LUCp.1BL
/3 ATSU.01N1LT LUB.1 LUCp.1BL
3/ 55 7.5 ATSU.01N1LT LUB.3 LUCp.18BL
4/5 75 10 ATSU.01NLT LUB.3 LUCp.18BL
55/7.5 11 15 ATSU.01NLT LUB.3 LUCp.3BL
75/10 15 20 ATSU.01N3LT LUB.3 LUCp.3BL
Example.of.a.starter-motor.combination.with:
1.non-reversing.power.base.for.DOL.starting.(LUBpBL)
2.control.unit.(LUCM.ppBL)
3.power.connector.(VW3.G4104)
4.Altistart.U01soft.start/soft.stop.unit.(ATSU.01NppLT)
ATSU 01N222LT
D
F
5
3
1
7
1
4
ATSU 01N222LT
D
F
5
3
1
7
1
4
1
2
4
LUBp2BL
LUCM ppBL
ATSU 01N2ppLT
3
D
F
5
1
0
3
6

1
2
4
LUBp2BL
LUCM ppBL
ATSU 01N2ppLT
3
D
F
5
1
0
3
6

(1) Standard motor power ratings, HP power ratings indicated according to standard UL 508.
(2)DependingontheconfgurationofthechosenTeSysUstarter,replacethep with A for
standard, B for expandable, and M for multifunction.
References1
Presentation:
pages.1/16.and.1/17
Characteristics:
pages.1/18.and.1/19
References:
page.1/131
Dimensions:
page.1/13.to.1/135
Presentation:
pages.1/16.and.1/17
Characteristics:
pages.1/18.and.1/19
References:
page.1/131
Dimensions:
page.1/13.to.1/135
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1/131
1
Soft starters
for asynchronous motors
Altistart.U01.and.TeSys.U
....
TeSys U combination (non-reversing power base) and
ATSU 01N206LT to ATSU 01N212LT
TeSys U combination (non-reversing or reversing power base)
and ATSU 01N206LT to ATSU 01N212LT
Mounting on 5 (35 mm) rail with VW3 G4104 connector Side by side mounting
TeSys U combination (non-reversing power base) and
ATSU 01N222LT to ATSU 01N232LT
TeSys U combination (non-reversing or reversing power base)
and ATSU 01N222LT to ATSU 01N232LT
Mounting on 5 (35 mm) rail with VW3 G4104 connector Side by side mounting
VW3 G4104 connector
1
5
0
2
8
4
45
9
1
5
0
2
8
4
45
9
99
135
1
5
4
7

9
1

4
99
135
1
5
4
7

9
1

4
3
1
4
45
1
7
0
9
3
1
4
45
1
7
0
9
99
135
7

1
5
4
9
99
135
7

1
5
4
9
44,8 20
6
4
6
,
6
2
8
44,8 20
6
4
6
,
6
2
8
Dimensions1
Presentation:
pages.1/16.and.1/17
Characteristics:
pages.1/18.and.1/19
References:
page.1/131
Dimensions:
page.1/13.to.1/135
Presentation:
pages.1/16.and.1/17
Characteristics:
pages.1/18.and.1/19
References:
page.1/131
Dimensions:
page.1/13.to.1/135
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1/13
1
Soft starters
for asynchronous motors
Altistart.U01.and.TeSys.U
For.075.to.15.kW.motors......
ATSU 01N2ppLT soft start/soft stop units
Power wiring Power wiring with reversing unit
Compatible components (For full references, see pages ... and ... or refer to our catalogue: Motor starter solutions - Control and protection components)
Code Description
A1 Soft.start/soft.stop.unit
QF1 TeSys.U.controller-starter
CU TeSys.U.control.unit
2
/
T
1
4
/
T
2
6
/
T
3
2
/
T
1
4
/
T
2
6
/
T
3
1
/
L
1
3
/
L
2
5
/
L
3
1
/
L
1
3
/
L
2
5
/
L
3
M1
3
A1
CU
QF1
ATSU 01N2ppLT
Tesys.U
TeSys.U
2
/
T
1
4
/
T
2
6
/
T
3
2
/
T
1
4
/
T
2
6
/
T
3
1
/
L
1
3
/
L
2
5
/
L
3
1
/
L
1
3
/
L
2
5
/
L
3
M1
3
A1
CU
QF1
ATSU 01N2ppLT
Tesys.U
TeSys.U
2
/
T
1
4
/
T
2
6
/
T
3
2
/
T
1
4
/
T
2
6
/
T
3
1
/
L
1
3
/
L
2
5
/
L
3
1
/
L
1
3
/
L
2
5
/
L
3
M1
3
CU
QF1
A1
ATSU 01N2ppLT
TeSys.U.
with.
reversing.
unit
2
/
T
1
4
/
T
2
6
/
T
3
2
/
T
1
4
/
T
2
6
/
T
3
1
/
L
1
3
/
L
2
5
/
L
3
1
/
L
1
3
/
L
2
5
/
L
3
M1
3
CU
QF1
A1
ATSU 01N2ppLT
TeSys.U.
with.
reversing.
unit
Presentation:
pages.1/16.and.1/17
Characteristics:
pages.1/18.and.1/19
References:
page.1/130
Dimensions:
page.1/131
Presentation:
pages.1/16.and.1/17
Characteristics:
pages.1/18.and.1/19
References:
page.1/130
Dimensions:
page.1/131
Presentation:
pages.1/16.and.1/17
Characteristics:
pages.1/18.and.1/19
References:
page.1/130
Dimensions:
page.1/131
Presentation:
pages.1/16.and.1/17
Characteristics:
pages.1/18.and.1/19
References:
page.1/130
Dimensions:
page.1/131
Schemes1
Tesys.U
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1/133
1
Soft starters
for asynchronous motors
Altistart.U01.and.TeSys.U
For.075.to.15.kW.motors............
ATSU 01N2ppLT soft start/soft stop units (continued)
Automatic 2-wire control
Without.deceleration With and without deceleration
Functional diagrams
Automatic 3-wire control
Without.deceleration With.deceleration
Functional diagrams
A1: Soft start/soft stop unit
S1, S2: XB4 B or XB5 B pushbuttons
QF1: TeSys U controller-starter
t1: Acceleration time can be controlled by a potentiometer
t2: Deceleration time can be controlled by a potentiometer
U
1
: Starting time can be controlled by a potentiometer
..
QF1
S1
LUA1 C20
R
1
A
A
1
A
2
1
7
1
8
R
1
C
L
I
1
L
I
2
+

2
4

V
B
O
O
S
T
L
O
1
C
O
M
A1
+

c 24 V
ATSU 01N2ppLT
QF1
S1
LUA1 C20
R
1
A
A
1
A
2
1
7
1
8
R
1
C
L
I
1
L
I
2
+

2
4

V
B
O
O
S
T
L
O
1
C
O
M
A1
+

c 24 V
ATSU 01N2ppLT
QF1
S2
A
1
A
2
A1
+

c 24 V
S1
ATSU 01N2ppLT
R
1
A
R
1
C
L
I
1
L
I
2
+

2
4

V
B
O
O
S
T
L
O
1
C
O
M
LUA1 C20
1
7
1
8
S
t
o
p
R
u
n
S
t
o
p
R
u
n
QF1
S2
A
1
A
2
A1
+

c 24 V
S1
ATSU 01N2ppLT
R
1
A
R
1
C
L
I
1
L
I
2
+

2
4

V
B
O
O
S
T
L
O
1
C
O
M
LUA1 C20
1
7
1
8
S
t
o
p
R
u
n
S
t
o
p
R
u
n
10.s
t
t1
U
1
Power.supply.
voltage
Green.LED
Logic.input.LI
Pushbutton.S1
Logic.output.LO1
Yellow.LED
Motor.voltage
10.s
t
t1
U
1
Power.supply.
voltage
Green.LED
Logic.input.LI
Pushbutton.S1
Logic.output.LO1
Yellow.LED
Motor.voltage
t
t
t1
10.s
U
1
Power.supply.
voltage
Green.LED
Logic.input.LI
Pushbutton.S
Logic.output.LO1
Yellow.LED
Motor.voltage
Pushbutton.S1
t
t
t1
10.s
U
1
Power.supply.
voltage
Green.LED
Logic.input.LI
Pushbutton.S
Logic.output.LO1
Yellow.LED
Motor.voltage
Pushbutton.S1
QF1
S2
QF1
14 13
A
1
A
2
A1
+

c 24 V
S1
R
1
A
R
1
C
ATSU 01N2ppLT
L
I
1
L
I
2
+

2
4

V
B
O
O
S
T
L
O
1
C
O
M
LUA1 C20
1
7
1
8
QF1
S2
QF1
14 13
A
1
A
2
A1
+

c 24 V
S1
R
1
A
R
1
C
ATSU 01N2ppLT
L
I
1
L
I
2
+

2
4

V
B
O
O
S
T
L
O
1
C
O
M
LUA1 C20
1
7
1
8
QF1
QF1
S2
A
1
1
4
1
3
A
2
A1
+

c 24 V
S1
ATSU 01N2ppLT
R
1
A
R
1
C
L
I
1
L
I
2
+

2
4

V
B
O
O
S
T
L
O
1
C
O
M
LUA1 C20
1
7
1
8
QF1
QF1
S2
A
1
1
4
1
3
A
2
A1
+

c 24 V
S1
ATSU 01N2ppLT
R
1
A
R
1
C
L
I
1
L
I
2
+

2
4

V
B
O
O
S
T
L
O
1
C
O
M
LUA1 C20
1
7
1
8
500.ms
t
t1
10.s
U
1
Power.supply.
voltage
Green.LED
Pushbutton.S1
Logic.output.LO1
Yellow.LED
Motor.voltage
Logic.input.LI
Pushbutton.S
500.ms
t
t1
10.s
U
1
Power.supply.
voltage
Green.LED
Pushbutton.S1
Logic.output.LO1
Yellow.LED
Motor.voltage
Logic.input.LI
Pushbutton.S
t
10.s
t1
Power.supply..
voltage
Green.LED
Logic.output.LO1
Yellow.LED
Motor.voltage
Logic.input.LI
Pushbutton.S
Logic.input.LI1
Pushbutton.S1
t
10.s
t1
Power.supply..
voltage
Green.LED
Logic.output.LO1
Yellow.LED
Motor.voltage
Logic.input.LI
Pushbutton.S
Logic.input.LI1
Pushbutton.S1
Schemes (continued)1
Presentation:
pages.1/16.and.1/17
Characteristics:
pages.1/18.and.1/19
References:
page.1/130
Dimensions:
page.1/131
Presentation:
pages.1/16.and.1/17
Characteristics:
pages.1/18.and.1/19
References:
page.1/130
Dimensions:
page.1/131
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1/134
1
Soft starters
for asynchronous motors
Altistart.U01.and.TeSys.U
For.075.to.15.kW.motors....
ATSU 01N2ppLT soft start/soft stop units (continued)
Automatic 3-wire control, with reversing unit
Without deceleration With deceleration
QF1: TeSys U controller-starter with reversing unit
A1: Soft start/soft stop unit
S1, S2, S3: XB4 B or XB5 B pushbuttons
S3: minimum depression time 500 ms
QF1: TeSys U controller-starter with reversing unit
A1: Soft start/soft stop unit
S1, S2, S3: XB4 B or XB5 B pushbuttons
Boost on starting and end of starting signal
A1: Soft start/soft stop unit
A
3
B
3
A
1
A
2
B
1
A1
ATSU 01N2ppLT
R
1
A
R
1
C
C
O
M
B
O
O
S
T
L
O
1
L
I
2
L
I
1
+

2
4

V
S2
S1
S3
c 24 V
+

LUA1 C20
1
7
1
8
QF1
LU2B p2BL
Run.
direction.1
Run.
direction.
Stop
A
3
B
3
A
1
A
2
B
1
A1
ATSU 01N2ppLT
R
1
A
R
1
C
C
O
M
B
O
O
S
T
L
O
1
L
I
2
L
I
1
+

2
4

V
S2
S1
S3
c 24 V
+

LUA1 C20
1
7
1
8
QF1
LU2B p2BL
Run.
direction.1
Run.
direction.
Stop
A
3
B
3
A
1
A
2
B
1
LU2B p2BL
A1 QF1
ATSU 01N2ppLT
R
1
A
R
1
C
C
O
M
B
O
O
S
T
L
O
1
L
I
2
L
I
1
+

2
4

V
S2
S1
c 24 V
S3
+

LUA1 C20
1
7
1
8
Run.
direction.1
Run.
direction.
Stop
A
3
B
3
A
1
A
2
B
1
LU2B p2BL
A1 QF1
ATSU 01N2ppLT
R
1
A
R
1
C
C
O
M
B
O
O
S
T
L
O
1
L
I
2
L
I
1
+

2
4

V
S2
S1
c 24 V
S3
+

LUA1 C20
1
7
1
8
Run.
direction.1
Run.
direction.
Stop
A1
ATSU 01N2ppLT
R
1
A
R
1
C
L
I
1
L
I
2
+

2
4

V
B
O
O
S
T
L
O
1
C
O
M
To.PLC
A1
ATSU 01N2ppLT
R
1
A
R
1
C
L
I
1
L
I
2
+

2
4

V
B
O
O
S
T
L
O
1
C
O
M
To.PLC
Schemes (continued)1
Presentation:
pages.1/16.and.1/17
Characteristics:
pages.1/18.and.1/19
References:
page.1/130
Dimensions:
page.1/131
Presentation:
pages.1/16.and.1/17
Characteristics:
pages.1/18.and.1/19
References:
page.1/130
Dimensions:
page.1/131
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1/135
1
Soft starters
for asynchronous motors
Altistart.U01.and.TeSys.U
For.075.to.15.kW.motors.....
ATSU 01N2ppLT soft start/soft stop units (continued)
Automatic control with Modbus communication module, with and without deceleration
Without reversing unit With reversing unit
Function Register Bit Value Function Register Bit Value
Powering down TeSys U and ATSU Powering up TeSys U and ATSU
704 0 0 Forward 704 0 1
Reverse 704 1 1
Automatic control without deceleration Powering down TeSys U and ATSU
Run 700 0 1 Forward 704 0 0
Stop 704 0 0 Reverse 704 1 0
Automatic control with deceleration Automatic control without deceleration
Run 700 0 1 Run 700 0 1
Soft.stop 700 0 0 Stop.forward 704 0 0
Stop.reverse 704 1 0
Automatic control with deceleration (forward or reverse)
Run 700 0 1
Soft.stop 700 0 0
A1: Soft start/soft stop unit A1: Soft start/soft stop unit
QF1: TeSys U controller-starter with reversing unit
Automatic control with AS-Interface communication module, without deceleration
Without reversing unit With reversing unit
Function Bit Value Function Bit Value
Power-up and automatic control without deceleration Power-up and automatic control without deceleration
Run D0 1 Run.forward D0 1
Stop D0 0 Stop D0 0
Run.reverse D1 1
Stop D1 0
A1: Soft start/soft stop unit A1: Soft start/soft stop unit
QF1: TeSys U controller-starter with reversing unit
A1
L
O
1
C
O
M
D
(
B
)
D
(
A
)
G
n
d
A1
+ +
c 24 V
LU9B N11C
LUL C031
4 5 8
ATSU 01N2ppLT
R
1
A
R
1
C
Modbus Module
C
O
M
B
O
O
S
T
L
O
1
L
I
2
L
I
1
+

2
4

V
c 24 V
+
1
3
1
4
Pre-wired.coil
4.V.Aux
A1
L
O
1
C
O
M
D
(
B
)
D
(
A
)
G
n
d
A1
+ +
c 24 V
LU9B N11C
LUL C031
4 5 8
ATSU 01N2ppLT
R
1
A
R
1
C
Modbus Module
C
O
M
B
O
O
S
T
L
O
1
L
I
2
L
I
1
+

2
4

V
c 24 V
+
1
3
1
4
Pre-wired.coil
4.V.Aux
A1
L
O
1
C
O
M
D
(
B
)
D
(
A
)
G
n
d
A1
+ +
c 24 V
LUL C031
4 5 8 O
A
1
O
A
3
C
O
M
ATSU 01N2ppLT
R
1
A
R
1
C
Modbus Module
C
O
M
B
O
O
S
T
L
O
1
L
I
2
L
I
1
+

2
4

V
c 24 V
+
A
3
B
3
A
1
A
2
B
1
LU2B p2BL
QF1
4.V.Aux
A1
L
O
1
C
O
M
D
(
B
)
D
(
A
)
G
n
d
A1
+ +
c 24 V
LUL C031
4 5 8 O
A
1
O
A
3
C
O
M
ATSU 01N2ppLT
R
1
A
R
1
C
Modbus Module
C
O
M
B
O
O
S
T
L
O
1
L
I
2
L
I
1
+

2
4

V
c 24 V
+
A
3
B
3
A
1
A
2
B
1
LU2B p2BL
QF1
4.V.Aux
C
O
M
B
O
O
S
T
L
O
1
L
I
2
L
I
1
+

2
4

V
A1
+ +
AS-Interface c 24 V
LU9B N11C
ASI LUFC5
ATSU 01N2ppLT
R
1
A
R
1
C
1
3
1
4
c 24 V
+
Pre-wired.coil
C
O
M
B
O
O
S
T
L
O
1
L
I
2
L
I
1
+

2
4

V
A1
+ +
AS-Interface c 24 V
LU9B N11C
ASI LUFC5
ATSU 01N2ppLT
R
1
A
R
1
C
1
3
1
4
c 24 V
+
Pre-wired.coil
C
O
M
B
O
O
S
T
L
O
1
L
I
2
L
I
1
+

2
4

V
A1
+ +
AS-Interface c 24 V
ASI LUFC5
ATSU 01N2ppLT
R
1
A
R
1
C
A
3
B
3
A
1
A
2
B
1
LU2B p2BL
QF1
O
A
1
O
A
3
C
O
M
c 24 V
+
C
O
M
B
O
O
S
T
L
O
1
L
I
2
L
I
1
+

2
4

V
A1
+ +
AS-Interface c 24 V
ASI LUFC5
ATSU 01N2ppLT
R
1
A
R
1
C
A
3
B
3
A
1
A
2
B
1
LU2B p2BL
QF1
O
A
1
O
A
3
C
O
M
c 24 V
+
Schemes (continued)1
Presentation:
pages.1/16.and.1/17
Characteristics:
pages.1/18.and.1/19
References:
page.1/130
Dimensions:
page.1/131
Presentation:
pages.1/16.and.1/17
Characteristics:
pages.1/18.and.1/19
References:
page.1/130
Dimensions:
page.1/131
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
1/136
Presentation,
description,
references
TeSys motor starters - open version
Magnetic.control.unit.for.the.protection.of..
variable.speed.controllers.and.soft.start.units
Presentation
When.installed.upstream.of.a.variable.speed.controller.or.soft.start.unit,.
control.unit.LUCLpp,.used.in.conjunction.with.an.LUB.1.or.LUB.3.power.base,.
provides:
isolation,
short-circuit.protection.of.the.motor.starter
(variable.speed.controller-based.or.soft.start.unit-based.motor.starters)
Note: control unit LUCL, when used in conjunction with power base LUB 12 or
LUB 32, conforms to standard IEC 60947-2.
v
v
Installation regulations
When.the.length.of.the.cable.between.the.TeSys.U.starter.and.the.variable.speed.
controller.is.more.than.15.m,.the.csa.of.the.cable.between.the.variable.speed.
controller.and.the.TeSys.U.starter.(S).must.be.equal.to.the.csa.of.the.cable.
upstream.of.TeSys.U.(S1)
Description
1..Extraction.and.locking.handle
2..Sealing.of.locking.handle
3..Dial.for.magnetic.adjustment.of.motor.In.
4..Locking.of.settings.by.sealing.the.transparent.cover
References
Description Line current of the
variable speed controller
or soft start unit
Reference
(1)
Weight
A kg
Magnetic control unit 01506 LUCLX6pp 0135
03514 LUCL1Xpp 0135
155 LUCL05pp 0135
31 LUCL12pp 0135
4518 LUCL18pp 0135
83 LUCL32pp 0135
(1) Standard control circuit voltage:
Volts 24 4872 110240
c BL.(2), (3)
a B
c or a ES.(4) FU.(5)
(2) Voltage code to be used for a starter-controller with communication module.
(3) d.c. voltage with maximum ripple of 10 %.
(4) c: 4872 V, a: 48 V.
(5) c: 110220 V, a: 110240 V.
5
6
8
0

7
1
2
3
4
LUB pp LUCLpp
S1 (mm
2
/ AWG)
S2 (mm
2
/ AWG)
Altivar.or.Altistart
11
1/137
Selection
TeSys motor starters - open version
Magnetic.control.unit.for.the.protection.of..
variable.speed.controllers.and.soft.start.stop.units
Control unit and associated power base selection
Functions provided Maximum motor
power ratings 50/60 Hz
Power base
reference
Control unit
reference
Line current
< 400/415 V 500 V 690 V
KW KW KW A
Short-circuit.protection
Manual.reset
b
b
009 LUB 12 or LUB 32 LUCLX6pp 01506
05 LUB 12 or LUB 32 LUCL1Xpp 03514
15 3 LUB 12 or LUB 32 LUCL05pp 155
55 55 9 LUB 12 or LUB 32 LUCL12pp 31
75 9 15 LUB 32 LUCL18pp 4518
15 15 185 LUB 32 LUCL32pp 83
Operating characteristics
Control units Standard Advanced Multifunction
LUCA LUCB LUCC LUCD LUCL LUCM
Thermal overload protection
Over current protection 14.x.the.setting.current 3.to.17.x.the.setting.
current
Short-circuit protection 14.x.the.max.current
Protection against phase loss
Protection against phase imbalance
Earth fault protection (equipment protection only)
Tripping class 10 10 0 530
Motor type 3-phase Single-phase 3-phase Single-phase.and.3-phase
Thermal overload test function
Overtorque
No-load running
Long starting time
Reset method Manual Parameters.can.be.set
Automatic or remote With.function.module,.or.parameters.can.
be.set.via.the.bus.with.a.communication.
module.(see.page.1/70)
Parameters.can.be.set
Parameters.can.be.set.
via.the.bus.with.a.
communication.module.
(see.page.1/70)
Integrated.function .Function.provided.with.accessory.
Compatibility
Compatibility of
control unit LUCLpp with
References Functions
The starter-controller Yes LUB.1/LUB.3 Starter-controller.(magnetic.protection)
The starter No LUS.1/LUS.3 Starter.without.either.magnetic.or.thermal.overload.protection)
The controller No LUT.M Controller.(without.thermal.overload.protection)
Add-on contact blocks
with fault signalling
and auxiliary contacts
Yes LUA.1C11 Add-on.contact.blocks.with.fault.signalling.(1.N/O.+.1.N/C)
LUA.1C0 Add-on.contact.blocks.with.fault.signalling.(.N/O)
LUF.N0. Auxiliary.contacts.(.N/O)
LUF.N11. Auxiliary.contacts.(1.N/O.+.1.N/C)
LUF.N0. Auxiliary.contacts.(.N/C)
Communication
modules
Yes ASILUF.C5.and.
ASILUF.C51
AS-Interface.communication.modules
LUF.C00 Parallel.wiring.module
LUL.C033 Modbus.communication.module.(1.output/.inputs)
LUL.C031 Modbus.communication.module.(1.output)
LUL.C15 Advantys.STB.communication.module.(1.output/.inputs)
LUL.C08 CANopen.communication.module.(1.output/.inputs)
LUL.C09 DeviceNet.communication.module.(1.output/.inputs)
LUL.C07 Profbus DP communication module (1 output/2 inputs)
Function modules No LUF.W10 Alarm.function.module
LUF.DH11 Thermal.overload.signalling.module.with.manual.reset
LUF.DA01. Thermal.overload.signalling.module.with.automatic.or.remote.reset.(1.N/C)
LUF.DA10 Thermal.overload.signalling.module.with.automatic.or.remote.reset.(1.N/O)
LUF.V Motor.load.indication.module
11
1/138
Characteristics
TeSys motor starters - open version
TeSys.U.starter-controllers
Characteristics of magnetic control unit LUCL
Protection Motor.type 3-phase
Conforming.to.standard When.used.in.conjunction.with.an.LUB.1.or.LUB.3.power.base,.magnetic.control.
unit.LUCL.conforms.to.standard.IEC.60947-
Short-circuit protection Tripping.threshold 14.x.In.(max.setting.current)
Tripping.tolerance .0.%
Environment
Product certifcations CE
Conforming to standards When.used.in.conjunction.an.LUB.power.base,.control.unit.LUCL.conforms.to.
standard.60947-
Rated insulation voltage.(Ui) Conforming.to.IEC/EN.60947-1,.
overvoltage.category.III,.
degree.of.pollution:.3
V 690
Rated impulse withstand
voltage (Uimp)
Conforming.to.IEC/EN.60947- kV 6
Safety separation of circuits
SELV
Conforming.to.IEC/EN.60947-1.
appendix.N
V Between.the.control.or.auxiliary.circuit.and.the.main.circuit:.400
Between.the.control.and.auxiliary.circuits:.40
Degree of protection
Conforming.to.IEC/EN.60947-1
(protection.against..
direct fnger contact)
Front.panel.outside.connection.
zone
IP.40
Front.panel.and.wired.terminals IP.0
Other.faces IP.0
Protective treatment Conforming.to.IEC/EN.60068 TH
Conforming.to/EN.60068--30 Cycles 1
Conforming.to.IEC/EN.60068--11 h 48
Ambient air temperature
around the device
Storage C -.40+.85
Operation C Power.bases.and.standard.and.advanced.control.units:.-.5.+.70
(At.temperatures.above.60C.and.up.to.70C,.for.Ie.=.3.A,.leave.a.minimum.gap.of..
9.mm.between.products)
Power.bases.and.multifunction.control.units:.-.5+.60.
(At.temperatures.above.45.C,.leave.a.minimum.gap.of.9.mm.between.products.
At.temperatures.above.55.C.up.to.60.C,.leave.a.gap.of.0.mm.between.products)
Maximum operating altitude m 000
Operating positions In.relation.to.normal.vertical.
mounting.plane
Flame resistance Conforming.to.UL.94 V
Conforming.to.IEC/EN.60695--1 C 960..(parts.supporting.live.components)
C 650
Environmental restrictions Cadmium.and.silicone-free,.recyclable
Shock resistance
1/.sine.wave.=.11.ms
Conforming.to.IEC/EN60068--7.
(1)
Power.poles.open:.10.gn
Power.poles.closed:.15.gn
Vibration resistance
5300 Hz
Conforming.to.IEC/EN.60068--6
(1)
Power.poles.open:..gn
Power.poles.closed:.4.gn.(2)
Resistance to
electrostatic discharge
Conforming.to.IEC/EN.61000-4- kV In.open.air:.8.-.Level.3
kV On.contact:.8.-.Level.4
Immunity to radiated high-
frequency disturbance
Conforming.to.IEC/EN.61000-4-3 V/m 10.-.Level.3
Immunity to
fast transient currents
Conforming.to.IEC/EN.61000-4-4 kV All.circuits.except.for.serial.link:.4.-.Level.4
kV Serial.link:..-.Level.3
Immunity to dissipated
shock waves
Conforming.to.IEC/EN.60947- Common mode Serial mode
Uc.a.440.V,
Uc..c.480.V
kV 1
Uc.=.4.V.c Not.applicable
Immunity to conducted
high-frequency disturbance
Conforming.to.IEC/EN.61000-4-6 V 10
(1) Without modifying the contact states, in the most unfavourable direction.
(2) 2 gn with Advantys STB or CANopen communication modules.
11
1/139
Characteristics
TeSys motor starters - open version
TeSys.U.starter-controllers
Power.bases.and.LUCL.magnetic.control.unit
Power base and control unit type LUB 12 + LUCL LUB 32 + LUCL
Power circuit connection characteristics
Connection to 4 mm screw clamp terminals
Flexible cable
without.cable.end
1.conductor mm
2
510 510
.conductors mm
2
156 156
Flexible cable
with.cable.end
1.conductor mm
2
16 16
.conductors mm
2
16 16
Flexible cable
without.cable.end
1.conductor mm
2
110 110
.conductors mm
2
16 16
Screwdriver Philips n 2 or fat screwdriver: 6 mm
Tightening torque Nm 195 195
Control circuit connection characteristics
Connection to 3 mm screw clamp terminals
Flexible cable
without.cable.end
1.conductor mm
2
07515 07515
.conductors mm
2
07515 07515
Flexible cable
with.cable.end
1.conductor mm
2
03415 03415
.conductors mm
2
03415 03415
Flexible cable
without.cable.end
1.conductor mm
2
07515 07515
.conductors mm
2
07515 07515
Screwdriver Philips n 2 or fat screwdriver: 5 mm
Tightening torque Nm 081 081
Control circuit characteristics
Rated control
circuit voltage
a.50/60.Hz V 440 440
c V 40 40
Voltage limits c.4.V.(1) V 07 07
Operation a.4.V V 065 065
a.or.c.487.V V a.3857.c.38593 a.3857.c.38593
a.11040.V V a.8864 a.8864
c.11040.V V c.884 c.884
Drop-out c.4.V V 145 145
a.4.V V 145 145
a.or.c.487.V V 9 9
a.11040.V,.c.1100.V V 55 55
Typical consumption c.4.V mA 130 0
I.max.while.closing a.4.V mA 140 0
a.or.c.487.V mA 80 80
a.11040.V,.c.1100.V mA 80 80
I.rms.sealed c.4.V mA 60 80
a.4.V mA 70 90
a.or.c.487.V mA 35 45
a.11040.V,.c.1100.V mA 35 5
Heat dissipation W 3
Operating time Closing ms 24 V: 70; 48 V: 60; u.7.V:.50 24 V: 70; 48 V: 60; u.7.V:.50
Opening ms 35 35
Resistance to micro-breaks ms 3 3
Resistance to voltage dips IEC/EN.61000-4-11 At.least.70.%.of.Uc.for.500.ms
Mechanical durability In.millions.of.operating.cycles 15 15
Maximum operating rate In.operating.cycles.per.hour 3600 3600
Main pole characteristics
Number of poles 3 3
Isolation
conforming.to.IEC/EN.60947-1
Possible Yes Yes
Padlocking 1 padlock with 6.9 mm shank 1 padlock with 6.9 mm shank
Rated thermal current A 1 3
Rated operational current
(Ue.y.440.V)
Conforming.
to.IEC/.EN.
60947-
Category.AC-41 y.70.C:.1.A y.70.C:.3.A
Category.AC-43 y.70.C:.1.A y.70.C:.3.A
Rated operational voltage V 690.(3) 690.(3)
Frequency limits Of.the.operating.current Hz 4060 4060
Power dissipated
in the power circuits
Operational.current A 3 6 9 1 18 5 3
Power.dissipated..
in.all.three.poles
W 01 03 06 11 4 46 75
Rated breaking capacity on short-circuit V 30 440 500 600
kA 50 50 10 4
Total breaking time ms
Thermal limit With.Isc.max.on.440.V kA
2
s 90 10
(1) d.c. voltage with maximum ripple of 10 %.
(2) No consumption sealed.
(3) For 690 V, use phase barrier LU9SP0.
11
1/140
Coordination
The standard defnes tests at different levels of current; the purpose of these tests is
to.place.the.equipment.in.extreme.conditions.
The standard defnes 2 types of coordination, according to the condition of the
components.after.testing:.type.1.and.type.
Type.1.coordination.requires.that.in.a.short-circuit.condition,.the.contactor.or.starter.
must.not.present.any.danger.to.personnel.or.installations.and.must.not.be.able.to.
resume.operation.without.repair.or.the.replacement.of.parts
The product combinations given below provide type 1 coordination.

Soft start-soft stop unit/TeSysU starter controller combination


with magnetic protection
TeSys U / Altistart 48: type 1 coordination
Power
400 V (kW)
TeSys U references
(protection.+.power.switching)
Soft start unit reference
Class 10 Class 20
55 LUB3..+..LUCL3.or.LUCL18 ATS48D17
75 LUB3..+..LUCL3 ATS48D17 ATS48D22
11 LUB3..+..LUCL3 ATS48D22 ATS48D32
15 LUB3..+..LUCL3 ATS48D32 ATS48D38
Variable speed controller/TeSysU starter controller combination
with magnetic protection
TeSys U / Altivar 21 UL Type 1/IP 20: type 1 coordination
Power
400 V (kW)
TeSys U references
(protection.+.power.switching)
Variable speed controller reference
075 LUB1..+..LUCL05 ATV21H075N4
ATV21HU15N4
LUB1..+..LUCL1 ATV21HU22N4
3 LUB1..+..LUCL1 ATV21HU30N4
4 LUB1..+..LUCL1 ATV21HU40N4
55 LUB3..+..LUCL3.or.LUCL18 ATV21HU55N4
75 LUB3..+..LUCL3.or.LUCL18 ATV21HU75N4
11 LUB3..+..LUCL3 ATV21HD11N4
15 LUB3..+..LUCL3 ATV21HD15N4
TeSys U / Altivar 21 IP 54: type 1 coordination
Power
400 V (kW)
TeSys U references
(protection.+.power.switching)
Variable speed controller reference
075 LUB1..+..LUCL05 ATV21W075N4/N4C
15 LUB1..+..LUCL1.or.LUCL05 ATV21WU15N4/N4C
LUB1..+..LUCL1 ATV21WU22N4/N4C
3 LUB1..+..LUCL1 ATV21WU30N4/N4C
4 LUB1..+..LUCL1 ATV21WU40N4/N4C
55 LUB3..+..LUCL3.or.LUCL18 ATV21WU55N4/N4C
75 LUB3..+..LUCL3.or.LUCL18 ATV21WU75N4/N4C
11 LUB3..+..LUCL3 ATV21WD11N4/N4C
15 LUB3..+..LUCL3 ATV21WD15N4/N4C
Combinations
TeSys motor starters - open version
TeSys.U.starter-controllers
5

6
1
1

6
1
1
3
+
5

6
1
1

6
1
1
5
+
5

6
1
1

6
1
1
4
+
11
1/141
Variable speed controller/TeSysU starter controller combination
with magnetic protection (continued)
TeSys U / Altistart 31: type 1 coordination
Power
400 V (kW)
TeSys U references
(protection.+.power.switching)
Variable speed controller reference
037 LUB1.+.LUCL05 ATV31H037N4
055 LUB1.+.LUCL05 ATV31H055N4
075 LUB1.+.LUCL05 ATV31H075N4
11 LUB1.+.LUCL1 ATV31HU11N4
15 LUB1.+.LUCL1 ATV31HU15N4
LUB1.+.LUCL1 ATV31HU22N4
3 LUB3.+.LUCL18 ATV31HU30N4
4 LUB3.+.LUCL18 ATV31HU40N4
55 LUB3.+.LUCL3 ATV31HU55N4
75 LUB3.+.LUCL3 ATV31HU75N4
TeSys U / Altistart 61: type 1 coordination
Power
400V (kW)
TeSys U references
(protection.+.power.switching)
Variable speed controller reference
075 LUB1.+.LUCL05 ATV61H075N4
15 LUB1.+.LUCL1 ATV61HU15N4
LUB1.+.LUCL1 ATV61HU22N4
3 LUB3.+.LUCL18 ATV61HU30N4
4 LUB3.+.LUCL18 ATV61HU40N4
55 LUB3.+.LUCL3 ATV61HU55N4
75 LUB3.+.LUCL3 ATV61HU75N4
TeSys U / Altistart 71: type 1 coordination
Power
400V (kW)
TeSys U references
(protection.+.power.switching)
Variable speed controller reference
075 LUB1.+.LUCL05 ATV71H075N4
15 LUB1.+.LUCL1 ATV71HU15N4
LUB1.+.LUCL1 ATV71HU22N4
3 LUB3.+.LUCL18 ATV71HU30N4
4 LUB3.+.LUCL18 ATV71HU40N4
55 LUB3.+.LUCL3 ATV71HU55N4
Combinations
TeSys motor starters - open version
TeSys.U.starter-controllers
5

6
1
1

6
1
1
6
+
5

6
1
1

6
1
1
7
+
5

6
1
1

6
1
1
8
+
1/14
1
General
integral 63: a high performance concept
for reliability of operation
integral.63.contactor.breakers.combine.all.the.functions.of.a.power.switching.
assembly.up.to.63.A.in.a.single.compact.device,.with.performance.equivalent.to.that.
of.the.best.separate.specialist.devices.
They.conform.to.the.main.standards.currently.in.force,.in.particular.IEC.60947-1,.
IEC.60947-,.IEC.60947-3,.IEC.60947-4-1.and.IEC.60947-6-.(welding.of.power.
poles.impossible),.as.well.as.to.international.approvals.UL,.CSA,.and.the.
European.directives.
The.integral.range.ensures.reliability.of.operation.up.to.63.A.In.addition.to.safety.of.
operation,.integral.has.numerous.other.functions:.increased.protection,.
communication, remote control, fault identifcation, isolation, padlocking.
... ....
Functions performed by integral 63
units
The equipment in a power switching circuit must perform 4 main functions:
power.switching,
isolation,
overload.protection,
short-circuit.protection
These.functions.are.traditionally.performed.by.separate.devices.which.must.be.
combined.to.form.a.motor.starter.assembly,.the.most.common.being:.
fuses.+.contactor.+.thermal.overload.relay,
circuit.breaker.+.contactor.+.thermal.overload.relay
b
b
b
b
v
v
Power switching
... Contactor (for automatic and remote control)
Operational.power.for.use.in.category.AC-43:
up.to.30.kW.at.400/415.V.50.Hz,
up.to.33.kW.at.440/415.V.50.Hz
Electrical.life.in.number.of.operating.cycles,.in.category.AC-43,.at.415.V.and.at.
rated.power:.1.million
Mechanical.life.in.number.of.operating.cycles:.5.million
b
v
v
b
b
... Reversing pairs
Two.3-pole.contactors,.horizontally.mounted:
mechanically.interlocked
Can be ftted with the same protection modules as integral 63 contactor breaker.
b
....
5

6
4
5
4
5

6
4
5
4
5

6
3

4
5

6
3

4
5

6
3

5
5

6
3

5
Motor starters - open version
integral.63.contactor.breakers..
and.reversing.contactor.breakers
References:.
pages.1/16.to.1/173
Dimensions.and.schemes:
pages.1/176.to.1/179
References:.
pages.1/16.to.1/173
Dimensions.and.schemes:
pages.1/176.to.1/179
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1/143
1
General (continued)
Functions performed by integral 63
units (continued)
Isolation
Isolation conforming to IEC 60947
integral.63.contactor.breakers.provide.isolation.and.padlocking.functions.conforming.
to.standards.IEC.60947
In addition, integral 63 LD4 contactor breakers and LD5 reversing contactor
breakers incorporate specifc poles for control testing and padlocking.
Overload protection
.... Thermal-magnetic protection module (for protection against overload and
overcurrent)
A.range.of.interchangeable.modules.allows.the.equipment.to.be.adapted.to.suit:
the.rated.operational.current.(rating.and.settings),
the.application:
motors,
frequent.starting.motors,
distribution.circuits
b
b
v
v
v
Short-circuit protection
.... High breaking capacity current limiting circuit breaker
For.short-circuit.protection
High.breaking.capacity.with.short-circuit.limited.by.ultra-fast.tripping
Possibility.of.increasing.the.breaking.capacity.of.the.integral.unit.by.adding.a.current.
limiter.(LA9 LB920)
The current limiter is ftted upstream of the integral unit.
Several integral units may be ftted downstream of the current limiter
(Ith.=.63.A,.Ie.=.3.A)
Signalling and attachments
These.devices.provide.comprehensive.local.signalling:
pole.position.indicator,
different signalling for overload and short-circuit.
They.also.allow.dialogue.with.the.automated.control.system.by.means.of.numerous.
add-on.blocks:
auxiliary.contact.and.signalling.blocks,
remote.electrical.reset.device,
undervoltage.and.shunt.trips,
control.circuit.switching,
etc
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
....
Simple fxing and cabling methods
integral 63 contractor breakers and reversing contactor breakers ft onto 75 mm 7.
rails.using.a.separate.mounting.plate
integral.units.can.also.be.mounted.on:
panels,
pre-slotted.mounting.plates.type.AM1.P,
.x.35.mm.7.rails.using.sliding.clip.nuts,
CMD.prefabricated.plug-in.busbar.trunking.(providing.an.economical.assembly,.
combining.safety.and.simplicity.of.use),
AK5.panel.busbar.systems
b
b
b
b
b
....
5
3
4
5

9
5
3
4
5

9
5

6
3

7
5

6
3

7
5

6
3

8
5

6
3

8
Motor starters - open version
integral.63.contactor.breakers..
and.reversing.contactor.breakers
References:.
pages.1/16.to.1/173
Dimensions.and.schemes:
pages.1/176.to.1/179
References:.
pages.1/16.to.1/173
Dimensions.and.schemes:
pages.1/176.to.1/179
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1/144
1
Terminology
Terminology Altitude
The rarefed atmosphere at high altitude reduces the dielectric strength of the air and
hence.the.rated.operational.voltage.of.the.contactor.breaker.It.also.reduces.the.
cooling.effect.of.the.air.and.hence.the.rated.operational.current.of.the.contactor.
breaker.(unless.the.temperature.drops.at.the.same.time)
No.derating.is.necessary.up.to.3000.m
Derating.factors.to.be.applied.above.this.altitude.for.main.pole.operational.voltage.
and.current.(ac.supply).are.as.follows:
Altitude 3500 m 4000 m 4500 m 5000 m
Rated operational voltage 090 080 070 060
Rated operational current 09 090 088 086
Ambient air temperature
The.temperature.of.the.air.surrounding.the.device,.measured.near.to.the.device.The.
operating.characteristics.are.given:.
with.no.restriction.for.temperatures.between.-.5.and.+.55.C
with.restrictions,.if.necessary,.for.temperatures.between.-.50.and.+.70.C
b
b
Rated operational current (Ie)
This is defned taking into account the rated operational voltage, operating rate and
duty,.utilisation.category.and.air.temperature.around.the.device
Conventional rated thermal current (Ith) (1)
The.current.Ith.which.a.closed.contactor.breaker.can.sustain.for.a.minimum.of.8.
hours.without.its.temperature.rise.exceeding.the.limits.given.in.the.standards
Short time rating
The.current.which.a.closed.contactor.breaker.can.sustain.for.a.short.time,.after.a.
period.of.no.load,.without.dangerous.overheating
Rated operational voltage (Ue)
This.is.the.voltage.value.which,.in.conjunction.with.the.rated.operational.current,.
determines.the.use.of.the.contactor.breaker.or.starter,.and.on.which.the.
corresponding.tests.and.the.utilisation.category.are.based.For.3-phase.circuits,.it.is.
expressed.as.the.voltage.between.phases.
Apart.from.exceptional.cases.such.as.rotor.short-circuiting,.the.rated.operational.
voltage.Ue.is.less.than.or.equal.to.the.rated.insulation.voltage.Ui
Rated control circuit voltage (Uc)
The.rated.value.of.the.control.circuit.voltage,.on.which.the.operating.characteristics.
are.based.For.ac.applications,.the.values.are.given.for.a.near.sinusoidal.wave.form.
(less.than.5%.total.harmonic.distortion)
Rated insulation voltage (Ui)
This is the voltage value used to defne the insulation characteristics of a device and
referred.to.in.dielectric.tests.determining.leakage.paths.and.creepage.distances.As.
the specifcations are not identical for all standards, the rated values given for each
of.them.are.not.necessarily.the.same
Rated impulse withstand voltage (Uimp)
This.is.the.highest.peak.value.of.an.impulse.voltage,.of.prescribed.form.and.polarity,.
which the device is able to withstand without failure under specifed test conditions,
and.to.which.isolation.clearance.values.are.referred
The.rated.impulse.withstand.voltage.of.a.device.must.be.equal.to.or.higher.than.the.
values.stated.for.the.transient.overvoltages.appearing.in.the.circuit.in.which.the.
device is ftted.
Note: thesedefnitionsarebasedonextractsfromstandardIEC60947.
(1) Conventional free air thermal current, conforming to IEC standards.
....
Motor starters - open version
integral.63.contactor.breakers..
and.reversing.contactor.breakers
References:.
pages.1/16.to.1/173
Dimensions.and.schemes:
pages.1/176.to.1/179
References:.
pages.1/16.to.1/173
Dimensions.and.schemes:
pages.1/176.to.1/179
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1/145
1
Terminology (continued)
Terminology (continued) Rated operational power (expressed in kW)
The.rated.power.of.the.standard.motor.which.can.be.switched.by.the.contactor.
breaker,.at.the.stated.operational.voltage
Rated breaking capacity (Iq) (1)
This.is.the.current.value.which.the.contactor.breaker.can.break.in.accordance.with.
the breaking conditions specifed in the IEC standard.
Rated making capacity (1)
This.is.the.current.value.which.the.contactor.breaker.can.make.in.accordance.with.
the making conditions specifed in the IEC standard.
....
.
.
On-load factor (m)
This is the ratio between the time the current fows (t) and the duration of the cycle (T):
.
Cycle duration: duration of current fow + time at zero current.
Pole impedance
The.impedance.of.one.pole.is.the.sum.of.the.impedance.of.all.the.circuit.components.
between.the.input.terminal.and.the.output.terminal
The.impedance.comprises.a.resistive.component.(R).and.an.inductive.component.
X.=.Lw).The.total.impedance.therefore.depends.on.the.frequency.and.is.normally.
given.for.50.Hz.The.average.value.is.given.for.the.pole.at.its.rated.operational.current
Electrical durability
This.is.the.average.number.of.on-load.operating.cycles.which.the.main.pole.contacts.
can.perform.without.maintenance.The.electrical.durability.depends.on.the.utilisation.
category,.the.rated.operational.current.and.the.rated.operational.voltage
Mechanical durability
This is the average number of no-load operating cycles (i.e. with zero current fow
through.the.main.poles).which.the.contactor.breaker.can.perform.without.mechanical.
failure
Coordination
The.coordination.of.protection.devices.involves.combining,.in.a.selective.way,.a.
short-circuit.protection.device.(fuses.or.magnetic.circuit-breakers).with.a.contactor.
and.an.overload.protection.device.Its.objective.is.to.break.any.abnormal.current,.in.
plenty.of.time,.without.any.danger.to.personnel,.whilst.providing.adequate.protection.
of.the.equipment.against.an.overload.or.short-circuit.current
Type 1 - IEC 60947-4-1
In.a.short-circuit.condition,.the.contactor.or.starter.must.not.present.any.danger.to.
personnel.or.installations.and.may.not.be.able.to.resume.operation.without.repair.or.
the.replacement.of.parts
Type 2 - IEC 60947-4-1
In.a.short-circuit.condition,.the.contactor.or.starter.must.not.present.any.danger.to.
personnel.or.installations.and.must.be.able.to.resume.operation.The.risk.of.contact.
welding.is.permissible.if.they.can.be.easily.separated
Total, ensuring reliability of operation - IEC 60947-6-2
In.the.event.of.a.short-circuit,.no.damage.or.risk.of.welding.is.permissible.on.the.
equipment.constituting.the.motor.starter.Operation.can.be.resumed.without.any.
maintenance
Note: thesedefnitionsarebasedonextractsfromstandardIEC60947.
(1) For a.c. applications, the breaking and making capacities are expressed by the rms value of
the symmetrical component of the short-circuit current. Taking into account the maximum
asymmetry which may exist in the circuit, the contacts therefore have to withstand a peak
asymmetrical current which may be twice the rms symmetrical component.
....
t
T
t
T
m
t
T
--- = m
t
T
--- =
Motor starters - open version
integral.63.contactor.breakers..
and.reversing.contactor.breakers
References:.
pages.1/16.to.1/173
Dimensions.and.schemes:
pages.1/176.to.1/179
References:.
pages.1/16.to.1/173
Dimensions.and.schemes:
pages.1/176.to.1/179
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1/146
1
Terminology (continued)
Defnition
The standard utilisation categories defne the current values which the contactor
breaker.must.be.able.to.make.or.break.These.values.depend.on:
the.type.of.load.being.switched:.squirrel.cage.or.slip.ring.motor,.resistors,
the.conditions.under.which.making.or.breaking.takes.place:.motor.stalled,.starting.
or.running,.reversing,.plugging
b
b
Reminder of standards IEC 60947
IEC 60947-1:.general.rules,
IEC 60947-2:.circuit.breakers,
IEC 60947-3:.isolating.devices,
IEC 60947-4-1:.contactors.and.motor.starters,
IEC 60947-5-1:.control.and.signalling.units,
IEC 60947-6-2:.control.and.protection.devices,
b
b
b
b
b
b
Standards for contactor breakers IEC 60947-4-1
Standard.IEC.60947-4-1:.covers.contactors.and.electromechanical.motor.starters.It.
concerns:
types.of.equipment.with.main.contacts.designed.for.connection.to.circuits.whose.
rated.operational.voltage.does.not.exceed.1000.V.for.ac.applications.or.1500.V.for.
dc.applications,
contactors.used.in.conjunction.with.overload.and/or.short-circuit.protection.
devices,
motor.starters.used.in.conjunction.with.separate.short-circuit.protection.devices.
and/or.with.separate.short-circuit.protection.devices.and.built-in.overload.protection.
devices,
contactors.and.combination.motor.starters.which.incorporate.their.own.short-
circuit.protection.device
b
b
b
b
IEC 60947-6-2
Standard.IEC.60947-6:.covers.multi-function.equipment
It.concerns.connection,.power.switching.and.protection.devices.(or.equipment).with.
main.contacts.designed.for.connection.to.circuits.whose.rated.operational.voltage.is.
less.than.or.equal.to.1000.V.for.ac.applications,.or.1500.V.for.dc.applications
Such.devices.are.designed.to.perform.both.the.power.switching.function.and.the.
protection of remotely controlled circuits function; they can also perform other
functions,.such.as.isolation
After short-circuit (Isc) tests, the products must be able to make and break the
currents corresponding to the specifed utilisation categories, and to the
number of operating cycles specifed in the standard, without failing. This
series of tests is completed by temperature rise tests
Standard IEC 947-6-2 specifes that, in the event of a short-circuit, no damage
or risk of contact welding is permissible on the devices constituting the motor
starter
The integral contactor breaker, through its design, ensures reliability of
operation After eliminating the fault, operation can be resumed instantly
without any maintenance work on the product, other than resetting
Utilisation categories for ac applications
Category AC-1
This.category.applies.to.all.types.of.ac.device.(load).with.a.power.factor.equal.to.or.
greater.than.095.(cos.j.y.095).Non.inductive.or.slightly.inductive.loads
Application examples: heating, distribution.
Category AC-2
This.category.applies.to.starting,.plugging.and.inching.of.slip.ring.motors
On.closing,.the.contactor.breaker.makes.the.starting.current,.which.is.about.5.
times.the.rated.current.of.the.motor
On.opening,.it.must.break.the.starting.current,.at.a.voltage.less.than.or.equal.to.
the.mains.supply.voltage
b
b
Category AC-3
This.category.applies.to.squirrel.cage.motors.with.breaking.while.motor.running
On.closing.the.contactor.breaker.makes.the.starting.current,.which.is.about.5.to.7.
times.the.rated.current.of.the.motor
On opening, it breaks the rated current drawn by the motor; at this point, the
voltage.at.the.contactor.breaker.terminals.is.about.0%.of.the.mains.supply.voltage.
Breaking.is.light
Application examples: all standard squirrel cage motors (lifts, escalators, conveyor belts, bucket
elevators, compressors, pumps, mixers, air conditioning units, etc.).
b
b
....
Motor starters - open version
integral.63.contactor.breakers..
and.reversing.contactor.breakers
References:.
pages.1/16.to.1/173
Dimensions.and.schemes:
pages.1/176.to.1/179
References:.
pages.1/16.to.1/173
Dimensions.and.schemes:
pages.1/176.to.1/179
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1/147
1
Terminology (continued)
Standards for contactor breakers
(continued)
Utilisation categories for ac applications (continued)
Category AC-4
This.category.covers.starting,..plug.braking.and.inching.of.squirrel.cage.motors
On.closing,.the.contactor.breaker.makes.a.current.peak.which.may.be.as.high.as.5.
to.7.times.the.rated.motor.current.On.opening,.it.breaks.this.same.current.at.a.
voltage.which.is.higher,.the.lower.the.motor.speed.This.voltage.can.be.the.same.as.
the.mains.voltage.Breaking.is.severe
Application examples: printing machines, wire drawing machines, hoisting equipment, metallurgy
industry.
Category AC-41
This.category.applies.to.all.types.of.ac.device.(load).with.a.power.factor.equal.to.or.
greater.than.095.(cos.j.y.095).Non.inductive.or.slightly.inductive.loads
Application examples: heating, distribution.
Category AC-42
This.category.applies.to.starting,.plugging.and.inching.of.slip.ring.motors
On.closing,.the.contactor.breaker.makes.the.starting.current,.which.is.about.5.
times.the.rated.current.of.the.motor
On.opening,.it.must.break.the.starting.current,.at.a.voltage.less.than.or.equal.to.
the.mains.supply.voltage
b
b
Category AC-43
This category applies to squirrel cage motors with breaking while motor running;
inching.or.occasional.reversing.of.limited.duration.are.permissible.if.the.number.of.
operating.cycles.does.not.exceed.5.per.minute,.or.10.within.a.10.minute.period
On.closing.the.contactor.breaker.makes.the.starting.current,.which.is.about.5.to.7.
times.the.rated.current.of.the.motor
On opening, it breaks the rated current drawn by the motor; at this point, the
voltage.at.the.contactor.breaker.terminals.is.about.0%.of.the.mains.supply.voltage.
Breaking.is.light
Application examples: all standard squirrel cage motors: lifts, escalators, conveyor belts, bucket
elevators, compressors, pumps, mixers, air conditioning units, etc.).
b
b
Category AC-44
This.category.covers.applications.with.plug.braking.and.inching.of.squirrel.cage.or.
slip.ring.motors
On.closing,.the.contactor.breaker.makes.a.current.peak.which.may.be.as.high.as.5.
to.7.times.the.rated.motor.current.On.opening,.it.breaks.this.same.current.at.a.
voltage.which.is.higher,.the.lower.the.motor.speed.This.voltage.can.be.the.same.as.
the.mains.voltage.Breaking.is.severe
Application examples: printing machines, wire drawing machines, hoisting equipment, metallurgy
industry.
Tripping classes of protection modules
The.creation.of.thermal.tripping.classes.allows.better.adaptation.of.the.thermal.
protection.to.suit.different.motor.and.application.technologies.(short.or.long.starting.
times)..Conforming.to.IEC.60947-4-1.and.IEC.60947-6-
Class 10 A 10 20 30
Tripping time at 72 Ir (1) 10.s 410.s 60.s 930.s
Standards for auxiliary contacts IEC 60947-5
Standard.IEC.60947-5-1:.covers.switching.devices.and.components.for.control.
circuits
It.concerns.electromechanical.devices.for.control.circuits
Utilisation categories for ac applications
Category AC-14 (2)
This.category.applies.to.the.switching.of.electromagnetic.loads.whose.power.drawn.
with.the.electromagnet.closed.is.less.than.7.VA
Application example: switching the operating coil of contactors and relays.
Category AC-15 (2)
This.category.applies.to.the.switching.of.electromagnetic.loads.whose.power.drawn.
with.the.electromagnet.closed.is.greater.than.7.VA
Application example: switching the operating coil of contactors.
Utilisation categories for dc applications
Category DC-13 (3)
This.category.applies.to.the.switching.of.electromagnetic.loads.for.which.the.time.
taken.to.reach.95.%.of.the.steady.state.current.(T.=.095).is.equal.to.6.times.the.
power.P.drawn.by.the.load.(with.P.y.50.W)
Application.example:.switching.the.operating.coil.of.contactor.breakers
(1) Ir = protection module setting current.
(2) Replaces category AC-11.
(3) Replaces category DC-11.
Motor starters - open version
integral.63.contactor.breakers..
and.reversing.contactor.breakers
References:.
pages.1/16.to.1/173
Dimensions.and.schemes:
pages.1/176.to.1/179
References:.
pages.1/16.to.1/173
Dimensions.and.schemes:
pages.1/176.to.1/179
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1/148
1
Equipment selection
for starters
When.designing.an.installation,.it.is.essential.to.take.into.account.precise.criteria.for.
determining.the.conductor.csa.and.selecting.equipment
In.particular:
permissible.currents.for.the.conductors,
maximum.voltage.drops,
short-circuit.protection,
protection.against.indirect.contact
The.latter.three.criteria.must.be.taken.into.account.when.selecting.the.integral.unit
The.principle.behind.the.rules.described.below.is,.on.the.whole,.common.to.all.
European.publications.However,.the.calculations.and.values.concerning.protection.
against.indirect.contact.are.based.on.French.standard.NF.C.15-100,.and.it.is.up.to.
the.user.to.check.the.regulations.in.force.in.the.country.concerned
....
Cable protection against overload
To.achieve.this,.the.thermal.setting.value.Irth.selected.must.be.greater.than.the.
current.drawn.I
B
.and.less.than.or.equal.to.the.permissible.current.Iz.in.the.cable.to..
be.protected
I
B
.<.Irth.y.Iz
...........
Short-circuit protection
Breaking capacity rule
Check.that.the.breaking.capacity.(BC).of.the.integral.unit.is.equal.to.or.greater.than.
the.prospective.short-circuit.current.(Isc.max).at.the.point.where.it.is.to.be.installed
BC.u.Isc.max
....
Breaking time rule
2 conditions must be fulflled:
The.short-circuit.current.at.the.end.of.the.circuit,.Isc.min,.must.be.greater.than.or.
equal.to.the.minimum.current.required.for.magnetic.tripping.of.the.device,
The.short-circuit.current.at.the.start.of.the.circuit,.Isc.max,.must.be.such.that:
....
I
2
sc max t
m
y I
2
o
t
o
I
2
o
t
o
.=.permissible.thermal.stress.limit.for.the.circuit,
t
m
.=.operating.time.of.the.integral.unit.or.of.the.short-circuit.
protection.device
These..checks.need.only.be.made.when.modules.with.a.low.rating.are.used
Example:.for.a.63/10.A.module,.a.cable.csa.u..5.mm

.is.required.to.withstand..
Isc.max.=.50.kA
.........
Protection against indirect contact in TN schemes
TN multiple earthed neutral scheme
....
Neutral.is.connected.to.earth
The.earths.are.connected.to.neutral
Any.phase/earth.insulation.fault.causes.a.short-circuit
As contact voltage is dangerous, breaking must occur at the frst fault.
The.PE.conductor.and.the.neutral.conductor.may.be:
combined.(TNC.scheme),
separate.(TNS.scheme)
....
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
v
v
PEN B B'
C C'
A
TNC.scheme
PEN B B'
C C'
A
TNC.scheme
Motor starters - open version
integral.63.contactor.breakers..
and.reversing.contactor.breakers
General:
pages.1/14.to.1/147
References:.
pages.1/16.to.1/173
Dimensions.and.schemes:
pages.1/176.to.1/179
General:
pages.1/14.to.1/147
References:.
pages.1/16.to.1/173
Dimensions.and.schemes:
pages.1/176.to.1/179
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1/149
1
Equipment selection
for starters
Protection against indirect contact in TN schemes (continued)
Protection.against.indirect.contact.(TN.schemes),.for.dead.shorts.only,.requires.
that the following 2 conditions be fulflled simultaneously:
The.fault.current.Id.must.be.greater.than.or.equal.to.the.minimum.current.required.
for.magnetic.tripping.of.the.integral.unit,.ie.11..Irth.max
....
.... c = coeffcient taking into account the upstream part of the
fault.loop.impedance.assumed.to.be.equal.to.08,.unless.
otherwise.indicated
q = coeffcient dependent on the earth connection scheme
and.equal.to.1.in.the.TN.scheme
Uo.=.phase-neutral.voltage.in.volts
Zb.=.fault.loop.impedance.in.mW/m.such.that:..
Zb..R.(fault.loop.resistance)
.... L =.length.of.the.fault.loop.equal.to.twice.the.length.Lc.of.the.
circuit
S.=.Sph,.csa.of.the.phase.conductors.=.S
PE
.=.csa.of.the.
protective.conductors
r.=.resistivity.of.the.copper.=.005
.=.ratio.between.the.magnetic.tripping.current.and.the.
maximum.setting.current.of.the.instantaneous.thermal.
tripping.device
The.contact.voltage.(U
L
).for.a.dead.short.is.at.most.equal.to.the.value.determined.
by.the.safety.curve.for.the.operating.time.tm.of.the.integral.unit.in.its.magnetic.tripping.
zone
This condition is generally fulflled for power supplies of 230/415 V. .
(In.fact,.for.U
L
.=.50.V,.a.tm.y.500.ms.would.be.required.and.for.U
L
.=.5.V,..
a.tm.y.110.ms.would.be.required)
The frst condition allows us to calculate the maximum length of the circuit to provide
protection.against.indirect.contact.in.the.TN.scheme
For.the.TN.scheme:
..........
.....
Maximum length of 230/415 V circuits with TN scheme
Csa Irth max = 3 = 6 = 12 = 15
mm
2
A m m m m
15 10 180 90 45 36
16 11 56 8
25 10 98 149 75 60
16 186 93 47 37
5 118 59 3
3 9 46 3
4 16 96 148 74 60
5 190 95 48
3 148 74 37
40 118 59 30
6 5 84 14 71
3 111 56
40 178 89 45
50 14 71 36
10 3 370 185 93
40 96 148 74
50 36 118 59
63 188 94 47
16 3 590 95 148
40 47 36 118
50 378 189 95
63 300 150 75
25 3 9 461 81
40 738 369 185
50 590 95 148
63 468 34 117
....
b
v
v
Id = cq
___ Uo
Zb
Id = cq
___ Uo
Zb
R =

r
__

=
2
r
___
L
S
Lc
S
R =

r
__

=
2
r
___
L
S
Lc
S
L y
__________ cqUoSph
2r1 Irth
L y
__________ cqUoSph
2r1 Irth
ie.L max =
_______________________
08 x Uo x Sph
2 x 00225 x 12 Irth max
ie.L max =
_______________________
08 x Uo x Sph
2 x 00225 x 12 Irth max
Motor starters - open version
integral.63.contactor.breakers..
and.reversing.contactor.breakers
General:
pages.1/14.to.1/147
References:.
pages.1/16.to.1/173
Dimensions.and.schemes:
pages.1/176.to.1/179
General:
pages.1/14.to.1/147
References:.
pages.1/16.to.1/173
Dimensions.and.schemes:
pages.1/176.to.1/179
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1/150
1
Selection according to
utilisation category and
required electrical
durability
Selection for a temperature q y 40 C
Rated operational voltage V 220/240 400/415 440 480/525 600/690
Rated operational currents (according to the rated operational voltage)
integral 63 A 63 63 63 63 63
Rated operational powers (for standard motors)
integral 63 kW 15 33 33 37 55
Electrical durability
Control and protection of motors at Ue y 415 V
in.utilisation.categories.AC,.AC3.conforming.to.IEC.60947-4-1,
in.utilisation.categories.AC,.AC3.conforming.to.IEC.60947-6-.
b
b
..
1 Not.having.previously.broken.a.short-circuit.current
2 Having.broken.a.short-circuit.current.10.times.at.30.Ie.(most.common.values.of.
short-circuit.current.during.operation)
..
....
1
1,5
3 4 5
6
7
8
9
10
0 40 6080
100
150
300 63 160
0,01
0,0
0,04
0,06
0,08
0,1
0,
0,4
0,6
0,8
1
1,5

4
5
6
8
10
0
(63.A)
1 2
00
Millions.of.operating.cycles
Current.broken.in.A
1
1,5
3 4 5
6
7
8
9
10
0 40 6080
100
150
300 63 160
0,01
0,0
0,04
0,06
0,08
0,1
0,
0,4
0,6
0,8
1
1,5

4
5
6
8
10
0
(63.A)
1 2
00
Millions.of.operating.cycles
Current.broken.in.A
AC-3
AC-42 AC-43
AC-2
Current.
breaking.
limit
AC-3
AC-42 AC-43
AC-2
Current.
breaking.
limit
Motor starters - open version
integral.63.contactor.breakers..
and.reversing.contactor.breakers
General:
pages.1/14.to.1/147
References:.
pages.1/16.to.1/173
Dimensions.and.schemes:
pages.1/176.to.1/179
General:
pages.1/14.to.1/147
References:.
pages.1/16.to.1/173
Dimensions.and.schemes:
pages.1/176.to.1/179
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1/151
1
Selection according to
utilisation category and
required electrical
durability
ac supply, utilisation categories AC-1, AC-3, AC-41, AC-43
Rated operational currents (according to ambient temperature)
With cable csa q y 40 C q y 55 C q y 70 C
integral 63 16.mm

A 63 55 50
ac supply, utilisation categories AC-1, AC-41
Maximum operating rates in operating cycles/hour
On-load
factor 85 %
On-load
factor 25 %
Operation
at Ie max
Operation
at 05 Ie
Operation
at Ie max
integral 63 Operating cycles/h 100 400 1800
Electrical durability Ue y 415 V
..
Note: foruseincategoryAC-44,pleaseconsultyourRegionalSalesOffce.
....
0,01
0,02
0,04
0,06
0,08
0,1
0,2
0,4
0,6
0,8
1
1,5
2
4
5
6
8
10
20
(63 A)
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 20 10 40
60
6380100
Millions.of.operating.cycles
Current.broken.in.A
0,01
0,02
0,04
0,06
0,08
0,1
0,2
0,4
0,6
0,8
1
1,5
2
4
5
6
8
10
20
(63 A)
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 20 10 40
60
6380100
Millions.of.operating.cycles
Current.broken.in.A
Motor starters - open version
integral.63.contactor.breakers..
and.reversing.contactor.breakers
General:
pages.1/14.to.1/147
References:.
pages.1/16.to.1/173
Dimensions.and.schemes:
pages.1/176.to.1/179
General:
pages.1/14.to.1/147
References:.
pages.1/16.to.1/173
Dimensions.and.schemes:
pages.1/176.to.1/179
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1/15
1
Characteristics
Type integral 63
Number of poles 3
Rated operational current (Ie) In.AC-3 A 63
Rated operational voltage (Ue) V 690
Electrical durability In.AC-3.at.400.V 1.million.operating.cycles
Mechanical durability at.Uc 5.million.operating.cycles
Maximum operating rate
at.ambient.temperature.y.55.C
a
3600.operating.cycles/hour
c.with.converter 600.operating.cycles/hour
Environment
Conforming to standards IEC:.158-1,.04-1,.04-,.364,.947-1/.and.4
UTE:.NF.C.63-110,.C.63-10,.C.63-130,.C.63-650,.C.79-100,.C.0-040
VDE:.0100,.0110,.0113,.0170,.0171,.471,.0660
BS:.544,.475,.4941
NEN,.NBN
Product certifcations ASE,.ASEFA,.ASTA,.BV,.CSA,.DEMKO,.DNV,.GL
NEMKO,.NKK,.VE,.RINA,.SCC,.SETI,.UL,.USSR,.LROS
Protective treatment TH
Ambient air temperature
around.the.device
a
Operation C -.0+.60
Storage C -.40+.80
c
(1)
Operation C -.5+.50
Storage C -.5+.70
Vibration resistance
Permissible.acceleration
5100.Hz Energised.state:.3.gn
De-energised.state:.3.gn
Shock resistance
Permissible.acceleration
Impulse.duration:.11.ms Energised.state:.8.gn
De-energised.state:.8.gn
Degree of protection Conforming.to.IEC.60144.&.6059 IP.0B
Conforming.to.VDE.0106 Protection against direct fnger contact
Flame resistance Conforming.to.IEC.6095--1,.NF.C.0-455.and.decree.of.-1-81
(JO.7.NC.of.1
st
.and.//198)
Conforming.to.UL.94.-.V0.and.NF.T.51-07
Maximum operating altitude Without.derating m 3000
Operating positions
(without.derating)
In.relation.to.normal..
vertical.mounting.plane
From.main.axis.
(left-right.tilt)
Control circuit characteristics
Rated control circuit voltage
(Uc)
a.50.Hz V 4660
a.60.Hz V 4600
c.with.converter V 4,.48,.110
Voltage limits
at.q y 55.C
Operation 08511.Uc
Drop-out 0507.Uc
Average consumption
at.0.C.and.at.Uc
a
Inrush VA 375.(50.Hz),.450.(60.Hz)
Sealed VA 5.(50.Hz.or.60.Hz)
c.(1) Inrush W 300.for.50.ms
Sealed W 8
Heat dissipation W 8.(50.Hz),.11.(60.Hz)
Operating time (2)
at.0.C.and.at.Uc
a.50/60.Hz C ms 135
O ms 70
c.with.
converter
C ms 540
O ms 155
(1) With converter.
(2) The closing time C is measured from the moment the coil supply is switched on to initial
contact of the main poles.
The opening time O is measured from the moment the coil supply is switched off to the
moment the main poles separate.
Motor starters - open version
Contactor.breakers..
and.reversing.contactor.breakers.integral.63
General:
pages.1/14.to.1/147
Selection:
pages.1/148.to.1/151
References:
pages.1/16.to.1/173
Dimensions.and.schemes:
pages.1/176.to.1/179
General:
pages.1/14.to.1/147
Selection:
pages.1/148.to.1/151
References:
pages.1/16.to.1/173
Dimensions.and.schemes:
pages.1/176.to.1/179
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1/153
1
Characteristics
Type integral 63
Pole characteristics
Conventional thermal current (Ith) q.y.40.C A 63
Frequency limits
of the operational current
Hz 4060
Rated impulse
withstand voltage (Uimp)
Conforming.to.IEC.60947-4 kV 8
Rated insulation voltage (Ui). Conforming.to.IEC.60947-1 V 690
Heat dissipation in.the.power.
circuits.of.the.contactor.breaker..
and.its.protection.module
Operational.current A 5 3 40 50 63
Power.per.pole,.hot.state W 44 5 58 7 9
Rated making capacity
I.rms Conforming.to.IEC.60947-4 A 1.or.15.x.Ith.(above.this.value.the.breaker.trips)
I.peak Conforming.to.IEC.60947- kA 105
Rated breaking capacity
conforming.to..
IEC.60947-
Operational.voltage V 220/240 380/415 440 480/525 600/690
Value.of.cos j 05 05 05 05 05
Cycle.P1.(O-t-CO).Icu.(1) kA rms 50 50 50 35 10
Cycle.P.(O-t.CO-t-CO).Ics.(1) kA rms 50 50 50 35 10
conforming.to.IEC...
60947-6-.ensuring.
reliability.of.operation
Icu.=.Ics. kA rms 50 50 50 30 10
Total breaking time ms 4
Electrical durability in AC-3..
at.Ie.max.and.at.415.V..
after.1.cycle.O-CO-r-CO.at.Isc
Prospective.rms..............
short-circuit.current.at.
terminals.of.a.new.device
kA 3 10 5 35 50
Millions.of.operating.cycles 1 09 06 05 0
Thermal limit With.Isc.max..
at.415.V,.50.Hz
A
2
s 300.x.10
3
Cabling Maximum.csa Minimum.csa
Flexible.cable..
without.cable.end
mm
2
1.x.50.or..x.35 1.x.6
Flexible.cable..
with.cable.end
mm
2
.x.5 1.x.6
Solid.cable mm
2
1.x.50 1.x.6
Tightening torque Nm 6
Characteristics of thermal-magnetic or magnetic only protection modules
Module type LB1 LD03P LB1 LD03M LB6 LD03M LB1 LD03L
Protection Standard.motors Standard.motors Frequent.starting Distribution.circuits
Conforming.to.standards NF.C.63-650 NF.C.63-650 NF.C.63-650 NF.C.63-10
Number.of.poles 3 3 3 3
Number.of.protected.poles 3 3 3 3
Rated.operational.voltage V 690 690 690 690
Max.continuous.current A 1363 1363 1363 1363
Thermal protection Setting.range.(Irth.min/Irth.max) A 10/1345/63 10/1345/63 10/1345/63
Temperature.compensation C -.0+.60 .0+.60 .0+.60 .0+.60
Protection.against..
phase.imbalance
With With Without Without
Tripping.class 0 0
Magnetic protection
conforming.to..
IEC.60947-1//4/6-
Instantaneous.trip.current.
setting.range
Fixed.at.15.Irth.max 61.Irth.max.(usual.
setting..
910.Irth.maxi)
61.Irth.max 36.Irth.max
Tripping.tolerance .0.% .0.% .0.% .0.%
Characteristics of versions without control test function, with padlocking facility
Conforming to standards IEC.60947
Rated operational voltage V 690
Mechanical durability Operating.cycles 10.000
Padlocking By 1, 2 or 3 padlocks, 8 mm shank
Characteristics of versions with control test function and padlocking facility
Conforming to standards IEC.60947,.NF.C.63-130,.VDE.0660,.VDE.0113
Rated operational voltage V 690
Mechanical durability Operating.cycles 10.000
Padlocking 1, 2 or 3 padlocks, shank 8 mm max and 5 mm min. When fush mounting,
interlocking.of.the.enclosure.or.cabinet.door.is.possible
(1) O: breaking short-circuit current (open),
t: time
CO: closing on short-circuit, breaking short-circuit current (closed-open)
Motor starters - open version
Contactor.breakers..
and.reversing.contactor.breakers.integral.63
General:
pages.1/14.to.1/147
Selection:
pages.1/148.to.1/151
References:
pages.1/16.to.1/173
Dimensions.and.schemes:
pages.1/176.to.1/179
General:
pages.1/14.to.1/147
Selection:
pages.1/148.to.1/151
References:
pages.1/16.to.1/173
Dimensions.and.schemes:
pages.1/176.to.1/179
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1/154
1
Characteristics (continued)
Instantaneous auxiliary contacts LA1 Lpp
Conventional thermal current (Ith) A 6
Rated insulation voltage (Ui). Conforming.to..
IEC.60947-5-1
V 690
Switching capacity With.U.u.17.V.and.I.u.10.mA mVA 600
Rated
operational
power
a.category..
AC-15.(1)
Voltage V 48 110/127 220/240 380/415 440
1.million.operating.cycles VA 300 500 600 50 500
15.million.operating.cycles VA 160 300 330 300 80
Making capacity a.category.AC-15 VA 1500 3500 6000 7500 7000
Rated
operational
power
c.category..
DC-13.(2)
Voltage V 24 48 110 220 440
1.million.operating.cycles W 10 90 75 68 61
15.million.operating.cycles W 70 50 38 33 8
Making capacity c.category.DC-13 W 800 700 400 60 0
Cabling mm
2
Maximum.csa:..x.5.
Minimum.csa:..x.1.
Isolating auxiliary contacts LA1 LC03p
Conventional thermal current (Ith) A 6
Rated insulation voltage (Ui).
Conforming.to.IEC.60947..
and.NF.C.63-130
ac.supply V 690
dc.supply V 15
Cabling mm
2
Maximum.csa:..x.15.or.1.x.5
Signalling contacts LA1 LC001
Conventional thermal current (Ith) A 3
Rated insulation voltage (Ui). Conforming.to..
IEC.60947-5-1
V 50
Operational power
for.00.000.operating.cycles
a
Voltage V 110/127 220
Resistive.load VA 600 750
Lamp.load.(3) VA 90 15
Inductive.load.(4) VA 875 500
Motor (5) VA 160 00
c
Voltage V 24 48 110/125 200
Resistive.load W 100 100 50 50
Lamp.load.(3) W 50 50 6 75
Inductive.load.(4) W 75 75 50 50
Motor (5) W 75 75 6 75
Cabling mm
2

Maximum.csa:..x.5.
Minimum.csa:..x.1
(1) Electrical durability on an inductive load such as the coil of an electromagnet: making current
(cos j 0.7) = 10 times the power broken (cos j 0.4).
(2) Electrical durability on an inductive load such as the coil of an electromagnet, the time
constant increasing with the load.
(3) Lamp load: peak current = 10 times the rated current.
(4) Inductive load: cos j 0.4 for a.c. operation; time constant 7 ms for d.c. operation.
(5) Motor: peak current = 6 times the rated current.
Motor starters - open version
Contactor.breakers..
and.reversing.contactor.breakers.integral.63
Add-on.current.limiter.and.auxiliary.contacts
General:
pages.1/14.to.1/147
Selection:
pages.1/148.to.1/151
References:
pages.1/16.to.1/173
Dimensions.and.schemes:
pages.1/176.to.1/179
General:
pages.1/14.to.1/147
Selection:
pages.1/148.to.1/151
References:
pages.1/16.to.1/173
Dimensions.and.schemes:
pages.1/176.to.1/179
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1/155
1
Characteristics
Type Interface modules Converters
Used for control
of the integral 32
By.a.programmable.controller,..
with.ac.control.of.the.electromagnet
By.a.programmable.controller,..
with.dc.control.of.the.electromagnet..
Control.on.dc.supply
Ambient air temperature
around the device
Storage C -.5+.70 -.5+.70
Operation C -.5+.50 -.5+.50
Isolation kV rms.voltage.between.inputs.and.outputs:.5 Common.negative.terminal
Cabling Min mm
2
1.x.1 1.x.1
Max mm
2
.x.5 .x.5
Operating limits 085101.Uc 0811.Uc.(2)
Protection

Against.reverse.polarity.(by.diode)..
and.against.overvoltage
Against.reverse.polarity.(by.diode)..
and.against.overvoltage
Module or converter type LA1 LC LA1 LC
580BD 580ED 180BD 080BD 080ED 080FD
Control circuit characteristics
Schemes
Indication of input state By.LED
Input signals
(logic.side)
Voltage V c 4
(E1-E)
c.48
(E1-E)
c.54
(E1-E)
c.4.
(E1-E)
c.48.
(E1-E)
c.54
(E1-E)
c.4.(1)
(E3-E)
c.48.(1)
(E3-E)
c.4.(1)
(E3-E)
c.48.(1)
(E3-E)

Current mA 30 0 154.V.
.855.V
50 5 154.V.
.855.V
0 10 0 10
State 0
guaranteed
For.U V <.4 <.48 <.5 <.4 <.48 <.5 <7 <.14 <.7 <14
For.I mA <. <. <. <. <. <. <.5 <.5 <.5 <.5
State 1
guaranteed
For.U V >.04 >.408 >.4 >.04 >.4 >.4 >.14 >.8 >.14 >.8
Supply voltage V


a.
440
(A1-A)
a.
440
(A1-A)
a.
440
(A1-A)
a.
440
(A1-A)
a.
440
(A1-A)
a.
440
(A1-A)
c..
4.(2)
(E1-E)
c
48.(2)
(E1-E)
c..
110.()
(E1-E)
c..
4.(2)
(E1-E)
c..
48.(2)
(E1-E)
c..
110.(2)
(E1-E)
Operating characteristics
Electrical durability
in.millions.of.operating.cycles
5 1
Average
consumption
Inrush 50.Hz VA 160 160 160 375 375 375
60.Hz VA 185 185 185 450 450 450
c
W 50 50 50 300 300 300
Sealed 50/60.Hz VA 1 1 1 5 5 5
c
W 4 4 4 8 8 8
Operating time
at.0.C..
and.at.Uc
Pull-in ms 1530 1530 1035 040 040 1045 30 30 30 35 35 35
Drop-out ms

35 35 830 545 545 830 15 15 15 0 0 0
(1) For direct control by external contact: connect E1-E3.
(2)Warning:forsupplyfromrectifeda.c.,the2followingconditionsmustbemet:thepowersupplymustexceed300VAandthemaximumripplemustbey 14 %.
+ E1
E2
A1
A2
+ E1
E2
A1
A2
LA1 LCp580pD LA1 Lp180BD
+ E1
E2
A1
A2
+ E1
E2
A1
A2
LA1 LCp580pD LA1 Lp180BD
+

(0V)
E1
E3
E2
A1
A2
+

(0V)
E1
E2
A1
A2
LA1 Lp080BD
LA1 Lp080ED
LA1 Lp080FD
+

(0V)
E1
E3
E2
A1
A2
+

(0V)
E1
E2
A1
A2
LA1 Lp080BD
LA1 Lp080ED
LA1 Lp080FD
Motor starters - open version
Contactor.breakers..
and.reversing.contactor.breakers.integral.63
Interface.modules.and.converters
General:
pages.1/14.to.1/147
Selection:
pages.1/148.to.1/151
References:
pages.1/16.to.1/173
Dimensions.and.schemes:
pages.1/176.to.1/179
General:
pages.1/14.to.1/147
Selection:
pages.1/148.to.1/151
References:
pages.1/16.to.1/173
Dimensions.and.schemes:
pages.1/176.to.1/179
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1/156
1
Characteristics
Environment
Conforming to standards IEC.60337-1
Protective treatment TH
Ambient air temperature
around.the.device
Storage C -.40+.80
Operation C -.5+.55
Permissible.for..
operation.at.Uc
C -.5+.70
Protection against
direct fnger contact
Conforming.to.VDE.0106
Tripping devices
Type LA1 LC070p, LC072p LA1 LC071p
Pull-in voltage Uc 0811 0711
Drop-out voltage Uc 03507
Average consumption Inrush VA 8 8
Sealed VA 4 4
Minimum pulse time ms 10
Reset devices
Type LA1 LC052p
Consumption VA 9
Duration of a reset cycle s 9
Minimum pulse duration s 05
Suppressor module LA9 D09982
Type of protection RC.(resistor-capacitor)
Connection scheme
Operational voltage V y.50
Motor starters - open version
Contactor.breakers..
and.reversing.contactor.breakers.integral.63
Tripping.and.reset.devices,.coil.suppressor.module
General:
pages.1/14.to.1/147
Selection:
pages.1/148.to.1/151
References:
pages.1/16.to.1/173
Dimensions.and.schemes:
pages.1/176.to.1/179
General:
pages.1/14.to.1/147
Selection:
pages.1/148.to.1/151
References:
pages.1/16.to.1/173
Dimensions.and.schemes:
pages.1/176.to.1/179
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1/157
1
Characteristics
Breaking.capacity.of.integral.63.contactor.breakers,.according.to.the.operational.
voltage and protection module ftted.
Breaking capacity
Protection module Operational voltage
Reference Irth 220/240 V 400/415 V 440 V 500 V 600/690 V
min max
A A kA kA kA kA kA
LBp.LD03p16. 10 13
u 130 u 130 u 130 u 130
10
LBp.LD03p1. 13 18
u 130 u 130 u 130 u 130
10
LBp.LD03p. 18 5
u 130 u 130
50 35 10
LBp.LD03p53. 3 3
u 130
50 50 35 10
LBp.LD03p55. 8 40
u 130
50 50 30 10
LBp.LD03p57. 35 50
u 130
50 50 30 10
LBp.LD03p61. 45 63
u 130
50 50 30 10
Motor starters - open version
Contactor.breakers..
and.reversing.contactor.breakers.integral.63
General:
pages.1/14.to.1/147
Selection:
pages.1/148.to.1/151
References:
pages.1/16.to.1/173
Dimensions.and.schemes:
pages.1/176.to.1/179
General:
pages.1/14.to.1/147
Selection:
pages.1/148.to.1/151
References:
pages.1/16.to.1/173
Dimensions.and.schemes:
pages.1/176.to.1/179
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1/158
1
Selection of protection
module according to the
tripping characteristics
Motor protection (normal starting)
By thermal-magnetic modules LB1 LD03P (1)
By thermal-magnetic modules LB1 LD03M (1)
(1) Thermal protection: the average operating times shown in the above curves are for an
ambientairtemperatureof20C,withoutpriorcurrentfow(coldstate).Theaverage
operatingtimesafterprolongedcurrentfow(hotstate)canbecalculatedbyapplyingthe
coeffcient0.5.
6 10 20 40 60 100 200 400 600 1000 2000
0,01 s
0,1 s
1 s
10 s
1 min
10
min
100
min
300
min
15 30 54
40 s
P16
P21
P22
P53
P55
P61
P57
irth
35 45
10 13 18 25
23
32
28
40 50
63
195
270
375
480
600
750
945
Time
Current.in.A
6 10 20 40 60 100 200 400 600 1000 2000
0,01 s
0,1 s
1 s
10 s
1 min
10
min
100
min
300
min
15 30 54
40 s
P16
P21
P22
P53
P55
P61
P57
irth
35 45
10 13 18 25
23
32
28
40 50
63
195
270
375
480
600
750
945
Time
Current.in.A
6 10 20 40 60 100 200 400 600 1000 2000
0,01 s
0,1 s
1 s
10 s
1 min
10
min
100
min
300
min
irth 10 18 25
23
32
28 35
40
45 63
50
M16
M21
M22
M53
M55
M57
M61
13 13
190
380
600
78
108
240
216 150
156
300
480
760
13 13
Time
Current.in.A
M
a
g
n
e
t
i
c
.
z
o
n
e
T
h
e
r
m
a
l
.
z
o
n
e
6 10 20 40 60 100 200 400 600 1000 2000
0,01 s
0,1 s
1 s
10 s
1 min
10
min
100
min
300
min
irth 10 18 25
23
32
28 35
40
45 63
50
M16
M21
M22
M53
M55
M57
M61
13 13
190
380
600
78
108
240
216 150
156
300
480
760
13 13
Time
Current.in.A
M
a
g
n
e
t
i
c
.
z
o
n
e
T
h
e
r
m
a
l
.
z
o
n
e
Motor starters - open version
Contactor.breakers..
and.reversing.contactor.breakers.integral.63
General:
pages.1/14.to.1/147
Selection:
pages.1/148.to.1/151
References:
pages.1/16.to.1/173
Dimensions.and.schemes:
pages.1/176.to.1/179
General:
pages.1/14.to.1/147
Selection:
pages.1/148.to.1/151
References:
pages.1/16.to.1/173
Dimensions.and.schemes:
pages.1/176.to.1/179
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1/159
1
Selection of protection
module according to the
tripping characteristics
Motor protection (frequent starting)
By magnetic modules LB6 LD03M
Distribution circuit protection
By thermal-magnetic modules LB1 LD03L
6 10 20 40 60 100 200 400 600 1000 2000
0,01 s
0,1 s
1 s
10 s
1 min
10
min
100
min
300
min
80 110
190
380
600
78
108
240
216 150
156
300
480
760
Time
Current.in.A
M
a
g
n
e
t
i
c
.
z
o
n
e
T
h
e
r
m
a
l
.
z
o
n
e
6 10 20 40 60 100 200 400 600 1000 2000
0,01 s
0,1 s
1 s
10 s
1 min
10
min
100
min
300
min
80 110
190
380
600
78
108
240
216 150
156
300
480
760
Time
Current.in.A
M
a
g
n
e
t
i
c
.
z
o
n
e
T
h
e
r
m
a
l
.
z
o
n
e
6 10 20 40 60 100 200 400 600 1000 2000
0,01 s
0,1 s
1 s
10 s
1 min
10
min
100
min
300
min
18 23 63 irth
25
28
32
35
40
45
50
L22
L53
L55
L57
L61
150
150
190
120 240
300
380 190
75
95
Time
Current.in.A
6 10 20 40 60 100 200 400 600 1000 2000
0,01 s
0,1 s
1 s
10 s
1 min
10
min
100
min
300
min
18 23 63 irth
25
28
32
35
40
45
50
L22
L53
L55
L57
L61
150
150
190
120 240
300
380 190
75
95
Time
Current.in.A
Motor starters - open version
Contactor.breakers..
and.reversing.contactor.breakers.integral.63
General:
pages.1/14.to.1/147
Selection:
pages.1/148.to.1/151
References:
pages.1/16.to.1/173
Dimensions.and.schemes:
pages.1/176.to.1/179
General:
pages.1/14.to.1/147
Selection:
pages.1/148.to.1/151
References:
pages.1/16.to.1/173
Dimensions.and.schemes:
pages.1/176.to.1/179
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1/160
1
Selection of protection
module according to the
tripping characteristics
Current limitation and thermal limit on short-circuit
3-phase 400/415 V, 50 Hz
Current.limitation.on.short-circuit.
..
1 18.to.5.A.up.to.45.to.63.A.
Maximum.thermal.limit.on.short-circuit
1 18.to.5.A.up.to.45.to.63.A.
(1) LB1 LD03p22 to LD06p61: rating of associated thermal overload module.
100
80
60
40
10
20
8
6
4
3
2
1
0,8
0,6
0,4
0,2
0,1
0,2 0,1 0,4 0,3 1 2 4 6 8 10 15 50 100 200 20
c
o
s


=

0
,
7

=

0
,
5

=

0
,
3

=

0
,
2
5
1(1)
Maximum.peak.current.in.kA
Prospective.rms.short-circuit.current.in.kA
100
80
60
40
10
20
8
6
4
3
2
1
0,8
0,6
0,4
0,2
0,1
0,2 0,1 0,4 0,3 1 2 4 6 8 10 15 50 100 200 20
c
o
s


=

0
,
7

=

0
,
5

=

0
,
3

=

0
,
2
5
1(1)
Maximum.peak.current.in.kA
Prospective.rms.short-circuit.current.in.kA
1000
800
600
400
200
100
80
60
40
20
10
1 2 4 6 8 10 15 20 50 100 200
(1)
1
Thermal.limit.I

t.in.kA

s.in.the......
short-circuit.protection.zone
Prospective.rms.short-circuit.current.in.kA
1000
800
600
400
200
100
80
60
40
20
10
1 2 4 6 8 10 15 20 50 100 200
(1)
1
Thermal.limit.I

t.in.kA

s.in.the......
short-circuit.protection.zone
Prospective.rms.short-circuit.current.in.kA
Motor starters - open version
Contactor.breakers..
and.reversing.contactor.breakers.integral.63
General:
pages.1/14.to.1/147
Selection:
pages.1/148.to.1/151
References:
pages.1/16.to.1/173
Dimensions.and.schemes:
pages.1/176.to.1/179
General:
pages.1/14.to.1/147
Selection:
pages.1/148.to.1/151
References:
pages.1/16.to.1/173
Dimensions.and.schemes:
pages.1/176.to.1/179
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1/161
1
Selection of protection
module according to the
tripping characteristics
Current limitation and thermal limit on short-circuit (continued)
3-phase 480/500 V, 50 Hz
Current.limitation.on.short-circuit.
.
1 18.to.5.A.up.to.45.to.63.A.
Current.limitation.on.short-circuit
1 18.to.5.A.up.to.45.to.63.A.
(1) LB1 LD03p22 to LD03p61: rating of associated thermal overload module.
100
80
60
40
10
20
8
6
4
3
2
1
0,8
0,6
0,4
0,2
0,1
0,2 0,1 0,4 0,3 1 2 4 6 8 10 15 50 100 200 20 35

c
o
s

=

0
,
7

=

0
,
5

=

0
,
3

=

0
,
2
5
(1) 1
Maximum.peak.current.in.kA
Prospective.rms.short-circuit.current.in.kA
100
80
60
40
10
20
8
6
4
3
2
1
0,8
0,6
0,4
0,2
0,1
0,2 0,1 0,4 0,3 1 2 4 6 8 10 15 50 100 200 20 35

c
o
s

=

0
,
7

=

0
,
5

=

0
,
3

=

0
,
2
5
(1) 1
Maximum.peak.current.in.kA
Prospective.rms.short-circuit.current.in.kA
1000
800
600
400
200
100
80
60
40
20
10
1 2 4 6 8 10 15 20 50 100 200 35
(1)
1
Thermal.limit.I

t.in.kA

s.in.the.....
short-circuit.protection.zone
Prospective.rms.short-circuit.current.in.kA
1000
800
600
400
200
100
80
60
40
20
10
1 2 4 6 8 10 15 20 50 100 200 35
(1)
1
Thermal.limit.I

t.in.kA

s.in.the.....
short-circuit.protection.zone
Prospective.rms.short-circuit.current.in.kA
Motor starters - open version
Contactor.breakers.and..
reversing.contactor.breakers.integral.63
General:
pages.1/14.to.1/147
Selection:
pages.1/148.to.1/151
References:
pages.1/16.to.1/173
Dimensions.and.schemes:
pages.1/176.to.1/179
General:
pages.1/14.to.1/147
Selection:
pages.1/148.to.1/151
References:
pages.1/16.to.1/173
Dimensions.and.schemes:
pages.1/176.to.1/179
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1/16
1
Motor starters - open version
Contactor.breakers.and..
reversing.contactor.breakers.integral.63
for.control.and.protection.of.motors
(for.customer.assembly)......
3-pole contactor breakers without protection module (1)
Without control test function, with padlocking facility
Standard power ratings of
3-phase motors 50/60 Hz in AC-43
Operational
current
Breaking
capacity (Iq)
for
Ue y 415 V
Basic reference (3)
To be completed by adding
the control circuit voltage code (2)
Weight
220 V
240 V
400 V
415 V 440 V 500 V 660 V
kW kW kW kW kW A kA kg
Black knob
15 30
33
33 37 55 63 50 LD1 LD030p 3700.
.
With control test function and padlocking facility
Standard power ratings of
3-phase motors 50/60 Hz in AC-43
Operational
current
Breaking
capacity (Iq)
for
Ue y 415 V
Basic reference (3)
To be completed by adding
the control circuit voltage code (2)
Weight
220 V
240 V
400 V
415 V 440 V 500 V 660 V
kW kW kW kW kW A kA kg
Black knob (CNOMO, VDE 0113)
15 30
33
33 37 55 63 50 LD4 LD130p 3800.
.
Red knob on yellow background (CNOMO) Emergency Stop
15 30
33
33 37 55 63 50 LD4 LD030p 3800.
.
3-pole reversing contactor breakers without protection module (1)
With control test function and padlocking facility
Standard power ratings of
3-phase motors 50/60 Hz in AC-43
Operational
current
Breaking
capacity (Iq)
for
Ue y 415 V
Basic reference (3)
To be completed by adding
the control circuit voltage code (2)
Weight
220 V
240 V
400 V
415 V 440 V 500 V 660 V
kW kW kW kW kW A kA kg
Black knob (CNOMO, VDE 0113)
15 30
33
33 37 55 63 50 LD5 LD130p 7600.
.
Red knob on yellow background (CNOMO) Emergency Stop
15 30
33
33 37 55 63 50 LD5 LD030p 7600.
.
(1)Fortheunittofunction,itmustbefttedwithaprotectionmodule,tobeorderedseparately,seepageopposite.
(2)Standardcontrolcircuitvoltages(forothervoltages,pleaseconsultyourRegionalSalesOffce):
Volts 24 36 42 48 110 120 220 230 240 380
400
415 440 480 500 600 660
50 Hz B D E F M M U Q N N S Y
60 Hz BC CC CE K FC LC MC MC UX Q S
c.(4). BD ED FD
(3)Variant:UL508typeEapprovedversion(SPCD)at347/600V;toorder,addsuffxH5 to the reference.
Example: LD1 LD030MH5.
(4) For use on d.c., the unit is supplied with 1 or 2 converters, including coil suppression devices (2 converters for reversing
contactor breakers).
LD1 LD030p LD1 LD030p
LD5 LC030p LD5 LC030p
References
General:
pages.1/14.to.1/147
Selection:
pages.1/148.to.1/151
Characteristics:
pages.1/15.to.1/161
Dimensions.and.schemes:
pages.1/176.to.1/179
General:
pages.1/14.to.1/147
Selection:
pages.1/148.to.1/151
Characteristics:
pages.1/15.to.1/161
Dimensions.and.schemes:
pages.1/176.to.1/179
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1/163
1
Motor starters - open version
Contactor.breakers.and..
reversing.contactor.breakers.integral.63
for.control.and.protection.of.motors
(for.customer.assembly).....
Thermal-magnetic protection modules (compensated.and.differential.for.normal.starting.motors) (1)
Fixed magnetic protection, set at 15 Irth max, for mounting on integral 63
Standard power ratings
of 3-phase motors
50/60 Hz in category AC-43
Thermal
setting range
(Irth min to Irth max)
Magnetic
protection
Reference Weight
220 V
240 V
400 V
415 V 440 V
480 V
525 V
600 V
690 V
kW kW kW kW kW A A kg
3 55 55 75 10 1013 LB1 LD03P16 0780.
4 9 9 11 15 1318 LB1 LD03P21 0780.
55 11 11 15 185 185 LB1 LD03P22 0780.
75 15 15 185 33 LB1 LD03P53 0780.
9 5 33 840 LB1 LD03P55 0780.
11 5 5 33 45 3550 LB1 LD03P57 0780.
15 33 33 40 55 4563 LB1 LD03P61 0780.
Adjustable magnetic protection from 6 to 12 Irth max, for mounting on integral 63
Standard power ratings
of 3-phase motors
50/60 Hz in category AC-43
Thermal
setting range
(Irth min to Irth max)
Magnetic
protection
Reference Weight
220 V
240 V
400 V
415 V 440 V
480 V
525 V
600 V
690 V
kW kW kW kW kW A A kg
3 55 55 75 10 1013 78156 LB1 LD03M16 0780.
4 9 9 11 15 1318 10816 LB1 LD03M21 0780.
55 11 11 15 185 185 150300 LB1 LD03M22 0780.
75 5 33 33 190380 LB1 LD03M53 0780.
9 5 33 840 40480 LB1 LD03M55 0780.
11 5 5 33 45 3550 300600 LB1 LD03M57 0780.
15 33 33 40 55 4563 380760 LB1 LD03M61 0780.
Magnetic only protection modules (for.frequent.starting.motors)
Standard power ratings
of 3-phase motors
50/60 Hz in category AC-43
Magnetic protection Reference Weight
220 V
240 V
400 V
415 V 440 V
480 V
525 V
600 V
690 V
kW kW kW kW kW A kg
3 55 55 75 10 78156 LB6 LD03M16 0780.
4 9 9 11 15 10816 LB6 LD03M21 0780.
55 11 11 15 185 150300 LB6 LD03M22 0780.
75 5 33 190380 LB6 LD03M53 0780.
9 5 33 40480 LB6 LD03M55 0780.
11 5 5 33 45 300600 LB6 LD03M57 0780.
15 33 33 40 55 380760 LB6 LD03M61 0780.
(1) Protection modules UL and CSA approved.
LB1 LD03Mpp LB1 LD03Mpp
LB6 LD03Mpp LB6 LD03Mpp
References
General:
pages.1/14.to.1/147
Selection:
pages.1/148.to.1/151
Characteristics:
pages.1/15.to.1/161
Dimensions.and.schemes:
pages.1/176.to.1/179
General:
pages.1/14.to.1/147
Selection:
pages.1/148.to.1/151
Characteristics:
pages.1/15.to.1/161
Dimensions.and.schemes:
pages.1/176.to.1/179
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1/164
1
Motor starters - open version 1
Contactor.breakers.integral.63
for.control.and.protection.of.resistive.circuits..
in.category.AC-1
.
Selecting the type of contactor breaker and protection module
Neutral point
connection
Type of
circuit
Equipment
scheme
Combination
contactor breaker + protection module
Neutral.
connection
TNC.
(neutral.and..
PE.combined)
3-pole.+.PEN LD1.LD030p.+.LB1.LD03Lpp
LD4.LD130p.+.LB1.LD03Lpp
LD4.LD030p.+.LB1.LD03Lpp
Note: the PEN conductor must not be isolated,
Neutral point
connection
Type of
circuit
Equipment scheme Combination
contactor breaker + protection module
Neutral.
connection
TNS.
(neutral.and..
PE.separated)
3-pole LD1.LC030p.+.LB1.LC03Lpp
LD4.LC130p.+.LB1.LC03Lpp
LD4.LC030p.+.LB1.LC03Lpp
Note: all live conductors must be isolated. Neutral protection optional.
PEN PEN
Selection 1
General:
pages.1/14.to.1/147
Selection:
pages.1/148.to.1/151
Characteristics:
pages.1/15.to.1/161
Dimensions.and.schemes:
pages.1/176.to.1/179
General:
pages.1/14.to.1/147
Selection:
pages.1/148.to.1/151
Characteristics:
pages.1/15.to.1/161
Dimensions.and.schemes:
pages.1/176.to.1/179
1/165
1
Motor starters - open version 1
Contactor.breakers.integral.63
for.control.and.protection.of.resistive.circuits..
in.category.AC-1
.....
3-pole contactor breakers without protection module (1)
Without control test function, with padlocking facility
Rated
thermal
current I th
q y 40 C
Maximum
operational
current AC-1
q y 40 C
Maximum
operational
voltage
Breaking
capacity (Iq)
for
Ue y 415 V
Number
of poles
Basic reference
To be completed by adding
the control voltage code (2)
Weight
A A V kA kg
Black knob
63 63 690 50 3 LD1 LC030p 3700.
With control test function and padlocking facility
Rated
thermal
current I th
q y 40 C
Maximum
operational
current AC-1
q y 40 C
Maximum
operational
voltage
Breaking
capacity (Iq)
for
Ue y 415 V
Number
of poles
Basic reference
To be completed by adding
the control voltage code (2)
Weight
A A V kA kg
Black knob (CNOMO VDE 0113)
63 63 690 50 3 LD4 LD130p 3800.
Red knob on yellow background (CNOMO VDE 0113) Emergency Stop
63 63 690 50 3 LD4 LD030p 3800.
Protection modules (for.customer.assembly)
Thermal-magnetic (compensated)
Thermal
setting range
(Irth min/Irth max)
Magnetic
setting range
(36 Irth max)
Number
of poles
Number of
protected
poles
Reference Weight
A A kg
1013 3978 3 3 LB1 LD03L16 0780.
1318 54108 3 3 LB1 LD03L21 0780.
185 75150 3 3 LB1 LD03L22 0780.
33 95190 3 3 LB1 LD03L53 0780.
840 1040 3 3 LB1 LD03L55 0780.
3550 150300 3 3 LB1 LD03L57 0780.
4563 190380 3 3 LB1 LD03L61 0780.
(1)Fortheunittofunction,itmustbefttedwithaprotectionmodule,tobeorderedseparately.
(2)Standardcontrolcircuitvoltages(forothervoltages,pleaseconsultyourRegionalSalesOffce):
Volts 24 36 42 48 110 120 220 230 240 380
400
415 440 480 500 600 660
50 Hz B D E F M M U Q N N S Y
60 Hz BC CC CE K FC LC MC MC UX Q S
c.(3) BD ED FD
(3) For use on d.c., the unit is supplied with a converter, including coil suppression device.
LD1 LD030p LD1 LD030p
LB1 LD03Lpp LB1 LD03Lpp
References 1
General:
pages.1/14.to.1/147
Selection:
pages.1/148.to.1/151
Characteristics:
pages.1/15.to.1/161
Dimensions.and.schemes:
pages.1/176.to.1/179
General:
pages.1/14.to.1/147
Selection:
pages.1/148.to.1/151
Characteristics:
pages.1/15.to.1/161
Dimensions.and.schemes:
pages.1/176.to.1/179
1/166
1
1
.
.
O
O
AUTO
TRIP. +
RESE T
AUTO
TRIP. +
RESE T
O
O
AUTO
TRIP. +
RESE T
1/167
1
Motor starters - open version 1
Contactor.breakers.and..
reversing.contactor.breakers.integral.63
Add-on.blocks
.
Instantaneous auxiliary contact blocks (IP.0) (1)
For
use on
Type and number
of blocks per unit
Composition Reference Weight
kg
N/O N/C C/O
LD1, LD4
or LD5
Mounted..
on.RH.side
1.block.of.6.contacts.comprising:
3.signalling.contacts..
contactor state
1.signalling.contact..
control knob in any .
position other than Auto
1.signalling.contact..
tripped.on.short-circuit
1 signalling contact tripped.
b
b
b
b
2

1
1
1
LA1 LC010 080
1.block.of.5.contacts.comprising:
3.signalling.contacts..
contactor state
1.signalling.contact..
tripped.on.short-circuit
1 signalling contact tripped.
b
b
b
2
1
1
1

LA1 LC012 00
1.block.of.4.contacts.comprising:
3.signalling.contacts..
contactor state
1 signalling contact tripped,
selectable.by.the.user.
b
b
2
1
1
1

LA1 LC025 0170


1.block.of.3.signalling.contacts.
contactor state.
2 1 LA1 LC020 0100.
LD4
Mounted..
on.LH.side
1.control.circuit.isolating.block.
(1.or..blocks.per.unit).
1 LA1 LC030 0035.
LD5
Mounted..
on.LH.side
1.block.of.3.signalling.contacts.
contactor state.
2 1 LA1 LB021 0100
1.control.circuit.isolating.block.
comprising..contacts.
2 LA1 LC031 0100.
Signalling contact block (IP.10) (1)
For
use on
Type and number
of blocks per unit
Composition Reference Weight
kg
N/O N/C C/O
LD1, LD4
or LD5
1.block.comprising.1.signalling.
contact contactor state
Mounted.on.LH.or.RH.side.
1 LA1 LC001 0035
(1) UL and CSA approved.
References 1
General:
pages.1/14.to.1/147
Selection:
pages.1/148.to.1/151
Characteristics:
pages.1/15.to.1/161
Dimensions.and.schemes:
pages.1/176.to.1/179
General:
pages.1/14.to.1/147
Selection:
pages.1/148.to.1/151
Characteristics:
pages.1/15.to.1/161
Dimensions.and.schemes:
pages.1/176.to.1/179
1/168
1
.
.
O
Off
AUTO
TRIP.+
RESET
1/169
1
Motor starters - open version 1
Contactor.breakers.and..
reversing.contactor.breakers.integral.63
Accessories
...
Electrical tripping and reset devices
For
use on
Type and number
of devices per unit
Basic reference
To be completed by adding
the control voltage code (1)
Weight
kg
LD1, LD4
or LD5
ftted with an.
LA1 LC010 or.
LA1 LC012..
block
1.undervoltage.trip.
.
Time.delay.0.s LA1 LC070p 0150
Instantaneous LA1 LC072p 0150.
or.1.shunt.trip. Instantaneous LA1 LC071p 0150.
LD1, LD4
or LD5
ftted with an.
LA1 LC010 or.
LA1 LC012..
add-on.block
1.remote.electrical..
reset.device.
4.V.50/60.Hz. LA1 LC052B 030
4.V.50.Hz
48.V.50/60.Hz.
LA1 LC052E 030
100/17.V..
50/60.Hz.
LA1 LC052F 030
00/40.V..
50/60.Hz.
LA1 LC052M 030.
(1)Standardcontrolcircuitvoltages(forothervoltages,pleaseconsultyourRegionalSalesOffce).
Volts 24 48 110 120 220/230 240 380/400 415 440
50 Hz B E F M U Q N N
60 Hz B E F F M M Q N
References 1
General:
pages.1/14.to.1/147
Selection:
pages.1/148.to.1/151
Characteristics:
pages.1/15.to.1/161
Dimensions.and.schemes:
pages.1/176.to.1/179
General:
pages.1/14.to.1/147
Selection:
pages.1/148.to.1/151
Characteristics:
pages.1/15.to.1/161
Dimensions.and.schemes:
pages.1/176.to.1/179
1/170
1
.
.
O
Off
AUTO
TRIP.+
RESET
AUTO
TRIP.+
RESET
O
O
AUTO
TRIP. +
RESE T
1/171
1
Motor starters - open version 1
Contactor.breakers..
and.reversing.contactor.breakers.integral.63
Accessories.and.spare.parts
.......
Interface modules (1)
Mounting Type Control
voltage
c
Operational
voltage
50/60 Hz
Reference Weight
V V kg
On.top.of.the.
integral.unit
Solid.state 54 440 LA1 LD180BD 0110.
Relay.output 4 440 LA1 LD580BD 0110.
48 440 LA1 LD580ED 0110.
Replacement coils and voltage converters (1)
For c control circuit operation
Mounting For use
on integral
Operational
voltage
c (2)
Consumption Description Reference (3) Weight
Inrush Sealed
V W W kg
On.top.of.the.
integral.unit
LDp.LDpppBD 4.(4) 300 8 Coil LX1 LD0249 0300.
Converter LA1 LD080BD 0150.
LDp.LDpppED 48.(4) 300 8 Coil LX1 LD0489 0300.
Converter LA1 LD080ED 0150.
LDp.LDpppFD 110. 300 8 Coil LX1 LD01109 0300.
Converter LA1 LD080FD 0150.
Suppressor module
Mounting Type Operational voltage
50/60 Hz
Reference Weight
V kg
Clip-on RC.circuit.(Resistor-Capacitor).(5). y.50 LA9 D09982 0010.
(1) For reversing contactor breakers, order 2 interface modules or 2 voltage converters.
(2)Whenusedonrectifedsingle-phaseor3-phasesupply,thepeaktopeakripplevoltagemustbeequaltoorlessthan0.14of
the average voltage.
Operating limits 0.8 to 1.1 Uc for an ambient temperature y 40 C.
(3)Itisessentialthatthevoltageconverterbeassociatedwiththespecifccoilindicated.
(4) 24 V and 48 V converters can be operated by Low level input. In this case, the control circuit voltage must be the same as the
supply voltage (24 or 48 V).
(5) An RC circuit provides effective protection for circuits highly sensitive to high frequency interference. Voltage limited to 3 Uc
max. and oscillating frequency limited to 400 Hz max.
Slight increase in drop-out time (1.2 to 2 times the normal time).
References 1
General:
pages.1/14.to.1/147
Selection:
pages.1/148.to.1/151
Characteristics:
pages.1/15.to.1/161
Dimensions.and.schemes:
pages.1/176.to.1/179
General:
pages.1/14.to.1/147
Selection:
pages.1/148.to.1/151
Characteristics:
pages.1/15.to.1/161
Dimensions.and.schemes:
pages.1/176.to.1/179
1/17
1
Motor starters - open version
Contactor.breakers.and..
reversing.contactor.breakers.integral.63
Accessories
..
Protection accessories
Description For
use on
Sold in
lots of
Unit
reference
Weight
kg
Power terminal
protection shroud
Upstream.power.
terminals.(L1,.L,.L3)
5 LA9 LD701 0050
Sealing cover Protection.module 1 LA1 LC090 0010.
Mounting accessories
Description For
use on
Mounting
on
Reference Weight
kg
Mounting plate LD1,.LD4,.LD5 1.x.75.mm.
7.rail.or..
.x.3.mm.
4.rails.
LA9 LD010 0450.
.
.
Door interlock mechanisms (IP.54)
Type For
use on
Colour
of knob
Unit
reference
Weight
kg
Adjustable
from.0.to.185.mm..
with.extension.
(control.knob.mounted..
on.plate.or.door)
LD1 Red LA9 LC330 0400.
Black LA9 LC331 0400.
LD4,.LD5 Red LA9 LC530 0400.
Black LA9 LC531 0400.
LA1 LC090 LA1 LC090
LA9 LD010 LA9 LD010
References
General:
pages.1/14.to.1/147
Selection:
pages.1/148.to.1/151
Characteristics:
pages.1/15.to.1/161
Dimensions.and.schemes:
pages.1/176.to.1/179
General:
pages.1/14.to.1/147
Selection:
pages.1/148.to.1/151
Characteristics:
pages.1/15.to.1/161
Dimensions.and.schemes:
pages.1/176.to.1/179
1/173
1
Motor starters - open version
Contactor.breakers.and..
reversing.contactor.breakers.integral.63
Coils.(replacement.parts)
.
ac operation
Rated control
circuit voltages
Average
resistance at
20 C 10 %
Inductance
of closed
circuit
Voltage
code (1)
Reference Weight
Uc 50 Hz Uc 60 Hz
V V W H kg
4 013 0045 BC LX1 LD020 0300.
4 033 0071 B LX1 LD024 0300.
36 0503 0106 CC LX1 LD030 0300.
48 0845 019 CE LX1 LD040 0300.
4 0987 0 D LX1 LD042 0300.
48 16 09 E LX1 LD048 0300.
110 488 1 K LX1 LD090 0300.
115/10 589 118 FC LX1 LD100 0300.
110 648 148 F LX1 LD110 0300.
17 980 13 G LX1 LD127 0300.
0 198 4 LC LX1 LD180 0300.
30/40 34 45 MC LX1 LD190 0300.
0/30 3051 67 M LX1 LD220 0300.
40 3766 79 U LX1 LD240 0300.
440 8046 167 UX LX1 LD360 0300.
380/400 460/480 9363 0 Q LX1 LD380 0300.
415/440 11646 37 N LX1 LD415 0300.
500 575/600 1518 31 S LX1 LD500 0300.
660 9080 60 Y LX1 LD660 0300.
Consumption.at.50.Hz:.inrush.(cos j: 0.55) 350 to 400 VA; sealed (cos j:.08).0.to.30.VA.
Consumption.at.60.Hz:.inrush.(cos.j: 0.55) 420 to 500 VA; sealed (cos j:.030).4.to.36.VA.
dc operation
The integral 63 can operate on a d.c. supply when ftted with a special coil and corresponding
voltage.converter:.see.page.1/171
(1) Coil voltage reference code, used to complete the basic reference when ordering an integral
unit.
.
LX1 LDppp LX1 LDppp
References
General:
pages.1/14.to.1/147
Selection:
pages.1/148.to.1/151
Characteristics:
pages.1/15.to.1/161
Dimensions.and.schemes:
pages.1/176.to.1/179
General:
pages.1/14.to.1/147
Selection:
pages.1/148.to.1/151
Characteristics:
pages.1/15.to.1/161
Dimensions.and.schemes:
pages.1/176.to.1/179
1/174
1
Operation
Auxiliary contact actuators
..
Auxiliary contacts
..
..
....
LD1 LD4
LD1 LD4
2
/
T
1
4
/
T
2
6
/
T
3
5
/
L
3
3
/
L
2
1
/
L
1
A
2
A
1
2
/
T
1
4
/
T
2
6
/
T
3
1
/
L
1
3
/
L
2
5
/
L
3
A
2
A
1
Contact open
Contact closed
LD1 LD4
LD1 LD4
2
/
T
1
4
/
T
2
6
/
T
3
5
/
L
3
3
/
L
2
1
/
L
1
A
2
A
1
2
/
T
1
4
/
T
2
6
/
T
3
1
/
L
1
3
/
L
2
5
/
L
3
A
2
A
1
Contact open
Contact closed
U
0 Auto +
U U U
0 Auto +
U U
LA1 LC010 LA1 LC012 LA1 LC025 LA1
LC001
LA1
LC030
LA1
LC020
1
3
1
4
3
2
3
1
2
3
2
4
1
5
1
6
1
8
0
5
0
6
0
8
9
5
9
6
9
8
0
8
0
5
9
8
9
5
9
5
9
6
9
8
9
5
ou
4
2
4
1
(
5
3
)
(
5
4
)
6
3
6
4
1
3
1
4
3
2
3
1
2
3
2
4
1
3
1
4
3
2
3
1
2
3
2
4
1
3
1
4
3
2
3
1
2
3
2
4
LA1 LC010 LA1 LC012 LA1 LC025 LA1
LC001
LA1
LC030
LA1
LC020
1
3
1
4
3
2
3
1
2
3
2
4
1
5
1
6
1
8
0
5
0
6
0
8
9
5
9
6
9
8
0
8
0
5
9
8
9
5
9
5
9
6
9
8
9
5
ou
4
2
4
1
(
5
3
)
(
5
4
)
6
3
6
4
1
3
1
4
3
2
3
1
2
3
2
4
1
3
1
4
3
2
3
1
2
3
2
4
1
3
1
4
3
2
3
1
2
3
2
4
53
54
53
54
53
54
53
54
53
54
53
54
53
54
53
54
16 18
15
16 18
15
41
42
13 23 31
14 24 32
13 23 31
14 24 32
13 23 31
14 24 32
13 23 31
14 24 32
13 23 31
14 24 32
16 18
15
16 18
15
0608
05
96 98
95
13 23 31
14 24 32
08
05 95
98 13 23 31
14 24 32 95
96
95
98 13 23 31
14 24 32
53
54
41
42
0608
05
96 98
95
13 23 31
14 24 32
08
05 95
98 13 23 31
14 24 32 95
96
95
98 13 23 31
14 24 32
41
42
0608
05
0608
05
0608
05
0608
05
96 98
95
96 98
95
13 23 31
14 24 32
08
05
08
05
08
05
08
05
95
98
95
98
13 23 31
14 24 32 95
96
95
98
95
96
95
98
13 23 31
14 24 32
41
42
96 98
95
13 23 31
14 24 32
13 23 31
14 24 32
13 23 31
14 24 32
13 23 31
14 24 32
13 23 31
14 24 32
16 18
15
16 18
15
16 18
15
16 18
15
16 18
15
13 23 31
14 24 32
13 23 31
14 24 32
13 23 31
14 24 32
13 23 31
14 24 32
13 23 31
14 24 32
13 23 31
14 24 32
13 23 31
14 24 32
13 23 31
14 24 32
13 23 31
14 24 32
13 23 31
14 24 32
95
98
95
96
95
98 41
42
41
42
41
42
41
42
41
42
13 23 31
14 24 32
13 23 31
14 24 32
13 23 31
14 24 32
13 23 31
14 24 32
13 23 31
14 24 32
96 98
95 95
98
95
96
95
98
0608
05
0608
05
96 98
95
08
05
08
05
95
98
95
96
95
98
96 98
95
96 98
95
95
98
95
98
95
96
95
98
95
96
95
98 0608
05
08
05
TRIP. +
RESET
TRIP. +
RESET
TRIP. + TRIP. +
TRIP. + TRIP. +
TRIP. + TRIP. +
AUTO AUTO
AUTO AUTO
TRIP. + TRIP. +
13 23 31
14 24 32
13 23 31
14 24 32
Off.+.control.test.function
Off
On,.contactor.open
On,.contactor.closed
Tripped.on.overload
Tripped.on.short-circuit
Manual.reset
Off.after.overload
Off.after.short-circuit
53
54
53
54
53
54
53
54
53
54
53
54
53
54
53
54
16 18
15
16 18
15
41
42
13 23 31
14 24 32
13 23 31
14 24 32
13 23 31
14 24 32
13 23 31
14 24 32
13 23 31
14 24 32
16 18
15
16 18
15
0608
05
96 98
95
13 23 31
14 24 32
08
05 95
98 13 23 31
14 24 32 95
96
95
98 13 23 31
14 24 32
53
54
41
42
0608
05
96 98
95
13 23 31
14 24 32
08
05 95
98 13 23 31
14 24 32 95
96
95
98 13 23 31
14 24 32
41
42
0608
05
0608
05
0608
05
0608
05
96 98
95
96 98
95
13 23 31
14 24 32
08
05
08
05
08
05
08
05
95
98
95
98
13 23 31
14 24 32 95
96
95
98
95
96
95
98
13 23 31
14 24 32
41
42
96 98
95
13 23 31
14 24 32
13 23 31
14 24 32
13 23 31
14 24 32
13 23 31
14 24 32
13 23 31
14 24 32
16 18
15
16 18
15
16 18
15
16 18
15
16 18
15
13 23 31
14 24 32
13 23 31
14 24 32
13 23 31
14 24 32
13 23 31
14 24 32
13 23 31
14 24 32
13 23 31
14 24 32
13 23 31
14 24 32
13 23 31
14 24 32
13 23 31
14 24 32
13 23 31
14 24 32
95
98
95
96
95
98 41
42
41
42
41
42
41
42
41
42
13 23 31
14 24 32
13 23 31
14 24 32
13 23 31
14 24 32
13 23 31
14 24 32
13 23 31
14 24 32
96 98
95 95
98
95
96
95
98
0608
05
0608
05
96 98
95
08
05
08
05
95
98
95
96
95
98
96 98
95
96 98
95
95
98
95
98
95
96
95
98
95
96
95
98 0608
05
08
05
TRIP. +
RESET
TRIP. +
RESET
TRIP. + TRIP. +
TRIP. + TRIP. +
TRIP. + TRIP. +
AUTO AUTO
AUTO AUTO
TRIP. + TRIP. +
13 23 31
14 24 32
13 23 31
14 24 32
Off.+.control.test.function
Off
On,.contactor.open
On,.contactor.closed
Tripped.on.overload
Tripped.on.short-circuit
Manual.reset
Off.after.overload
Off.after.short-circuit
Motor starters - open version
Contactor.breakers.integral.63
Auxiliary.contact.states..
according.to.the.positions.of.the.control.knob
General:
pages.1/14.to.1/147
Characteristics:
pages.1/148.to.1/161
References:.
pages.1/16.to.1/173
Dimensions:
pages.1/176.and.1/177
General:
pages.1/14.to.1/147
Characteristics:
pages.1/148.to.1/161
References:.
pages.1/16.to.1/173
Dimensions:
pages.1/176.and.1/177
1/175
1
Operation
Auxiliary contact actuators
..
Auxiliary contacts
..
..
....
LD5
2
/
T
1
4
/
T
2
6
/
T
3
1
/
L
1
3
/
L
2
5
/
L
3
A
2
A
1
A
2
A
1
Contact open
Contact closed
LD5
2
/
T
1
4
/
T
2
6
/
T
3
1
/
L
1
3
/
L
2
5
/
L
3
A
2
A
1
A
2
A
1
Contact open
Contact closed
U
ou
0 Auto +
U U U
ou
0 Auto +
U U
LA1
LC021
LA1 LC010 LA1 LC012 LA1 LC025 LA1
LC020
LA1
LC001
LA1
LC031
1
3
1
4
3
2
3
1
2
3
2
4
1
5
1
6
1
8
0
5
0
6
0
8
9
5
9
6
9
8
0
8
0
5
9
8
9
5
9
5
9
6
9
8
9
5
ou
4
2
4
1
5
3
5
4
6
3
6
4
1
3
1
4
3
2
3
1
2
3
2
4
1
3
1
4
3
2
3
1
2
3
2
4
1
3
1
4
3
2
3
1
2
3
2
4
1
3
1
4
3
2
3
1
2
3
2
4
LA1
LC021
LA1 LC010 LA1 LC012 LA1 LC025 LA1
LC020
LA1
LC001
LA1
LC031
1
3
1
4
3
2
3
1
2
3
2
4
1
5
1
6
1
8
0
5
0
6
0
8
9
5
9
6
9
8
0
8
0
5
9
8
9
5
9
5
9
6
9
8
9
5
ou
4
2
4
1
5
3
5
4
6
3
6
4
1
3
1
4
3
2
3
1
2
3
2
4
1
3
1
4
3
2
3
1
2
3
2
4
1
3
1
4
3
2
3
1
2
3
2
4
1
3
1
4
3
2
3
1
2
3
2
4
95
13 23 31
14 24 32
13 23 31
14 24 32
13 23 31
14 24 32
13 23 31
14 24 32
15
16 18
15
16 18
06
08
05
06
08
05
06
08
05
06
08
05
95
96 98
95
96 98
95
96 98
95
96 98
13 23 31
14 24 32
08
05 95
98 13 23 31
14 24 32 95
96
95
98 13 23 31
14 24 32
13 23 31
14 24 32
08
05 95
98 13 23 31
14 24 32 95
96
95
98 13 23 31
14 24 32
13 23 31
14 24 32
08
05 95
98 13 23 31
14 24 32 95
96
95
98 13 23 31
14 24 32
13 23 31
14 24 32
08
05 95
98 13 23 31
14 24 32 95
96
95
98 13 23 31
14 24 32
42
41 13 23 31
14 24 32
53
54
63
64
16 18
15
16 18
15
53
54
63
64 42
41 13 23 31
14 24 32
53
54
63
64 42
41 13 23 31
14 24 32
53
54
63
64
06
08
05 95
96 98 08
05 95
98
95
96
95
98 16 18
15
53
54
63
64
13 23 31
14 24 32
0608
05
08
05
06
08
05
96 98
95
08
05 95
98
95
96
95
98
96 98
95 95
98
95
96
95
98 06
08
05
08
05
96 98
95 95
98
95
96
95
98
96 98
95 95
98
95
96
95
98
13 23 31
14 24 32
13 23 31
14 24 32
13 23 31
14 24 32
13 23 31
14 24 32
41
42
13 23 31
14 24 32
06
08
05
08
05
53
54
63
64
13 23 31
14 24 32
41
42
41
42
13 23 31
14 24 32 95
96
95
98 13 23 31
14 24 32
98 13 23 31
14 24 32
96 98
95
16 18
15
13 23 31
14 24 32
06
08
05
08
05
53
54
63
64
13 23 31
14 24 32
41
42
13 23 31
14 24 32
13 23 31
14 24 32
13 23 31
14 24 32
16 18
15
13 23 31
14 24 32
53
54
63
64
13 23 31
14 24 32
41
42
13 23 31
14 24 32
13 23 31
14 24 32
13 23 31
14 24 32
16 18
15
13 23 31
14 24 32
53
54
63
64
13 23 31
14 24 32
41
42
13 23 31
14 24 32
13 23 31
14 24 32
13 23 31
14 24 32
16 18
15
13 23 31
14 24 32
53
54
63
64
13 23 31
14 24 32
41
42
13 23 31
14 24 32
13 23 31
14 24 32
13 23 31
14 24 32
16 18
15
13 23 31
14 24 32
TRIP. +
TRIP. +
TRIP. +
TRIP. +
TRIP. +
RESET
AUTO
AUTO
AUTO
Off.+.control.test.function
On,.reversing.contactor.open
On,.closed
On,.closed
Tripped.on.overload
Tripped.on.short-circuit
Off.after.short-circuit
Manual.reset
Off.after.overload
Off
95
13 23 31
14 24 32
13 23 31
14 24 32
13 23 31
14 24 32
13 23 31
14 24 32
15
16 18
15
16 18
06
08
05
06
08
05
06
08
05
06
08
05
95
96 98
95
96 98
95
96 98
95
96 98
13 23 31
14 24 32
08
05 95
98 13 23 31
14 24 32 95
96
95
98 13 23 31
14 24 32
13 23 31
14 24 32
08
05 95
98 13 23 31
14 24 32 95
96
95
98 13 23 31
14 24 32
13 23 31
14 24 32
08
05 95
98 13 23 31
14 24 32 95
96
95
98 13 23 31
14 24 32
13 23 31
14 24 32
08
05 95
98 13 23 31
14 24 32 95
96
95
98 13 23 31
14 24 32
42
41 13 23 31
14 24 32
53
54
63
64
16 18
15
16 18
15
53
54
63
64 42
41 13 23 31
14 24 32
53
54
63
64 42
41 13 23 31
14 24 32
53
54
63
64
06
08
05 95
96 98 08
05 95
98
95
96
95
98 16 18
15
53
54
63
64
13 23 31
14 24 32
0608
05
08
05
06
08
05
96 98
95
08
05 95
98
95
96
95
98
96 98
95 95
98
95
96
95
98 06
08
05
08
05
96 98
95 95
98
95
96
95
98
96 98
95 95
98
95
96
95
98
13 23 31
14 24 32
13 23 31
14 24 32
13 23 31
14 24 32
13 23 31
14 24 32
41
42
13 23 31
14 24 32
06
08
05
08
05
53
54
63
64
13 23 31
14 24 32
41
42
41
42
13 23 31
14 24 32 95
96
95
98 13 23 31
14 24 32
98 13 23 31
14 24 32
96 98
95
16 18
15
13 23 31
14 24 32
06
08
05
08
05
53
54
63
64
13 23 31
14 24 32
41
42
13 23 31
14 24 32
13 23 31
14 24 32
13 23 31
14 24 32
16 18
15
13 23 31
14 24 32
53
54
63
64
13 23 31
14 24 32
41
42
13 23 31
14 24 32
13 23 31
14 24 32
13 23 31
14 24 32
16 18
15
13 23 31
14 24 32
53
54
63
64
13 23 31
14 24 32
41
42
13 23 31
14 24 32
13 23 31
14 24 32
13 23 31
14 24 32
16 18
15
13 23 31
14 24 32
53
54
63
64
13 23 31
14 24 32
41
42
13 23 31
14 24 32
13 23 31
14 24 32
13 23 31
14 24 32
16 18
15
13 23 31
14 24 32
TRIP. +
TRIP. +
TRIP. +
TRIP. +
TRIP. +
RESET
AUTO
AUTO
AUTO
Off.+.control.test.function
On,.reversing.contactor.open
On,.closed
On,.closed
Tripped.on.overload
Tripped.on.short-circuit
Off.after.short-circuit
Manual.reset
Off.after.overload
Off
Motor starters - open version
Reversing.contactor.breakers.integral.63
Auxiliary.contact.states..
according.to.the.positions.of.the.control.knob
General:
pages.1/14.to.1/147
Characteristics:
pages.1/148.to.1/161
References:.
pages.1/16.to.1/173
Dimensions:
pages.1/176.and.1/177
General:
pages.1/14.to.1/147
Characteristics:
pages.1/148.to.1/161
References:.
pages.1/16.to.1/173
Dimensions:
pages.1/176.and.1/177
1
1/176
Contactor breakers integral 63
Control circuit: ac Control circuit: dc
LDp LDp30 + LBp LD03 LDp LDp30 + LBp LD03 + LA1 LD080
1

1
,
5
1

1
,
5
146
158,5
19

4
3
= = 8
= =
90
9
7
,
5
4
5
1
0
0
,
5

1
0
1
6
,
5
1

8
,
5
1

1
,
5
146
158,5
19

5
0
LA1.LD080
8
=
90
1
0
4
,
5
4
5
1
0
0
,
5

1
0
1
6
,
5
=
= =
Reversing contactor breakers integral 63 Current limiter
LD5 LDp30 + LBp LD03M LA9 LB920
1

1
,
5
1
5
3
,
5

7
5
148
160,5
194 181
45
1
0
0
,
5
4
5
1

9
,
5
59 63 59

1
0
1
6
,
5
6
53,5
1
4
6
1
0
3
1
1
5
51
2M4
Add-on blocks
For mounting on contactor breakers integral 63
LA1 LC012
LA1 LC001
LA1 LC010
LA1 LC07p
LA1 LC052 LA1 LC020 LA1 LC030
(1.ou.)
LA1 LC025
LA LC001
13
LA1.LC001
11
LA1.LC01
6
LA1.LC010
LA1.LC070
LA1.LC071
LA1.LC07
51 1
9
9
LA1.LC001
11 1
LA1.LC05
For mounting on reversing contactor breakers integral 63
LA1 LC021, LC025
LA1 LC001
LA1 LC031 LA1 LC012
LA1 LC001
LA1 LC010
LA1 LC07pp
LA1 LC052p LA1 LC020
13
11
LA1.LC05
LA1.LC01
LA1.LC001
1 6
LA1.LC031
LA1.LC01
13 11
LA1.LC01
LA1.LC001
6
LA1.LC010
LA1.LC070
LA1.LC071
LA1.LC07
51 1
Schemes
TeSys motor starters - open
version
Integral.63.contactor.breakers.
and.reversing.contactor.breakers
General:
pages.1/14.to.1/147
References:
pages.1/16.to.1/173
Schemes:
pages.1/178.and.1/179
1
1/177
Mounting
On 75 mm 6 rail, with mounting plate LA9 LD010 On 32 mm 4 rails, at 220 mm centres On pre-slotted mounting plate AM1 P

1
0
G 4xM5
75
c 33
1
3
7
,
5
1

8
,
5

6
6
LA9.LD010
c 15 G

1
0
DZ5.ME9
c G AF1.EA5

1
0
a b c G c G c G
LD1 66 1375 19 8 LD1 19 8 LD1 19 8
LD4 66 1375 19 8 LD4 19 8 LD4 19 8
LD5 8 1535 194 63 LD5 194 63 LD5 194 63
With mounting plate LA9 LD010
SOn 32 mm 4 rails, at 120 mm centres
c 31
G
LA9.LD010
6
8
1

0
1
1
0
40
DZ5.ME5
c G
LD1 19 78
LD4 19 78
LD5 194 94
Flush mounting (contactor breakers and reversing contactor breakers) Minimum electrical
clearance
4.(1)
4
6
=
=
1
a
a1
a
(
2
)
(
3
)
3
0
.
3
0
.
a a1 a2
LD1 LD030 90
LD4 LDp30 90
LD5 LDp30 181
LA1 LC010 13
LA1 LC012 13
LA1 LC010 + LA1 LC052p 51
LA1 LC012 + LA1 LC052p 51
(1) Maximum door thickness for interlocking by LD4 and LD5.
(2) Centre of operating handle.
(3) Fixing centre.
Adjustable door interlock mechanisms LA9 LC33p and LA9 LC53p
For mounting on LD4 LDp30 and LD5 LDp30 Door drillings
= = 8
1
0
5
90
= =

4
3
63 59 59
1
0
5
1
0
5
181
45

7
5
1
0
5
1
0
5
07357.(LD4)
09359.(LD5)
54
6
5
= =
=
=
5
4
54
Schemes (continued)
TeSys motor starters - open
version
Integral.63.contactor.breakers.
and.reversing.contactor.breakers
General:
pages.1/14.to.1/147
References:
pages.1/16.to.1/173
Schemes:
pages.1/178.and.1/179
1
1/178
Contactor breakers integral 63 with protection module LBp Reversing contactor breakers
integral 63 with protection
module LBp
LD1 LD030 + LB1 LD03p LD4 LDp30 + LB1 LD03p LD5 LDp30 + LB1 LD03M ou LD03P

/
T
1
4
/
T

6
/
T
3
A

A
1
Q1
1
/
L
1
3
/
L

5
/
L
3

/
T
1
4
/
T

6
/
T
3
LB6 LD03M

/
T
1
4
/
T

6
/
T
3
5
/
L
3
3
/
L

1
/
L
1
A

A
1
Q1

/
T
1
4
/
T

6
/
T
3
1
/
L
1
3
/
L

5
/
L
3
A

A
1
A

A
1

/
T
1
4
/
T

6
/
T
3
LB6 LD03M
Add-on blocks
For contactor breakers LD4 For contactor breakers LD1 or LD4 and reversing contactor breakers LD5
Mounted on LH side Mounted on RH side
5
4
5
3
5
4
5
3
(
6
3
)
(
6
4
)
LA1.LC030
Isolator
1.or..LA1.LC030
1
3

3
3
1
1
4

4
3

1
3
1
4
3
1
3

9
5
9
8
1
3
1
4
3
1
3

4
1
4

LA1.LC010 LA1.LC01 LA1.LC00 LA1.LC001


9
8
9
5
9
6
0
8
0
5
0
6
1
8
1
5
1
6 0 Auto +

4
0
5
0
8

4
1
3
1
4
3
1
3

LA1.LC05

4
9
8
9
5
9
6
9
5
Control.knob
position
Breaker
Trip.signallingt
Short-circuit
signalling
Pour contacteurs-disjoncteurs-inverseurs LD5
Montage to gauche
1
3
1
4
3
1
3

4
1
4

LA1.LC01 LA1.LC001

4
5
4
5
3
6
4
6
3
LA1.LC031
Isolator
General:
pages.1/14.to.1/147
References:
pages.1/16.to.1/173
Dimensions,.mounting:
pages.1/176.and.1/177
Schemes
TeSys motor starters - open
version
Integral.63.contactor.breakers.
and.reversing.contactor.breakers
1
1/179
Tripping devices (1) for LD1, LD4, LD5 Remote electrical reset devices (1) for LD1 to LD5
LA1 LC071 LA1 LC070, LC072 LA1 LC052p
C
1
C
2
D
1
D
2
U<
M
B4
B
B3
B1
Dclench
Rarmement
TRIP.+.
RESET
The.use.of.instantaneous.auxiliary
contact.block.LA1.LC00.prevents
the.use.of.tripping.devices.or.electrical
reset.devices
(1)ForcontactorbreakersandreversingcontactorbreakersalreadyfttedwithanLA1LC010orLA1LC012instantaneousauxiliarycontactblock.
Interface modules
LA1 LD180 LA1 LD580
+
E1
E2
A1
A2
+
E1
E2
A1
A2
Voltage converter LA1 LD080 (supply with contactor breakers for c control circuit operation)
Switching by control contact Switching by Low level input
24 or 48 V 24 or 48 V
+

(0V)
E1
E3
E
A1
A
+

(0V)
E1
E
A1
A
+

(0V)
E1
E3
E
A1
A
+

S
u
p
p
l
y
Low
level
input
General:
pages.1/14.to.1/147
References:
pages.1/16.to.1/173
Dimensions,.mounting:
pages.1/176.and.1/177
Schemes (continued)
TeSys motor starters - open
version
Integral.63.contactor.breakers.
and.reversing.contactor.breakers
1/180 1/180
1
4
1
8
6
7
2
60.mm
4
5
1
6
1
3
60.mm
2
2
D
B
4
0
0

4
4
D
B
4
0
0

4
5
1/181 1/181
1
TeSys starters and bare devices
Plates.for.mounting.on.60.mm.busbar
Description
D
B
4
0
0

4
6
Description
The TeSys mounting plate system for busbars simplifes the installation of motor
feeder.components.used.in.your.electrical.installations..
Power.distribution.is.performed.by.a.busbar
The mounting plates are ftted directly on this busbar, by snap-on mounting, .
thus.implementing.electrical.connection
This system offers numerous benefts:
space.saving.in.cabinets
fast,.safe.and.reliable.electrical.and.mechanical.connection
easy.connection
protection.for.users.against.electric.shocks.by.direct.contacts.(IP0).by.using.covers
equipment fexibility and modularity
increased.equipment.availability:.easier.maintenance
power.supply.without.drilling.(connectors).from.15.to.10.mm

.
The 3P and 4P busbar
The.busbar.interaxis.is.60.mm.Depending.on.the.cross.section.of.the.bars,..
the.busbar.can.withstand.a.maximum.current.of.630.A
Note: The bars forming the busbar are not part of the TeSys LA9Z offer.
They are not supplied by us. Their selection depends on the maximum current
needed for your installation (see next page).

Support for 3P and 4P busbar (1)
These.are.available.in..versions:.three-pole.and.four-pole
For.applications.having.to.comply.with.the.UL.standard,.use.the.LA9ZX01508.
support.(3P.only)
The mounting plates .(2)
These.allow.mounting.of.the.power.feeder.components.consisting.of:
a.GV.motor.circuit.breaker,.mounted.alone.or.in.conjunction.with.a.TeSys.K..
or.TeSys.D.contactor
a.GV3.motor.circuit.breaker,.mounted.alone.or.in.conjunction.with.a.TeSys.D.
contactor
a.TeSys.U.starter-controller
a.TeSys.GV7.motor.circuit.breaker
an.LD63.integral.contactor-circuit.breaker
a.NSX100-50.or.NSX400-630.A.circuit.breaker
Accessories
Accessories.complete.the.offer:
covers.(3).for.5.and.10.mm.bars
end.covers.(4)
a.base.plate.(5)
1P.connectors.(6)
3P.connectors.on.mounting.plate.(7)
a.spring.terminal.3P.connection.module.(8)
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
D
B
4
0
0

4
7
Installation examples.
1/18 1/18
1
TeSys starters and bare devices
Plates.for.mounting.on.busbars
Short-circuit.withstand.capability
Curves
D
B
4
0
1
3
9

Determining the spacing between busbar supports


(1)
Spacing.between.busbar.supports.(mm)
P
e
a
k
.
c
u
r
r
e
n
t
.
I
p
k
.
(
k
A
)
(1) Depending on the short-circuit current.
References:
pages.1/184.to.1/187
1/183 1/183
1
TeSys starters and bare devices
Plates.for.mounting.on.busbars
Short-circuit.withstand.capability
Curves
Load resistance of busbar assemblies
For an ambient temperature of 35 C and a busbar temperature of 65 C
Cross section mm
2
12 x 5 15 x 5 20 x 5 25 x 5 30 x 5 12 x 10 20 x 10 30 x 10
Permissible current A 00 50 30 400 450 360 50 630
In.the.event.of.changes.in.climatic.conditions,.the.following.curve.indicates.the.correction.factor.K

.to.be.applied
2,2
2,1
2,0
1,9
1,8
1,7
1,6
1,5
1,4
1,3
1,2
1,1
1,0
0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
0,5
0,4
0,3
50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 105 110 115 120 125
0
C
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
55
60
65
Factor.K

Busbar.temperature.(C)
A
m
b
i
e
n
t
.
t
e
m
p
e
r
a
t
u
r
e
.
Example:.In.normal.operating.conditions,.a.tinned.busbar.of.30.x.10.can.permanently.withstand.630.A
For.a.load.of.800.A,.the.correction.factor.K

.to.be.applied.will.be.13.(
800 A
630 A
).As.a.result,.the.temperature.rise.in.the.busbars.will.reach.85.C
D
F
5
6
9
5
5
9
References:
pages.1/184.to.1/187
1/184 1/184
1
TeSys starters and bare devices
Busbar.support
References
IEC busbar supports and accessories
Sale
in ind
Q
Unit
reference
3-pole For.1,.15,.0,.5,.30.x.5/10.mm

.busbars 10 LA9ZX01495
End.covers.for.3-pole.busbar.support 10 LA9ZX01573
4-pole For.1,.15,.0,.5,.30.x.5/10.mm

.busbars 10 LA9ZX01485
End.covers.for.4-pole.busbar.support.(5.left,.5.right) 10 LA9ZX01131
UL busbar supports and accessories
Sale
in ind
Q
Unit
reference
3-pole For.1,.0,.30.x.5/10.mm.busbars 10 LA9ZX01508
Base.plate.40.x.700 2 LA9ZX01515
End.covers.for.busbar.support 10 LA9ZX01573
Other accessories
Sale
in ind
Q
Unit
reference
Covers, length 1 m
For.1-30.x.5.mm

.busbars 10 LA9ZX01244
For.1-30.x.10.mm

.busbars 10 LA9ZX01245
General characteristics
Conformity with IEC.61439-,.UL508
Degree of protection IP0.with.cover.LA9ZX01244.or.LA9ZX01245
Thermal resistance C 10
Rated current frequency Hz 50/60
Rated
operating
current
Depending.on.type.of.
busbars.and.at.35.C
mm 1.x.5 15.x.5 0.x.5 5.x.5 30.x.5 1.x.10 0.x.10 30.x.10
A 00 50 30 400 450 360 50 630
K-factor.to.be.applied.
depending.on.ambient.
temperature
C 35 45 50 60 60 40 55 60
K 1 075 065 035 035 09 055 035
Rated insulation voltage V 690.as.per.IEC.60947-1.and.NF.C.0-040
Rated operating voltage V 690
Peak
permissible
rated current
With.busbar.support LA9ZX01508 (UL) LA9ZX01495 and LA9ZX01485 (IEC)
Bar.dimensions.............. mm 1.x.5 1.x.10 1.x.5 1.x.10 0.x.10 30.x.5 30.x.10
Rated.current kA 35 35 30 35 35 45 55
Maximum thermal stress A
2
s 1.x.10
8
4.x.10
8
1.x.10
8
11.x.10
8
11.x.10
8
6.x.10
8
48.x.10
8
Support fastening by screws mm 4.x.6 4.x.5
D
B
4
0
0
3
9
0
D
B
4
0
0

5
8
LA9ZX01573 LA9ZX01495
D
B
4
0
0

3
9
D
B
4
0
0

LA9ZX01131 LA9ZX01485
D
B
4
0
0
3
9
0
D
B
4
0
0

4
1
LA9ZX01573 LA9ZX01508
Curves:
pages.1/18.and.1/183
1/185 1/185
1
TeSys starters and bare devices
Choice.of.mounting.plates
References
For TeSys GV2 motor circuit breakers
Operating
current AC-3
440 V
Protection
by motor
circuit breaker
For contactor Mounting
plate Ixh
Sale
in ind
Q
Unit
reference
Mounting plate, 1-way
25 A GV.ME
GV.P
GV.LE
LC1.D
LC1.K
LP4.K06-K1
45.x.00 4 LA9ZA32621
32 A GV.ME
GV.P
GV.LE
LC1.D 45.x.00 4 LA9ZA32434
Mounting plate, 2-way (3)
25 A GV.ME
GV.P
GV.LE
LC1.D
LC1.K
LP4.K06-K1
90.x.00 2 LA9ZA32622
32 A GV.ME
GV.P
GV.LE
LC1.D 90.x.00 2 LA9ZA32623
TeSys U starter-controllers
Operating
current AC-3
440 V
Protection by
power base
Mounting
plate Ixh
Sale
in ind
Q
Unit
reference
Mounting plate, 1-way
32 A LUB1,.LUB3 45.x.00 4 LA9ZA32427
Mounting plate, 2-way
32 A LUB1,.LUB3 45.x.60 4 LA9ZA32428
Pour disjoncteurs-moteurs TeSys GV3
Operating
current AC-3
440 V
Protection by
power base
For contactor Mounting
plate Ixh
Sale
in ind
Q
Unit
reference
Mounting plate, 1-way (1)
63 A GV3.P 54.x.00 4 LA9ZA32624
GV3.P LC1.D40A65.A 54.x.60 4 LA9ZA32625
Mounting plate, 2-way (1) (2)
63 A GV3.P LC1.D40A65.A 117.x.60 4 LA9ZA32626
(1) Contactor-circuit breaker combination without additional part.
(2) Use the LAD 9R3 kit for the execution of changeover contactors.
(3) Use the LAD 9R1 or LAD 9R1V kit for the execution of changeover contactors.
Note: the mounting plate rails can be shifted vertically in 1.25 mm increments.
D
B
4
0
0

3
4
LA9ZA32621
D
B
4
0
0

3
5
LA9ZA32434
D
B
4
0
0

3
3
LA9ZA32622
D
B
4
0
0

LA9ZA32623
D
B
4
0
0

3
7
LA9ZA32427
D
B
4
0
0

3
6
LA9ZA32428
D
B
4
0
0

3
1
LA9ZA32624
D
B
4
0
0

3
0
LA9ZA32625
D
B
4
0
0

9
LA9ZA32626
1/186 1/186
1
TeSys starters and bare devices
Choice.of.mounting.plates
References
For TeSys integral contactor-circuit breakers
Operating
current AC-3
440 V
Protection by
contactor-circuit breaker
Mounting
plate Ixh
Sale in
ind Q
Unit
reference
Mounting plate, 1-way
63 A LD1,.LD4.LD 108.x.60 1 LA9ZA32627
For TeSys GV7 motor circuit breakers
Operating
current AC-3
440 V
Protection by
contactor-circuit breaker
Mounting
plate Ixh
Sale in
ind Q
Unit
reference
Mounting plate, 1-way
80 A GV7 104.x.190 1 LV429372
For Compact NSX circuit breakers
Operating
current AC-3
440 V
Mounting
plate Ixh
Sale in
ind Q
Unit
reference
100-250 A Mounting.plate.for.3P.circuit.breakers 104.x.190 1 LV429372
Mounting.plate.for.4P.circuit.breakers 139.x.51 1 LV429373
400-630 A Mounting.plate.for.3P.circuit.breakers 139.x.70 1 LV432623
Mounting.plate.for.4P.circuit.breakers 184.x.84 1 LV432624
Characteristics of busbar mounting plates
Type of mounting plate LA9ZA32621
LA9ZA32622
LA9ZA32427
LA9ZA32428
LA9ZA32434
LA9ZA32623
LA9ZA32624
LA9ZA32625
LA9ZA32626
LA9ZA32627
Degree of protection as
per IEC 60529
IP 0
Conductor cross section
(colour:.black)
mm
2
4 6 10
AWG.1 AWG.10 AWG.8
Type of conductor insulating
material
PVC 105.C
Permissible current A 5 3 63
Rated insulation voltage V 690.as.per.IEC.60947-1.and.NF.C.0-040
Peak rated current kA 6 6 10
Maximum thermal stress A
2
s .x.10
5
.x.10
5
3.x.10
5
D
B
4
0
0

8
LA9ZA32627
D
B
4
0
0
3
8
8
LV432623
D
B
4
0
0
3
8
8
7
LV432624
Curves:
pages.1/18.and.1/183
1/187 1/187
1
TeSys starters and bare devices
Terminals,.connection.module
References
Terminals
I max Sale in
ind Q
Unit
reference
One-pole for fat bars,
5 mm
2
70.A Capacity.4-35.mm

50 LA9ZX01285
400.A Capacity.16-70.mm

25 LA9ZX01287
3P cover, width 84 mm 10 LA9ZX01413
Terminals on mounting plate
I max Sale in
ind Q
Unit
reference
3P, on mounting plate +
cover, for 12 x 5 to 30 x 10
busbars
440.A Capacity.35-10.mm

1 LA9ZX01243
Connection module
I max Sale in
ind Q
Unit
reference
3P, spring terminal
connection + cover, for
busbars of 12 x 5 to 30 x 10
80.A Capacity.15-16.mm 8 LA9ZX01563
Connection by connectors
LA9ZX01285
270 A maxi
LA9ZX01287
400 A maxi
LA9ZX01243
440 A
LA9ZX01563
4 A 80 A
Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max
Flexible.wire.with.end-piece mm
2
4 35 16 70 35 10 15 16
Multi-strand.wire mm
2
4 35 16 70 35 10 15 16
Rigid.wire mm
2
4 35 15 16
Tightening.torque Nm .x.5
Supplied..
without.cover
.x.10
Supplied..
without.cover
.x.5-10 .x.5-10
D
B
4
0
0

7
LA9ZX01285
D
B
4
0
0

4
3
LA9ZX01287
D
B
4
0
0

6
LA9ZX01243
D
B
4
0
0

4
0
LA9ZX01563
Curves:
pages.1/18.and.1/183
1/188
1
Selection guide
Installation system
TeSys Quickft for motor starter components
Components.with.spring.terminals
Functions Assembly and connection of motor starter components with spring terminals, without
using tools
Communication with the processing part
Product type Power circuit pre-wiring
components
Control-command pre-wiring components for
TeSys motor circuit-breakers GV2 ME
Control-command pre-wiring components for
TeSys motor circuit-breakers GV3 P
Splitter box Parallel interface module, with Advantys STB
network interface module
For contactors TeSys.D.(9.to.5.A) TeSys.D.(40.to.65.A)
Type of starter Direct.and.reversing Direct Reversing Direct Reversing
Coil control Yes No Yes No Yes Yes
Use with motor starters Limited.to.60.A.(Ith)
Limited.to.8.starters.(1)

Number of motor starters 1 8.starters.per.splitter.box 4.starters.per.module
Type of connection or bus HE.10 Modbus.Plus,.Fipio,.CANopen,.Ethernet,.TCP/IP,.
Profbus DP, INTERBUS, DeviceNet
Number of channels 16.inputs/1.outputs
References
LAD 3p LAD 9AP3pp LU9 G02 STB EPI2145
Pages 1/195 1/197 1/197 1/197
(1) With TeSys circuit-breakers GV2 ME and upstream terminal block LAD 3B1.
1/189
1
Functions Assembly and connection of motor starter components with spring terminals, without
using tools
Communication with the processing part
Product type Power circuit pre-wiring
components
Control-command pre-wiring components for
TeSys motor circuit-breakers GV2 ME
Control-command pre-wiring components for
TeSys motor circuit-breakers GV3 P
Splitter box Parallel interface module, with Advantys STB
network interface module
For contactors TeSys.D.(9.to.5.A) TeSys.D.(40.to.65.A)
Type of starter Direct.and.reversing Direct Reversing Direct Reversing
Coil control Yes No Yes No Yes Yes
Use with motor starters Limited.to.60.A.(Ith)
Limited.to.8.starters.(1)

Number of motor starters 1 8.starters.per.splitter.box 4.starters.per.module
Type of connection or bus HE.10 Modbus.Plus,.Fipio,.CANopen,.Ethernet,.TCP/IP,.
Profbus DP, INTERBUS, DeviceNet
Number of channels 16.inputs/1.outputs
References
LAD 3p LAD 9AP3pp LU9 G02 STB EPI2145
Pages 1/195 1/197 1/197 1/197
(1) With TeSys circuit-breakers GV2 ME and upstream terminal block LAD 3B1.
1/190
1
Presentation
TeSys Quickft is a modular system which standardises and simplifes setting up of
motor.starters.with.its.pre-wired.control.and.power.circuits.
Installation of a motor starter is therefore quick, simple, safe and fexible. In addition,
this.system:.
enables.the.motor.starter.to.be.customised.at.a.later.date,.
reduces.maintenance.time.and
optimises.panel.space.by.reducing.the.number.of.terminals.and.intermediate.
interfaces.and.the.amount.of.ducting.
System for motor starters with spring terminals
Motor starters with TeSys GV2 ME circuit-breakers
From.0.to.18.A.max,
TeSys.GV.ME.circuit-breakers.combined.with.LC1.D.contactors.from.9.to.5.A.
(spring.terminal.version),
Quickft pre-wired power and control connections.
Motor starters with TeSys GV3 P circuit-breakers
From.9.to.65.A.max,
TeSys.GV3.P.circuit-breakers.combined.with.LC1.D.contactors.from.40.to.65.A.
(spring.terminal.version),
Quickft pre-wired control connections only,
For.pre-wired.power.connections,.use.busbar.sets.from.the.TeSys.d.40.to.65.A.
contactor.range.(see.page.5/85)
This.range.comprises.pre-wiring.components.for:.
the.power.circuits,
the.control.circuits
Power circuit pre-wiring components
(motor.starters.with.TeSys.GV.circuit-breakers.only)
a power circuit connection kit.comprising,.for.each.starter,.a.plate.for.mounting.
the.contactor.and.the.circuit-breaker.and.two.power.connection.modules,
a power.splitter box.for..or.4.starters,
an upstream terminal block.for.a.power.supply.up.to.60.A..(16.mm

),.
an outgoing terminal block for.connection.of.the.motor.power.supply.cables.and.
the.earth.cables.(6.mm

)
Note:.with.GV3.circuit-breakers,.no.accessories.are.required.for.pre-wiring.of.the.
power.circuit.The.GV3.Ppp.outgoing.terminal.block.can.be.removed.
This.circuit-breaker.is.also.sold.with.only.one.terminal.block.(reference:.GV3.Ppp1)
Control circuit pre-wiring components
(motor.starters.with.TeSys.GV.and.GV3.circuit-breakers)
a control circuit connection.module which.plugs.directly.into.the.contactor.and.
the.circuit-breaker.on.each.starter.This.module.incorporates.status.and.control.data.
for.this.motor.starter
a parallel wiring module which.concentrates.the.data.of.each.motor.starter:
HE 10.connector,.for.centralised.applications.Data.is.transmitted.to.the.PLC.via.
the.Advantys.Telefast.pre-wired.system
STB,.designed.for.decentralised.automation.architectures.This.module.is.suitable.
for use in an Advantys STB confguration for connection to the PLC via a feld bus.

b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
v
v
Motor.starter.with.GV.ME.circuit-breakers
Motor.starter.with.GV3.P.circuit-breakers
Installation system
TeSys Quickft for motor starter components
Components.with.spring.terminals
Description:
page.1/01
Characteristics:
pages.1/0.and.1/03
References:
pages.1/199.to.1/01
Dimensions:
pages.1/04.and.1/05
Schemes:
pages.1/06.and.1/07
Description:
page.1/01
Characteristics:
pages.1/0.and.1/03
References:
pages.1/199.to.1/01
Dimensions:
pages.1/04.and.1/05
Schemes:
pages.1/06.and.1/07
1/191
1
Presentation (continued)
Control/command
HE 10 connection ...
............
Connection on bus using Advantys STB (1)
Confguration example (for.motor.starter.applications.only):
Power supply module
Module STB.PDT.3100
Connection base STB.XBA.00
Terminal block STB.XTB.1130
Parallel interface module (2)
Module STB.EPI.145
Connection base STB.XBA.3000
Network interface module (3)
CANopen STB.NCO.1010.(4)
Fipio STB.NFP.10
Ethernet TCP/IP STB.NIP.10
InterBus STB.NIB.1010.(4)
Profbus DP STB.NDP.1010.(4)
DeviceNet STB.NDN.1010.(4)
Modbus Plus STB.NMP.10
Terminal block STB.WTS.10
....
TeSys Quickft LAD 9AP3 pp used with modules APP1 Cpp
The.motor.starter.is.connected.to.an.APP 1Cp module.7.using.an.adapter.plate.
APP 2CX.8.and.a.connection.cable.APP 2AH40H060 10
Information.is.available.on.the.module.for.each.motor.starter:
1.output:.motor.control,.
.inputs:.circuit-breaker.status.and.contactor.status
b
b
(1) Please consult our catalogue "Advantys STB I/O. The open solution".
(2) For 4 direct or 2 reversing motor starters.
(3) Reference to be selected according to the network used.
(4) Optimised version.

1 Automation.platform
2 Connection.cable..
TSXCDPpp.or.ABFH20pp
3 Splitter.box.LU9 G02
1 Automation.platform
2 Connection.cable..
TSXCDPpp.or.ABFH20pp
3 Splitter.box.LU9 G02
1 3
2
2
1 3
2
2
4 Network.interface.module
5 Supply.module
6 Parallel.interface.module
4 Network.interface.module
5 Supply.module
6 Parallel.interface.module
4 5 6 4 5 6
9
10
7 8
9
10
7 8
7 TeSys Quickft module
8 Adapter.plate.APP 2CX
9 Splitter.box..LU9 G02.for.8.direct.motor.
starters,.with.channel.connections.on.the.
APP 1C.module.side.by.two.HE.10.
connectors.(0-way).and.on.theTeSys.
Quickft side, by RJ45 connectors
10 Connection.cable.APP 2AH40H060
7 TeSys Quickft module
8 Adapter.plate.APP 2CX
9 Splitter.box..LU9 G02.for.8.direct.motor.
starters,.with.channel.connections.on.the.
APP 1C.module.side.by.two.HE.10.
connectors.(0-way).and.on.theTeSys.
Quickft side, by RJ45 connectors
10 Connection.cable.APP 2AH40H060
Installation system
TeSys Quickft for motor starter components
Components.with.spring.terminals
Description:
pages.1/01.and.1/01
Characteristics:
pages.1/0.and.1/03
References:
pages.1/199.to.1/01
Dimensions:
pages.1/04.and.1/05
Schemes:
pages.1/06.and.1/07
Description:
pages.1/01.and.1/01
Characteristics:
pages.1/0.and.1/03
References:
pages.1/199.to.1/01
Dimensions:
pages.1/04.and.1/05
Schemes:
pages.1/06.and.1/07
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
1/19
Power components
(only for motor starters with TeSys GV2 circuit-breakers)
Power kits LAD 3p
Each.motor.starter.requires.a.power.kit.which.consists.of.a.plate.1 and two Quickft
technology.power.connection.modules.2
The.plate.is.used.for.mounting.TeSys.D.contactors.3 (9.to.5. A,.direct.or.reversing,.
with spring terminals and ftted with a.c. or d.c. coil) and the GV2 ME circuit-breaker
4 only This.plate.is.mounted.on.two.35.mm.7.rails.or.is.screwed.onto.a.base.plate
The.two.power.connection.modules.2a and 2b are.identical,.whatever.the.rating.of.
the.contactor.up.to.18.A
The.upper.power.connection.module.2a connects.the.power.between.the.splitter.box.
and.the.circuit-breaker
The.lower.power.connection.module.2b connects.the.power.between.the.circuit-
breaker.and.the.contactor
Splitter boxes LAD 32p
Splitter.boxes.5 are.available.for..or.4.starters.
They.can.be.combined.to.create.motor.starters.up.to.60.A.per.power.supply
A.reversing.starter.occupies.a.width.equivalent.to.that.of..direct.starters
Direct.supply.of.power.to.the.splitter.boxes.is.possible.up.to.5. A.(4.mm

)
Upstream terminal block LAD 3B1
The.upstream.terminal.block.6.performs.two.functions:
power.supply.up.to.60.A.(16.mm

),
power.supply.between.two.connected.splitter.boxes
The upstream terminal block connects to the splitter box using Quickft technology. .
It.is.positioned.on.the.splitter.box.or.straddling.two.splitter.boxes.and.takes.up..
a.width.equivalent.to.two.motor.starters
b
b
Outgoing terminal block LAD 331
The.outgoing.terminal.block.7.performs.two.functions:
connection.of.the.motor.power.supply.cables.up.to.6.mm

,
connection.of.the.motor.earth.cables
In.addition,.the.terminal.block.enables.quick.connection.and.disconnection.for.
maintenance,.avoiding.the.risk.of.phase.reversal
The.outgoing.terminal.block.connects.to.the.downstream.spring.terminals.on..
the contactor, using Quickft technology.
b
b
Description
Installation system
TeSys Quickft for motor starter components
Components.with.spring.terminals
2a
1 5 6
2b
7
3
4
Presentation:
pages.1/194.and.1/195
Characteristics:
pages.1/0.and.1/03
References:
pages.1/199.to.1/01
Dimensions:
pages.1/04.and.1/05
Schemes:
pages.1/06.and.1/07
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
1/193
Control/command components
Control circuit connection modules LAD 9 AP3 pp
The.control.circuit.connection.module.1.plugs.directly.into.the.control.terminals.on.
the.contactor.and.on.the.TeSys.GV.ME.or.TeSys.GV3.P.motor.circuit-breaker,.in.the.
location.provided.for.the.front-mounting.block.
It.is.compatible.with.all.contactor.ratings.up.to.18.A.for.TeSys.GV.ME.and.65.A.for.
TeSys.GV3.P.
Mechanical.locking.2 of.the.system.onto.the.top.of.the.contactor.ensures.a.perfect.
connection,.whatever.the.operating.conditions.(vibrations,.knocks,.etc).
These.modules.are.available.in.4.versions:.for.direct.or.reversing.starter,.with.or.
without.contactor.coil.interface.relay
The.coil.control.can.be.ac.or.dc,.up.to.a.50.V.and.c.130.V
The.version.without.relay.is.designed.to.control.the.contactor.coils.with.no.interface,.
at.4.V.dc
The.version.with.relay.has.a.connector.for.connecting.the.contactor.power.supply.
Module.LAD9 AP3pp incorporates,.in.its.lower.part,.several.external.connectors:
3.RJ45.connector,.for.connecting.the.automation.system
4 -way.connector,.for.connecting.the.contactor.power.supply.(only.on.versions.with.
relay)
5 -way.connector,.for.connecting.an.external.contact.in.series.with.the.contactor.coil.
(supplied.complete.with.shunt)
Parallel wiring modules
The.parallel.wiring.system.makes.it.possible.to.connect.motor.starters.which.
incorporate TeSys Quickft technology to the processing unit (PLC) quickly and
without.any.need.for.tools.The.parallel.wiring.module.provides.the.status.and.
command.information.for.each.motor.starter.
Control.connection.modules.LAD9 AP3pp.are.connected.to.the.parallel.wiring.
modules.using.RJ45.cables.LU9Rpp.6,.which.are.available.in.different.lengths.
The.following.information.is.available.for.each.motor.starter:
.inputs:.circuit-breaker.status.and.contactor.status,
1.output:.contactor.coil.control
A.direct.motor.starter.uses.one.RJ45.channel
A.reversing.motor.starter.uses.two RJ45 channels
Note: for motor starters built using TeSys GV3 circuit-breakers and TeSys D contactors, the
Quickftpre-wiredsystemallowsthecontactortobemountedbelowthecircuit-breakeror
mounting of the two devices side by side.
b
b
Parallel wiring module LU9 G02
This.module.7 enables.connection.of.up.to.8.direct.or.4.reversing.motor.starters.
directly.to.the.I/O.modules.of.PLCs.It.is.used.with.the.Advantys.Telefast.pre-wiring.
system.(1).
This.splitter.box.is.optimised.for.use.with.card.TSX DMZ28DTK
Dedicated parallel interface module STB EPI 2145 (2)
This.module.enables.4.direct.or..reversing.motor.starters.to.be.connected.via.the.
Advantys.STB.distributed.I/O.solution.With.STB.network.interface.modules,.motor.
starters.can.be.connected.to.the.following.communication.networks:.Modbus.Plus,.
FIPIO, CANopen, Ethernet TCP/IP, Profbus DP, INTERBUS and DeviceNet.
(1) Please consult our catalogue Power supplies, splitter boxes and interfaces.
(2) Please consult our catalogue "Advantys STB I/O. The open solution".
Description (continued)
Installation system
TeSys Quickft for motor starter components
Components.with.spring.terminals
6
1
7
1
5 4 3 2
Presentation:
pages.1/194.and.1/195
Characteristics:
pages.1/0.and.1/03
References:
pages.1/199.to.1/01
Dimensions:
pages.1/04.and.1/05
Schemes:
pages.1/06.and.1/07
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
1/194
LAD 352
GV2 MEpp3
LC1 Dpp3
LAD 331
LAD 3B1
LC2 Dpp3
Power.circuit.pre-wiring.
components
Direct.starter
Power.circuit.pre-wiring.
components
Reversing.starter
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
1/195
Power circuit pre-wiring components (only for motor starters with TeSys GV2 circuit-breakers)
Description Maximum
connection csa
Application Sold in
lots of
Reference Weight
kg
Upstream terminal block 16.mm

(1) Power.supply.of.1.or...
power.splitter.boxes
1 LAD 3B1 01
Description Extension by Number of starters Reference Weight
kg
Power splitter box, 60 A LAD.3p . LAD 322 010
4 LAD 324 040
Description Composition Reference Weight
kg
Direct starter
Power connection kit 1.plate.LAD.311.for.GV.ME.and..
.power.connection.modules.LAD.341
LAD 352 0078
Reversing starter
To.build.a.reversing.starter,.order..kits.LAD 352
Description Maximum
connection csa
Application Sold in
lots of
Reference Weight
kg
Outgoing terminal block 6.mm

Connection.of..
motor.cables.
10 LAD 331 0050
Description No of
starters
Sold in
lots of
Unit
reference
Weight
kg
Plate for mounting a
GV2 ME circuit-breaker and a contactor
1 10 LAD 311 004
Power connection module 1 10 LAD 341 0018
(1) Cables with one end pre-crimped are available to allow fast connection. References:
1 set of 3 x 6 mm
2
cables (length 1 m: LAD 3B061, length 2 m: LAD 3B062 and length 3 m: LAD 3B063),
1 set of 3 x 10 mm
2
cables (length 1 m: LAD 3B101, length 2 m: LAD 3B102 and length 3 m: LAD 3B103),
1 set of 3 x 16 mm
2
cables (length 1 m: LAD 3B161, length 2 m: LAD 3B162 and length 3 m: LAD 3B163).
References
Installation system
TeSys Quickft for motor starter components
Components.with.spring.terminals
LAD 3B1
LAD 324
LAD 352
LAD 331
Presentation:
pages.1/194.and.1/195
Characteristics:
pages.1/0.and.1/03
References:
pages.1/199.to.1/01
Dimensions:
pages.1/04.and.1/05
Schemes:
pages.1/06.and.1/07
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
1/196
LAD 9AP3D2 LAD 9AP3D1
LC2 Dpp3
GV2 MEpp3
LAD 32p
STB EPI 2145
LU9 G02
LC1 Dpp3
LC2 DppA3
GV3 Ppp
LC1 DppA3
Note: Circuit-breakers TeSys GV3 P and contactors LC1 D40A3 to D65A3 can be mounted side by side, using a set of S-shape busbars (GV3 S).
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
1/197
Control-command pre-wiring components
Description TeSys D
coil voltage
Type of coil
control relay
Type of
starter
Reference Weight
kg
Control connection modules a.1.50.V.or.
c.5130.V
Electromechanical Direct LAD 9AP31 0150
Reversing LAD 9AP32 000
c.4.V Without.relay Direct LAD 9AP3D1 0140
Reversing LAD 9AP3D2 0190
Parallel wiring modules (c 24 V)
Description Connectors Reference Weight
kg PLC side Motor starter side
Splitter box .x.HE.10
0-way
8.x.RJ45 LU9 G02 060
Description Connectors Reference Weight
kg PLC side Motor starter side
Advantys STB parallel
interface module
4.x.RJ45 STB EPI 2145 0165
Connection cables
Between the control connection module and the splitter box LU9 G02 or STB EPI 2145
Connectors Length Reference Weight
m kg
2 x RJ45 connectors 03 LU9 R03 0045
1 LU9 R10 0065
3 LU9 R30 015
Between splitter box LU9 G02 and the PLC
Type of connection Gauge Csa Length Reference Weight
PLC side Splitter box side
AWG mm
2
m kg
HE 10
20-way
HE 10
20-way
034 05 TSX CDP 053 0085
1 TSX CDP 103 0150
TSX CDP 203 080
3 TSX CDP 303 0410
5 TSX CDP 503 0670
8 0080 1 ABF H20 H100 0080
ABF H20 H200 0140
3 ABF H20 H300 010
Bare wires HE 10
20-way
034 3 TSX CDP 301 0400
5 TSX CDP 501 0660
Separate components
Description Characteristics Sold in
lots of
Unit
reference
Weight
kg
Spring terminal connections for:
the.external.contact
the.auxiliary.power.supply
b
b
-way,.5.mm.pitch
Wire.csa:.05.mm
10 APE 1PRE21 000
Self-stripping connector for:
the.external.contact
the.auxiliary.power.supply
b
b
-way,.5.mm.pitch
Wire.csa:.075.mm
16 APE 1PAD21 000
Connecting cable
between.module.APP.1Cp.and..
splitter.box.LU9.G0.(.length:.06.m)
Connectors:.
1.x.HE.10,.30-way.
.x.HE.10,.0-way
1 APP 2AH40H060 0400
References (continued)
Installation system
TeSys Quickft for motor starter components
Components.with.spring.terminals
LAD 9AP3p
Presentation:
pages.1/194.and.1/195
Characteristics:
pages.1/0.and.1/03
References:
pages.1/199.to.1/01
Dimensions:
pages.1/04.and.1/05
Schemes:
pages.1/06.and.1/07
1/198
1
Characteristics
Type of control connection module LAD 9AP3pp
General environment
Standard IEC.60439-1
Certifcations UL,.CSA.
Degree of protection Conforming.to.IEC.6059 IP.40.(mounted.assembly)
Resistance to
incandescent wire
Conforming.to.IEC.60695--1 C 960
Shock resistance Conforming.to.IEC.60068--7 11.ms.and.15.gn.(half.sine.wave)
Vibration resistance Conforming.to.IEC.60068--6.
and.BV/LR
gn 100.Hz.:.4.and.3100.Hz:.0,7
Resistance to
electrostatic discharge
Conforming.to.IEC.61000-4- Level.3
Resistance to radiated felds Conforming.to.IEC.61000-4-3 V/m 10.(61000.MHz)
Immunity to fast
transient currents
Conforming.to.IEC.61000-4-4 Level.3
Surge withstand Conforming.to.IEC.61000-4-5 kV .in.common.mode,.06.in.differential.mode
Wave.form:.1/50.s.-.8/0.s
Immunity to
radioelectric felds
Conforming.to.IEC.61000-4-6 V 10.(01580.MHz)
Ambient air temperature Operation.in..
foor-standing enclosure
C -.5+.60
Operation.in..
wall-mounted.enclosure
C -.5+.40
Storage C -.40+.70
Space required around
mounted assembly
For.inserting.cables..
and.heat.dissipation
mm >.30
Degree of pollution 3
Assembly fxing
(with.TeSys.GV.circuit-breakers.only)
On 2 x 35 mm rails or with 2 x 5.5 mm screws on plate for GV2 ME
Suitable wire
csa
Voltage.supply.
for.power
Number.of.wires 3
Flexible.cable.with.cable.end mm 16
Flexible.cable..
without.cable.end
mm 5
Solid.cable mm 5
Voltage.supply.
for.contactor.
coil.control
Number.of.wires
Flexible.cable..
with.cable.end.(max)
mm 15
Flexible.cable..
without.cable.end.(max)
mm 5
Solid.cable.(max) mm 5
3-phase power circuit characteristics
Maximum
current
Per.power.
supply
Conforming.to.IEC.60439-1 A 60.(single.power.supply.to.one.or.more.sub-bases.or.splitter.boxes)
Per.sub-base Conforming.to.IEC.60439-1 A 60
GV2 operating limit 80.%.of.Imax.at.60.C.ambient.temperature.(see.table.on.opposite.page)
Maximum current per starter A 18.(with.an.empty.slot.between.two.starters)
Insulation voltage V 750
Operational voltage V 690
U imp kV 6
Rated operational frequency Hz 50-60
Rated short-circuit current
conditional Isc at 415 V
Conforming.to.IEC.60439-1 kA 50
Permissible
short-time rating Icw
Conforming.to.IEC.60439-1 kA 91.(for.70.ms)
Control circuit characteristics
Contactor coil control voltage V a.150.(with.interface.relay)
V c.54.(without.interface.relay)
V c.5130.(with.interface.relay)
Installation system
TeSys Quickft for motor starter components
Components.with.spring.terminals
Presentation:.
pages.1/190.and.1/191
Description.:.
pages.1/190.and.1/191
Characteristics:.
pages.1/198.and.1/199.
References:.
pages.1/195.to.1/197
Schemes:.
pages.1/0.and.1/03
Presentation:.
pages.1/190.and.1/191
Description.:.
pages.1/190.and.1/191
Characteristics:.
pages.1/198.and.1/199.
References:.
pages.1/195.to.1/197
Schemes:.
pages.1/0.and.1/03
1/199
1
Characteristics (continued)
Table of GV2 circuit-breaker current limitation at 60C ambient temperature with TeSys Quickft
Circuit-breaker reference GV2 ratings (1) Maximum current of GV2 with TeSys Quickft
GV2 ME06 1.-.16.A 18.A
GV2 ME07 16.-.5.A .A
GV2 ME08 5.-.4.A 3.A
GV2 ME10 4.-.63.A 5.A
GV2 ME14 6.-.10.A 8.A
GV2 ME16 9.-.14.A 11.A
GV2 ME20 13.-.18.A 144.A
GV2 ME21 17.-.3.A 18.A
.... ................
Electromechanical relay characteristics
Type of control connection module LAD 9AP31, LAD 9AP32
Characteristics of the electromechanical relay control circuit (PLC side)
Rated voltage at Us V c 4
Energisation threshold at 40 C V c 19
Drop-out voltage at 20 C V c 4
Maximum operational voltage V c 30
Maximum current at Us mA 15
Drop-out current at 20 C mA 1
Maximum power dissipated at Us W 036
Supply failure ms 5
Characteristics of the electromechanical relay output circuit
Type of contact 1F
Maximum switching voltage V a 50
V c 130
Frequency of the operating current Hz 50/60
Maximum current of the contact A 4.
Other characteristics of the electromechanical relay
Maximum operating time
at Us (including.bounce)
Between.coil.energisation
and.closing.of.the.contact
ms 10
Between.coil.de-energisation
and.opening.of.the.contact
ms 5
Maximum operating ratet No.load Hz 10
At.Ie Hz 05
Mechanical life In.millions.of.operating.cycles 0
Dielectric strength V 1000.(50/60.Hz).-.1.mn
Rated impulse withstand voltage (Uimp) kV 5.
Primary/secondary rated insulation voltage V 300
Maximum current
for 500 000 operations
4.V.-.DC13 A 06
30.V.-.AC15 A 09
(1) Thermal trip setting range.
.... ................
Electromechanical relay characteristics
Type of control connection module LAD 9AP31, LAD 9AP32
Characteristics of the electromechanical relay control circuit (PLC side)
Rated voltage at Us V c 4
Energisation threshold at 40 C V c 19
Drop-out voltage at 20 C V c 4
Maximum operational voltage V c 30
Maximum current at Us mA 15
Drop-out current at 20 C mA 1
Maximum power dissipated at Us W 036
Supply failure ms 5
Characteristics of the electromechanical relay output circuit
Type of contact 1F
Maximum switching voltage V a 50
V c 130
Frequency of the operating current Hz 50/60
Maximum current of the contact A 4.
Other characteristics of the electromechanical relay
Maximum operating time
at Us (including.bounce)
Between.coil.energisation
and.closing.of.the.contact
ms 10
Between.coil.de-energisation
and.opening.of.the.contact
ms 5
Maximum operating ratet No.load Hz 10
At.Ie Hz 05
Mechanical life In.millions.of.operating.cycles 0
Dielectric strength V 1000.(50/60.Hz).-.1.mn
Rated impulse withstand voltage (Uimp) kV 5.
Primary/secondary rated insulation voltage V 300
Maximum current
for 500 000 operations
4.V.-.DC13 A 06
30.V.-.AC15 A 09
(1) Thermal trip setting range.
Installation system
TeSys Quickft for motor starter components
Components.with.spring.terminals
Presentation:.
pages.1/190.and.1/191
Description.:.
pages.1/190.and.1/191
Characteristics:.
pages.1/198.and.1/199.
References:.
pages.1/195.to.1/197
Schemes:.
pages.1/0.and.1/03
Presentation:.
pages.1/190.and.1/191
Description.:.
pages.1/190.and.1/191
Characteristics:.
pages.1/198.and.1/199.
References:.
pages.1/195.to.1/197
Schemes:.
pages.1/0.and.1/03
1/00
1
Dimensions
Dimensions
Mounted assembly, with TeSys GV2 ME circuit-breakers and TeSys D contactors
1 Circuit-breaker.and.contactor.support.plate.
2 Power.connection.module
3 Power.splitter.box
4 Control.splitter.box
5 Upstream.terminal.block
6 Outgoing.terminal.block
(1) 2 starters: 90 mm, 4 starters: 180 mm, 8 starters: 360 mm.
Mounted assembly with TeSys GV3 P circuit-breakers and TeSys D contactors (LC1 D40A3 LC1 D65A3)
Vertical mounting Side by side mounting
55
2
3
1
119
55
1
1
2
141
2
141 119
1
3
8
1
1
3
1 Control.splitter.box
2 Set.of.GV3.G64.busbars
3 Set.of.S-shape.busbars.GV3.S
.
135
110
120
(1)
2
5
5
2
8
5
1
4
4
3 2
5
6
135
110
120
(1)
2
5
5
2
8
5
1
4
4
3 2
5
6
Installation system
TeSys Quickft for motor starter components
Components.with.spring.terminals
Presentation:.
pages.1/190.and.1/191
Description.:.
pages.1/190.and.1/191
Characteristics:.
pages.1/198.and.1/199.
References:.
pages.1/195.to.1/197
Schemes:.
pages.1/0.and.1/03
Presentation:.
pages.1/190.and.1/191
Description.:.
pages.1/190.and.1/191
Characteristics:.
pages.1/198.and.1/199.
References:.
pages.1/195.to.1/197
Schemes:.
pages.1/0.and.1/03
1/01
1
Dimensions (continued),
schemes
Dimensions
Parallel wiring modules
Splitter box LU9 G02 Parallel wiring module Advantys STB EPI 2145
1
0
75
5
6
3
5
1
5
5
47 70
4
2
3
5
1
2
0
5
28,1 (1)
(1) Dimension to be multiplied by the number of STB EPI 2145 modules present in the
confguration.
Schemes
Splitter box LU9 G02
..
(2) 20-way HE10 input connector.
(3) 20-way HE10 output connector.
(4) Wire colours and corresponding HE10 connector pin numbers.
LU9 G02
c 24 V
C
o
m
C
o
m
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
RJ45
X1
X2
X3
X4
X5
X6
X7
X8
RJ45
RJ45
RJ45
RJ45
RJ45
RJ45
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
RJ45
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1
0
1
1
1
2
1
3
1
4
1
5
1
6
1
7
1
8
1
9
2
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1
0
1
1
1
2
1
3
1
4
1
5
1
6
1
7
1
8
1
9
2
0
(2)
(3)
X10
X9
Control.contact
NC
...Output.common
NC
Contactor.status
NC
Circuit-breaker.
status
Input.common
Control.contact
NC
Output.common
NC
Contactor.status
NC
Circuit-breaker.
status
Input.common
O
u
t
p
u
t
s
I
n
p
u
t
s
4.V...Aux
Colours of
TSX CDPppp
connection cable
wires (4)
1...White
2...Brown
3...Green
4...Yellow
5...Grey
6...Pink
7...Blue
8...Red
9...Black
10.Violet
11.Grey-pink
12.Red-blue
13.White-green
14.Brown-green
15.White-yellow
16.Yellow-brown
17.White-grey
18.Grey-brown
19.White-pink
20.Pink-brown
Fault.X1
Fault.X
Fault.X3
Fault.X4
Fault.X5
Fault.X6
Fault.X7
Fault.X8
Pole.status.X1
Pole.status.X
Pole.status.X3
Pole.status.X4
Pole.status.X5
Pole.status.X6
Pole.status.X7
Pole.status.X8
+.4.V.Aux
-.4.V.Aux
+.4.V.Aux
-.4.V.Aux
Control.X1
Control.X
Control.X3
Control.X4
Control.X5
Control.X6
Control.X7
Control.X8
NC
NC
NC
NC
+..c.4.V
-..c.4.V
+..c.4.V
-..c.4.V
Not.used.with..
TeSys Quickft
LU9 G02
c 24 V
C
o
m
C
o
m
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
RJ45
X1
X2
X3
X4
X5
X6
X7
X8
RJ45
RJ45
RJ45
RJ45
RJ45
RJ45
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
RJ45
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1
0
1
1
1
2
1
3
1
4
1
5
1
6
1
7
1
8
1
9
2
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1
0
1
1
1
2
1
3
1
4
1
5
1
6
1
7
1
8
1
9
2
0
(2)
(3)
X10
X9
Control.contact
NC
...Output.common
NC
Contactor.status
NC
Circuit-breaker.
status
Input.common
Control.contact
NC
Output.common
NC
Contactor.status
NC
Circuit-breaker.
status
Input.common
O
u
t
p
u
t
s
I
n
p
u
t
s
4.V...Aux
Colours of
TSX CDPppp
connection cable
wires (4)
1...White
2...Brown
3...Green
4...Yellow
5...Grey
6...Pink
7...Blue
8...Red
9...Black
10.Violet
11.Grey-pink
12.Red-blue
13.White-green
14.Brown-green
15.White-yellow
16.Yellow-brown
17.White-grey
18.Grey-brown
19.White-pink
20.Pink-brown
Fault.X1
Fault.X
Fault.X3
Fault.X4
Fault.X5
Fault.X6
Fault.X7
Fault.X8
Pole.status.X1
Pole.status.X
Pole.status.X3
Pole.status.X4
Pole.status.X5
Pole.status.X6
Pole.status.X7
Pole.status.X8
+.4.V.Aux
-.4.V.Aux
+.4.V.Aux
-.4.V.Aux
Control.X1
Control.X
Control.X3
Control.X4
Control.X5
Control.X6
Control.X7
Control.X8
NC
NC
NC
NC
+..c.4.V
-..c.4.V
+..c.4.V
-..c.4.V
Not.used.with..
TeSys Quickft
Installation system
TeSys Quickft for motor starter components
Components.with.spring.terminals
Presentation:.
pages.1/190.and.1/191
Description.:.
pages.1/190.and.1/191
Characteristics:.
pages.1/198.and.1/199.
References:.
pages.1/195.to.1/197
Schemes:.
pages.1/0.and.1/03
Presentation:.
pages.1/190.and.1/191
Description.:.
pages.1/190.and.1/191
Characteristics:.
pages.1/198.and.1/199.
References:.
pages.1/195.to.1/197
Schemes:.
pages.1/0.and.1/03
1/0
1
Schemes (continued)
Wiring schemes
With relay
LAD9 AP31 LAD9 AP32
Q1.Thermal-magnetic.motor.circuit-breaker
(1) Contactor coil.
(2) Interface relay.
KA1
Shunt 1
P
h
N
4 3 2 1 8 7 6 5
1
4
1
3
1
4
1
3
2
4
2
3
Q1
KM1 (1)
(2)
2
2
2
1
KA1
Shunt 1
P
h
N
4 3 2 1 8 7 6 5
1
4
1
3
1
4
1
3
2
4
2
3
Q1
KM1 (1)
(2)
2
2
2
1
4 3
Shunt 1 Shunt 2
2 1 8 7 6 5
1
4
N P
h
N P
h
1
3
1
4
1
3
2
4
2
3
Q1
KM1
KA1 KA2
4 3 2 1 8 7 6 5
1
4
1
3
KM2
(1) (1)
2
2
2
1
2
2
2
1
(2) (2)
4 3
Shunt 1 Shunt 2
2 1 8 7 6 5
1
4
N P
h
N P
h
1
3
1
4
1
3
2
4
2
3
Q1
KM1
KA1 KA2
4 3 2 1 8 7 6 5
1
4
1
3
KM2
(1) (1)
2
2
2
1
2
2
2
1
(2) (2)
Installation system
TeSys Quickft for motor starter components
Components.with.spring.terminals
Presentation:.
pages.1/190.and.1/191
Description.:.
pages.1/190.and.1/191
Characteristics:.
pages.1/198.and.1/199.
References:.
pages.1/195.to.1/197
Dimensions:.
pages.1/00.and.1/01
Presentation:.
pages.1/190.and.1/191
Description.:.
pages.1/190.and.1/191
Characteristics:.
pages.1/198.and.1/199.
References:.
pages.1/195.to.1/197
Dimensions:.
pages.1/00.and.1/01
1/03
1
Schemes (continued)
Wiring schemes (continued)
Without relay
LAD9 AP3D1 LAD9 AP3D2
Q1.Thermal-magnetic.motor.circuit-breaker
(1) Contactor coil.
4 3 2 1 8 7 6 5
1
4
1
3
1
4
1
3
2
4
2
3
2
2
2
1
Q1
KM1
(1)
Shunt 1
4 3 2 1 8 7 6 5
1
4
1
3
1
4
1
3
2
4
2
3
2
2
2
1
Q1
KM1
(1)
Shunt 1
4 3 2 1 8 7 6 5
1
4
1
3
1
4
1
3
2
4
2
3
2
2
2
1
Q1
KM1
4 3 2 1 8 7 6 5
1
4
1
3
2
2
2
1
KM2
(1) (1)
Shunt 1 Shunt 2
4 3 2 1 8 7 6 5
1
4
1
3
1
4
1
3
2
4
2
3
2
2
2
1
Q1
KM1
4 3 2 1 8 7 6 5
1
4
1
3
2
2
2
1
KM2
(1) (1)
Shunt 1 Shunt 2
Installation system
TeSys Quickft for motor starter components
Components.with.spring.terminals
Presentation:.
pages.1/190.and.1/191
Description.:.
pages.1/190.and.1/191
Characteristics:.
pages.1/198.and.1/199.
References:.
pages.1/195.to.1/197
Dimensions:.
pages.1/00.and.1/01
Presentation:.
pages.1/190.and.1/191
Description.:.
pages.1/190.and.1/191
Characteristics:.
pages.1/198.and.1/199.
References:.
pages.1/195.to.1/197
Dimensions:.
pages.1/00.and.1/01
1/04
1
2 3 4 1
8
10
6
11
13
2
1
5 5
7
9
12
5
6
10 15 14
8
12
AK5-ASS-3-Q
1/05
1
Presentation
The.assembly.of.automated.control.and.distribution.panels.requires.the.use.of.
products.that.are.not.only.safe.but.also.simple.and.quick.to.mount.and.cable
The.AK5.pre-assembled.busbar.system.meets.all.these.criteria.by.incorporating.
prefabricated.components.which.cater.for.3.principal.functions:
Carrying of electric current
By.the.pre-assembled.4-pole.busbar.system.1,.160.A.at.35.C
4-pole.busbar.systems.can.be.used.for.3-phase.+.Neutral.or.3-phase.+.Common
The.busbar.systems.are.available.in.6.lengths:.344,.45,.560,.668,.99,.1100.mm
An.incoming.supply.terminal.block.2.is.located.at.the.extreme.left.of.the.busbar.
system
"Knock-out".partitions.allow.connection.of.the.power.supply.from.above.or.below.to.
connectors.3.which.are.protected.by.a.removable.cover.4.
Upstream.protection.of.the.busbar.system.is.shown.on.page.1/06
Current distribution
Tap-off.units.5.(factory.assembled).are.available.in.4.versions:
-pole,
3-pole,
4-pole.(3-phase.+.Neutral),
4-pole.(3-phase.+.Common)
The.tap-offs.clip.onto.the.busbar.system.with.instantaneous.mechanical.and.
electrical.connection.to.the.busbars
.ratings.are.available:.16.and..3.A
The.tap-off.units.ensure.not.only.rapid.mounting,.but.also.a.neat.appearance.for.the.
power.distribution.system.and.complete.safety.when.accessing.under.live.circuit.
conditions
Component mounting
Component.mounting.plates.with.incorporated.tap-off.allow.mounting.of.and.supply.
of.power.to.components
They.are.available.in.5.A.or.50.A.ratings
These.mounting.plates.clip.onto.the.mounting.rail.11,.which.also.supports.the.busbar.
system,.and.at.the.same.time.make.electrical.connection.via.the.incorporated.tap-
off
.types.of.mounting.plate.are.available:
single.plates.6.(height.105.mm),.with.bolt-on.35.mm.wide.7 rail.7,.which.may.be.
bolted.on.in.one.of.two.positions,.allowing.height.adjustment.of.10.mm
double.plates.8 and 14.(height.190.mm),.with.two.bolt-on,.35.mm.wide.7 rails 9.
mounted on 100 mm fxing centres; each rail may be bolted on in one of 4 positions,
allowing.height.adjustment.in.10.mm.steps.These.plates.are.supplied.with.
connectors.12.to.allow.wiring.between.control.and.protection.devices
Single.mounting.plates.enable.the.following.types.of.distribution:
-pole.(Ph.+.N).and.(Ph.+.Ph)
3-pole,
4-pole.(3.Ph.+.N.or.3.Ph.+.common)
Double.mounting.plates.enable.the.following.types.of.distribution:.-pole.(Ph.+.N,..
Ph.+.Ph),..3-pole.or.4-pole.(3Ph+N.and.3Ph.+.common)
Extension.plates.10.can.be.bolted.onto.single.and.double.mounting.plates.to.enable.
mounting.of.wider.components.Using.a.side.stop.15 in.conjunction.with.these
extension.plates.also.supports.the.AK5.JB.busbar.system.when.used.vertically
A.control.terminal.block.13.comprising.a.support.plate.bolted.onto.the.single.or.
double.mounting.plates.and.a.10-pole.plug-in.block,.enables.connection.of.the.
control.circuit.wires.(csa.15.mm

.max)
.
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
Power distribution in control panels
Pre-assembled.panel.busbar.system.AK5
Presentation:
page.1/05
Characteristics:
pages.1/06.and.1/07
References:
pages.1/10.and.1/11
Mouting.possibilities:
pages.1/08.and.1/09
Presentation:
page.1/05
Characteristics:
pages.1/06.and.1/07
References:
pages.1/10.and.1/11
Mouting.possibilities:
pages.1/08.and.1/09
1/06
1
Characteristics
Busbar system characteristics
Conforming to standards IEC.60439
Product certifcations UL,.CSA,.DNV,.LROS.
Degree of protection Against.access.to.live.parts IP.XXB.conforming.to.IEC.6059
Flame resistance Conforming.to.IEC.60695 C 850.(incandescent.wire)
Conforming.to.standard.UL.94 V0
Number of conductors AK5.JB14p 4
Supply current
a
Rated operational frequency Hz 50.or.60
Rated operational current Ambient.temperature.35.C A 160
Coeffcient K to be applied
according.to.the
ambient.temperature
C 35 40 45 50 55 60
K 1 096 09 088 083 078
Rated insulation voltage Conforming.to.IEC.60439-1 V 690
Conforming.to.UL.and.CSA V 600
Operational voltage Off-load.plugging-in.and.unplugging,.with.supply.switched.on
Conforming.to.IEC.60439-1 V 400
Conforming.to.UL,.CSA V 480
Plugging-in.and.unplugging,.with.supply.switched.off
Conforming.to.IEC.60439-1 V 690
Conforming.to.UL,.CSA V 600
Maximum permissible
peak current
kA 5
Maximum let-through energy A

s 1.x.10.
7
Upstream short-circuit (1)
and overload protection
Type.of.protection Schneider.Electric.circuit-breaker Fuses
NS.160.H NS.160.H aM gF
Rating A 160 160 160 160
Prospective..
short-circuit.current
kA 36 70 100 100
Operational.current A 160 160 160 160
Cabling Maximum.csa Minimum.csa
Flexible.cable.with.cable.end mm

70 5
Solid.cable mm

70 5
Tightening.torque Nm 10
Mounting position Horizontal.or.vertical.(2) Fixing.with.screws.provided
(1) For conditions where conditional short-circuit current exceeds 25 kA.
(2) Using side stop AK5 BT01 on mounting plates AK5 PA.
.
Power distribution in control panels
Pre-assembled.panel.busbar.system.AK5
Presentation:
page.1/05
Characteristics:
pages.1/06.and.1/07
References:
pages.1/10.and.1/11
Mouting.possibilities:
pages.1/08.and.1/09
Presentation:
page.1/05
Characteristics:
pages.1/06.and.1/07
References:
pages.1/10.and.1/11
Mouting.possibilities:
pages.1/08.and.1/09
1/07
1
Characteristics (continued)
Tap-off characteristics
Type AK5 AK5 AK5 AK5 AK5 AK5 AK5 AK5 AK5 AK5
PC12 PC12PH PC13 PC14 PC131 PC32L PC32LPH PC33 PC34 PC331
PC33L PC34L
Conforming to standards IEC.60439
Product certifcations UL,.LROS,.CSA,.DNV
Degree of protection Against.access.to.live.parts:.IP.XXB.conforming.to.IEC.59
Polarity Phase. Phase. 3-phase 3-phase 3-phase Phase Phase. 3-phase 3-phase 3-phase
+ + +. +. +. +. +. +.
Neutral Phase Neutral Common Neutral Phase Neutral Common
Conductor csa mm

.x.5 .x.5 3.x.5 4.x.5 3.x.5 .x.4 .x.4 3.x.4 4.x.4 3.x.4
(UL.cables) 1.x.15 1.x.15
Conductor colours Black Black Black Black Black Black Black Black Black Black
Blue Blue White Blue Blue White
(Neutral) (Neutral) (Neutral) (Neutral) (Common)
Permissible current A 16 16 16 16 16 3 3 3 3 3
10 10
(Common) (Common)
Rated insulation voltage V 690.conforming.to.IEC.60439-1
Rated peak current kA 6
Maximum let-through energy A

s 100.000 00.000
Type of conductor insulation. PVC.105.C
Tap-off characteristics
Type AK5
PA211N1
PA211N2
PA211N3
PA212N1
PA212N2
PA212N3
AK5
PA211PH12
PA211PH13
PA211PH23
PA212PH12
PA212PH13
PA212PH23
AK5
PA231
PA232
PA232S
AK5
PA241
PA242
AK5
PA2311
PA2312
PA2312S
AK5
PA532
AK5
PA542
AK5
PA5312
Conforming to standards IEC.60439
Product certifcations UL,.LROS,.CSA,.DNV
Degree of protection Against.access.to.live.parts:.IP.XXB.conforming.to.IEC.6059
Polarity Phase.+..
Neutral
Phase.+.
Phase
3-phase 3-phase
+.Neutral
3-phase
+.Common
3-phase 3-phase
+.Neutral
3-phase
+.Common
Conductor csa
(UL.cables)
mm

.x.4 .x.4 3.x.4 4.x.4 3.x.4


1.x.15
.x.(3.x.4) .x.(4.x.4) .x.(3.x.4)
1.x.15
Permissible current A 5 5. 5 5 5
10.
(Common)
50 50 50
10.
(Common)
Rated insulation voltage V 690.conforming.to.IEC.60439-1
Rated peak current kA 6
Maximum let-through energy A

s 00.000
Type of conductor insulation PVC.105.C
Characteristics of mounting rails AM1 DL201 and AM1 DL2017
Type Omega.7 (width.75.mm,.depth.15.mm)
Material .mm.sheet.steel
Surface treatment Galvanized
Power distribution in control panels
Pre-assembled.panel.busbar.system.AK5
1/08
1
Mounting
(equipment possibilities)
Component mounting plates incorporating tap-off mounted on AK5 JB busbar system
Note: if the equipment is wider than the
mounting plate, an extension plate can be
used to increase the width of the support
plate.
(1) 3-pole + common
AK5
PA211N1
PA211N2
PA211N3
AK5
PA231
PA2311
(1)
AK5
PA241
AK5
PA212N1
PA212N2
PA212N3
AK5
PA212PH12
PA213PH13
PA212PH23
AK5
PA232
PA2312
(1)
AK5
PA242
AK5
PA232S
PA2312S
(1)
AK5
PA532
PA5312
(1)
AK5
PA542
Mounting
plate
incorporating
tap-off
Width.in.mm 54 54 54 54 54 54 54 108 108 108
Height.in.mm 105 105 105 190 190 190 190 190 190 190
No.of.18.mm.pitches 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 6 6 6
Thermal.current 5.A 5.A 5.A 5.A 5.A 5.A 5.A 5.A 50.A 50.A
Application. Ph.+.N 3-pole 3-pole.
+.N
Ph.+.N Ph.+.Ph 3-pole 3-pole.
+.N
3-pole 3-pole 3-pole..
+.N
Motor starter type Minimum.
centres.
with..
60.mm.
ducting
Number.of.points.used.on.the.busbar.system
Fuses, contactors and thermal overload relay
LS1.D5 170 4 4
LS1.D5.+.LA8.D54 170 5
LS1.D5.+.LC1.-D09.to.D5.and.
overload.relay.up.to.LR.D13
30 4
LS1.D5.+.LC1.D09.to.D5..
(with.1.add-on.block.LA8.D).+.
overload.relay.up.to.LR.D13
30 4
Fuses, reversing contactors + thermal overload relay
LS1.D5.+.LC.D09.to.D18..
(with.1.add-on.block.LA8.D).+.
overload.relay.up.to.LR.D13
30 6
LS1.D5.+.LC.D5..
with.1.add-on.block.LA8.D).+.
overload.relay.up.to.LR.D13
30 7
Optimal breaker switch
GK.CF03.to.CF 170 3
GK.CF03.to.CF.+.4.blocks.
GK.AX
170 5
GK3.EF40 70 6
GK3.EF40.+.4.blocks.GK.AX 70 6
Optimal breaker switch + contactor + thermal overload relay
GK.CF03.to.CF1.+.LC1.D09.
to.D18.+.overload.relay.up.to.
LR.D13
30 3
GK.CF03.to.CF.+.LC1.D09.
to.D5.+.overload.relay.up.to.
LR.D13
30 4
GK.CF03.to.CF.+.4.blocks.
GK-AX.+.LC1.D09.to.D18.with.
1.block.LA8.D.+.overload.relay.
up.to.LR.D13
30 5
Optimal breaker switch + reversing contactor + thermal overload relay
GK.CF03.to.CF.+.4.blocks.
GK.AX.+.LC1.D09.to.D18..
with.1.block.LA8.D.+.overload.
relay.up.to.LR.D13
30 6
GK.CF03.to.CF.+.4.blocks.
GK.AX.+.LC.D5...
with.1.block.LA8.D.+.overload.
relay.up.to.LR.D13
30 7
Power distribution in control panels
Pre-assembled.panel.busbar.system.AK5
1/09
1
Mounting
(equipment possibilities)
(continued)
Component mounting plates incorporating tap-off mounted on AK5 JB busbar system
Note 1:.if.the.equipment.is.wider.than.the.
mounting.plate,.an.extension.plate.can.be.
used.to.increase.the.width.of.the.support.
plate
Note 2:.for.upstream.protection,.see.page.
1/07
(1) 3-pole + common
AK5
PA211N1
PA211N2
PA211N3
AK5
PA231
PA2311
(1)
AK5
PA241
AK5
PA212N1
PA212N2
PA212N3
AK5
PA212PH12
PA213PH13
PA212PH23
AK5PA
232
PA2312
(1)
AK5
PA242
AK5
PA232S
PA2312S
(1)
AK
PA532
PA5312
(1)
AK5
PA542
Mounting
plate
incorporating
tap-off
Width.in.mm 54 54 54 54 54 54 54 108 108 108
Height.in.mm 105 105 105 190 190 190 190 190 190 190
No.of.18.mm.pitches 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 6 6 6
Thermal.current 5.A 5.A 5.A 5.A 5.A 5.A 5.A 5.A 50.A 50.A
Application. Ph.+.N 3-pole 3-pole.
+.N
Ph.+.N Ph.+.Ph 3-pole 3-pole.
+.N
3-pole 3-pole 3-pole..
+.N
Motor starter type Minimum.
centres.with.
60.mm.
ducting
Number.of.points.used.on.the.busbar.system
Motor circuit-breaker (type.1.coordination)
GVp06.to.p 170 3
GV3M01.to.M40 70 6
Motor circuit-breaker + contactor
GVp06.to.p16.+.LC1.D09.or.
D1.with.1.add-on.block.LA8.D
70
4
GVp06.to.p0..+.LC1.D09..
to.D18
70
3
GVp06.to.p.+.LC1.D09.or.
D1.with.1.add-on.block.LA8.D
70
4
GV3M01.to.M40.with.
GV1App.+.LC1D09.to.D3
70 7
GV3M01.to.M40.+.LC1.D09.
to.D3.with.1.add-on.block.
LA8.D
70 8
Motor circuit-breaker + reversing contactor
GVp06.to.p0.+.LC-D09.to.
D18.with.or.without.add-on.
block.LA8.D
70 6
GVp.with.1.add-on.block.
LA8-D

70 7
Integral contactor breaker + protection module
LD1.LB030.+.LB1.LB03Ppp
(integral.18)
70 3
LD1.LB030.with..add-on.
blocks.LA1.-LB.+.LB1.LB30P.
(integral.18)
70 4
LD1.LB030.with.4.add-on.
blocks.LA1.LB.+.LB1.LB03P.
(integral.18)
70 6
LD1.LC030.+.LB1.LC03M.
(integral.3)
70 6
LD1.LC030.+.LB1.LC03M.
(integral.3).with.1.add-on.
block.LA1.LC.and.1.reset.
device.LA1.LC05p
70 7
LD1.LC030.with..add-on.
blocks..LA1.LB.+.LB1.LC03M.
(integral.3)
70 6
Reversing contactor breaker integral 18 + protection module
LD5.LB130.+.LB1.LB03Ppp 70 6
LD5.LB130.with.3.add-on.
blocks.LA1.LB.+.LB1.LB03P
70 8
Schneider Electric C 60 circuit-breaker for circuit protection
369p 170
370p 170 3 3 3 3
371p.and.37p 170 4 4 4
Power distribution in control panels
Pre-assembled.panel.busbar.system.AK5
1/10
1
References
Busbar systems
The.busbar.system.can.be.screw-mounted.onto.any.type.of.support.However.if.it.is.to.be.used.in.conjunction.with.
component.mounting.plates.incorporating.a.tap-off,.it.is.essential.that.it.is.mounted.on.the.AM1.DL01.rail
When.mounting.tap-offs,.the.rated.operational.current.of.the.busbar.system.should.be.taken.into.account:.160.A.at.35.C
Number of
conductors
Number of
tap-offs at
18 mm intervals
Length Suitable for
mounting in
enclosure width
Reference Weight
mm mm kg
4.(1) 1 344 600 AK5 JB143 0700
18 45 800 AK5 JB144 0900
4 560 800 AK5 JB145 1100
30 668 800 AK5 JB146 1300
48 99 100 AK5 JB149 1900
54 1100 100 AK5 JB1410 100
Omega rail, width 75 mm
This.rail.is.designed.to.accommodate.the.busbar.system.when.it.is.used.with.AK5.PA.mounting.plates.incorporating.tap-
offs.It.supportsthe.busbar.system.The.plates.simply.clip.onto.the.rail
Material and
surface treatment
Depth Length Sold in
lots of
Unit
reference
Weight
mm mm kg
.mm.sheet.steel 15 000.(4) 6 AM1 DL201 3000
Removable power sockets
Use Number of points
used on the
busbar system
Thermal
current
Cable
lengths
Sold in
lots of
Unit
reference
Weight
A mm kg
Single-phase 1 16 00 6.(2) AK5 PC12 0035
+
Neutral 3 1000 6.(2) AK5 PC32L 0040
-phase 1 16 00 6 (3) AK5 PC12PH 0035
3 1000 6.(3) AK5 PC32LPH 0040
3-phase 16 00 6 AK5 PC13 0040
3 50 6 AK5 PC33 0045
1000 6 AK5 PC33L 0060
3-phase 16 00 6 AK5 PC14 0045
+
Neutral 3 50 6 AK5 PC34 0050
1000 6 AK5 PC34L 0065
3-phase 16 00 6 AK5 PC131 0045
+ 10.(common)
common
3 50 6 AK5 PC331 0050
10.(common)
Accessories
Description Maximum no
of connections
Csa mm
2
Sold in
lots of
Unit
reference
Weight
kg
Cable guide 4 5.or.4 0 AK5 GF1 0300
(1) 4-pole: 3-phase + Neutral or 3-phase + Common.
(2) Total of 6 sockets supplied: 2 sockets (N + L1), 2 sockets (N + L2). 2 sockets (N + L3).
(3) Total of 6 sockets supplied: 2 sockets (L1 + L2), 2 sockets (L1 + L3). 2 sockets (L2 + L3).
(4) Cut and drill to suit use.
..
AK5 JB1pp AK5 JB1pp
AK5 PC12 AK5 PC12
AK5 PC14
AK5 GF1
AK5 PC14
AK5 GF1
Power distribution in control panels
Pre-assembled.panel.busbar.system.AK5
Presentation:
page.1/05
Characteristics:
pages.1/06.and.1/07
References:
pages.1/10.and.1/11
Mouting.possibilities:
pages.1/08.and.1/09
Presentation:
page.1/05
Characteristics:
pages.1/06.and.1/07
References:
pages.1/10.and.1/11
Mouting.possibilities:
pages.1/08.and.1/09
1/11
1
AK5 PA231
References (continued)
Component mounting plates incorporating tap-off
Single plate (height 105 mm)
Use No of 18mm
points used on the
busbar system
Phase Thermal
currentA
Number of 6
rails for com-
ponent support
Reference Weight
kg
Single-phase..
+.neutral
3 Ph1+N 5 1 AK5 PA211N1 0135
Ph+N 5 1 AK5 PA211N2 0135
Ph3+N 5 1 AK5 PA211N3 0135
-phase 3 Ph1+Ph 5 1 AK5 PA211PH12 0135
Ph1+Ph3 5 1 AK5 PA211PH13 0135
Ph+Ph3 5 1 AK5 PA211PH23 0135
3-phase 3 5 1 AK5 PA231 0140
3-phase.+.common 3 5 1 AK5 PA2311 0145
3-phase.+.neutral. 3. 5 1 AK5 PA241 0145
Double plate (height 190 mm)
Prefabricated.5.A.connectors.are.supplied.for.connecting.the..protection.and.control.devices
Single-phase...
+.neutral
3 Ph1+N 5 AK5 PA212N1 0135
Ph+N 5 AK5 PA212N2 0135
Ph3+N 5 AK5 PA212N3 0135
-phase 3 Ph1+Ph 5 AK5 PA212PH12 0135
Ph1+Ph3 5 AK5 PA212PH13 0135
Ph+Ph3 5 AK5 PA212PH23 0135
3-phase 3 5 AK5 PA232 030
6 5 AK5 PA232S 0600
50 1 AK5 PA532 0700
3-phase.+.neutral 3 5 AK5 PA242 030
3-phase.+.common 3 5.(10.common) AK5 PA2312 035
6 5.(10.common) AK5 PA2312S 0610
50.(10.common) 1 AK5 PA5312 0710
3-phase.+.neutral 6 50 1 AK5 PA542 .0715
Extension plates
These.plates.bolt.onto.the.equipment.support.plates,.after.having.removed.them.from.the.rails,.to.be.able.to.mount.wider.
components
Use Number of tap-offs
at 18 mm intervals
Reference Weight
kg
For mounting
plates incor-
porating tap-off
Single 4 AK5 PE17 0100
Double 4 AK5 PE27 0150
Side stop (AK5.JB.mounted.vertically)
Use Sold in
lots of
Unit
reference
Weight
kg
For extension plate 50 AK5 BT01 0005
Control terminal blocks
Description Thermal
current A
Sold in
lots of
Unit
reference
Weight
kg
10-pole terminal blocks, for screwing onto plate AK5 PAppp
10 10 AK5 SB1 .0065
10-pole front connecting plug-in terminal blocks which can be clipped onto.1 6 4 rails
Fixed.part 10 10 AB1 DV10235U .0047
Moving.part 10 10 AB1 DVM10235U .001
Accessories
Description Marking Sold in
lots of
Unit
reference
Weight
kg
Strips of clip-in markers 09 5 AB1 Rp (1) 0050
10.identical.numbers,.signs.or + 5 AB1 R12 0050
capital.letters.per.strip 5 AB1 R13 0050
AZ 5 AB1 Gp (1) 0050
(1) Replace the p

in the selected reference with the number or letter required. Example: AB1 R1 or AB1 GA
AK5 PA232 AK5 PA232
AK5 BT01 AK5 BT01
AK5 SB1 AK5 SB1
Power distribution in control panels
Pre-assembled.panel.busbar.system.AK5
Presentation:
page.1/05
Characteristics:
pages.1/06.and.1/07
References:
pages.1/10.and.1/11
Mouting.possibilities:
pages.1/08.and.1/09
Presentation:
page.1/05
Characteristics:
pages.1/06.and.1/07
References:
pages.1/10.and.1/11
Mouting.possibilities:
pages.1/08.and.1/09
1/1
1
Dimensions
Busbar systems
AK5 JBppp
AK5 a G No.of
18.mm.
points
JB143 344 330 1
JB144 45 438 18
JB145 560 546 4
JB146 668 654 30
JB149 99 978 48
JB1410 1100 1086 54
Busbar feed units
AK5 JBppp Installation of AK5 JBppp busbar systems
Connection Csa.in.mm

min max
Flexible.cable.with.or.without.cable.end..
1.x.5 1.x.70.(1)
.x.5 .x.35
Flexible.bar..
.x.(9.x.4)
Flexible.bar..
9.x.4 9.x.4
+ +
+ 1.x.5 1.x.35
fexible cable with or without cable end
(1) Maximum c.s.a. or connection of conductor without cable end.
Removable power sockets 16 and 32 A Mounting plates incorporating tap-offs, 25 A Single width extension plates
AK5 PC12p AK5 PC32Lp AK5 PA2p1 AK5 PA2311 AK5 PA211pppp AK5 PE17
.
.
AK5 PCp3 AK5 PC33L
AK5 PCp4 AK5 PC34L
AK5 PCp31
Note: It is recommended that the power sockets or the removable plates are connected as close as possible to the busbar feed unit.
(1)Canbefxedat43mm

79
8
2

3
0


79
8
2

3
0


4
5
8
1
G
a
4
5
8
1
G
a
4
5
,
5
17,5 38
4
5
,
5
17,5 38
46 15 54
5
3

(
1
)
1
0
5
1
0
46 15 54
5
3

(
1
)
1
0
5
1
0
7 15 71
5
3

(
1
)
1
0
5
1
0
7 15 71
5
3

(
1
)
1
0
5
1
0
4
5
,
5
35,5 38
4
5
,
5
35,5 38
Power distribution in control panels
Pre-assembled.panel.busbar.system.AK5
Presentation:
page.1/05
Characteristics:
pages.1/06.and.1/07
References:
pages.1/10.and.1/11
Mouting.possibilities:
pages.1/08.and.1/09
Presentation:
page.1/05
Characteristics:
pages.1/06.and.1/07
References:
pages.1/10.and.1/11
Mouting.possibilities:
pages.1/08.and.1/09
1/13
1
Dimensions (continued)
Component mounting plates incorporating tap-off Double extension plate
AK5 PA232 AK5 PA2312 AK5 PA242 AK5 PE27
Component mounting plates incorporating tap-off
AK5 PA232S AK5 PA2312S AK5 PA532 AK5 PA5312 AK5 PA542
Side stop Control terminal block
AK5 BT01 AK5 SB1
(1)Canbefxedat43mm
.
46 15 54
1
0
0
1
0
4
0
1
9
0
5
3

(
1
)
46 15 54
1
0
0
1
0
4
0
1
9
0
5
3

(
1
)
7 15 71
1
0
1
0
1
0
0
1
9
0
5
3

(
1
)
7 15 71
1
0
1
0
1
0
0
1
9
0
5
3

(
1
)

0
,
8
15,5
7
2
0
2
2
4
,
2

0
,
8
15,5
7
2
0
2
2
4
,
2
Power distribution in control panels
Pre-assembled.panel.busbar.system.AK5
Presentation:
page.1/05
Characteristics:
pages.1/06.and.1/07
References:
pages.1/10.and.1/11
Mouting.possibilities:
pages.1/08.and.1/09
Presentation:
page.1/05
Characteristics:
pages.1/06.and.1/07
References:
pages.1/10.and.1/11
Mouting.possibilities:
pages.1/08.and.1/09

Selection guide page 2/2


VARIO enclosed switch disconnectors
Pre-assembled. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2/4
Assembled by the user page 2/5
Add-on modules page 2/6
VARIO enclosed switch disconnectors for the North American market,
conforming to UL and CSA standards page 2/10
Enclosed thermal-magnetic motor circuit-breakers
TeSys GV ME
Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2/12
Assembly of a safety enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2/14
TeSys GV3 PC page 2/13
DOL starters for motor control
0.55 to 30 kW
With manual control and with magnetic circuit-breaker . . . . . . . . . . . page 2/18
. to 45 kW
Without isolating device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2/20
With isolating device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2/24
0.5 to 7.5 kW
With 3-phase thermal overload relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2/28
0.37 to 5.5 kW
With thermal magnetic circuit-breaker and contactor . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2/30
Star-delta starters for motor control
5.5 to 13 kW
Without isolating device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2/32
7.5 to 75 kW
With isolating device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2/36
90 to 375 kW
Without isolating device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2/42
DOL starters for control in category AC-1
Without isolating device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2/44
With isolating device page 2/48
b
b
b
b
b
v
v
b
b
v
b
v
v
b
v
b
v
b
v
b
v
b
v
b
b
Contents
- TeSys motor starters:
enclosed version
1
2
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
2
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
2
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
/1
integral 63 contactor breaker and reversing
contactor breaker
Enclosures and door interlock mechanisms for customer assembly . . . page 2/52
For control and protection of motors page 2/56
For control and protection of resistive circuits in category AC-1 page 2/58
Auxiliary contact blocks and accessories page 2/59
Enclosed DOL starters for motor control for use
in a machine subject to the application of Machinery
Directive 98/37/CE
Non-reversing starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2/62
Reversing starters page 2/64
Enclosed DOL starters for AS-Interface cabling
system
Selection guide page 2/72
TeSys LF3 P and LF4 P page 2/84
TeSys LF3 M and LF4 M page 2/89
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
1
2
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
2
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
2
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
/
2
General selection guide
Applications DOL starters
Type Standard starters

Standard power ratings
of 3-phase motors in AC-3 400/415 V
437 kW 0.0645 kW 0.5530 kW 0.375.5 kW 0.545 kW
Starters
Manual
p p p

Auto
p p
Isolation
Switch
p

Circuit-breaker
p p p

Fuse carrier
Protection
Short-circuit
p p p

Overload
p p p p
Communication
References
Non-reversing VpF
VCFN
VpFX
GV2 ME
GV3 CE
GV2 LC
GV NGC
LE1 GVME LE1 M
LE1 D
Reversing
LE2 K
LE2 D
Pages /4 and /5 /1 and /13 /18 /30 /0, /1 and
/8
TeSys enclosed starters

Soft starters
Starters for safety applications Starters for use on
AS-Interface line
Standard star-delta starters

.45 kW 0.0611 kW 0.069 kW 0.069 kW 0.065.5 kW 5.513 kW 7.575 kW

p

p

p p p p p

p

p p p p

p

p
p p p p p

p
p p p p p p p

p

LE4 K
LE4 D
GV2 ME LG1 K
LG1 D
LG7 K
LG7 D
LJ7 K
LF3 P
LF3 M
LE3 K
LE3 D
LE3 F
LE6 D
LE3 D
LE8 K
LE8 D
LE2 D
LG8 K
LJ8 K
LF4 P
LF4 M

/4 and
/5
/14 and
/15
/63 /6, /63,
/68 and
/69
/84 and
/85
/3,
/33 and
/4
/36 and
/37
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
/3
2

Applications DOL starters
Type Standard starters

Standard power ratings
of 3-phase motors in AC-3 400/415 V
437 kW 0.0645 kW 0.5530 kW 0.375.5 kW 0.545 kW
Starters
Manual
p p p

Auto
p p
Isolation
Switch
p

Circuit-breaker
p p p

Fuse carrier
Protection
Short-circuit
p p p

Overload
p p p p
Communication
References
Non-reversing VpF
VCFN
VpFX
GV2 ME
GV3 CE
GV2 LC
GV NGC
LE1 GVME LE1 M
LE1 D
Reversing
LE2 K
LE2 D
Pages /4 and /5 /1 and /13 /18 /30 /0, /1 and
/8
Soft starters
Starters for safety applications Starters for use on
AS-Interface line
Standard star-delta starters

.45 kW 0.0611 kW 0.069 kW 0.069 kW 0.065.5 kW 5.513 kW 7.575 kW

p

p

p p p p p

p

p p p p

p

p
p p p p p

p
p p p p p p p

p

LE4 K
LE4 D
GV2 ME LG1 K
LG1 D
LG7 K
LG7 D
LJ7 K
LF3 P
LF3 M
LE3 K
LE3 D
LE3 F
LE6 D
LE3 D
LE8 K
LE8 D
LE2 D
LG8 K
LJ8 K
LF4 P
LF4 M

/4 and
/5
/14 and
/15
/63 /6, /63,
/68 and
/69
/84 and
/85
/3,
/33 and
/4
/36 and
/37
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
/4
2
References 2
Enclosed switch disconnectors for high performance applications
3-pole rotary switch disconnectors, 10 to 140 A, conforming to IEC 60947-4-1 and IEC 6004.
Marking on operator
Padlockable operating handle (padlocks not included).
IP 65 degree of protection enclosures, sealable and lockable.
Cover lockable in position I (ON) up to 63 A rating.
b
b
b
b
b
3-pole main and Emergency Stop switch disconnectors (1)
Operator lthe Power
AC-23
at 400 V
Incorpor-
ated
switch
body
Possible
attach-
ments (2)
Reference Weight
Handle Front plate
Dimensions
mm A kW kg
Red, standard,
padlockable
with up to 3 padlocks
( 4 to 8 shank)
Yellow
60 x 60
10 4 V0 VCF 02GE 0.500
16 5.5 V01 VCF 01GE 0.500
0 7.5 V0 VCF 0GE 0.500
5 11 V1 VCF 1GE 0.500
3 15 V VCF 2GE 0.500
50 V3 3 VCF 3GE 0.930
63 30 V4 3 VCF 4GE 0.930
Red, long, padlockable
with up to 3 padlocks
( 4 to 8 shanks)
Yellow
90 x 90
100 37 V5 1 VCF 5GEN .190
140 45 V6 1 VCF 6GEN .190
3-pole main switch disconnectors (1)
Black, standard,
padlockable
with up to 3 padlocks
( 4 to 8 shank)
Black
60 x 60
10 4 V0 VBF 02GE 0.500
16 5.5 V01 VBF 01GE 0.500
0 7.5 V0 VBF 0GE 0.500
5 11 V1 VBF 1GE 0.500
3 15 V VBF 2GE 0.500
50 V3 3 VBF 3GE 0.930
63 30 V4 3 VBF 4GE 0.930
Black, long, padlockable
with up to 3 padlocks
( 4 to 8 shank)
Black
90 x 90
100 37 V5 1 VBF 5GEN .190
140 45 V6 1 VBF 6GEN .190
Enclosed switch disconnectors for standard applications
3-pole rotary switch disconnectors, 10 to 3 A, conforming to IEC 60947-4-1.
Degree of protection IP 55.
b
b
3-pole main and Emergency Stop switch disconnectors (1)
Operator lthe Power
AC-23
at 400 V
Incorpor-
ated
switch
body
Possible
attach-
ments (2)
Reference Weight
Handle Front plate
Dimensions
mm A kW kg
Red padlockable,
either by 1
( 8 shank)
or by 3 padlocks
( 6 shank)
Yellow
60 x 60
10 4 VN 1 VCFN 12GE (2) 0.4
16 5.5 VN 0 VCFN 20GE (2) 0.4
0 7.5 V0 0 VCFN 25GE 0.51
5 11 V1 0 VCFN 32GE 0.51
3 15 V 0 VCFN 40GE 0.51
(1)Forcharacteristicsofswitchdisconnectors,pleaseconsultyourRegionalSalesOffce.
(2)ForVCFandVBFenclosures,seepage2/6.ForVCFNenclosures,seepage2/7.
OO
5
6
9
3
9
4
5
8
0
5
4
8
5
8
0
5
4
6
5
8
0
5
4
5
VCF 0GE
VCF 3GE
VCF5GEN
VCFN12GE
5
6
9
3
9
4
5
8
0
5
4
8
5
8
0
5
4
6
5
8
0
5
4
5
VCF 0GE
VCF 3GE
VCF5GEN
VCFN12GE
Dimensions:
page /8
Schemes:
page /9
Dimensions:
page /8
Schemes:
page /9
Dimensions:
page /8
Schemes:
page /9
Dimensions:
page /8
Schemes:
page /9
Enclosed starters 2
VARIO enclosed switch disconnectors,
pre-assembled
/5
2
References 2
Empty enclosures
IP 65 enclosure with red padlockable handle operator and yellow front plate
(for mounting a main or Emergency Stop switch disconnector)
For switch body lthe Possible attachments (1) Reference Weight
A kg
VN 12, VN 20
V02V2
103 VCFX GE1 0.340
V02V2 103 4 VCFX GE4 0.660
V3 50 3 VCFX GE2 0.660
IP 65 enclosure with black padlockable handle and black front plate
(for mounting a main switch disconnector)
VN 12, VN 20
V02V2
103 VBFX GE1 0.340
V02V2 103 4 VBFX GE4 0.660
V3 50 3 VBFX GE2 0.660
Switch bodies for standard applications (2)
Description Rating Reference Weight
A kg
3-pole
switch disconnectors
10 VN 12 0.110
16 VN 20 0.110
Switch bodies for high performance applications (2)
Description Rating Reference Weight
A kg
3-pole
switch disconnectors
10 V02 0.00
16 V01 0.00
0 V0 0.00
5 V1 0.00
3 V2 0.00
50 V3 0.00
63 V4 0.00
(1)Seepages2/6and2/7.
(2)Forcharacteristicsofswitchdisconnectors,pleaseconsultyourRegionalSalesOffce.
V0
VBFX GE2
5
8
0
5
4
9
5
8
0
5
5
0
V0
VBFX GE2
5
8
0
5
4
9
5
8
0
5
5
0
Dimensions:
page /8
Schemes:
page /9
Dimensions:
page /8
Schemes:
page /9
Dimensions:
page /8
Schemes:
page /9
Dimensions:
page /8
Schemes:
page /9
Enclosed starters 2
VARIO enclosed switch disconnectors,
assembled by the user

/6
Enclosed starters 2
VARIO enclosed switch disconnectors
Add-on modules

Add-on modules for enclosures VCF and VBF
Description Rating Reference Weight
A kg
Main pole module
(mounted in enclosure)
10 VZ 02 0.050
16 VZ 01 0.050
0 VZ 0 0.050
5 VZ 1 0.050
3 VZ 2 0.050
50 VZ 3 0.100
63 VZ 4 0.100
Neutral pole modules
with early make and
late break contacts
10 to 3 VZ 11 0.050
50 and 63 VZ 12 0.100
100 and 140 VZ 13 0.50
Earthing modules 10 to 3 VZ 14 0.050
50 and 63 VZ 15 0.100
100 and 140 VZ 16 0.50
Description Type of contacts Reference Weight
kg
Auxiliary contact block
modules with
2 auxiliary contacts
N/O + N/C (1) VZ 7 0.050
N/O + N/O VZ 20 0.050
Maximum number of add-on modules that can be ftted on a
switch body
1 add-on module on each side of the switch body
VZ 7 or VZ 0 + V0p
V0
to
V4
+ VZ 7 or VZ 0
or or
VZ 11 or VZ 1 + + VZ 11 or VZ 1
or or
VZ 14 or VZ 15 + + VZ 14 or VZ 15
or or
VZ 0p/VZ 0 to VZ 4 + + VZ 0p/VZ 0 to VZ 4

2 add-on modules on each side of the switch body
VZ 0p + VZ 0p + V0p + VZ 0p + VZ 7 or VZ 0 or VZ 11 or VZ 14
VZ 0 + VZ 0 + V0 + VZ 0 + VZ 7 or VZ 0 or VZ 11 or VZ 14
VZ 1 + VZ 1 + V1 + VZ 1 + VZ 7 or VZ 0 or VZ 11 or VZ 14
VZ + VZ + V2 + VZ + VZ 7 or VZ 0 or VZ 11 or VZ 14
VZ 3 + VZ 3 + V3 + VZ 3 + VZ 7 or VZ 0 or VZ 1 or VZ 15
VZ 4 + VZ 4 + V4 + VZ 4 + VZ 7 or VZ 0 or VZ 1 or VZ 15
Note: Theadd-onmodulesmountednexttotheswitchbodyaremainpolemodules.
Maximumof3mainpolemodulesperswitchbody.
(1)LatemakeN/O,earlybreakN/Ccontacts
5
8
0
5
9
6
5
8
0
5
8
9
5
8
0
5
9
4
5
8
0
5
9
5
VZ 0 VZ 11
VZ 15 VZ 20
5
8
0
5
9
6
5
8
0
5
8
9
5
8
0
5
9
4
5
8
0
5
9
5
VZ 0 VZ 11
VZ 15 VZ 20
Schemes :
page /9
Schemes :
page /9
Schemes :
page /9
Schemes :
page /9
References 2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
/7
Enclosed starters 2
VARIO enclosed switch disconnectors
Add-on modules

Add-on modules for enclosures VCFN 12GE and 20GE
Description Rating Reference Weight
A kg
Main pole modules 10 VZN 12 0.00
16 VZN 20 0.00
Neutral pole module
with early make and
late break contacts
10 and 16 VZN 11 0.00
Earthing module 10 and 16 VZN 14 0.016
Description Type of contacts Reference Weight
kg
Auxiliary contact block
modules
1 N/O late make contact VZN 05 0.00

1 N/C early break contact VZN 06 0.00

Maximum number of add-on modules that can be ftted on a
switch body
VZN 1 or VZN 0 +
VN 12
or
VN 20
+ VZN 1 or VZN 0
or
VZN 11
or or
VZN 05 or VZN 06
or
VZN 05 or VZN 06 VZN 14
5
8
0
5
9
7
5
8
0
5
9
8
5
8
0
5
9
9
VZN11
VZN14
VZN05
5
8
0
5
9
7
5
8
0
5
9
8
5
8
0
5
9
9
VZN11
VZN14
VZN05
Schemes :
page /9
Schemes :
page /9
Schemes :
page /9
Schemes :
page /9
References (continued) 2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
/8
2
Dimensions 2
Dimensions
VCFN 12GE to VCFN 40GE
Cableglands:2x16Ptopandbottom.
VCF or VBF 02GE to 4GE
VCFX or VBFX GE1 to GE4
a b c c1 H
VpF 02GE to VpF 2GE, VpFX GE1 (1) 90 146 85 131 130
VpF 3GE and VpF 4GE (2) 150 170 106 15 164
VpFX GE2 and VpFX GE4 (2) 150 170 106 15 164
(1)Cableglands:2x16Ptopandbottom.
(2)Cableglands:2x16/21/29Ptopandbottom.
VCF or VBF 5GEN and 6GEN
82,5 106
1
3
1
9
0
=
=
82,5 106
1
3
1
9
0
=
=
c
c1
b
a
= =
H
c
c1
b
a
= =
H
218,5
241
2
6
8
,
5
=


=


2
9
1
128
190,5
4x4,2
218,5
241
2
6
8
,
5
=


=


2
9
1
128
190,5
4x4,2
References:
pages /4 and /5
Schemes:
page /9
References:
pages /4 and /5
Schemes:
page /9
References:
pages /4 and /5
Schemes:
page /9
References:
pages /4 and /5
Schemes:
page /9
Enclosed starters 2
VARIO enclosed switch disconnectors

/9
2
Schemes 2
Schemes
Switch disconnectors
Enclosed or switch bodies Main pole module Neutral pole
module
Auxiliary contact blocks
VZ 7 VZ 20 VZN 05 VZN 06
1
/
L
1
2
/
T
1
3
/
L
2
4
/
T
2
5
/
L
3
6
/
T
3
1
/
L
1
2
/
T
1
3
/
L
2
4
/
T
2
5
/
L
3
6
/
T
3
2
2
2
1
1
3
1
4
2
2
2
1
1
3
1
4
1
3
1
4
2
4
2
3
1
3
1
4
2
4
2
3
1
3
1
4
1
3
1
4
2
2
2
1
2
2
2
1
References:
pages /5 and /6
References:
pages /5 and /6
References:
pages /5 and /6
References:
pages /5 and /6
Enclosed starters 2
VARIO enclosed switch disconnectors

2
/10
Enclosed switch disconnectors for high performance applications
3-pole rotary switch disconnectors, 5 to 140 A, conforming to IEC 60947-4-1, IEC 6004, UL 508 and
CSA . n 14.
Marking on operator
Padlockable operating handle (padlocks not included).
NEMA type 1 and type 1 enclosures, IP 65 degree of protection, sealable and lockable.
b
b
b
b
3-pole main and Emergency stop switch disconnectors (1)
Operator Rating Standard
power
ratings
of UL motors
Incor-
porated
switch
body
Possible
attach-
ments
Reference Weight
Handle Front plate
Dimensions
IEC
(Ith)
UL
600 V 240 V 480 V 600 V
mm A A HP HP HP kg
Red, standard,
padlockable
with up to 3 padlocks
( 4 to 8)
Yellow
60 x 60
3 0 5 10 10 V1 VC1 GUN 0.500
40 5 5 10 15 V VC2 GUN 0.500
63 45 10 0 30 V3 VC3 GUN 0.930
80 63 15 30 40 V4 VC4 GUN 0.930
Red, long,
padlockable
with up to 3 padlocks
( 4 to 8)
Yellow
90 x 90
15 100 5 50 50 V5 1 VC5 GUN .190
175 115 30 50 60 V6 1 VC6 GUN .190
Add-on modules for VC enclosure
Description Rating Reference Weight
A kg
Main pole module
(mounted in enclosure)
5 VZ 1 0.050
3 VZ 2 0.050
50 VZ 3 0.100
63 VZ 4 0.100
Neutral pole module
with early make and
late break contacts
10 to 3 VZ 11 0.050
50 and 63 VZ 12 0.100
100 and 140 VZ 13 0.50
Earthing modules 10 to 3 VZ 14 0.050
50 and 63 VZ 15 0.100
100 and 140 VZ 16 0.50
Description Type of contacts Reference Weight
kg
Auxiliary contact block
modules with
2 auxiliary contacts
N/O + N/C (2) VZ 7 0.050
N/O + N/O VZ 20 0.050
Maximum number of add-on modules that can be ftted on a switch body
1 add-on module on each side of the switch body
VZ 7 or VZ 0 + + VZ 7 or VZ 0
or V1 or
VZ 11 or VZ 1 + + VZ 11 or VZ 1
or to or
VZ 14 or VZ 15 + + VZ 14 or VZ 15
or V4 or
VZ 1 to VZ 4 + + VZ 1 to VZ 4
(1)Forcharacteristicsofswitchdisconnectors,pleaseconsultyourRegionalSalesOffce.
(2)LatemakeN/O,earlybreakN/Ccontacts.
OO
References
Enclosed starters
VARIO enclosed switch disconnectors
for the North American market,
conforming to UL and CSA standards
VC1GUN
5
6
9
3
9
6
VC3GUN
5
6
9
3
9
7
VC5GUN
5
6
9
3
9
8
VZ 11
5
6
9
4
0
0
VZ 15
5
6
9
4
0
1
VZ 20
5
6
9
4
0

2
/11
Dimensions,
schemes
Enclosed starters
VARIO enclosed switch disconnectors
for the North American market,
conforming to UL and CSA standards
Dimensions
VC1 GUN and VC2 GUN
Fixing (rear view)
121 87
132,1
1
6
4
98
1
4
1
4x4,2
VC3 GUN and VC4 GUN
Fixing (rear view)
87
132,1
164
1
9
3
141
1
7
0
4x4,2
VC5 GUN and VC6 GUN
128
190,5
218,5 241
2
6
8
,
5
2
9
1
4x4,2
Fixing (rear view)
Schemes
Switch disconnectors
Enclosed switch disconnectors
or switch bodies
Main pole module Neutral pole module
1
/
L
1
2
/
T
1
3
/
L
2
4
/
T
2
5
/
L
3
6
/
T
3
Auxiliary contact block modules
VZ 7 VZ 20
2
2
2
1
1
3
1
4
1
3
1
4
2
4
2
3
/1
References
References
Thermal-magnetic motor circuit-breakers GV2 ME
For motor circuit-breakers and accessories: see pages 3/48, 3/56 and 3/63.
Starters consisting of a GV ME motor circuit-breaker in an enclosure conform to
standard IEC 60947-4-1.
GV2 ME
01
ME
02
ME
03
ME
04
ME
05
ME
06
ME
07
ME
08
ME
10
ME
14
ME
16
ME
20
ME
21
ME
22
Ithe in
enclosure
(A)
0.16 0.5 0.4 0.63 1 1.6 .5 4 6.3 9 13 17 1 3
Enclosures for thermal-magnetic circuit-breakers GV2 ME
Type Degree of
protection
Possible no of
side mounting auxiliary
contact blocks on GV2 ME
Reference Weight
LH side RH side kg
Surface
mounting,
double
insulated with
protective
conductor.
Sealable cover
IP 41 1 1 GV2 MC01 0.90
IP 55 1 1 GV2 MC02 0.300
or GV2 MCK04 (1) 0.40
IP 55 for
temperature < + 5 C
1 1 GV2 MC03 0.300
Flush
mounting,
with protective
conductor
IP 41 (front face) 1 1 GV2 MP01 0.115
IP 41 (reduced
fush mounting)
1 GV2 MP03 0.115
IP 55 (front face) 1 1 GV2 MP02 0.130
IP 55 (reduced
fush mounting)
1 GV2 MP04 0.130
Front plate
Description Reference Weight
kg
For direct control,
through a panel,
of a chassis mounted GV ME
IP 55 GV2 CP21 0.800
Accessories common to all enclosures (to be ordered separately)
Description Sold in
lots of
Unit
reference
Weight
kg
Padlocking device (2)
for GV ME operator
(padlocking is only
possible in the O position)
1 to 3 padlocks 4
to 8 mm
1 GV2 V01 0.075
Mushroom
head
Emergency
stop
pushbutton
40 mm, red
Spring return (2) 1 GV2 K011 0.05
Latching (2)
IP 55
Key release, key n
455
1 GV2 K021 0.160
Turn to release 1 GV2 K031 0.115
1 GV2 K04 (3) 0.10
Sealing kit For enclosures
and front plate
IP 55 for
temperature
between
+ 5 C and + 40 C
10 GV2 E01 0.01
IP 55 for
temperature
between
- 0 C and + 40 C
10 GV2 E02 0.01
Neutral
terminal
100 AB1 VV635UBL 0.015
Partition 50 AB1 AC6BL 0.003
(1) Enclosure GV2 MCK04isfttedwithaGV2 K04 mushroom head Emergency stop pushbutton
asstandard.
(2)SuppliedwithIP55sealingkit.TobefttedwithenclosureGV2 Mp01.
(3)PadlockableinOpositionusing4to8mmshankpadlocks.
GV2 MC
5
0
0

7
7
_
1
GV2 MC
5
0
0

7
7
_
1
GV2-MP
GV2 MP
5
0
0

8
0
_
1
GV2-MP
GV2 MP
5
0
0

8
0
_
1
GV2-CP
GV2 CP21
5
0
0

7
8
_
1
GV2-CP
GV2 CP21
5
0
0

7
8
_
1
GV2-K011
GV2 K011
5
0
0

7
9
_
1
GV2-K011
GV2 K011
5
0
0

7
9
_
1
TeSys enclosed starters
Enclosed thermal-magnetic motor circuit-breakers
GV ME and accessories, for customer assembly
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
/13
References
dimensions
References (continued)
Thermal-magnetic motor circuit-breakers GV3 P
For motor circuit-breakers and accessories: see pages 3/48 and 3/59.
GV3 P40: operational current in enclosure limited to 30 A.
Starters consisting of a GV3 P motor circuit-breaker in an enclosure conform to
standards IEC/EN 60947-4-1 and IEC/EN 60947-.
Metal enclosures ftted with a padlockable rotary handle (1),
for thermal-magnetic circuit-breakers GV3 P, up to 30 A
Composition (2) Type Degree of
protection
of
enclosure
Reference Weight
kg
Metal enclosure,
Black handle LU9 AP11
Padlocking in ON/OFF position
Circuit-breaker/handle adapter
b
b
b
Surface
mounting
IP 55
IK 09
GV3 PC01 .000
Metal enclosure,
Red handle LU9 AP1
Padlocking in OFF position
Circuit-breaker/handle adapter
b
b
b
Surface
mounting
IP 55
IK 09
GV3 PC02 .000
(1) For special applications a GV3 Lmagneticmotorcircuit-breakercanbefttedinthistypeof
enclosure.PleaseconsultyourRegionalSalesOffce.
(2)Componentsforcustomerassembly.Circuit-breakertobeorderedseparately.
Dimensions

150
203,5
181
3
1
2
52,5 52,5
9
7
,
5
9
7
,
5
7,7
150
203,5
181
3
1
2
52,5 52,5
9
7
,
5
9
7
,
5
7,7
TeSys enclosed starters
Enclosed thermal-magnetic motor circuit-breakers
GV3 P (for customer assembly)
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
/14
References
Thermal-magnetic motor circuit-breakers GV2 ME
For motor circuit-breakers and accessories: see pages 3/48, 3/55 and 3/57.
Starters consisting of a GV ME motor circuit-breaker in an enclosure conform to
standard IEC 60947-4-1.
GV2 ME
01
ME
02
ME
03
ME
04
ME
05
ME
06
ME
07
ME
08
ME
10
ME
14
ME
16
ME
20
ME
21
ME
22
Ithe in
enclosure
(A)
0.16 0.5 0.4 0.63 1 1.6 .5 4 6.3 9 13 17 1 3
Enclosures for thermal-magnetic circuit-breakers GV2 ME
Type Degree of
protection
Possible number of
side-mounting auxiliary
contact blocks on GV2 ME
Reference Weight
LH side RH side kg
Surface
mounting,
double
insulated with
protective
conductor.
Sealable cover
IP 41 1 1 GV2 MC01

0.90
IP 55 1 1 GV2 MC02 0.300
or GV2 MCK04 (1) 0.40
IP 55 for
temperature < + 5 C
1 1 GV2 MC03 0.300
Accessories common to all enclosures (to be ordered separately)
Description Sold in
lots of
Unit
reference
Weight
kg
Padlocking devices (2)
for GV ME operator (padlocking
is only possible in the O position)
1 to 3 padlocks 4
to 8 mm
1 GV2 V01 0.075
Mushroom
head
Emergency
stop
pushbutton
40 mm, red
Spring return (2) 1 GV2 K011 0.05
Latching (2)
IP 55
Key release, key n
455
1 GV2 K021 0.160
Turn to
release
1 GV2 K031 0.115
1 GV2 K04 (3) 0.10
Sealing kit For enclosures
and front plate
IP 55 for
temperature
between
+ 5 C and + 40 C
10 GV2 E01 0.01
IP 55 for
temperature
between
- 0 C and + 40 C
10 GV2 E02 0.01
Neutral
terminal
100 AB1 VV635UBL 0.015
Partition 50 AB1 AC6BL 0.003
(1) Enclosure GV2 MCK04isfttedwithaGV2 K04 mushroom head Emergency stop pushbutton
asstandard.
(2)SuppliedwithIP55sealingkit.TobefttedwithenclosureGV2 Mp01.
(3)PadlockableinOffpositionusing4to8mmshankpadlocks.
TeSys enclosed starters
Enclosed thermal-magnetic motor circuit-breakers
GV ME and accessories
Assembly of a safety enclosure
GV2 MC
5
0
0

7
7
_
1
GV2-K011
GV2 K011
5
0
0

7
9
_
1
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
22
/15
References (continued)
Assembly of a safety enclosure
(conformingtostandardsIEC60974-4-1,IEC60204andIEC60292)
Type of product Page Reference
Enclosure Opposite GV2 MCpp
Circuit-breaker 3/46 GV2 MEpp
Undervoltage trip or INRS trip (1) 3/55 GV2 Apppp
or GV2 AXppp
Mushroom head Emergency stop
pushbutton 40 mm, red
Opposite GV2 K021
or GV2 K031
or GV2 K04
(1)SafetydevicefordangerousmachinesconformingtoINRSandVDE0113.
TeSys enclosed starters
Enclosed thermal-magnetic motor circuit-breakers
GV ME and accessories
Assembly of a safety enclosure
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
22
/16
2
TeSys enclosed starters
Enclosed thermal-magnetic motor circuit-breakers
GV ME
Dimensions
Surface mounting enclosure GV2 MC0p
(1)4knock-outsfor16mmplasticcableglandor16mmconduit.
Surface mounting enclosure GV2 MCK04
(1)4knock-outsfor16mmplasticcableglandor16mmconduit.
Mounting
Flush mounting enclosures GV2 MP0p (panel cut-out)
GV2 MP0p GV2 MP01, MP02 GV2 MP03, MP04 Front plate GV2 CP21
1
4
7
84
(1)
93 =
1
3
0
=
=
=
1
4
7
84
(1)
93 =
1
3
0
=
=
=
1
4
7
84
145,5
(1)
=
1
3
0
=
=
= 93
1
4
7
84
145,5
(1)
=
1
3
0
=
=
= 93
1...6
a 12
1
4
0
=
1
2
7
=
= 93,5 =
106,5
71
93
6,5
1
1
7
1
3
3
71
= =
9
,
5
1...6
a 12
1
4
0
=
1
2
7
=
= 93,5 =
106,5
71
93
6,5
1
1
7
1
3
3
71
= =
9
,
5
1...4
12
76
93
7,5
1
1
8
2
1
1
3
3
= =
6
2
1
1
,
5
1...4
12
76
93
7,5
1
1
8
2
1
1
3
3
= =
6
2
1
1
,
5
GV2 a
MP01, MP02
MP03, MP04 86
GV2 a
MP01, MP02
MP03, MP04 86
Dimensions,
mounting
/17
2
TeSys enclosed starters
Enclosed thermal-magnetic motor circuit-breakers
GV ME
Schemes
GV2 MEpp
Instantaneous auxiliary contacts
GV AE1 GV AE11 GV AE20
Instantaneous auxiliary contacts and fault signalling contacts
GV AD0110 GV AD0101 GV AD1010 GV AD1001
Instantaneous auxiliary contacts Short-circuit signalling contacts
GV AN11 GV AN20 GV AM11
Voltage trips
GV AUppp GV ASppp GV AXppp
Wiring diagram for undervoltage trip used on potentially dangerous machines, conforming to INRS
2
/
T
1
4
/
T
2
6
/
T
3
1
/
L
1
3
/
L
2
5
/
L
3
2
/
T
1
4
/
T
2
6
/
T
3
1
/
L
1
3
/
L
2
5
/
L
3
1
3
1
4
1
2
1
1
or
1
3
1
4
1
2
1
1
or
1
3
1
4
2
2
2
1
1
3
1
4
2
2
2
1
1
3
1
4
2
3
2
4
1
3
1
4
2
3
2
4
5
3
5
4
9
6
9
5
5
3
5
4
9
6
9
5
5
2
5
1
9
6
9
5
5
2
5
1
9
6
9
5
9
7
9
8
5
3
5
4
9
7
9
8
5
3
5
4
9
7
9
8
5
1
5
2
9
7
9
8
5
1
5
2
(
6
2
)
3
2
(
6
1
)
3
1
4
3
(
7
3
)
4
4
(
7
4
)
(
6
2
)
3
2
(
6
1
)
3
1
4
3
(
7
3
)
4
4
(
7
4
)
(
6
4
)
3
4
(
6
3
)
3
3
4
3
(
7
3
)
4
4
(
7
4
)
(
6
4
)
3
4
(
6
3
)
3
3
4
3
(
7
3
)
4
4
(
7
4
)
0
5
0
6
0
8
0
5
0
6
0
8
D
1
D
2
E
1
E
2
D
1
D
2
E
1
E
2
D
1
D
2
D
1
D
2
C
1
C
2
C
1
C
2
2
/
T
1
4
/
T
2
6
/
T
3
1
/
L
1
3
/
L
2
5
/
L
3
D
1
D
2
E2
E1
10 AgG max
2
/
T
1
4
/
T
2
6
/
T
3
1
/
L
1
3
/
L
2
5
/
L
3
D
1
D
2
E2
E1
10 AgG max
Schemes
/18
2
Characteristics,
references
Characteristics (1)
Conforming to standards IEC 60947-4, IEC 60439-1, VDE 0660-10 and EN 60947
Degree of protection conforming to IEC 60529 GV2 LC: IP 547
GV NGC: IP 407
Operational voltage Ue GV2 LC: 690 V
GV NGC: 500 V
Material Polycarbonate (2)
References
Control by black rotary handle, padlockable in Off position (up to 3 padlocks with 8 shank, to be ordered separately)
Rating
In
Breaking capacity Icu
conforming to IEC 60947-2
Magnetic
tripping
current
Id 20 %
Reference Weight
220/
230 V
400/
415 V
440 V 500 V
A kA kA kA kA A kg
16 100 100 100 100 13 In GV2 LC0206 (3) 0.780
25 100 100 100 100 13 In GV2 LC0207 (3) 0.780
4 100 100 100 100 13 In GV2 LC0208 (3) 0.780
63 100 100 100 100 13 In GV2 LC0210 (3) 0.780
10 100 100 0 10 13 In GV2 LC0214 (3) 0.780
14 100 50 0 10 13 In GV2 LC0216 (3) 0.780
18 100 50 0 10 13 In GV2 LC0220 (3) 0.780
25 100 50 30 15 1 In GV NGC0225 .450
32 100 50 30 15 1 In GV NGC0232 .450
40 100 50 30 15 1 In GV NGC0240 .450
50 100 50 30 15 1 In GV NGC0250 .450
63 100 50 30 15 1 In GV NGC0263 .450
Variants
Starters with control by red rotary handle on yellow background
Add the letter R to the references selected above.
Example: GV2 LC0206 becomes GV2 LC0206R.
Enclosure without circuit-breaker, with rotary handle mounted on cover
Description Rating Reference Weight
A kg
Black rotary handle 1.618 GV2 LC02 0.300
563 GV NGC02 0.550
Red rotary handle on yellow background 1.618 GV2 LC02R 0.300
563 GV NGC02R 0.550
(1) Circuit-breaker characteristics:
GV2 L: seepages3/14and3/15.
NG 125L:productmarketedundertheSchneiderElectricbrand,pleaseconsultyourRegionalSalesOffce.
(2) Avoid placing this material in contact with harsh substances (detergents, chlorine solvents, ketones, alcohol, aromatic
hydrocarbons).
(3)Thefollowingcanbefttedbythecustomer:aGVAD or GVAM auxiliary contact block on the LH side and a GVAp trip on the
RHside.
5
3
3
7
4
0
GV2 LC02pp
5

6
1
4
8
GV2 LC02pp
5

6
1
4
9
GVNGC02pp
5

6
1
4
8
GV2 LC02
TeSys enclosed starters
D.O.L. starters with manual control,
with magnetic circuit-breaker, 0.55 to 30 kW
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
/19
2
Dimensions,
scheme
Dimensions
GV2 LC0206LC0220 GV NGC0225NGC0263

Knock-outs or blanking plugs for cable glands
Enclosure type At top At bottom
ISO ISO
GV2 LC x 0 or x 5 x 0 or x 5
GV NGC

x 0 or x 5 or x 3 or x 40 x 0 or x 5 or x 3 or x 40
Scheme

120
173
1
6
6
1
5
0
6
5
=
=
=
88
= 120
173
1
6
6
1
5
0
6
5
=
=
=
88
=
3
4
8
3
3
0
=
=
= 167
237 186,3
=
3
4
8
3
3
0
=
=
= 167
237 186,3
=
2
/
T
1
4
/
T
2
6
/
T
3
1
/
L
1
3
/
L
2
5
/
L
3
2
/
T
1
4
/
T
2
6
/
T
3
1
/
L
1
3
/
L
2
5
/
L
3
References :
page /18
References :
page /18
TeSys enclosed starters
D.O.L. starters with manual control,
with magnetic circuit-breaker, 0.55 to 30 kW
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
/0
2
TeSys enclosed starters 2
D.O.L. starters for motor control (1)
. to 45 kW, without isolating device

Characteristics
Conforming to standards IEC 60947-4-1 and IEC 60439-1, VDE 0660-10, EN 60947
Degree of protection conforming to IEC 60529 IP 659: LE2 K
IP 657: LEp D09D35
IP 557: LEp D405D955
Ambient air temperature Operation: - 5+ 40 C
Operating positions Same as that of the contactors
Material Polycarbonate (2): LE2 K and LEp D09D35
Sheet steel: LEp D405D955
References
Non-reversing starters
Standard power ratings of 3-phase
motors 50-60 Hz in category AC-3
Maximum
current
I the
up to
Basic reference,
to be completed by adding
the voltage code (3)
Weight
220 V
230 V
380 V
400 V
415 V 440 V 500 V 660 V
690 V
kW kW kW kW kW kW A kg
. 4 4 4 5.5 5.5 9 LE1 D09pp 0.90
3 5.5 5.5 5.5 7.5 7.5 12 LE1 D12pp 0.90
4 7.5 9 9 10 10 18 LE1 D18pp 1.015
5.5 11 11 11 15 15 25 LE1 D25pp 1.015
7.5 15 15 15 18.5 18.5 35 LE1 D35pp 4.30
11 18.5 30 40 LE1 D405pp 4.80
15 5 30 30 33 50 LE1 D505pp 4.850
18.5 30 37 37 37 37 65 LE1 D655pp 4.850
37 45 45 55 45 80 LE1 D805pp 5.140
5 45 45 45 55 45 95 LE1 D955pp 5.440
Reversing starters
1.5 . . 3 6 LE2 K065pp 1.080
. 4 4 4 9 LE2 K095pp 1.080
LE2 D09pp (4) .100
5.5 5.5 9 LE2 D09pp .100
3 5.5 5.5 5.5 7.5 7.5 12 LE2 D12pp .100
4 7.5 9 9 10 10 18 LE2 D18pp .410
5.5 11 11 11 15 15 25 LE2 D25pp .570
7.5 15 15 15 18.5 18.5 35 LE2 D35pp 4.100
11 18.5 30 40 LE2 D405pp 5.70
15 5 30 30 33 50 LE2 D505pp 5.470
18.5 30 37 37 37 37 65 LE2 D655pp 5.470
37 45 45 55 45 80 LE2 D805pp 6.700
5 45 45 45 55 45 95 LE2 D955pp 7.000
(1) Overload protection must be provided by a thermal overload relay, to be ordered separately,
seepages6/20and6/23.
(2) Avoid placing this material in contact with harsh substances (detergents, chlorine solvents,
ketones,alcohol,aromatichydrocarbons).
(3)Standardcontrolcircuitvoltages.
Volts
a 50/60 Hz
24 42 48 110 115 220 230 240 380 400 415 440
LE2 K B7 D7 E7 F7 M7 P7 U7 Q7 V7 N7 R7
LE1, LE2 D B7 D7 E7 F7 FE7 M7 P7 U7 Q7 V7 N7 R7
Othervoltages:pleaseconsultyourRegionalSalesOffce.
(4) Selection according to the number of operating cycles, please consult your Regional Sales
Offce.

5

6
4

3
LE1 D12pp
5

6
4

3
LE1 D12pp
5

6
4

4
LE2 D12pp
5

6
4

4
LE2 D12pp
Dimensions :
page /
Schemes :
page /3
Dimensions :
page /
Schemes :
page /3
Dimensions :
page /
Schemes :
page /3
Dimensions :
page /
Schemes :
page /3
Characteristics,
references 2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
/1
2
TeSys enclosed starters 2
D.O.L. starters for motor control (1)
. to 45 kW, without isolating device

Description
Standard versions comprise:
For non-reversing starters:
1 green Start button I,
1 red Stop/Reset button O.
For reversing starters:
LE K:
1 Start button A,
1 Start button E,
1 red Stop/Reset button.
LE D09D35:
1 -position spring return selector switch I-II,
1 red Stop/Reset button O,
LE D405D955:
1 blue Reset button R.

Variants (pre-assembled)
Description Application Suffx to be added to
the starter reference (2)
No pushbuttons on cover

LE1 D09D955
LE D09D955
A04
1 green Start button I
1 green Start button II
1 red Stop/Reset button O
LE D405D955 A11
1 blue Reset button R


LE1 D09D955
LE K06 and K09
LE D09D35
A05
1 3-position stay put selector
switch (I-O-II)
(I: Automatic Start; O: Stop;
II: Manual Start)
1 blue Reset button R
LE1 D09D35 A09
1 -position stay put selector
switch O-I
(O: Stop; I: Manual Start)
1 blue Reset button R
LE1 D09D35 A13
1 3-position selector switch
O-I spring return to centre position
(I: Manual start;
O: Stop, stay put)
1 blue Reset button R
LE1 D09D35
A35
1 neutral terminal
Fitted as standard on
LE1 and LE D09 to D35,
LE1 and LE D405 to D955 starters
ordered with V (M7), 30 V (P7)
or 40 V (U7) control supply
LE1 D405D955
LE K06 and K09
LE D405D955
A59
Mounting of an LC1 D09 or D1 contactor
in an enclosure identical to LE1 D18 (3)
LE1 D09
LE1 D1
T
Accessory (for customer assembly)
Description Application Reference Weight
kg
Start pushbutton latching device
for stay put operation
(Start-Stop)
LE1 D405D955 LA9 D09907 0.060
(1)Seepreviouspage.
(2) Example: LE1 D09F7A04.
(3)Seedimensionspage2/22.

Other versions Possible combinations of variants.
Please consult your Regional Sales Offce.

b
v
v
b
v
-
-
-
v
-
-
v
-
5

6
4

5
LE1 D12ppA04
5

6
4

5
LE1 D12ppA04
5

6
4

6
LE1 D12ppA05
5

6
4

6
LE1 D12ppA05
5

6
4

7
LE1 D12ppA09
5

6
4

7
LE1 D12ppA09
5

6
4

8
LE1 D12ppA13
5

6
4

8
LE1 D12ppA13
5

6
4

9
LE1 D12ppA35
5

6
4

9
LE1 D12ppA35
Schemes :
page /3
Schemes :
page /3
Schemes :
page /3
Schemes :
page /3
References (continued) 2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
/
TeSys enclosed starters 2
D.O.L. starters for motor control
. to 45 kW, without isolating device

Dimensions
LE1 D09 and D12 LE1 D09 and D12ppT
LE1 D18D35 and LE2 D09D35
LE1 D405D655

c1
c1 LE1 D LE2 D c1
Standard version 18.5 Standard version 153.5 160 Standard version 161
Variant A04 135 Variant A04 145 145 Variant A04 150
Variant A05 18.5 Variant A05 153.5 153.5 Variant A05 161
Variant A09 135 Variant A09 160
Variant A13 135 Variant A13 160
Variant A35 135 Variant A35 160
LE2 K06 and K09

LE1 D805, LE1 D955 and LE2 D405D655 LE2 D805 and D955

c1
LE1 D LE2 D c1
Standard version 176 176 Standard version 194
Variant A04 165 165 Variant A04 190
Variant A05 176 Variant A05 194
Variant A11 176
Knock-outs or blanking plugs for cable glands
Type of enclosure At top At bottom
PG ISO PG ISO
LE1 D09 and D12 x 0 x 13 or x 16 x 0
LE1 D18D35 and LE2 D09D35 x 0 or x 5 x 16 or x 1 x 0 or x 5
LE2 D405 1 x 13 and 1 x 1 1 x 0 and 1 x 5 1 x 13 and x 1 1 x 0 and x 5
LE1 D405D655, LE2 D505 and D655 1 x 13 and 1 x 9 1 x 0 and 1 x 3 1 x 13 and x 9 1 x 0 and x 3
LE1 or LE2 D805 and D955 1 x 13 and 1 x 36 1 x 0 and 1 x 40 1 x 13 and x 36 1 x 0 and x 40
LE2 K x 13 and x 16 4 x 0 x 13 and x 16 4 x 0

c1
1
6
6
1
5
0
=
=
=
88
= c1
1
6
6
1
5
0
=
=
=
88
=
c1
1
8
3
= =
101
2
0
1
c1
1
8
3
= =
101
2
0
1
c1
3
1
2
=
181
= 105
1
9
5
=
=
c1
3
1
2
=
181
= 105
1
9
5
=
=
146
120
84
175
1
5
0
1
6
5
19
146
120
84
175
1
5
0
1
6
5
19
c1
3
0
7
=
257
= 165
1
6
5
=
=
c1
3
0
7
=
257
= 165
1
6
5
=
=
2
8
7
c1 =
367
= 225
1
9
5
=
=
2
8
7
c1 =
367
= 225
1
9
5
=
=
References :
pages /0 and /1
Schemes :
page /3
References :
pages /0 and /1
Schemes :
page /3
References :
pages /0 and /1
Schemes :
page /3
References :
pages /0 and /1
Schemes :
page /3
Dimensions 2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
/3
TeSys enclosed starters 2
D.O.L. starters for motor control
. to 45 kW, without isolating device

Schemes
LE1 D09D955 LE1 D09D955 Variant A04 or A05

LE2 K06, K09 LE2 K06, K09 Variant A05

LE2 D09D955 LE2 D09D35 LE2 D405D955, LE2 D09D955
with variants A04 or A05

Connections A B
220 V, 230 V, 240 V LE K, LE1 and LE D09 and D1 L3 Neutral
LE1 and LE D18D955 L3 Neutral terminal
380 V, 400 V, 415 V, 440 V All products L3 L1
Other voltages LE1 and LE D09D35 Terminal 1 Terminal
LE K, LE1 and LE D405 and D955 Direct connection

L
1
L
2
KM1
U V W
L
3
L
1
L
2
KM1
U V W
L
3
B
A
A
1
A
2
KM1
KM1
O
I
B
A
A
1
A
2
KM1
KM1
O
I
1
3
1
4
2
1
2
2
A
O
l
KM1
B
A
1
A
2
KM1
Remote control
1
3
1
4
2
1
2
2
A
O
l
KM1
B
A
1
A
2
KM1
Remote control
KM1 KM2
L
1
L
2
L
3
U V W
KM1 KM2
L
1
L
2
L
3
U V W
KM2
A
B
KM1
KM2 KM1
KM2 KM1
A
1
A
2
A
1
A
2
O
KM2
A
B
KM1
KM2 KM1
KM2 KM1
A
1
A
2
A
1
A
2
O
B
KM2 KM1
KM2 KM1
A
1
A
2
A
1
A
2
A
R
Remote
control
B
KM2 KM1
KM2 KM1
A
1
A
2
A
1
A
2
A
R
Remote
control
KM1 KM2
L
1
L
2
L
3
U V W
KM1 KM2
L
1
L
2
L
3
U V W
A
1
A
2
KM1
KM2
KM2
A
A
1
A
2
KM2
KM1
B
KM1
S1
II I
A
1
A
2
KM1
KM2
KM2
A
A
1
A
2
KM2
KM1
B
KM1
S1
II I
KM2
A
1
A
2
KM1
2
1
2
2
KM2
A
O
A
1
A
2
KM2
KM1
B
R
l l
KM1
Remote
control
KM2
A
1
A
2
KM1
2
1
2
2
KM2
A
O
A
1
A
2
KM2
KM1
B
R
l l
KM1
Remote
control
References :
pages /0 and /1
Dimensions :
page /
References :
pages /0 and /1
Dimensions :
page /
References :
pages /0 and /1
Dimensions :
page /
References :
pages /0 and /1
Dimensions :
page /
Schemes 2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
/4
2
TeSys enclosed starters 2
D.O.L. starters for motor control (1)
. to 45 kW, with isolating device

Characteristics
Conforming to standards IEC 60947-4-1 and IEC 60439-1, VDE 0660-10, EN 60947
Degree of protection conforming to IEC 60529 IP 659: LEp K
IP 657: LEp D09D35
IP 557: LEp D406D806
Ambient air temperature Operation: - 5+ 40 C
Operating positions Same as that of the contactors
Material Polycarbonate (2): LEp K and LEp D09D35
Sheet steel: LEp D406D806
References
Non-reversing starters
Standard power ratings of 3-phase
motors 50-60 Hz in category AC-3
Maximum
current
I the
up to
Fuses to be ftted
by the customer
Basic reference,
to be completed by
adding the voltage code (3)
Weight
220 V
230 V
380 V
400 V
415 V 440 V 500 V 660 V
690 V
Size Type aM
kW kW kW kW kW kW A A kg
1.5 . . 3 6 10 x 38 10 LE4 K065pp 1.450
. 4 4 4 9 10 x 38 1 LE4 K095pp 1.450
or LE4 D09pp (4) 1.960
. 4 4 4 5.5 9 10 x 38 1 LE4 D09pp 1.960
3 5.5 5.5 5.5 7.5 12 10 x 38 16 LE4 D12pp 1.960
4 7.5 9 9 10 18 10 x 38 0 LE4 D18pp .00
5.5 11 11 11 15 25 10 x 38 5 LE4 D25pp .00
7.5 15 15 15 18.5 18.5 35 14 x 51 3 LE4 D35pp 5.190
11 18.5 30 40 14 x 51 40 LE4 D406pp 5.770
15 5 30 30 33 50 x 58 63 LE4 D506pp 6.440
18.5 30 37 37 37 37 65 x 58 80 LE4 D656pp 6.670
37 45 45 55 45 80 x 58 80 LE4 D806pp (5) 7.100
Reversing starters
1.5 . . 3 6 10 x 38 10 LE8 K065pp 1.600
. 4 4 4 9 10 x 38 1 LE8 K095pp 1.600
or LE8 D09pp (4) 3.550
5.5 9 10 x 38 1 LE8 D09pp 3.550
3 5.5 5.5 5.5 7.5 12 10 x 38 16 LE8 D12pp 3.550
4 7.5 9 9 10 18 10 x 38 0 LE8 D18pp 3.700
5.5 11 11 11 15 25 10 x 38 5 LE8 D25pp 4.670
7.5 15 15 15 18.5 18.5 35 14 x 51 3 LE8 D35pp 5.800
11 18.5 30 40 14 x 51 40 LE2 D406pp 14.170
15 5 30 30 33 50 x 58 63 LE2 D506pp 14.700
18.5 30 37 37 37 37 65 x 58 80 LE2 D656pp 14.770
37 45 45 55 45 80 x 58 80 LE2 D806pp 16.000
(1)Overloadprotectionmustbeprovidedbyathermaloverloadrelay,tobeorderedseparately,seepages6/20and6/23.
(2) Avoid placing this material in contact with harsh substances (detergents, chlorine solvents, ketones, alcohol, aromatic
hydrocarbons).
(3)Standardcontrolcircuitvoltages.
Volts
a 50/60 Hz
24 42 48 110 115 220 230 240 380 400 415 440
LEp K B7 D7 E7 F7 M7 P7 U7 Q7 V7 N7 R7
LEp D B7 D7 E7 F7 FE7 M7 P7 U7 Q7 V7 N7 R7
Othervoltages:pleaseconsultyourRegionalSalesOffce.
(4)Selectionaccordingtodimensionsandthenumberofoperatingcycles,pleaseconsultyourRegionalSalesOffce.
(5)Suppliedwith3cableentries.

5
1
1
5
4
7
LE4 D12pp
5
1
1
5
4
7
LE4 D12pp
5

6
4
3
0
LE8 D12pp
5

6
4
3
0
LE8 D12pp
Dimensions:
page /6
Schemes:
page /7
Dimensions:
page /6
Schemes:
page /7
Dimensions:
page /6
Schemes:
page /7
Dimensions:
page /6
Schemes:
page /7
Characteristics,
references 2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
/5
2
TeSys enclosed starters 2
D.O.L. starters for motor control (1)
. to 45 kW, with isolating device

Description
Standard versions comprise:
For non-reversing starters:
LE4 K and LE4 D09D656
1 green Start button I,
1 red Stop/Reset button O.
LE4 D806
no pushbuttons on cover
For reversing starters:
LE8 K :
1 Start button A,
1 Start button E,
1 red Stop/Reset button.
LE8 D09D35 :
1 -position spring return selector switch I-II,
1 red Stop/Reset button O,
LE D406 to D806:
no pushbuttons on cover.

Protection Power circuit Control circuit
LE4 and LE8 K 1 3-pole isolating device None
LE4 and LE8 D09D5 1 3-pole isolating device + 1 additional pole
LE4 and LE D35D806 1 3-pole isolating device + 1 circuit-breaker GB CB08

Variants (pre-assembled)
Description Application Suffx to be added to
the starter reference (2)
No pushbuttons on cover LE4 D09D656
LE8 D09D35
A04
1 green Start button I
1 green Start button II
1 red Stop/Reset button O
LE D406D806 A11
1 blue Reset button R LE4 D09D806
LE8 K06 and K09
LE8 D09D35
LE D406D806
A05
1 neutral terminal
Fitted as standard on LE4 D18D806,
LE8 D18D35 and LE4 D406D806
starters ordered with 0 V (M7),
30 V (P7) or 40 V (U7) control supply
LE4 K06 and K09
LE4 D09D806
LE8 K06 and K09
LE8 D09D35
LE D406D806
A59
Accessory (for customer assembly)
Description Application Reference Weight
kg
Start pushbutton latching device
for stay put operation
(Start-Stop)
LE4 D406D656 LA9 D09907 0.060
(1) See previous page
(2) Example: LE4 D09F7A04.

Other versions Possible combinations of variants.
Please consult your Regional Sales Offce.

b
v
-
-
v
-
b
v
-
-
-
v
-
-
v
-
5

6
4
3
1
LE4 D12ppA04
5

6
4
3
1
LE4 D12ppA04
5

6
4
3

LE4 D12ppA05
5

6
4
3

LE4 D12ppA05
Dimensions:
page /6
Schemes:
page /7
Dimensions:
page /6
Schemes:
page /7
Dimensions:
page /6
Schemes:
page /7
Dimensions:
page /6
Schemes:
page /7
References (continued) 2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
/6
2
TeSys enclosed starters 2
D.O.L. starters for motor control
. to 45 kW, with isolating device

Dimensions
LE4 K06 and K09, LE8 K06 and K09 LE4 D09D35, LE8 D09D35

c1 c1
LE4 K LE8 K LE4 D LE8 D
Standard version 146 146 Standard version 175.5 18
Variant A05 139 Variant A04 167 167
(1) For LE8 only Variant A05 175.5 175.5
LE4 D406D656 LE2 D406D806, LE4 D806

c1
c1 a LE2 D LE4 D
Standard version 01 LE2 D406, D506, D656 300 Standard version 18 18
Variant A04 190 LE2 D806 400 Variant A05 18 18
Variant A05 01 LE4 D806 400 Variant A11 18
(1)+14mmwithblankingplugs.
Knock-outs or blanking plugs for cable glands
Type of enclosure At top At bottom
PG ISO PG ISO
LE4 and LE8 D09D35 x 0 or x 5 or
x 3 or x 40
x 0 or x 5 or
x 3 or x 40
LE2 D09D35 x 0 or x 5 x 0 or x 5
LE2 D406 and LE4 D406 1 x 13 and 1 x 1 1 x 0 and 1 x 5 1 x 13 and x 1 1 x 0 and x 5
LE1 D506D656, LE4 D506 and D656 1 x 13 and 1 x 9 1 x 0 and 1 x 3 1 x 13 and x 9 1 x 0 and x 3
LE2 D806 and LE4 D806 1 x 13 and 1 x 36 1 x 0 and 1 x 40 1 x 13 and x 36 1 x 0 and x 40
LE4 K and LE8 K x 13 and x 16 4 x 0 x 13 and x 16 4 x 0

c1
0 84
175
1
5
0
1
6
5
(1)
10
19
31
c1
0 84
175
1
5
0
1
6
5
(1)
10
19
31
c1
3
4
8
3
3
0
=
=
=
186 31
= c1
3
4
8
3
3
0
=
=
=
186 31
=
2
8
7
c1 =
367
=
31
225
1
9
5
=
=
2
8
7
c1 =
367
=
31
225
1
9
5
=
=
4
0
0

(
1
)
0
c1
= = a-75
a-50
a
a+57,5
3
5
0
3
4

,
5
3

5
=
=
4xM8x5
31
4
0
0

(
1
)
0
c1
= = a-75
a-50
a
a+57,5
3
5
0
3
4

,
5
3

5
=
=
4xM8x5
31
References :
pages /4 and /5
Schemes :
page /7
References :
pages /4 and /5
Schemes :
page /7
References :
pages /4 and /5
Schemes :
page /7
References :
pages /4 and /5
Schemes :
page /7
Dimensions 2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
/7
2
TeSys enclosed starters 2
D.O.L. starters for motor control
. to 45 kW, with isolating device

Schemes
LE4 K06, K09
LE4 D09D806
LE4 K06, K09 LE4 D09D35 LE4 D406D656 LE4 D806, LE4 D09D656
with variant A04 or A05

LE8 K06, K09 LE8 K06, K09 Variant A05

LE8 D09LE2 D806 LE8 D09D35 LE2 D406D806

Connections A B
220 V, 230 V, 240 V LE4 and LE8 K, LE4 and LE8 D09 and D1 L3 Neutral
LE4 D18D806, LE8 D18D35 and LE D406D806 L3 Neutral terminal
380 V, 400 V, 415 V, 440 V All products L3 L1
Other voltages LE4 and LE8 D09D35 Terminal 1 Terminal
LE4 and LE D406D806 Direct connection

Q1
KM1
L
1
L
2
L
3
U W V
Q1
KM1
L
1
L
2
L
3
U W V
KM1
O
I
KM1
A
1
A
2
A
B
KM1
O
I
KM1
A
1
A
2
A
B
B
A
A
1
A
2
KM1
KM1
1
8
1
7
Q1
Q1
O
I
B
A
A
1
A
2
KM1
KM1
1
8
1
7
Q1
Q1
O
I
O
l
A
1
A
2
KM1
KM1
Q1
F1
B
A
O
l
A
1
A
2
KM1
KM1
Q1
F1
B
A
1
3
1
4
2
1
2
2
O
l
KM1
A
2
A
1
KM1
Q1 F1
B
A
Remote control
1
3
1
4
2
1
2
2
O
l
KM1
A
2
A
1
KM1
Q1 F1
B
A
Remote control
Q1
KM1 KM2
L
1
L
2
L
3
U V W
Q1
KM1 KM2
L
1
L
2
L
3
U V W
KM KM1
KM
KM KM1
A
1
A

Q1
KM1
A
1
A

A
B
O
KM KM1
KM
KM KM1
A
1
A

Q1
KM1
A
1
A

A
B
O
KM KM1
KM KM1
A
1
A

A
1
A

R
A
B
Remote control
KM KM1
KM KM1
A
1
A

A
1
A

R
A
B
Remote control
Q1
2 KM1 KM2
L
1
L
2
L
3
U V W
Q1
2 KM1 KM2
L
1
L
2
L
3
U V W
A
1
A
2
KM1
KM2
KM2
A
1
A
2
KM2
KM1
KM1
Q1
Q1
A
B
S1
II I
O
A
1
A
2
KM1
KM2
KM2
A
1
A
2
KM2
KM1
KM1
Q1
Q1
A
B
S1
II I
O
A
1
A
2
KM1
2
1
2
2
KM2
KM2
O
A
1
A
2
KM2
KM1
KM1
1
3
1
4
l l
Q1 F1
A
B
Remote control
A
1
A
2
KM1
2
1
2
2
KM2
KM2
O
A
1
A
2
KM2
KM1
KM1
1
3
1
4
l l
Q1 F1
A
B
Remote control
References :
pages /4 and /5
Dimensions :
page /6
References :
pages /4 and /5
Dimensions :
page /6
References :
pages /4 and /5
Dimensions :
page /6
References :
pages /4 and /5
Dimensions :
page /6
Schemes 2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
/8
2
TeSys enclosed starters 2
D.O.L. starters for motor control
0.5 to 7.5 kW with 3-phase thermal
overload relay with 3 protected phases
Characteristics (1)
Conforming to standards IEC 60947-4-1, IEC 60439-1, VDE 0660-10 and EN 60947
Degree of protection conforming to IEC 60529 IP 65
Ambient air temperature Operation: - 5 to + 40 C
Operating positions Same as for the TeSys K contactors
Material Self-extinguishing ABS
References
Non-reversing starters
Starter LE1 M, combined with short-circuit protection components, provides type 1
or type coordination, depending on the type of devices used.
Standard power ratings of 3-phase
motors 50-60 Hz in category AC-3
Setting range
of thermal
overload relay
LR2 K (2)
Basic reference,
to be completed
by adding the
voltage code (3)
Weight
220 V
230 V
240 V 380 V
400 V
415 V
kW kW kW kW A kg
0.1 0.1 0.5 0.5 0.540.8 LE1 M35pp05 0.600
0.18 0.18 0.37 0.37 0.81. LE1 M35pp06 0.600
0.5 0.5 0.55 0.55 1.1.8 LE1 M35pp07 0.600
0.37 0.37 1.1 0.75 1.8.6 LE1 M35pp08 0.600
0.55 0.55 1.5 1.5 .63.7 LE1 M35pp10 0.600
1.1 0.75 . . 3.75.5 LE1 M35pp12 0.600
1.5 1.1 3 3 5.58 LE1 M35pp14 0.600
. . 4 4 811.5 LE1 M35pp16 0.600
3 3 5.5 5.5 1014 LE1 M35pp21 0.600
3.7 4 7.5 7.5 116 LE1 M35pp22 0.600
Description
The standard version comprises:
1 TeSys contactor LC1 Kpp,
1 TeSys thermal overload relay LR K,
1 green Start button I,
1 red Stop/Reset button O/R,
1 yellow operating indicator.
Control may be pulsed or maintained.
An earth terminal and a neutral terminal are provided on the bottom of the
enclosure.
For safey applications, see enclosed starters:
GV MC, LG1 K, LG1 D, LG7 K, LG7 D, LJ7 K, LG8 K and LJ8 K.
Variant
Starter without thermal overload relay LR2 K
Delete the last digits of the starter references selected above.
Example: LE1 M35pp
Replacement part
Description Basic reference,
to be completed
by adding the
voltage code (3)
Weight
kg
Contactor LC1 KppA80 0.180
(1)ForcharacteristicsofTeSysKcontactor,seepages5/10and5/13.
ForcharacteristicsofTeSysthermaloverloadrelayLR2K,seepages6/10to6/11.
(2)Thermaloverloadrelayfttedasstandard.
(3)Thecontactorcoilispre-wiredbetween2phasesofthepowercircuit.
The codes indicated below therefore correspond to the power circuit voltage.
Volts
a 50/60 Hz
24 220 230 240 380 400 415 440
Code B7 M7 P7 U7 Q7 V7 N7 R7
Example: 380/400 V 3-phase supply, 4 kW motor: LE1 M35Q716.

b
v
v
v
v
v
b
b
b
LE1 M35pppp
5
1
1
5
4
8
5
3
3
7
8
9
LE1 M35pppp
5
1
1
5
4
8
5
3
3
7
8
9
Dimensions :
page /9
Schemes :
page /9
Dimensions :
page /9
Schemes :
page /9
Dimensions :
page /9
Schemes :
page /9
Dimensions :
page /9
Schemes :
page /9
Characteristics,
references 2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
/9
2
TeSys enclosed starters 2
D.O.L. starters for motor control
0.5 to 7.5 kW with 3-phase thermal
overload relay with 3 protected phases

Dimensions
LE1 M35 (1)

Knock-outs or blanking plugs for cable glands
Enclosure type At top At bottom
PG ISO PG ISO
LE1 M x 13 to x 1 x 0 or x 5 x 13 to x 1 x 0 or x 5
(1)Canbemountedonmachinepanelorframe.Knock-outsfor4x13Pcableglands.
Schemes
LE1 M35 Choice of type of control built into the product
Control by latching pushbuttons Control by spring return pushbuttons

Connection A B
220 V, 230 V, 240 V L3 Neutral
380 V, 400 V, 415 V, 440 V L3 L1
Other voltages Terminal 1 Terminal

108 108 78
1
6
0
78
1
6
0
1
3
0

(
5
"
1
/
8
)
1
3
0

(
5
"
1
/
8
)
I
O/R
1
2
3
4
5
6
13
14
A1
A2
2 4 6
L1 L2 L3
Reset/OR
T1 T2 T3
I
O/R
1
2
3
4
5
6
13
14
A1
A2
2 4 6
L1 L2 L3
Reset/OR
T1 T2 T3
U W V
2 4 6
1
/
L
1
3
/
L
2
5
/
L
3
M
KM1
U W V
2 4 6
1
/
L
1
3
/
L
2
5
/
L
3
M
KM1 I
A
B
O
9
5
9
6
KM1 H1
A
2
A
1
1
4
1
3
KM1
I
A
B
O
9
5
9
6
KM1 H1
A
2
A
1
1
4
1
3
KM1
I
A
B
1
4
1
3
O/R
9
5
9
6
KM1 H1
A
2
A
1
KM1 I
A
B
1
4
1
3
O/R
9
5
9
6
KM1 H1
A
2
A
1
KM1
References :
page /8
References :
page /8
References :
page /8
References :
page /8
Dimensions,
schemes 2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
/30
2
TeSys enclosed starters 2
D.O.L. starters for motor control, 0.37 to 5.5 kW
with thermal magnetic circuit-breaker and contactor

Characteristics
Conforming to standards IEC 60947-4-1, IEC 60439-1, VDE 0660-10 and EN 60947
Degree of protection conforming to IEC 60529 IP 55
Ambient air temperature Operation: - 5 to + 40 C
Operating positions Same as for the TeSys K contactors
Material Polycarbonate (1)
References
Standard power ratings of
3-phase motors 50-60 Hz
in category AC-3
Setting
range of
thermal
trips
Fixed
magnetic
tripping
current
13 Irth
Basic reference,
to be completed
by adding the
voltage code (2)
Weight
230 V 400/
415 V
440 V 500 V 690 V
kW kW kW kW kW A A kg
0.18
0.5
0.37
0.55
0.37
0.55
0.37
0.55
0.75
0.75
1.1
11.6 .5 LE1 GVME06Kpp 1.10
0.37 0.75 0.75
1.1
1.1 1.5 1.6.5 33.5 LE1 GVME07Kpp 1.10
0.55
0.75
1.1
1.5
1.5 1.5
.
.
3
.54 51 LE1 GVME08Kpp 1.10
1.1 . .
3
3 4 46.3 78 LE1 GVME10Kpp 1.10
1.5
.
3
4
4 4
5.5
5.5
7.5
610 138 LE1 GVME14Kpp 1.10
.
3
5.5 5.5
7.5
7.5 9
11
914 170 LE1 GVME16Kpp 1.10
Variants
Description Suffx to be added
to the starter
reference (3)
Weight
kg
Neutral terminal A59
Description Reference Weight
kg
Enclosure without starter, with sealing kit ftted
(references of combination motor starters
for customer assembly, see pages 1/6 and 1/7)
LE1 GVMEK 0.740
Accessories (to be ordered separately)
Description Sold in
lots of
Unit
reference
Weight
kg
Padlocking device (4)
for GV ME operator (padlocking
is only possible in the O position)
1 to 3 padlocks
4 to 8 mm
1 GV2 V01 0.075
Mushroom
head Stop
pushbutton
40 mm,
red
Spring return (4) 1 GV2 K011 0.05
Latching (4)
IP 55
Key release,
key n 455
1 GV2 K021 0.160
Turn to release 1 GV2 K031 0.115
1 GV2 K04 (5) 0.10
Sealing kit IP 55 for
temperature
between
+ 5C and + 40C
10 GV2 E01 0.01
IP 55 for
temperature
between
- 0C and + 40C
10 GV2 E02 0.01
(1) Avoid placing this material in contact with harsh substances (detergents, chlorine solvents,
ketones,alcohol,aromatichydrocarbons).
(2)Standardcontrolcircuitvoltages.
Volts
a 50/60 Hz
24 42 48 110 115 220 230 240 380 400 415 440
Item B7 D7 E7 F7 M7 P7 U7 Q7 V7 N7 R7
Othervoltages:pleaseconsultyourRegionalSalesOffce.
(3) Example: LE1 GVME06KF7A59.
(4)SuppliedwithIP55sealingkit.
(5)PadlockableinpositionOusing4to8mmshankpadlocks.
5

6
4
4
0
LE1 GVMEppKpp
5
3
3
7
9
8
5

6
4
4
0
LE1 GVMEppKpp
5
3
3
7
9
8
5

6
4
4
1
LE1 GVMEK
5

6
4
4
1
LE1 GVMEK
Dimensions :
page /31
Schemes :
page /31
Dimensions :
page /31
Schemes :
page /31
Dimensions :
page /31
Schemes :
page /31
Dimensions :
page /31
Schemes :
page /31
Characteristics,
references 2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
/31
2
TeSys enclosed starters 2
D.O.L. starters for motor control, 0.37 to 5.5 kW
with thermal magnetic circuit-breaker and contactor

Dimensions
LE1 GVMEK

Knock-outs or blanking plugs for cable glands
Enclosure type At top At bottom
ISO ISO
LE1 GV x 0 or x 5 x 0 or x 5
Schemes
LE1 GVMEK

Connections A B
220 V, 230 V, 240 V L3 Neutral
380 V, 400 V, 415 V, 440 V L3 L1
Other voltages Terminal 1 Terminal

86
94
1
8
3
2
0
1
86
94
1
8
3
2
0
1
= =
101
= =
101
L
1
L
2
L
3
KM1
Q1
L
1
L
2
L
3
KM1
Q1
A
1
A
2
O
I KM1
KM1
Q1
A
B
External
control
A
1
A
2
O
I KM1
KM1
Q1
A
B
External
control
References :
page /30
References :
page /30
References :
page /30
References :
page /30
Dimensions,
schemes 2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
/3
TeSys enclosed starters 2
Star-delta starters
5.5 to 13 kW, without isolating device (1)

Characteristics
Conforming to standards IEC 60947-4-1 and IEC 60439-1, VDE 0660-10, EN 60947
Degree of protection conforming to IEC 60529 IP 659: LE3 K
IP 657: LE3 D09D35
IP 557: LE3 D405D150
Ambient air temperature Operation: - 5 to + 40 C
Operating positions Same as that of the contactors
Material Polycarbonate (2): LE3 K and LE3 D09D35
Sheet steel: LE3 D405D150
References
Maximum operating rate:
LE3 K: 1 starts/hour and LE3-D: 30 starts/hour.
Maximum starting time: 30 seconds.
LE3 D: an LAD S timer imposes a delay of 40 ms 15 ms on the delta contactor at
the moment of changeover to ensure that the star contactor has suffcient breaking
time.

Standard power ratings of squirrel cage motors
Mains voltage - delta connection
Basic reference,
to be completed by
adding the voltage code (3)
Weight
220 V 380/400 V 415 V 440 V
kW kW kW kW kg
3 5.5 5.5 5.5 LE3 K065pp 1.460
4 7.5 7.5 7.5 LE3 K095pp 1.460
or LE3 D09pp (4) 3.650
5.5 11 11 11 LE3 D12pp 3.650
11 18.5 LE3 D18pp 3.750
15 30 30 30 LE3 D35pp 5.160
18.5 37 37 37 LE3 D405pp 8.160
30 55 59 59 LE3 D505pp 8.150
37 75 75 75 LE3 D805pp 14.000
63 110 110 110 LE3 D115pp 4.500
75 13 13 147 LE3 D150pp 4.500
(1)Overloadprotectionmustbeprovidedbyathermaloverloadrelay,tobeorderedseparately.
Selectappropriateoverloadrelayforsettingat0.58ofthefullloadratedmotorcurrent,see
pages6/20and6/23.
(2) Avoid placing this material in contact with harsh substances (detergents, chlorine solvents,
ketones,alcohol,aromatichydrocarbons).
(3)Standardcontrolcircuitvoltages.
Volts
a 50/60 Hz
24 42 48 110 115 220 230 240 380 400 415 440
LE3 K B7 D7 E7 F7 M7 P7 U7
LE3 D B7 D7 E7 F7 FE7 M7 P7 U7 Q7 V7 N7 R7
Othervoltages:pleaseconsultyourRegionalSalesOffce.
(4) Selection according to dimensions and the number of operating cycles, please consult your
RegionalSalesOffce.

LE3 D12pp
5

6
4
3
5
LE3 D12pp
5

6
4
3
5
Dimensions :
page /34
Schemes :
page /35
Dimensions :
page /34
Schemes :
page /35
Dimensions :
page /34
Schemes :
page /35
Dimensions :
page /34
Schemes :
page /35
Characteristics,
references 2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
/33
TeSys enclosed starters 2
Star-delta starters
5.5 to 13 kW, without isolating device

Description
The standard version comprises:
LE3 K and LE3 D09D35:
1 green Start button I,
1 red Stop/Reset button O.
LE3 D405D150:
no pushbuttons on cover.

Variants (pre-assembled)
Description Application Suffx to be added to
the starter reference (1)
No pushbuttons on cover LE3 D09D35

A04
1 green Start button I
1 red Stop/Reset button O
LE3 D405D150


A06
1 blue Reset button R LE3 D09D805


A05
1 neutral terminal
Fitted as standard on
starters LE3 D115 and D150
LE3 K065 and K095
LE3 D09D805


A59
Mechanical interlock
Fitted as standard on starters
LE3 K and LE3 D09D35
LE3 D405 to D150



A64
(1)Example:LE3D09F7A04

Other versions Possible combinations of variants.
Please consult your Regional Sales Offce.

b
v
v
b
v
LE3 D12ppA04
5

6
4
3
6
LE3 D12ppA04
5

6
4
3
6
LE3 D12ppA05
5

6
4
3
7
LE3 D12ppA05
5

6
4
3
7
Schemes :
page /35
Schemes :
page /35
Schemes :
page /35
Schemes :
page /35
References (continued) 2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
/34
Dimensions
LE3 K065, K095 LE3 D09D35

c1
Standard version 175.5
Variant A04 167
Variant A05 175.5
LE3 D405 and D505 LE3 D805D150

c1
c1 LE3 a b LE3 D805 D115, D150
Standard version 190 D805 400 400 Standard version 0 5
Variant A05 194 D1155 500 600 Variant A05 18
Variant A06 194 D1505 500 600 Variant A06 18 68
(1)+14mmwithblankingplugs.
Knock-outs or blanking plugs for cable glands
Type of enclosure At top At bottom
PG ISO PG ISO
LE3 D09D35 x 0 or x 5 or
x 3 or x 40
x 0 or x 5 or
x 3 or x 40
LE3 D405 1 x 9 1 x 3 1 x 9,
x 13 and x 1
1 x 3,
x 0 and x 5
LE3 D505 1 x 36 1 x 40 1 x 36,
x 13 and x 9
1 x 40,
x 0 and x 3
LE3 D805 1 x 36 1 x 40 x 13 and 3 x 36 x 0 and 3 x 40
LE3 K x 13 and x 16 4 x 0 x 13 and x 16 4 x 0

84
175
1
5
0
146
120
1
6
5
19
84
175
1
5
0
146
120
1
6
5
19
c1
3
4
8
3
3
0
=
=
=
186
= c1
3
4
8
3
3
0
=
=
=
186
=
2
8
7
c1 =
367
= 225
1
9
5
=
=
2
8
7
c1 =
367
= 225
1
9
5
=
=
b

(
1
)
c1
c1 + 15,5
= = a - 75
a - 50
a
a + 57,5
b

-

5
0
b

+

5
7
,
5
b

-

7
5
=
=
b

(
1
)
c1
c1 + 15,5
= = a - 75
a - 50
a
a + 57,5
b

-

5
0
b

+

5
7
,
5
b

-

7
5
=
=
References :
pages /3 and /33
Schemes :
page /35
References :
pages /3 and /33
Schemes :
page /35
References :
pages /3 and /33
Schemes :
page /35
References :
pages /3 and /33
Schemes :
page /35
TeSys enclosed starters
Star-delta starters
5.5 to 13 kW, without isolating device
Dimensions
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
/35
Schemes
LE3 K065 and K095

LE3 D09D805 LE3 D09D35 LE3 D405D805

Note : inaccordancewithcurrentinstallationregulations,short-circuitprotectionmustbeprovidedbyfusesoracircuit-breaker.
LE3 D115 and D150

Connections A B
220 V, 230 V, 240 V LD09 and D1 L3 Neutral
LE3 D18 to D150 L3 Neutral terminal
380 V, 400 V, 415 V, 440 V All products L3 L1
Other voltages LE3 D09D35 Terminal 1 Terminal
LE3 K and LE3 D405D150 Direct connection

KM2 KM3 KM1
L
1
L
2
L
3
U
1
V
1
W
1
U
2
V
2
W
2
U
1
V
1
W
1
U
2
V
2
W
2
Recommended
cabling for reversal
of motor rotation
(standard motor,
viewed from
shaft end).
KM2 KM3 KM1
L
1
L
2
L
3
U
1
V
1
W
1
U
2
V
2
W
2
U
1
V
1
W
1
U
2
V
2
W
2
Recommended
cabling for reversal
of motor rotation
(standard motor,
viewed from
shaft end).
A
O
KM3 KM2 KM1 T
T
KM1
I
Y
L
A
1
A
2
A
1
A
2
A
1
A
2
A
1
A
2
KM1 KM3
KM2
B
A
O
KM3 KM2 KM1 T
T
KM1
I
Y
L
A
1
A
2
A
1
A
2
A
1
A
2
A
1
A
2
KM1 KM3
KM2
B
KM2 KM3 KM1
U
1
V
1
W
1
U
2
V
2
W
2
L
1
L
2
L
3
U
1
V
1
W
1
U
2
V
2
W
2
Recommended
cabling for reversal
of motor rotation
(standard motor,
viewed from
shaft end).
KM2 KM3 KM1
U
1
V
1
W
1
U
2
V
2
W
2
L
1
L
2
L
3
U
1
V
1
W
1
U
2
V
2
W
2
Recommended
cabling for reversal
of motor rotation
(standard motor,
viewed from
shaft end).
A
1
A
2
KM1
KM3
KM2
KM1
KM2
A
1
A
2
KM3
KM1
A
1
A
2
KM2
KM2
B
A
O
I
Y
L
A
1
A
2
KM1
KM3
KM2
KM1
KM2
A
1
A
2
KM3
KM1
A
1
A
2
KM2
KM2
B
A
O
I
Y
L
A
1
A
2
KM1
1
7
1
8
KM3
KM2
KM1
KM2
A
1
A
2
KM3
KM1
A
1
A
2
KM2
KM2
B
A
I
Y
L
Remote
control
A
1
A
2
KM1
1
7
1
8
KM3
KM2
KM1
KM2
A
1
A
2
KM3
KM1
A
1
A
2
KM2
KM2
B
A
I
Y
L
Remote
control
KM2 KM3 KM1
U
1
V
1
W
1
U
2
V
2
W
2
L
1
L
2
L
3
U
1
V
1
W
1
U
2
V
2
W
2
Recommended
cabling for reversal
of motor rotation
(standard motor,
viewed from shaft
end).
KM2 KM3 KM1
U
1
V
1
W
1
U
2
V
2
W
2
L
1
L
2
L
3
U
1
V
1
W
1
U
2
V
2
W
2
Recommended
cabling for reversal
of motor rotation
(standard motor,
viewed from shaft
end).
1
7
1
8
l
A
1
A
2
KM1
KM3
KM2
KM1
KM2
A
1
A
2
KA1
A
1
A
2
KM2
KM1
F2
KM2
KM1
A
1
A
2
KM3
KA1
Y
L
A
B
Remote
control
1
7
1
8
l
A
1
A
2
KM1
KM3
KM2
KM1
KM2
A
1
A
2
KA1
A
1
A
2
KM2
KM1
F2
KM2
KM1
A
1
A
2
KM3
KA1
Y
L
A
B
Remote
control
References :
pages /3 and /33
Dimensions :
page /34
References :
pages /3 and /33
Dimensions :
page /34
References :
pages /3 and /33
Dimensions :
page /34
References :
pages /3 and /33
Dimensions :
page /34
TeSys enclosed starters
Star-delta starters
5.5 to 13 kW, without isolating device
Schemes
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
/36
2
TeSys enclosed starters 2
Star-delta starters (1)
7.5 to 75 kW with isolating device

Characteristics
Conforming to standards IEC 60947-4-1 and IEC 60439-1, VDE 0660-10, EN 60947
Degree of protection conforming to IEC 60529 IP 657: LE6 D09D18
IP 557: LE3 D326D806
Ambient air temperature Operation: - 5 to + 40 C
Operating positions Same as that of the contactors
Material Polycarbonate (2): LE6 D
Sheet steel: LE3 D
References
Maximum operating rate: 30 starts/hour.
Maximum starting time: 30 seconds.
An LA DS timer imposes a delay of 40 ms 15 ms on the delta contactor at the
moment of changeover to ensure that the star contactor has suffcient breaking time.

Standard power ratings of
squirrel cage motors Mains
voltage - Delta connection
Fuses to be ftted
by the customer
Basic reference,
to be completed by
adding the voltage code (3)
Weight
Size Type
aM 220 V 380 V
400 V
415 V 440 V
kW kW kW kW A kg
4 7.5 7.5 7.5 10 x 38 0 LE6 D09pp 3.900
5.5 11 11 11 10 x 38 5 LE6 D12pp 3.900
11 18.5 14 x 51 40 LE6 D18pp 4.850
15 30 30 30 x 58 63 LE3 D326pp 7.650
18.5 37 37 37 x 58 80 LE3 D406pp 16.900
30 55 59 59 x 58 15 LE3 D506pp 17.000
37 75 75 75 0 160 LE3 D806pp 7.500
(1)Overloadprotectionmustbeprovidedbyathermaloverloadrelay,tobeorderedseparately.
Selectappropriateoverloadrelayforsettingat0.58ofthefullloadratedmotorcurrent,see
pages6/20and6/23.
(2) Avoid placing this material in contact with harsh substances (detergents, chlorine solvents,
ketones,alcohol,aromatichydrocarbons).
(3)Standardcontrolcircuitvoltages.
Volts 24 42 48 110 115 220 230 240 380 400 415 440
50/60 Hz B7 D7 E7 F7 FE7 M7 P7 U7 Q7 V7 N7 R7
Othervoltages:pleaseconsultyourRegionalSalesOffce.

LE6 D12pp
5
1
1
5
4
9
LE6 D12pp
5
1
1
5
4
9
Dimensions:
page /38
Schemes:
page /39
Dimensions:
page /38
Schemes:
page /39
Dimensions:
page /38
Schemes:
page /39
Dimensions:
page /38
Schemes:
page /39
Characteristics,
references 2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
/37
2
TeSys enclosed starters 2
Star-delta starters
7.5 to 75 kW, with isolating device

Description
The standard version comprises:
LE6 D09D18:
1 green Start button I,
1 red Stop/Reset button O.
LE3 D36D806:
no pushbuttons on cover

Protection Power circuit Control circuit
LE6 D09 and D1 1 3-pole isolating device + 1 additional pole
LE6 D18LE3 D806 1 3-pole isolating device + 1 circuit-breaker GB CB08

Variants (pre-assembled)
Description Application Suffx to be added to
the starter reference (1)
No pushbuttons on cover LE6 D09D18 A04


1 green Start button I
1 red Stop/Reset button O
LE3 D36D806 A06


1 blue Reset button R LE6 D09LE3 D806 A05


1 neutral terminal LE6 D09LE3 D806 A59


Mechanical interlock
Fitted as standard on
starters LE6 D09D18
LE3 D36D806 A64


(1) Example: LE6 D09F7A04.

b
v
v
b
v
LE6 D12ppA04
5

6
4
3
8
LE6 D12ppA04
5

6
4
3
8
LE6 D12ppA05
5

6
4
3
9
LE6 D12ppA05
5

6
4
3
9
Dimensions:
page /38
Schemes:
page /39
Dimensions:
page /38
Schemes:
page /39
Dimensions:
page /38
Schemes:
page /39
Dimensions:
page /38
Schemes:
page /39
References (continued) 2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
/38
2
Dimensions
LE6 D09D18 LE3 D326

c1
Standard version 175.5
Variant A04 167
Variant A05 175.5
LE3 D406D806

LE3 a b c1
D406, D506 400 500 18
D806 500 700 69
(1)+14mmwithblankingplugs.
Knock-outs or blanking plugs for cable glands
Type of enclosure At top At bottom
PG ISO PG ISO
LE6 D09D18 x 0 or x 5
or x 3 or x 40
x 0 or x 5
or x 3 or x 40
LE3 D326 1 x 1 1 x 3 x 13, x 16
and 1 x 1
x 0, x 5
and 1 x 3
LE3 D406 1 x 9 1 x 3 x 13, x 1
and 1 x 9
x 0, x 5
and 1 x 3
LE3 D506 1 x 36 1 x 40 x 13, x 9
and 1 x 36
1 x 40, x 0
and x 3
LE3 D806 1 x 36 1 x 40 x 13 and 3 x 36 x 0 and 3 x 40

c1
3
4
8
3
3
0
=
=
=
186 31
= c1
3
4
8
3
3
0
=
=
=
186 31
=
190
3
6
7
2
2
5
=
=
=
287
=
31
195 190
3
6
7
2
2
5
=
=
=
287
=
31
195
b

(
1
)
c1
= = a-75
a-50
a
a+57,5
b
-
5
0
b
+
5
7
,
5
b
-
7
5
=
=
4xM8x25
31
b

(
1
)
c1
= = a-75
a-50
a
a+57,5
b
-
5
0
b
+
5
7
,
5
b
-
7
5
=
=
4xM8x25
31
References :
pages /36 and 4108/3
Schemes :
page /39
References :
pages /36 and 4108/3
Schemes :
page /39
TeSys enclosed starters
Star-delta starters
7.5 to 75 kW, with isolating device
Dimensions
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
/39
2
Schemes
LE6 D09D18

LE3 D326D806

Connections A B
220 V, 230 V, 240 V LE6 D09 and D1 L3 Neutral
LE6 D18LE3 D806 L3 Neutral terminal
380 V, 400 V, 415 V, 440 V All products L3 L1
Other voltages LE6 D09D18 Terminal 1 Terminal
LE3 D36D806 Direct connection

KM2
1
2
3
4
5
6
KM3
1
2
3
4
5
6
KM1
1
2
3
4
5
6
U
1
V
1
W
1
U
2
V
2
W
2
1 3 5
2 4 6
Q1
1
/
L
1
2
3
/
L
2
4
5
/
L
3
6
U
1
V
1
W
1
U
2
V
2
W
2
2 4 6
Recommended
cabling for
reversal of
motor rotation
(standard motor,
viewed from
shaft end)
KM2
1
2
3
4
5
6
KM3
1
2
3
4
5
6
KM1
1
2
3
4
5
6
U
1
V
1
W
1
U
2
V
2
W
2
1 3 5
2 4 6
Q1
1
/
L
1
2
3
/
L
2
4
5
/
L
3
6
U
1
V
1
W
1
U
2
V
2
W
2
2 4 6
Recommended
cabling for
reversal of
motor rotation
(standard motor,
viewed from
shaft end)
A
1
A
2
KM1
KM3
KM2
KM1
l
KM2
A
1
A
2
KM3
KM1
A
1
A
2
KM2
KM2
B
O
A
Q1
Q1
A
1
A
2
KM1
KM3
KM2
KM1
l
KM2
A
1
A
2
KM3
KM1
A
1
A
2
KM2
KM2
B
O
A
Q1
Q1
KM2
1
2
3
4
5
6
KM3
1
2
3
4
5
6
KM1
1
2
3
4
5
6
U
1
V
1
W
1
U
2
V
2
W
2
1 3 5
2 4 6
Q1
1
/
L
1
2
3
/
L
2
4
5
/
L
3
6
U
1
V
1
W
1
U
2
V
2
W
2
2 4 6
Recommended
cabling for
reversal of
motor rotation
(standard motor,
viewed from
shaft end)
KM2
1
2
3
4
5
6
KM3
1
2
3
4
5
6
KM1
1
2
3
4
5
6
U
1
V
1
W
1
U
2
V
2
W
2
1 3 5
2 4 6
Q1
1
/
L
1
2
3
/
L
2
4
5
/
L
3
6
U
1
V
1
W
1
U
2
V
2
W
2
2 4 6
Recommended
cabling for
reversal of
motor rotation
(standard motor,
viewed from
shaft end)
A
1
A
2
KM1
1
3
1
4
KM3
KM2
KM1
l
KM2
A
1
A
2
KM3
KM1
A
1
A
2
KM2
KM2
B
A
Q1
F1
2
1
2
2
S1
Remote
control
A
1
A
2
KM1
1
3
1
4
KM3
KM2
KM1
l
KM2
A
1
A
2
KM3
KM1
A
1
A
2
KM2
KM2
B
A
Q1
F1
2
1
2
2
S1
Remote
control
References :
pages /36 and /37
Dimensions :
page /38
References :
pages /36 and /37
Dimensions :
page /38
TeSys enclosed starters
Star-delta starters
7.5 to 75 kW, with isolating device
Schemes
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
/40
2
Heads for Start and Stop/Reset pushbuttons
Description For
use on
Unit
reference
Weight
kg
Flush, green I (1) LE1 D09...D35 ZB5 AA331 0.018
Projecting, red O (1) LE1 D09...D35 ZB5 AL432 0.019
Adaptation kit
for head ZB5 AL432
LE1 D09 and D1 LAD 9091 0.00
LE1 D18...D35 LAD 91810 0.003
Heads for Reset pushbuttons
Flush, blue R(2) LE1 D09...D35
+
ZB5 AA0 0.0
ZBA 639 (3) 0.001
Adaptation kit for head
ZB5 AA0 + ZBA 639
LE1 D09 and D1 LAD 9092 0.00
LE1 or LE D18...D35 LAD 91810 0.003
LE3, LE6, LE4
or LE8 D09...D35
LAD 9T4 0.004
Heads for selector switches
3-position stay put LE1 D09...D35 ZB5 AD3 0.04
2-position stay put LE1 D09...D35 ZB5 AD2 0.04
3-position
spring return to centre
LE1 D09...D35 ZB5 AD5 0.04
Contact blocks
1 N/O spring return LE1 D09...D35 ZEN L1111 0.010
1 N/C spring return LE1 D09...D35 ZEN L1121 0.010
Mounting for contact block LE1 D09 and D1 LAD 90909 0.008
LEp D18...D35 (4) LAD 91809 0.014
(1) RemembertoorderadaptationkitLAD9091orLAD91810,dependingonsize.
(2) RemembertoorderadaptationkitLAD9092.
(3) Soldinlotsof10.
(4) LE1,LE2,LE3,LE4,LE6orLE8.
ZB5-AA333
ZB5 AA331
5
0
0
1
1
8
_
1
ZB5-AA333
ZB5 AA331
5
0
0
1
1
8
_
1
ZB5-AL434
ZB5 AL432
5
0
0
1

0
_
1
ZB5-AL434
ZB5 AL432
5
0
0
1

0
_
1
LAD-9091
LAD 9091
5
0
0
1
1
7
_
1
LAD-9091
LAD 9091
5
0
0
1
1
7
_
1
ZB5-AD203
ZB5 ADp
5
0
0
1
1
9
_
1
ZB5-AD203
ZB5 ADp
5
0
0
1
1
9
_
1
ZEN-L1111
ZENL1111
5
0
0
1

1
_
1
ZEN-L1111
ZENL1111
5
0
0
1

1
_
1
LAD91809
LAD 91809
5
0
0
1

_
1
LAD91809
LAD 91809
5
0
0
1

_
1
References
TeSys enclosed starters
Replacement parts
for starters without isolating device
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
/41
2
Empty enclosures for DOL starters without isolating device
Designed
for use with
Head(s)
mounted on cover
Reference Weight
kg
LE1 D09 and D12 Without DE1 DS1A04 0.300
1 fush blue head R DE1 DS1A05 0.300
1 fush green head I
1 projecting red head O
DE1 DS1 0.300
1 fush blue head R
1 switch
DE1 DS1A13 0.300
LE1 D18D35 Without DE1 DS2A04 0.500
1 fush blue head R DE1 DS2A05 0.500
1 fush green head I
1 projecting red head O
DE1 DS2 0.500
1 fush blue head R
1 switch
DE1 DS2A13 0.500
DE1 DS1A04
5
1
1
5
5
1
DE1 DS1A04
5
1
1
5
5
1
DE1 DS1A05
5
1
1
5
5

DE1 DS1A05
5
1
1
5
5

DE1 DS1
5
1
1
5
5
3
DE1 DS1
5
1
1
5
5
3
DE1 DS1A13
5
1
1
5
5
4
DE1 DS1A13
5
1
1
5
5
4
TeSys enclosed starters
Replacement parts
for starters without isolating device
References (continued)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
/4
2
Star-delta starters
Maximum operating rate: 1 starts/hour.
Maximum starting time: 0 seconds
Standard power ratings
of squirrel cage motors
Mains voltage - delta connection
Basic reference,
to be completed by
adding the voltage code
(2) (3)
Weight
220 V 380 V 415 V 440 V
kW kW kW kW kg
90 160 160 185 LE3 F185pp 31.400
100 00 00 0 LE3 F225pp 33.000
110 0 0 50 LE3 F265pp 50.800
160 80 80 315 LE3 F330pp 80.000
185 315 355 375 LE3 F400pp 8.000
Specifcations
Enclosure LE3 F185F400 Metal, degree of protection IP 559
No pushbuttons on cover LE3 F185F400
Connections LE3 F185F400 Pre-wired power and control circuit
connections
Variants (pre-assembled)
Description For
use on
Suffx to be added
to the starter
reference(4)
1 green Start button I
1 red Stop/Reset button O
LE3 F185F400 A06
(1)Overloadprotectionmustbeprovidedbyathermaloverloadrelay,tobeorderedseparately.
Selectappropriateoverloadrelayforsettingat0.58ofthefullloadratedmotorcurrent,see
pages6/34and6/35.
(2)Standardcontrolcircuitvoltages.
Volts 48 110 220/230 230 240 380/400 400 415
50/60 Hz E7 F7 M7 P7 U7 Q7 V7 N7
Forothervoltages,seepages5/130to5/137.
(3)LC1F185andF225:contactorsfttedwithLX9Fcoils,
LC1F265F400:contactorsfttedwithLX1Fcoils.
(4) Example: LE3 F185M7A06.

Other versions

Possible combinations of variants.
Please consult your Regional Sales Offce.

LE3 Fppppp
5
3
3
8
6
6
5
3
3
8
6
7
LE3 Fppppp
5
3
3
8
6
6
5
3
3
8
6
7
TeSys enclosed starters
Star-delta starters (1)
90 to 375 kW, without isolating device
References
Dimensions :
page /43
Schemes :
page /43
Dimensions :
page /43
Schemes :
page /43
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
/43
2
Dimensions
LE3 Fppp

LE3 a b (1) c c1 Knock-outs or blanking plugs for cable glands
F185, F225 600 700 303 319 Type of enclosure At top At bottom
F265 700 900 303 319 LE3 F185, F225 x 48 P x 13 P and 4 x 48 P
F330, F400 800 1000 403 419 LE3 F265400
(1)+14mmwithblankingplugs.
Schemes
LE3 Fppp

Note : inaccordancewithcurrentinstallationregulations,eachstartermustbeprovidedwithshort-circuitprotectionbyfusesoracircuit-breaker.

b

(
1
)
c
c1
= = a-75
a-50
a
a+57,5
b
-
5
0
b
+
5
7
,
5
b
-
7
5
=
=
4xM8x25
b

(
1
)
c
c1
= = a-75
a-50
a
a+57,5
b
-
5
0
b
+
5
7
,
5
b
-
7
5
=
=
4xM8x25
KM2
1
2
3
4
5
6
KM3
1
2
3
4
5
6
KM1
1
2
3
4
5
6
U
1
V
1
W
1
U
2
V
2
W
2
1 3 5
2 4 6
L
1
L
2
L
3
U
1
V
1
W
1
U
2
V
2
W
2
2 4 6
Recommended
cabling for
reversal of
motor rotation
(standard motor,
viewed from
shaft end)
KM2
1
2
3
4
5
6
KM3
1
2
3
4
5
6
KM1
1
2
3
4
5
6
U
1
V
1
W
1
U
2
V
2
W
2
1 3 5
2 4 6
L
1
L
2
L
3
U
1
V
1
W
1
U
2
V
2
W
2
2 4 6
Recommended
cabling for
reversal of
motor rotation
(standard motor,
viewed from
shaft end)
A
1
A
2
KM1
1
3
1
4
2
1
2
2
6
2
6
1
KM3
5
5
5
6
KM2
5
3
5
4
KM1
9
5
9
6
F1
F1
KM3:5
O
l
6
7
6
8
KM2
A
1
A
2
KA1
A
1
A
2
KM2
5
3
5
4
KM2
(
1
3
)
(
1
4
)
F2
KM3:1
6
2
6
1
KM1
1
3
1
4
A
1
A
2
KM3
KA1
Remote
control
A
1
A
2
KM1
1
3
1
4
2
1
2
2
6
2
6
1
KM3
5
5
5
6
KM2
5
3
5
4
KM1
9
5
9
6
F1
F1
KM3:5
O
l
6
7
6
8
KM2
A
1
A
2
KA1
A
1
A
2
KM2
5
3
5
4
KM2
(
1
3
)
(
1
4
)
F2
KM3:1
6
2
6
1
KM1
1
3
1
4
A
1
A
2
KM3
KA1
Remote
control
TeSys enclosed starters
Star-delta starters
90 to 375 kW, without isolating device
Dimensions,
schemes
References :
page /4
References :
page /4
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
/44
2
TeSys enclosed starters 2
Equipment for control in utilisation
category AC-1(1) (2), without isolating device

References
Operational
current
up to
Minimum
csa of
phase
conductors
Fuses to be
ftted separately
For use with relay
LR2 D or kit LA9 D
(to be ordered
separately)
Basic reference,
to be completed by
adding the voltage code
(3)
Weight
aM gG
A mm
2
A A kg
16 .5 16 LA9 D1275 (4) LE1 D123pp 0.90
175 1.5 0 LR2 D1321 (2) LE1 D123pp 0.90
24 .5 5 LR2 D1322 (2) LE1 D255pp 1.015
32 6 3 LA9 D0975 (4) LE1 D255pp 1.015
50 10 50 LE1 D405ppA04
(5)
4.80
57 10 63 LR2 D3359 (2) LE1 D405pp 4.80
63 16 63 LE1 D655ppA04
(5)
4.850
76 16 80 LR2 D3363 (2) LE1 D655pp 4.850
90 5 100 LR2 D3365 (2) LE1 D805pp 5.140
100 35 100 LE1 D805ppA04
(5)
5.140
Specifcations
Enclosure LE1 D1 Double insulated, degree of protection IP 659

LE1 D5 Double insulated, degree of protection IP 557

LE1 D40...D80 Metal, degree of protection IP 559

Control ( pushbuttons
mounted on enclosure cover)
LE1 D1D80 1 green Start button I
1 red Stop/Reset button O
No pushbuttons on cover LE1 DpppppA04

Connections LE1 D1D80 Pre-wired control circuit connections

(1)3-phase220/230V,240V,380/400Vor415V50/60Hz.3-coreor3Ph+N(unprotectedneutral)insulatedPVCcable,fxed
to walls, ceilings, in cable racks or ducting, laid singly, ambient temperature y35C,conformingtoNFC15-100.
(2) Order the required LR2 Dthermaloverloadrelayseparately,foruseonbalancedcircuitsonly.
(3) Control circuit voltage 50/60 Hz 220/230 V (code M7) or 380/400 V (code Q7).
(4) As protection is provided by type gG fuses only, the Stop function normally provided by the thermal overload relay (where aM
type fuses are used) can be obtained by means of kit LA9 Dpp75.
(5)Equipmentsuppliedwithoutpushbuttons;externalStart-Stopstationrequired.

LE1 D123
5
1
1
5
5
0
LE1 D123
5
1
1
5
5
0
LE1 D405
5

6
4

1
LE1 D405
5

6
4

1
Dimensions :
page /46
Schemes :
page /47
Dimensions :
page /46
Schemes :
page /47
Dimensions :
page /46
Schemes :
page /47
Dimensions :
page /46
Schemes :
page /47
References 2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
/45
2
TeSys enclosed starters 2
Equipment for control in utilisation
category AC-1(1) (2), without isolating device

Variants (pre-assembled)
Description Application Suffx to be added to
the starter reference (3)
No pushbuttons on cover LE1 D1 and D5 A04
1 blue Reset button R LE1 D1D80 A05
1 green Start button I and
1 red Stop button O with 1 N/C contact
(for distribution circuits without thermal overload relay)
LE1 D1 and D5 A07
1 -position selector switch O-I
(O: Stop; I: Manual Start)
1 blue Reset button R
LE1 D1 A13
Knock-outs for 4 x 16 mm plastic cable glands
(instead of 4 x 13 mm plastic glands)
LE1 D1 A20
1 neutral terminal (for 3-phase + N circuits) LE1 D1D80 A59
Accessories (for customer assembly)
Description For
use on
Reference Weight
kg
Start pushbutton latching device
for stay put operation (Start-Stop)
LE1 D5D65 LA9 D09907 0.060
Kits to provide Stop function
without thermal overload relay ftted
LE1 D1 LA9 D1275 0.040
LE1 D5 LA9 D0975 0.00
Miniature control circuit fuse holder
size 5 x 0, 4 A/50 V
Fuse supplied
LE1 D1 LA9 D931 0.040
LE1 D5 LA9 D941 0.05
Pilot light with neon bulb,
red lens and locking ring
110 V LE1 D1 and D5 LA9 D924 0.00
0 V LE1 D1 and D5 LA9 D925 0.00
380, 415 V LE1 D1 and D5 LA9 D926 0.00
1 front-mounting block of 2 auxiliary contacts,
please consult your Regional Sales Offce
LE1 D1 D80 LA1 DNpp 0.030
(1)3-phase220/230Vor380/400V50/60Hz.3-coreor3Ph+N(unprotectedneutral)insulatedPVCcable,fxedtowalls,ceilings,
in cable racks or ducting, laid singly, ambient temperature y35C,conformingtoNFC15-100.
(2) Order the required LR2 Dthermaloverloadrelayseparately,foruseonbalancedcircuitsonly.
Example: LE1 D123M7A04.

.
Other versions Possible combinations of variants.
Please consult your Regional Sales Offce.
.
Other versions Possible combinations of variants.
Please consult your Regional Sales Offce.
Dimensions :
page /46
Schemes :
page /47
Dimensions :
page /46
Schemes :
page /47
Dimensions :
page /46
Schemes :
page /47
Dimensions :
page /46
Schemes :
page /47
References (continued) 2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
/46
2
Dimensions
LE1 D123 LE1 D255

LE1 D405, D655 LE1 D805

(1) 150 for LE1 DpppppA04(withoutpushbuttons).
Knock-outs or blanking plugs for cable glands
Type of enclosure At top At bottom
LE1 D123 x 13 P x 13 P
LE1 D255 1 x 13 P and 1 x 16 P x 16 P
LE1 D405 and LE1 D655 1 x 13 P and 1 x 9 P 1 x 13 P and x 9 P
LE1 D805 1 x 13 P and 1 x 36 P 1 x 13 P and x 36 P

120
140
1
6
6
1
5
0
=
=
=
88
= 120
140
1
6
6
1
5
0
=
=
=
88
=
1
8
5
135
142
=
101
=
1
6
5
=
=
1
8
5
135
142
=
101
=
1
6
5
=
=
150
161 (1)
3
1
2
=
181
= 105
1
9
5
=
=
150
161 (1)
3
1
2
=
181
= 105
1
9
5
=
=
165
c1
3
0
7
=
257
= 165
1
6
5
=
=
165
c1
3
0
7
=
257
= 165
1
6
5
=
=
References :
pages /44 and /45
Schemes :
page /47
References :
pages /44 and /45
Schemes :
page /47
References :
pages /44 and /45
Schemes :
page /47
References :
pages /44 and /45
Schemes :
page /47
Enclosed starters
D.O.L. starters and equipment,
without isolating device
Dimensions
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
/47
2
Schemes
DOL starters and equipment for control in category AC-1
LE1 D123D805, LE1 DpppppA04 LE1 D123

LE1 D255D805 LE1 DpppppA04, LE1 DpppppA05


2 4 6
1
/
L
1
3
/
L
2
KM1
1 3 5
2 4 6
U V W
5
/
L
3
2 4 6
1
/
L
1
3
/
L
2
KM1
1 3 5
2 4 6
U V W
5
/
L
3
N
KM1/1
KM1/5
A
1
A
2
KM1
1
4
1
3
KM1
1
4
1
3
O
9
5
9
6
I
N
KM1/1
KM1/5
A
1
A
2
KM1
1
4
1
3
KM1
1
4
1
3
O
9
5
9
6
I
O
l
N
KM1/1
KM1/5
A
1
A
2
KM1
1
4
1
3
KM1
1
8
1
7
9
5
9
6
O
l
N
KM1/1
KM1/5
A
1
A
2
KM1
1
4
1
3
KM1
1
8
1
7
9
5
9
6
1
3
1
4
2
1
2
2
9
5
9
6
KM1/5
O
l
1
4
1
3
KM1
N
KM1/1
A
1
A
2
KM1
Remote
control
1
3
1
4
2
1
2
2
9
5
9
6
KM1/5
O
l
1
4
1
3
KM1
N
KM1/1
A
1
A
2
KM1
Remote
control
References :
pages /44 and /45
Dimensions :
page /46
References :
pages /44 and /45
Dimensions :
page /46
References :
pages /44 and /45
Dimensions :
page /46
References :
pages /44 and /45
Dimensions :
page /46
Enclosed starters
D.O.L. starters and equipment,
without isolating device
Schemes
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
/48
TeSys enclosed starters 2
Equipment for control in utilisation
category AC-1 (1) (2), with isolating device

References
Operational
current
up to
Minimum
csa of
phase
conductors
Fuses to be ftted
by the customer
For use with relay
LR2 D or kit LA9 D
(to be ordered
separately)
Basic reference,
to be completed by
adding the voltage code
(3)
Weight
Size Type
aM gG
A mm
2
A A kg
16 .5 10 x 38 16 LA9 D0975 (4) LE4 D126pp 1.960
175 1.5 10 x 38 0 LR2 D1321 (2) LE4 D126pp 1.960
20 .5 10 x 38 0 LA9 D0975 (4) LE4 D256pp .00
22 .5 10 x 38 5 LR2 D1322 (2) LE4 D256pp .00
40 10 14 x 51 40 LE4 D406ppA04 (5) 5.770
45 10 14 x 51 50 LR2 D3357 (2) LE4 D406pp 5.770
63 16 x 58 63 LE4 D656ppA04 (5) 6.670
76 16 x 58 80 LR2 D3363 (2) LE4 D656pp 6.670
90 5 x 58 100 LR2 D3365 (2) LE4 D806pp (5) 7.100
100 35 x 58 100 LE4 D806pp (5) 7.100
Specifcations
Enclosure LE4 D1 and D5 Double insulated, degree of protection IP 557
LE4 D40D80 Metal, degree of protection IP 559

Control
( pushbuttons mounted
on enclosure cover)
LE4 D1D65 1 green Start button I
1 red Stop/Reset button O

No pushbuttons on cover LE4 Dppppp A04
LE4 D80


Isolating device with
external operator
LE4 D1 and D5 1 3-pole isolator + 1 additional pole
LE4 D40D80 1 3-pole isolator and 1 circuit breaker GB CB08

Connections LE4 D1D80 Pre-wired power and control circuit connections

(1)3-phase220/230Vor380/400V50/60Hz.3-coreor3Ph+N(unprotectedneutral)insulatedPVCcable,fxedtowalls,ceilings,
in cable racks or ducting, laid singly, ambient temperature y35C,conformingtoNFC15-100.
(2) Order the required LR2 Dthermaloverloadrelayseparately,foruseonbalancedcircuitsonly.
(3) Control circuit voltage 50/60 Hz 220/230 V (code M7) or 380/400 V (code Q7).
(4) As protection is provided by type gG fuses only, the Stop function normally provided by the thermal overload relay (where aM
type fuses are used) can be obtained by means of kit LA9 D0975.
(5)Equipmentsuppliedwithoutpushbuttons;externalStart-Stopstationrequired.

LE4 D126
5

6
4
1
9
LE4 D126
5

6
4
1
9
LE4 D406
5

6
4

0
LE4 D406
5

6
4

0
Dimensions :
page /50
Schemes :
page /51
Dimensions :
page /50
Schemes :
page /51
Dimensions :
page /50
Schemes :
page /51
Dimensions :
page /50
Schemes :
page /51
References 2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
/49
TeSys enclosed starters 2
Equipment for control in utilisation
category AC-1 (1) (2), with isolating device

Variants (pre-assembled)
Description For use on Suffx to be added to
the starter reference(3)
No pushbuttons on cover LE4 D1 and D5 A04


1 blue Reset button R LE4 D1D80 A05


1 green Start button I and 1 red Stop button O
with 1 N/C contact (for distribution circuits
without thermal overload relay)
LE4 D1 and D5 A07


1 neutral terminal (for 3-phase + N circuits) LE4 D1D80 A59


Accessories (for customer assembly)
Description For
use on
Reference Weight
kg
Start button latching device
for stay put operation
(Start-Stop)
LE4 D1D65 LA9 D09907 0.060
Kit to provide Stop function
without thermal overload relay ftted
LE4 D1 and D5 LA9 D0975 0.00
Miniature control circuit fuse holder
size 5 x 0, 4 A/50 V
Fuse supplied
LE4 D1 and D5 LA9 D941 0.05
Pilot light with neon bulb,
red lens and locking ring
110 V LE4 D1 and D5 LA9 D924 0.00
0 V LE4 D1 and D5 LA9 D925 0.00
380, 415 V LE4 D1 and D5 LA9 D926 0.00
1 front-mounting block of 2 auxiliary contacts,
please consult your Regional Sales Offce
LE4 D1D80 LA1 DNpp 0.030
(1)3-phase220/230Vor380/400V50/60Hz.3-coreor3Ph+N(unprotectedneutral)insulatedPVCcable,fxedtowalls,ceilings,
in cable racks or ducting, laid singly, ambient temperature y35C,conformingtoNFC15-100.
(2) Order the required LR2 Dthermaloverloadrelayseparately,foruseonbalancedcircuitsonly.
(3) Example: LE4 D126M7A04.

Other versions Possible combinations of variants.
Please consult your Regional Sales Offce.

Dimensions :
page /50
Schemes :
page /51
Dimensions :
page /50
Schemes :
page /51
Dimensions :
page /50
Schemes :
page /51
Dimensions :
page /50
Schemes :
page /51
References (continued) 2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
/50
Dimensions
LE4 D126, D256 LE4 D406, D656

LE4 c c1
D126 13 139
D256 144 151 (1) c1 = c for LE4 DpppppA04(withoutpushbuttons).
LE4 D806

(1)+14mmwithblankingplugs.
Knock-outs or blanking plugs for cable glands
Type of enclosure At top At bottom
LE4 D126 x 13 P x 13 P
LE4 D256 1 x 13 P and 1 x 16 P x 16 P
LE4 D406 1 x 13 P and 1 x 1 P 1 x 13 P and x 1 P
LE4 D656 1 x 13 P and 1 x 9 P 1 x 13 P and x 9 P
LE4 D806 1 x 13 P and 1 x 36 P 1 x 13 P and x 36 P

c
c1
2
8
0
2
6
0
=
=
=
122
=
31
c
c1
2
8
0
2
6
0
=
=
=
122
=
31
b
c
c1 (1)
=
a
=
31
G
H
=
=
b
c
c1 (1)
=
a
=
31
G
H
=
=
b

(
1
)
c
c1
= = a-75
a-50
a
a+57,5
b
-
5
0
b
+
5
7
,
5
b
-
7
5
=
=
4xM8x25
31
b

(
1
)
c
c1
= = a-75
a-50
a
a+57,5
b
-
5
0
b
+
5
7
,
5
b
-
7
5
=
=
4xM8x25
31
References :
pages /48 and /49
Schemes :
page /51
References :
pages /48 and /49
Schemes :
page /51
References :
pages /48 and /49
Schemes :
page /51
References :
pages /48 and /49
Schemes :
page /51
Enclosed starters
D.O.L. starters and equipment,
with isolating device
Dimensions
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
/51
Schemes
DOL starters and equipment for control in category AC-1
LE4 D126D806, LE4 DpppppA04 LE4 D126 and D256

LE4 D406 and D656 LE4 D806, LE4 DpppppA04 and DpppppA05


2 4 6
Q1
2 4
1 3
KM1
1
/
L
1
3
/
L
2
5
/
L
3
U W V
1 3 5
2 4 6
6
5
2 4 6
Q1
2 4
1 3
KM1
1
/
L
1
3
/
L
2
5
/
L
3
U W V
1 3 5
2 4 6
6
5
O
l
N
Q1/6
Q1/2
A
1
A
2
KM1
1
4
1
3
KM1
1
8
1
7
9
5
9
6
9 0
Q1
Q1
1
3
1
4
O
l
N
Q1/6
Q1/2
A
1
A
2
KM1
1
4
1
3
KM1
1
8
1
7
9
5
9
6
9 0
Q1
Q1
1
3
1
4
O
l
N
Q1/6
Q1/2
A
1
A
2
KM1
1
4
1
3
KM1
1
8
1
7
9
5
9
6
Q1
1
3
1
4
F1
O
l
N
Q1/6
Q1/2
A
1
A
2
KM1
1
4
1
3
KM1
1
8
1
7
9
5
9
6
Q1
1
3
1
4
F1
1
3
1
4
2
1
2
2
9
5
9
6
O
l
1
4
1
3
KM1
N
Q1/1
A
2
A
1
KM1
Q1/2
Q1
14 13
F1
Remote
control
1
3
1
4
2
1
2
2
9
5
9
6
O
l
1
4
1
3
KM1
N
Q1/1
A
2
A
1
KM1
Q1/2
Q1
14 13
F1
Remote
control
References :
pages /48 and /49
Dimensions :
page /50
References :
pages /48 and /49
Dimensions :
page /50
References :
pages /48 and /49
Dimensions :
page /50
References :
pages /48 and /49
Dimensions :
page /50
Enclosed starters
D.O.L. starters and equipment,
with isolating device
Schemes
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
/5
Empty metal enclosure
Type of
enclosure
For use
on integral
Reference Weight
kg
Degree of protection IP 54
with drillings for
door interlock mechanism
(interlock not supplied),
for customer assembly
(1)
LD1 LD or LD4 LD DE1 LT315 3.510
Door interlock mechanisms (IP 54)
Type For use on
enclosure
Colour
of knob
Reference Weight
kg
Non-adjustable DE1 LT315
(LD1)
Red LA9 LC320 0.00
Black LA9 LC321 0.00
DE1 LT315
(LD4)
Red LA9 LC520 0.00
Black LA9 LC521 0.00
(1) Enclosuressuppliedwithdrillingsandfttedwithremovableblankingplugs,foradditionof
cable glands (to be ordered separately): for number and diameters, see page2/53.
References
TeSys enclosed starters
integral 63 contactor breakers
and reversing contactor breakers,
for customer assembly
Dimensions :
page /53
DE1 LT315
5

6
4
1
1
2
/53
Empty metal enclosure, degree of protection IP 54
190 69
3
6
7
87
= 19 =

5
=
=
Number of blanked-off cable entries for addition of cable glands
At Cable For cable gland
top bottom min max N Type
1 10 1 13 13M
1 4 30 36 36M
Non-adjustable door interlock mechanisms LA9 LC33p and LA9 LC53p
For mounting on LD4 LDp30 and LD5 LDp30
LD4 LDp30 LD5 LDp30
= = 8
1
0
5
90
= =

4
3
63 59 59
1
0
5
1
0
5
181
45

7
5
174 (LD5)
54
6
5
1
0
5
1
0
5
17 (LD4)
(1)
Door drillings
= =
=
=
5
4
54
(1)Thickness:5mmmax.
Dimensions,
mounting of accessories
TeSys enclosed starters
integral 63 contactor breakers
and reversing contactor breakers,
for customer assembly
References :
page /5
/54
2
Enclosed starters 2
integral 63 contactor breakers
and reversing contactor breakers
Type integral 63
Number of poles 3
Rated operational current (Ie) A 63 in AC-3
Rated operational voltage (Ue) V 690
Electrical durability, AC-43 at 415 V 1. million operating cycles
Mechanical durability at Uc 5 million operating cycles
Maximum operating rate
at ambient temperature
y 55 C
a 3600 operating cycles/hour
c With converter 600 operating cycles/hour
Environment
Conforming to standards IEC: 60947-1, 60047-, 60947-3, 60947-4-1, 60947-6-
VDE: 0100, 0110, 0113, 0170, 0171, 471, 0660
BS: 544, 475, 4941
NEN, NBN
Product certifcations ASE, ASEFA, ASTA, BV, CSA, DEMKO, DNV, GL, NEMKO, NKK, VE,
RINA, SCC, SETI, UL, USSR,
LROS, PTB, SEMKO
Protective treatment TH
Ambient air temperature
around the device
a Operation C - 0+ 60
Storage C - 40+ 80
c (1) Operation C - 5+ 50
Storage C - 5+ 70
Vibration resistance
Permissible acceleration
5100 Hz Energised state: 3 gn
De-energised state: 3 gn
Shock resistance
Permissible acceleration
Impulse duration: 11 ms Energised state: 8 gn
De-energised state: 8 gn
Degree of protection Conforming to IEC 144 and 59 IP 0B
Conforming to VDE 0106 Protection against direct fnger contact
Flame resistance Conforming to IEC 6095--1, NF C 0-455 and the requirement of -1-81
(JO 7 NC of 1st and //198) and conforming to UL 94 - V0 and NF T 51-07
Maximum operating altitude Without derating m 3000
Operating positions
(without derating)
In relation to normal
vertical mounting plane
From main axis
(left-right tilt)
Control circuit characteristics
Rated control
circuit voltage (Uc)
a 50 Hz V 4660
a 60 Hz V 4600
c With converter V 4, 48, 110
Voltage limits
at q y 55 C
Operating 0.851.1 Uc
Drop-out 0.50.7 Uc
Average consumption
at 0 C and at Uc
a Inrush VA 375 (50 Hz), 450 (60 Hz)
Sealed VA 5 (50 or 60 Hz)
c (1) Inrush W 300 for 50 ms
Sealed W 8
Heat dissipation a 50 Hz W 8 (50 Hz)
11 (60 Hz)
Operating time (2)
at 0 C and at Uc
a
50/60 Hz
C ms 135
O ms 70
c (1) C ms 540
O ms 155
(1)Withconverter.
(2) The closing time C is measured from the moment the coil supply is switched on to initial
contactofthemainpoles.TheopeningtimeOismeasuredfromthemomentthecoilsupply
isswitchedofftothemomentthemainpolesseparate.

References :
pages /56 to /59
Dimensions :
page /60
Schemes :
page /61
References :
pages /56 to /59
Dimensions :
page /60
Schemes :
page /61
References :
pages /56 to /59
Dimensions :
page /60
Schemes :
page /61
References :
pages /56 to /59
Dimensions :
page /60
Schemes :
page /61
Characteristics 2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
/55
2
Enclosed starters 2
integral 63 contactor breakers
and reversing contactor breakers
Pole characteristics
Type integral 63
Rated thermal current
(Ith)
q y 40 C
A 63
Frequency limits
of the operational current
Hz 4060
Rated impulse
withstand voltage (Uimp)
Conforming to IEC 60947-4 kV 8
Rated insulation voltage (Ui) Conforming to IEC 60947-1 V 690
Heat dissipation
in the power circuits of the
contactor breaker and its
protection module
Operational current A 5 3 40 50 63
Power per pole, hot state W 4.4 5 5.8 7 9
Rated making capacity I rms conforming to IEC 60947-4 A 1 or 15 x Ith (1)
I peak conforming to IEC 60947- kA 105
Rated breaking capacity
conforming to IEC 60947-
Operational voltage V 220/ 240 380/ 415 440 480/ 525 600/ 690
Value of cos j 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
Icu (O-t CO) kA rms 50 50 40 35 10
Ics (O-t-CO-t-CO) kA rms 50 50 40 35 10
Conforming to IEC 60947-6-
ensuring continuity of service
Icu = Ics (O-t-CO-t-rCO) kA rms 50 50 50 30 10
O : breaking short-circuit current (open)
t : time
CO : closing on short-circuit, breaking short-circuit current (closed-open) (manual)
rCO : closing on short-circuit, breaking short-circuit current (remote control)
Total breaking time ms 4
Thermal stress limit With Isc max. at 415 V, 50 Hz A
2
s 300 x 10
3
Cabling Maximum csa Minimum csa
Flexible cable without cable end mm
2
1 x 50 or x 35 1 x 6
Flexible cable with cable end mm
2
x 5 1 x 6
Solid cable mm
2
1 x 50 1 x 6
Tightening torque Nm 6
Characteristics of thermal-magnetic or magnetic only protection modules
Module type LB1 LD03P LB1 LD03M LB6 LD03P LB1 LD03L
Protection Standard motors,
frequent starting,
distribution circuits
Standard motors Standard motors Frequent starting Distribution circuits
Conforming to standards IEC 60947-4 type (Iq = 50 kA) and NF C
63-650 63-650 63-650 63-10
Number of poles 3 3 3 3
Number of protected poles 3 3 3 3
Rated operational voltage V 690 690 690 690
Maximum continuous current A 1363 1363 1363 1363
Thermal protection Setting range
(Irth min./Irth max.)
A 10/13... 45/63 10/13... 45/63 10/13... 45/63
Temperature compensation C - 0+ 60
Protection against
phase imbalance
With With Without Without
Tripping class 0 0
Magnetic protection
conforming to
IEC 60947-1//4/6-
Instantaneous trip current
setting range
Irth
max
Fixed at 15 61 (2) 61 36
Tripping tolerance 0 %
Characteristics of versions with control test function and padlocking facility
Conforming to standards IEC 60947, NF C 63-130, VDE 0660, VDE 0113
Rated operational voltage V 690
Mechanical durability Operating cycles 10 000
Padlocking 1, 2 or 3 padlocks (shank 8 mm max. and 5 mm min.). When fush mounting,
interlocking of the enclosure or cabinet door is possible.
(1)Abovethisvalue,thebreakertrips.
(2)Usualsettingrange910Irthmax.

References :
pages /56 to /59
Dimensions :
page /60
Schemes :
page /61
References :
pages /56 to /59
Dimensions :
page /60
Schemes :
page /61
References :
pages /56 to /59
Dimensions :
page /60
Schemes :
page /61
References :
pages /56 to /59
Dimensions :
page /60
Schemes :
page /61
Characteristics (continued) 2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
/56
2
Enclosed starters 2
integral 63 contactor breakers
for control and protection of motors
3-pole contactor breakers without protection module (1)
Standard power ratings of 3-phase
motors 50-60 Hz in category AC-43
Operational
current
Breaking
capacity
(Iq) for Ue
y 415 V
Basic reference,
to be completed by adding
the control voltage code
(2)
Weight
220 V
240 V
400 V
415 V
440 V 500 V 660 V
kW kW kW kW kW A kA kg
With control test function and padlocking facility
Red knob on yellow background (CNOMO) Emergency Stop
15 30
33
33 37 55 63 50 LD4 LD030p 3.800
3-pole reversing contactor breakers without protection module (1)
Standard power ratings of 3-phase
motors 50-60 Hz in category AC-43
Operational
current
Breaking
capacity
(Iq) for Ue
y 415 V
Basic reference,
to be completed by adding
the control voltage code
(2)
Weight
220 V
240 V
400 V
415 V
440 V 500 V 660 V
kW kW kW kW kW A kA kg
With control test function and padlocking facility
Red knob on yellow background (CNOMO) Emergency Stop
15 30
33
33 37 55 63 50 LD5 LD030p 7.600
(1)Fortheunittofunction,itmustbefttedwithaprotectionmodule,tobeorderedseparately,seepageopposite.
(2)Standardcontrolcircuitvoltages(forothervoltages,pleaseconsultyourRegionalSalesOffce):
Volts 24 36 42 48 110 120 220 230 240 380/ 400 415 440 480 500 600 660
50 Hz B D E F M M U Q N N S Y
60 Hz BC CC CE K FC LC MC MC UX Q S
c (3) BD ED FD
(3)Foruseond.c.,theunitissuppliedwith1or2converters,includingcoilsuppressiondevices(2convertersforreversing
contactorbreakers).

LD4 LD030p
5

6
4
0
4
LD4 LD030p
5

6
4
0
4
LD5 LD030p
5

6
4
0
5
LD5 LD030p
5

6
4
0
5
Characteristics :
pages /54 and /55
Dimensions :
page /60
Schemes :
page /61
Characteristics :
pages /54 and /55
Dimensions :
page /60
Schemes :
page /61
Characteristics :
pages /54 and /55
Dimensions :
page /60
Schemes :
page /61
Characteristics :
pages /54 and /55
Dimensions :
page /60
Schemes :
page /61
References 2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
/57
2
Enclosed starters 2
integral 63 contactor breakers
Motor protection modules (for customer assembly)
Thermal-magnetic protection, compensated and differential for normal starting motors
Standard power ratings of 3-phase motors
50-60 Hz in category AC-3
Thermal
setting range
(Irth min
to Irth max)
Magnetic
setting range
(612 Irth max)
Reference Weight
220 V
240 V
400 V
415 V
440 V 480/
525 V
600/
690 V
kW kW kW kW kW A A kg
Fixed magnetic protection, set at 15 Irth max
3 5.5 5.5 7.5 10 10...13 LB1 LD03P16 0.780
4 9 9 11 15 13...18 LB1 LD03P21 0.780
5.5 11 11 15 18.5 18...5 LB1 LD03P22 0.780
7.5 15 15 18.5 3...3 LB1 LD03P53 0.780
9 5 33 8...40 LB1 LD03P55 0.780
11 5 5 33 45 35...50 LB1 LD03P57 0.780
15 33 33 40 55 45...63 LB1 LD03P61 0.780
Adjustable magnetic protection from 6 to 12 Irth max
3 5.5 5.5 7.5 10 10...13 78...156 LB1 LD03M16 0.780
4 9 9 11 15 13...18 108...16 LB1 LD03M21 0.780
5.5 11 11 15 18.5 18...5 150...300 LB1 LD03M22 0.780
7.5 15 15 18.5 3...3 190...380 LB1 LD03M53 0.780
9 5 33 8...40 40...480 LB1 LD03M55 0.780
11 5 5 33 45 35...50 300...600 LB1 LD03M57 0.780
15 33 33 40 55 45...63 380...760 LB1 LD03M61 0.780
Magnetic only protection, for frequent starting motors
Standard power ratings of 3-phase motors
50-60 Hz in category AC-3
Thermal
setting range
(Irth min
to Irth max)
Magnetic
setting range
(612 Irth max)
Reference Weight
220 V
240 V
400 V
415 V
440 V 480/
525 V
600/
690 V
kW kW kW kW kW A A kg
Adjustable magnetic protection from 6 to 12 Irth max
3 5.5 5.5 7.5 10 78...156 LB6 LD03M16 0.780
4 9 9 11 15 108...16 LB6 LD03M21 0.780
5.5 11 11 15 18.5 150...300 LB6 LD03M22 0.780
7.5 15 15 18.5 190...380 LB6 LD03M53 0.780
9 5 33 40...480 LB6 LD03M55 0.780
11 5 5 33 45 300...600 LB6 LD03M57 0.780
15 33 33 40 55 380...760 LB6 LD03M61 0.780

LB1 LD03Mpp
5
3
3
9
3
6
LB1 LD03Mpp
5
3
3
9
3
6
LB6 LD03Mpp
5
3
3
9
3
6
LB6 LD03Mpp
5
3
3
9
3
6
Characteristics :
pages /54 and /55
Dimensions :
page /60
Schemes :
page /61
Characteristics :
pages /54 and /55
Dimensions :
page /60
Schemes :
page /61
Characteristics :
pages /54 and /55
Dimensions :
page /60
Schemes :
page /61
Characteristics :
pages /54 and /55
Dimensions :
page /60
Schemes :
page /61
References 2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
/58
2
Enclosed starters 2
integral 63 contactor breakers
for control and protection of resistive circuits
in category AC-1
3 and 4-pole contactor breakers without protection module (1)
Rated
thermal
current
Ith q y 40 C
Maximum
operational
current
AC-1 q y 40 C
Maximum
operational
voltage
Breaking
capacity
Iq for
Ue y 415 V
Number
of
poles
Basic reference,
to be completed by adding
the control voltage code
(2)
Weight
A A V kA kg
With control test function and padlocking facility
Red knob on yellow background (CNOMO) Emergency Stop
63 63 690 50 3 LD4 LD030p 3.800
Protection modules (for customer assembly)
Thermal-magnetic (compensated)
Thermal
setting range
(Irth min to Irth max)
Magnetic
setting range
(36 Irth max)
Number
of
poles
Number of
protected
poles
Reference Weight
A A kg
10...13 39...78 3 3 LB1 LD03L16 0.780
13...18 54...108 3 3 LB1 LD03L21 0.780
18...5 75...150 3 3 LB1 LD03L22 0.780
3...3 95...190 3 3 LB1 LD03L53 0.780
8...40 10...40 3 3 LB1 LD03L55 0.780
35...50 150...300 3 3 LB1 LD03L57 0.780
45...63 190...380 3 3 LB1 LD03L61 0.780
(1)Fortheunittofunction,itmustbefttedwithaprotectionmodule,tobeorderedseparately.
(2)Standardcontrolcircuitvoltages(forothervoltages,pleaseconsultyourRegionalSalesOffce):
Volts 24 36 42 48 110 120 220 230 240 380/
400
415 440 480 500 600 660
50 Hz B D E F M M U Q N N S Y
60 Hz BC CC CE K FC LC MC MC UX Q S
c (3) BD ED FD
(3)Foruseond.c.,theunitissuppliedwithaconverter,includingcoilsuppressiondevice.

LB1 LD03Lpp
5
3
3
9
3
7
LB1 LD03Lpp
5
3
3
9
3
7
Characteristics :
pages /54 and /55
Dimensions :
page /60
Schemes :
page /61
Characteristics :
pages /54 and /55
Dimensions :
page /60
Schemes :
page /61
Characteristics :
pages /54 and /55
Dimensions :
page /60
Schemes :
page /61
Characteristics :
pages /54 and /55
Dimensions :
page /60
Schemes :
page /61
References 2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
/59
2
Enclosed starters 2
integral 63 contactor breakers
Auxiliary contact blocks and accessories
Instantaneous auxiliary contact blocks (IP 20)
For
use on
Type and number
of blocks per unit
Composition Reference Weight
kg
LD4 or LD5
Mounted on RH side
1 block of 6 instantaneous contacts
comprising:
3 signalling contacts contactor state
1 signalling contact tripped on short-circuit
1 signalling contact tripped
1 signalling contact control knob in any
position other than Auto

1
1
1
LA1 LC010 0.80
1 block of 5 instantaneous contacts
comprising:
3 signalling contacts contactor state
1 signalling contact tripped
1 signalling contact tripped on short-circuit

1
1
1

LA1 LC012 0.0


Isolating blocks
For
use on
Type and number
of blocks per unit
Composition Reference Weight
kg
LD4
Mounted on LH side
1 control circuit isolating block
(1 or blocks per unit)
1 LA1 LC030 0.035
LD5
Mounted on LH side
1 control circuit isolating block LA1 LC031 0.100
Electrical tripping devices
For
use on
Type and number
of blocks per unit
Function Basic reference,
to be completed by adding
the control voltage code
(1)
Weight
kg
LD4 or LD5
ftted with an
LA1 LC010 or LA1 LC012
add-on block
1 undervoltage trip Time delay
0. s
LA1 LC070p 0.150
Instantaneous LA1 LC072p 0.150
or 1 shunt trip Instantaneous LA1 LC071p 0.150
Remote electrical reset devices
For
use on
Type and number
of blocks per unit
Control voltage Reference Weight
kg
LD4 or LD5
ftted with an
LA1 LC010 or LA1 LC012
add-on block
1 remote electrical
reset block
4 V
50/60 Hz
LA1 LC052B 0.30
4 V 50 Hz
48 V 50/60 Hz
LA1 LC052E 0.30
100/17 V
50/60 Hz
LA1 LC052F 0.30
00/40V
50/60 Hz
LA1 LC052M 0.30
(1)Standardcontrolcircuitvoltages(forothervoltages,pleaseconsultyourRegionalSalesOffce):
Volts 24 48 110 120 220/230 240 380/
400
415 440
50 Hz B E F M U Q N N
60 Hz B E F F M M Q N

integral
+
LA1 LC030
5

6
4
0
7
integral
+
LA1 LC030
5

6
4
0
7
integral
+
LA1 LC010
+
LA1LC070p
5

6
4
0
8
integral
+
LA1 LC010
+
LA1LC070p
5

6
4
0
8
integral
+
LA1 LC012
+
LA1 LC052p
5

6
4
0
9
integral
+
LA1 LC012
+
LA1 LC052p
5

6
4
0
9
Characteristics :
pages /54 and /55
Dimensions :
page /60
Schemes :
page /61
Characteristics :
pages /54 and /55
Dimensions :
page /60
Schemes :
page /61
Characteristics :
pages /54 and /55
Dimensions :
page /60
Schemes :
page /61
Characteristics :
pages /54 and /55
Dimensions :
page /60
Schemes :
page /61
References 2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
/60
References
Empty metal enclosure
Type of enclosure For use on Reference Weight
kg
Degree of protection IP 54 (1)
with drillings for door interlock
mechanism
(interlock not supplied).
For customer assembly
LD4 LD130p
LD4 LD030p
DE1 LT315 3,510
Door interlock mechanism (IP 54)
Type For use on
enclosure
Colour
of knob
Reference Weight
kg
Non-adjustable DE1 LT315 Red LA9 LC520 0,00
(1)Enclosuresuppliedwithdrillingsandfttedwithremovableblankingplugs,foradditionof
cableglands(tebeorderedseparately):fornumberanddiameters,seebelow.
Dimensions
Metal enclosure DE1 LT315
190
3
6
7
69
87
=

5
195 =
=
=
Number of blanked-off cable entries
At Cable For cable gland
Top Bottom min max N Type
1 10 1 13 13M
1 4 30 36 36M
Non-adjustable door interlock mechanism LA9 LC52p
integral 63, for mounting on LD4 LD030 and LD5 LD030
LD4 LD030 LD5 LD030
= = 8
1
0
5
90
= =

4
3
63 59 59
1
0
5
1
0
5
181
45

7
5
174 (LD5)
54
6
5
1
0
5
1
0
5
17 (LD4)
(2)
Door drillings
= =
=
=
5
4
54
(2)thickness5mmmax.
References,
dimensions
TeSys enclosed starters
integral 63 contactor breakers
and reversing contactor breakers
Enclosures
Schemes :
page /61
2
/61
Contactor breakers with protection module LBp Reversing contactor breakers with protection module LBp
LD4 LD030 + LB1 LD03p LD5 LD030 + LB1 LD03M or LD03P

/
T
1
4
/
T

6
/
T
3
5
/
L
3
3
/
L

1
/
L
1
A

A
1
Q1
LB6 LD03M

/
T
1
4
/
T

6
/
T
3
LB6 LD03M
2
/
T
1
4
/
T
2
6
/
T
3
1
/
L
1
3
/
L
2
5
/
L
3
A
2
A
1
A
2
A
1
2
/
T
1
4
/
T
2
6
/
T
3
Add-on blocks
Mounted on LH side For contactor breaker LD4 and reversing contactor breaker LD5
Mounted on LH side Mounted on RH side
1 ou LA1 LC030
5
4
5
3
5
4
5
3
(
6
3
)
(
6
4
)
LA1 LC030
Isolator
1
3

3
3
1
1
4

4
3

1
3
1
4
3
1
3

9
5
9
8
1
3
1
4
3
1
3

4
1
4

LA1 LC010 LA1 LC01 LA1 LC00 LA1 LC001


9
8
9
5
9
6
0
8
0
5
0
6
1
8
1
5
1
6 0 Auto +

4
0
5
0
8

4
1
3
1
4
3
1
3

LA1 LC05

4
9
8
9
5
9
6
9
5
Control knob
position signalling
Breaker
Trip signalling
Short-circuit
signalling
For reversing contactor breaker LD5
Mounted on LH side
5
4
5
3
6
4
6
3
LA1 LC031
Isolator
Tripping devices (1) for LD4, LD5 Remote electrical reset devices (1) for LD4, LD5
LA1L C071 LA1L C070, LC072 LA1L C052p
C
1
C
2
D
1
D
2
U<
M
B4
B
B3
B1
Trip +
RESET
Auto
(1)ForcontactorbreakersandreversingcontactorbreakersalreadyfttedwithanLA1 LC010 or LA1 LC012instantaneousauxiliarycontactblock.
schemes
TeSys enclosed starters
integral 63 contactor breakers
and reversing contactor breakers
Enclosures
References, dimensions :
page /60
/6
2
TeSys enclosed starters
Enclosed D.O.L. starters for motor control
for use on a machine subject to the application
of Machinery Directive 98/37/CE (1)
Non-reversing starters (with pushbutton control of isolation)
Standard power ratings
of 3-phase motors 50-60 Hz
in category AC-3
Circuit-breaker Dust & damp protected starter Weight
Setting range
of thermal trips
Basic reference,
to be completed by
adding the voltage code
(2) (3)
220/
230 V
400/
415 V
440 V
kW kW kW A kg
0.06 0.06 0.160.5 LG7 K06pp02 1.300
0.06 0.09 0.1 0.50.40 LG7 K06pp03 1.300
0.18 0.18 0.400.63 LG7 K06pp04 1.300
0.1 0.5 0.37 0.631 LG7 K06pp05 1.300
0.5 0.55 0.55 11.6 LG7 K06pp06 1.300
0.37 0.75 1.1 1.6.5 LG7 K06pp07 1.300
0.75 1.5 1.5 .54 LG7 K06pp08 1.300
1.1 . 3 46.3 LG7 K06pp10 1.300
1.5 4 4 610 LG7 K09pp14 1.450
3 5.5 5.5 914 LG7 D12pp16 1.600
4 7.5 9 1318 LG7 D18pp20 1.630
4 9 9 173 LG7 D18pp21 1.630
Specifcations
Functions performed by the starter:
isolation,
locking of isolation ftted as standard as from LG7 K09,
lockable Emergency Stop (1/4 turn) (3),
short-circuit protection,
overload protection,
pushbutton control: 1 white Start button I and 1 black Stop button O,
degree of protection of enclosure: IP 657, double insulated.
Switching back on of power supply after tripping must be by a deliberate action.
A GV SNpp indicator light may be added (to be assembled by customer), please consult your Regional Sales
Offce.
For supply voltages between 380 and 415 V (codes Q7, V7 or N7) the control circuit is pre-wired between phases.
For other supply voltages, the control circuit must be wired by the customer.
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
Variants (pre-assembled)
See page /65.
(1) Compliance with a harmonised European standard assumes conformity with the corresponding directive, provided that
installation,buildinginand/orassemblyofthestarteriscarriedoutcorrectlybythemachinemanufacturer.
HarmonisedEuropeanstandards:EN60947andEN60439.
Conformitytointernationalstandards:IEC60947andIEC60439.
(2)Standardcontrolcircuitvoltages(forothervoltages,pleaseconsultyourRegionalSalesOffce):
LG7 K
Volts a
50/60 Hz
12 24 36 42 48 110 127 220/
230
230 230/
240
380/
400
400 400/
415
440 500 660/
690
Code J7 B7 C7 D7 E7 F7 FC7 M7 P7 U7 Q7 V7 N7 R7 S7 Y7
LG7 D
Volts a
50/60 Hz
24 42 48 110 220/
230
230 240 380/
400
400 415 440
Code B7 D7 E7 F7 M7 P7 U7 Q7 V7 N7 R7
(3) LG7 K06:themushroomheadtypeEmergencyStopactsmechanicallyonthecircuit-breaker.
LG7 K09, D12, D18:theEmergencyStopfunctionisperformedbyanundervoltagetrip,actingonthecircuit-breaker.This
circuit-breakerisalwayssuppliedpre-wiredforuseon380/415V50Hz.Fora60Hzsupply,pleaseconsultyourRegional
SalesOffce.
Other versions Starters for voltages other than those indicated above.
Please consult your Regional Sales Offce.

LG7K06
5

6
4
1
4
LG7K06
5

6
4
1
4
LG7D12withpadlocking
facilityfttedasstandard
5

6
4
1
5
LG7D12withpadlocking
facilityfttedasstandard
5

6
4
1
5
Dimensions :
page /66
Schemes :
page /66
Dimensions :
page /66
Schemes :
page /66
Dimensions :
page /66
Schemes :
page /66
Dimensions :
page /66
Schemes :
page /66
References
/63
2
TeSys enclosed starters
Enclosed D.O.L. starters for motor control
for use on a machine subject to the application
of Machinery Directive 98/37/CE (1)
Non-reversing starters (with rotary operator for control of isolation)
Enclosure cannot be opened when energised in position I
Standard power ratings
of 3-phase motors 50-60 Hz
in category AC-3
Circuit-breaker Dust & damp protected starter Weight
Setting range
of thermal trips
Basic reference,
to be completed by
adding the voltage code
(2)
220/
230 V
400/
415 V
440 V
kW kW kW A kg
0.06 0.06 0.160.5 LG1 K065pp02 0.970
0.06 0.09 0.1 0.50.40 LG1 K065pp03 0.970
0.18 0.18 0.400.63 LG1 K065pp04 0.970
0.1 0.5 0.5 0.631 LG1 K065pp05 0.970
0.5 0.55 0.55 11.6 LG1 K065pp06 0.970
0.37 0.75 1.1 1.6.5 LG1 K065pp07 0.970
0.75 1.5 1.5 .54 LG1 K065pp08 0.970
1.1 . 3 46.3 LG1 K065pp10 0.970
1.5 4 4 610 LG1 K095pp14 1.10
3 5.5 5.5 914 LG1 D122pp16 1.70
4 7.5 9 1318 LG1 D182pp20 1.90
4 9 9 173 LG1 D182pp21 1.90
Specifcations
Functions performed by the starter:
isolation,
locking of isolation,
lockable Emergency Stop (red/yellow switch disconnector),
short-circuit protection,
overload protection,
pushbutton control: 1 white Start button I and 1 black Stop button O,
degree of protection of enclosure: IP 657, double insulated.
Switching back on of power supply after tripping must be by a deliberate action.
A GV SNpp indicator light may be added (to be assembled by customer), please consult your Regional Sales
Offce.
For supply voltages between 380 and 415 V (codes Q7, V7 or N7) the control circuit is pre-wired between phases.
For other supply voltages, the control circuit must be wired by the customer.
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
Variants (pre-assembled)
See page /65.
(1) Compliance with a harmonised European standard assumes conformity with the corresponding directive, provided that
installation,buildinginand/orassemblyofthestarteriscarriedoutcorrectlybythemachinemanufacturer.
HarmonisedEuropeanstandards:EN60947andEN60439.
Conformitytointernationalstandards:IEC60947andIEC60439.
(2)Standardcontrolcircuitvoltages(forothervoltages,pleaseconsultyourRegionalSalesOffce):
LG1 K
Volts a
50/60 Hz
12 24 36 42 48 110 127 220/
230
230 230/
240
380/
400
400 400/
415
440 500 660/
690
Code J7 B7 C7 D7 E7 F7 FC7 M7 P7 U7 Q7 V7 N7 R7 S7 Y7
LG1 D
Volts a
50/60 Hz
24 42 48 110 220/
230
230 240 380/
400
400 415 440
Code B7 D7 E7 F7 M7 P7 U7 Q7 V7 N7 R7
Other versions Starters for voltages other than those indicated above.
Please consult your Regional Sales Offce.

LG1 K
5

6
4
1
6
LG1 K
5

6
4
1
6
Dimensions :
page /66
Schemes :
page /67
Dimensions :
page /66
Schemes :
page /67
Dimensions :
page /66
Schemes :
page /67
Dimensions :
page /66
Schemes :
page /67
References (continued)
/64
2
TeSys enclosed starters
Enclosed D.O.L. starters for motor control
for use on a machine subject to the application
of Machinery Directive 98/37/CE (1)
Reversing starters (with pushbutton control of isolation)
Standard power ratings
of 3-phase motors 50-60 Hz
in category AC-3
Circuit-breaker Dust & damp protected starter Weight
Setting range
of thermal trips
Basic reference,
to be completed by
adding the voltage code
(2) (3)
220/
230 V
400/
415 V
440 V
kW kW kW A kg
0.06 0.06 0.160.5 LG8 K06pp02 1.640
0.06 0.09 0.1 0.50.40 LG8 K06pp03 1.640
0.18 0.18 0.400.63 LG8 K06pp04 1.640
0.1 0.5 0.5 0.631 LG8 K06pp05 1.640
0.5 0.55 0.55 11.6 LG8 K06pp06 1.640
0.37 0.75 1.1 1.6.5 LG8 K06pp07 1.640
0.75 1.5 1.5 .54 LG8 K06pp08 1.640
1.1 . 3 46.3 LG8 K06pp10 1.640
1.5 4 4 610 LG8 K09pp14 1.640
3 5.5 5.5 914 LG8 K12pp16 1.640
Specifcations of reversing starters
Functions performed by the starter:
isolation,
locking of isolation ftted as standard as from LG8 K09,
Emergency stop (3),
short-circuit protection,
overload protection,
control by selector switch 1-, position non maintained,
degree of protection of enclosure: IP 657, double insulated.
Switching back on of power supply after tripping must be by a deliberate action.
A GV SNpp indicator light may be added (to be assembled by customer), please consult your Regional Sales
Offce.
For supply voltages between 380 and 415 V (codes Q7, V7 or N7) the control circuit is pre-wired between phases.
For other supply voltages, the control circuit must be wired by the customer.
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
Variants (pre-assembled)
See page /65.
(1) Compliance with a harmonised European standard assumes conformity with the corresponding directive, provided that
installation,buildinginand/orassemblyofthestarteriscarriedoutcorrectlybythemachinemanufacturer.
HarmonisedEuropeanstandards:EN60947andEN60439.
Conformitytointernationalstandards:IEC60947andIEC60439.
(2)Standardcontrolcircuitvoltages(forothervoltages,pleaseconsultyourRegionalSalesOffce):
Volts a
50/60 Hz
12 24 36 42 48 110 127 220/
230
230 230/
240
380/
400
400 400/
415
440 500 660/
690
Code J7 B7 C7 D7 E7 F7 FC7 M7 P7 U7 Q7 V7 N7 R7 S7 Y7
(3) LG8 K06:themushroomheadtypeEmergencyStopactsmechanicallyonthecircuit-breaker.
LG8 K09:theEmergencyStopfunctionisperformedbyanundervoltagetrip,actingonthecircuit-breaker.Thiscircuit-breaker
isalwayssuppliedpre-wiredforuseon380/415V50Hz.Fora60Hzsupply,pleaseconsultyourRegionalSalesOffce.
Other versions Starters for higher power ratings.
Please consult your Regional Sales Offce.

LG8 K06
5

6
4
1
7
LG8 K06
5

6
4
1
7
LG8 K09 with padlocking
facilityfttedasstandard
5

6
4
1
8
LG8 K09 with padlocking
facilityfttedasstandard
5

6
4
1
8
Dimensions :
page /66
Schemes :
page /67
Dimensions :
page /66
Schemes :
page /67
Dimensions :
page /66
Schemes :
page /67
Dimensions :
page /66
Schemes :
page /67
References (continued)
/65
2
TeSys enclosed starters
Enclosed D.O.L. starters for motor control
for use on a machine subject to the application
of Machinery Directive 98/37/CE (1)
Variants
Description Application Suffx to be added to
the starter reference (2)
With Emergency Stop
No control pushbuttons
LG1, LG7, LG8


A04
With Emergency Stop
2 pushbuttons with arrows A and E
(latching)
1 Stop button O
LG8 K06 A10
Without Emergency Stop
2 pushbuttons with arrows A and E
(non latching)
Without Emergency Stop
LG8 A14
With Emergency Stop, mushroom head LG1


A37
Without Emergency Stop
(when the Emergency Stop is on the machine)
LG7, LG8


A39
With padlocking facility
(ftted as standard as from LG1 K09 or LG7 K09)
LG1 K06, LG7 K06 A29
1 neutral terminal
Fitted as standard on starters ordered
for use on 40 V (U7) supply
LG1, LG7, LG8


A59
Short-circuit signalling block LG7


A12
Vacuum valve for compressor LG7 D


A40
Without circuit-breaker LG1, LG7, LG8


(3)
Possible combinations of variants for the selected starter type (4)
Starter type A04 A10 A12 A14 A29 A37 A39 A40 A59
LG1 K (5)
LG7 K06
LG7 K09
LG7 D12
LG8 K06


LG8 K09

Combination possible Combination not possible
(1) Compliance with a harmonised European standard assumes conformity with the corresponding directive, provided that
installation,buildinginand/orassemblyofthestarteriscarriedoutcorrectlybythemachinemanufacturer.
HarmonisedEuropeanstandards:EN60947andEN60439.
Conformitytointernationalstandards:IEC60947andIEC60439.
(2) Example: LG7 D12M716A04.
(3)Deletethelast2digitsoftheselectedstarterreference.Example:LG1 K065pp08 becomes LG1 K065pp.
(4) Example: LG8 K095ppA04A39A59.
(5) LG1 K06:themushroomheadtypeEmergencyStopactsmechanicallyonthecircuit-breaker.
LG1 K09, D12, D18:theEmergencyStopfunctionisperformedbyanundervoltagetrip,actingonthecircuit-breaker.This
circuit-breakerisalwayssuppliedpre-wiredforuseon380/415V50Hz.Fora60Hzsupply,pleaseconsultyourRegional
SalesOffce.
References (continued)
/66
2
Safety control and protection
solutions
Enclosed D.O.L. starters for motor control
for use on a machine subject to the application
of Machinery Directive 98/37/CE
Starters without isolator
LG1 K06, K09
LG1 D12, D18
LG7 K06, K09, D12, D18
LG8 K06, K09, K12

(1) Emergency Stop for starters < 3 kW
(2) Emergency Stop for starters u 3 kW
(3)OnlyforLG7
Knock-outs or blanking plugs for cable glands
Type of enclosure At top At bottom
LG1 K and LG1 D x 13 P and x 16 P x 13 P and x 16 P
LG7 K and LG7 D x 13 P and x 16 P x 13 P and x 16 P
LG8 K x 13 P and x 16 P x 13 P and x 16 P

120
165
84
175
1
5
0
1
6
5
120
165
84
175
1
5
0
1
6
5
146 (2)
120
177 (1)
84
175
1
5
0
1
6
5
(1)
(2)
(3) 146 (2)
120
177 (1)
84
175
1
5
0
1
6
5
(1)
(2)
(3)
References :
pages /6 to /65
Schemes :
page /67
References :
pages /6 to /65
Schemes :
page /67
References :
pages /6 to /65
Schemes :
page /67
References :
pages /6 to /65
Schemes :
page /67
Dimensions
/67
2
Safety control and protection
solutions2
Enclosed D.O.L. starters for motor control
for use on a machine subject to the application
of Machinery Directive 98/37/CE
DOL starters
LG1 K06, K09, D12, D18 LG1 K06, K09, D12, D18
380/400 V, code Q7 or 400/415 V, code N7
220/230 V, code M7

LG7 K06 LG7 K09, D12, D18 LG7 K06, K09, D12, D18
380/400 V, code Q7 or
400/415 V, code N7
220/230 V, code M7

Reversing starters
LG8 K06 LG8 K09, K12 LG8 K06, K09, K12
380/400 V, code Q7 or
400/415 V, code N7
220/230 V, code M7


L
3
T
3
L
2
T
2
L
1
T
1
Q1
1 3 5
2
Q2
4 6
KM1
1
2
3
4
5
6
U
1
W
1
V
1
L
3
T
3
L
2
T
2
L
1
T
1
Q1
1 3 5
2
Q2
4 6
KM1
1
2
3
4
5
6
U
1
W
1
V
1
KM1/1
KM1/5
KM1
KM1
S2
1
3
1
4
1
3
1
4
1
1
1
2
A
2
A
1
S1
Ph
N
KM1/1
KM1/5
KM1
KM1
S2
1
3
1
4
1
3
1
4
1
1
1
2
A
2
A
1
S1
Ph
N
2 4 6
1
/
L
1
3
/
L
2
5
/
L
3
KM1
1
2
3
4
5
6
U
1
W
1
V
1
Q1
2 4 6
1
/
L
1
3
/
L
2
5
/
L
3
KM1
1
2
3
4
5
6
U
1
W
1
V
1
Q1
1
/
L
1
Q1
3
/
L
2
5
/
L
3
F1
U
1
W
1
V
1
KM1
1 3 5
2 4 6
2 4 6
D
1
D
2
E
1
E
2
1
/
L
1
Q1
3
/
L
2
5
/
L
3
F1
U
1
W
1
V
1
KM1
1 3 5
2 4 6
2 4 6
D
1
D
2
E
1
E
2
KM1/1
KM1/5
KM1
KM1
S2
1
3
1
4
1
3
1
4
1
1
1
2
A
2
A
1
S1
Ph
N
KM1/1
KM1/5
KM1
KM1
S2
1
3
1
4
1
3
1
4
1
1
1
2
A
2
A
1
S1
Ph
N
1
/
L
1
Q1
3
/
L
2
5
/
L
3
U W V
KM1 KM2
1 3 5 1 3 5
2 4 6 2 4 6
2 4 6
1
/
L
1
Q1
3
/
L
2
5
/
L
3
U W V
KM1 KM2
1 3 5 1 3 5
2 4 6 2 4 6
2 4 6
1
/
L
1
Q1
3
/
L
2
5
/
L
3
U W V
KM1 KM2
1 3 5 1 3 5
2 4 6 2 4 6
2 4 6
D
1
D
2
E
1
E
2
1
/
L
1
Q1
3
/
L
2
5
/
L
3
U W V
KM1 KM2
1 3 5 1 3 5
2 4 6 2 4 6
2 4 6
D
1
D
2
E
1
E
2
1
1
KM2/5
KM2/1
KM1
KM2 KM1
1
2
1
3
1
4
5
4
5
3
KM2
2
1
2
2
A
1
A
2
A
1
A
2
S1
S2
1 0
KM2
1
3
1
4
5
4
5
3
KM1
2
1
2
2
S2
2 0
Ph
N
1
1
KM2/5
KM2/1
KM1
KM2 KM1
1
2
1
3
1
4
5
4
5
3
KM2
2
1
2
2
A
1
A
2
A
1
A
2
S1
S2
1 0
KM2
1
3
1
4
5
4
5
3
KM1
2
1
2
2
S2
2 0
Ph
N
References :
pages /6 to /65
Schemes :
page /66
References :
pages /6 to /65
Schemes :
page /66
References :
pages /6 to /65
Schemes :
page /66
References :
pages /6 to /65
Schemes :
page /66
Schemes
/68
2
TeSys enclosed starters
Enclosed D.O.L. starters for motor control
for use on a machine subject to the application
of Machinery Directive 98/37/CE
Non-reversing starters with integral transformer
Compliance with a harmonised European standard assumes conformity with the corresponding directive, provided
that installation, building in and/or assembly of the starter is carried out correctly by the machine manufacturer.
Harmonised European standards: EN 60947 and EN 60439.
Conformity to international standards: IEC 60947 and IEC 60439.
Starters pre-wired for operation on a 3-phase 380 to 400 V 50 Hz supply
(with pushbutton control of isolator function)
Standard power ratings of 3-phase
motors 50 Hz in category AC-3
Circuit-breaker Dust and damp
protected starter
Weight
Setting range of thermal trips Reference (1)
380/400 V
kW A kg
0.06 0.160.5 LJ7 K06Q702 .70
0.09 0.50.40 LJ7 K06Q703 .70
0.18 0.400.63 LJ7 K06Q704 .70
0.5 0.631 LJ7 K06Q705 .70
0.55 11.6 LJ7 K06Q706 .70
0.75 1.6.5 LJ7 K06Q707 .70
1.5 .54 LJ7 K06Q708 .70
. 46.3 LJ7 K06Q710 .70
4 610 LJ7 K09Q714 .70
Specifcations
Functions performed by the starter:
isolation,
locking of isolation ftted as standard on LJ7 K09,
lockable Emergency Stop (1/4 turn) (2),
short-circuit protection,
overload protection,
pushbutton control: 1 white Start button I and 1 black Stop button O,
terminal allowing connection of a volt-free contact, if required, in the control circuit,
degree of protection of enclosure: IP 657, double insulated.
Switching back on of power supply after tripping must be by a deliberate action.
A GV SNpp indicator light may be added (to be assembled by customer), please consult your Regional Sales
Offce.
Integral transformer: 400/4 V, 5 VA.
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
Variants (3)
Description For
use on
Suffx to be added to
the starter reference (4)
With Emergency Stop
No control pushbuttons
LJ7 A04
Without Emergency Stop
(when the Emergency Stop is on the machine)
LJ7 A39
With padlocking facility
(ftted as standard on LJ7 K09)
LJ7 K06 A29
Without circuit-breaker LJ7 (5)
(1) In the reference, the voltage code Q7 (380/400 V) indicates the power supply voltage to which the starter will be connected,
it being assumed that the contactor has a a24Vcoil(seecontrolcircuitscheme).
(2) LJ7 K06 (P y3kWat400V):themushroomheadtypeEmergencyStopactsmechanicallyonthecircuit-breaker.
LJ7 K09 (P > 3 kW at 400 V): the Emergency Stop function is performed by an undervoltage trip GV AX385, acting on the
circuit-breaker.Thiscircuit-breakerisalwayssuppliedpre-wiredforuseon380/400V50Hz.
(3)PossiblecombinationofvariantsA04,A29andA39onstartersLJ7K06.Example:LJ7 K06Q702A04A29A39.
Possible combination of variants A04 and A39 on starters LJ7 K09Q714A04A39.
(4) Example: LJ7 K06Q702A04.
(5)Deletethelast2digitsoftheselectedstarterreference.Example:LJ7 K06Q702 becomes LJ7 K06Q7.

Other versions

Starters for voltages other than those indicated above.
Please consult your Regional Sales Offce.

LJ7K
5
1
1
5
4
4
LJ7K
5
1
1
5
4
4
Dimensions :
page /70
Schemes :
page /71
Dimensions :
page /70
Schemes :
page /71
Dimensions :
page /70
Schemes :
page /71
Dimensions :
page /70
Schemes :
page /71
References 2
/69
2
TeSys enclosed starters
Enclosed D.O.L. starters for motor control
for use on a machine subject to the application
of Machinery Directive 98/37/CE
Reversing starters with integral transformer
Compliance with a harmonised European standard assumes conformity with the corresponding directive, provided
that installation, building in and/or assembly of the starter is carried out correctly by the machine manufacturer.
Harmonised European standards: EN 60947 and EN 60439.
Conformity to international standards: IEC 60947 and IEC 60439.
Starters pre-wired for operation on a 3-phase 380 to 400 V 50 Hz supply
(with pushbutton control of isolator function)
Standard power ratings of 3-phase
motors 50 Hz in category AC-3
Circuit-breaker Dust and damp
protected starter
Weight
Setting range of thermal trips Reference (1)
380/400 V
kW A kg
0.06 0.160.5 LJ8 K06Q702 .650
0.09 0.50.40 LJ8 K06Q703 .650
0.18 0.400.63 LJ8 K06Q704 .650
0.5 0.631 LJ8 K06Q705 .650
0.55 11.6 LJ8 K06Q706 .650
0.75 1.6.5 LJ8 K06Q707 .650
1.5 .54 LJ8 K06Q708 .650
. 46.3 LJ8 K06Q710 .650
4 610 LJ8 K09Q714 .650
Specifcations
Functions performed by the starter:
isolation,
locking of isolation ftted as standard on LJ8 K09,
lockable Emergency Stop (1/4 turn) (2),
short-circuit protection,
overload protection,
pushbutton control: 1 white Start button I and 1 black Stop button O,
terminal allowing connection of a volt-free contact, if required, in the control circuit,
degree of protection of enclosure: IP 657, double insulated.
Switching back on of power supply after tripping must be by a deliberate action.
A GV SNpp indicator light may be added (to be assembled by customer), please consult your Regional Sales
Offce.
Integral transformer: 400/4 V, 5 VA.
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
Variants (3)
Description For
use on
Suffx to be added to
the starter reference (4)
With Emergency Stop
No control pushbuttons
LJ8 A04
Without Emergency Stop
(when the Emergency Stop is on the
LJ8 A39
With padlocking facility
(ftted as standard on LJ8 K09)
LJ8 K06 A29
Without circuit-breaker LJ8 (5)
(1) In the reference, the voltage code Q7 (380/400 V) indicates the power supply voltage to which the starter will be connected,
it being assumed that the contactor has a a24Vcoil(seecontrolcircuitscheme).
(2) LJ8 K06 (P y3kWat400V):themushroomheadtypeEmergencyStopactsmechanicallyonthecircuit-breaker.
LJ8 K09 (P > 3 kW at 400 V): the Emergency Stop function is performed by an undervoltage trip GV AX385, acting on the
circuit-breaker.Thiscircuit-breakerisalwayssuppliedpre-wiredforuseon380/400V50Hz.
(3)PossiblecombinationofvariantsA04,A29andA39onstartersLJ8K06.Example:LJ8 K06Q702A04A29A39.
PossiblecombinationofvariantsA04andA39onstartersLJ8K09.Example:LJ8 K09Q714A04A39.
(4) Example: LJ8 K06Q702A04.
(5)Deletethelast2digitsoftheselectedstarterreference.Example:LJ8 K06Q702 becomes LJ8 K06Q7.

Other versions

Starters for voltages other than those indicated above.
Please consult your Regional Sales Offce.

LJ8 K
5
1
1
5
4
5
LJ8 K
5
1
1
5
4
5
Dimensions :
page /70
Schemes :
page /71
Dimensions :
page /70
Schemes :
page /71
Dimensions :
page /70
Schemes :
page /71
Dimensions :
page /70
Schemes :
page /71
References (continued) 2
/70
2
Enclosed starters
Enclosed D.O.L. starters for motor control
for use on a machine subject to the application
of Machinery Directive 98/37/CE
Dimensions
LJ7 K06, LJ8 K06

LJ7 K09, LJ8 K09

Cut-outs or blanking plugs for cable glands at the top and at the bottom x 13 P and x 16 P.

177
120
84
175
1
5
0
1
6
5
177
120
84
175
1
5
0
1
6
5
146
120
84
175
1
5
0
1
6
5
146
120
84
175
1
5
0
1
6
5
References :
pages /68 and /69
References :
pages /68 and /69
References :
pages /68 and /69
References :
pages /68 and /69
Dimensions 2
/71
2
Enclosed starters
Enclosed D.O.L. starters for motor control
for use on a machine subject to the application
of Machinery Directive 98/37/CE
Schemes
Non-reversing starters
LJ7 K06 LJ7 K09

Reversing starters
LJ8 K06

LJ8 K09


2 4 6
1
/
L
1
3
/
L
2
5
/
L
3
KM1
1
2
3
4
5
6
U
1
W
1
V
1
Q1
2 4 6
1
/
L
1
3
/
L
2
5
/
L
3
KM1
1
2
3
4
5
6
U
1
W
1
V
1
Q1


K
M
1
/
5


K
M
1
/
1
KM1
X1
KM1
S2
F1 4 A
1
3
1
4
1
3
1
4
1
1
1
2
A
1
A
2
S1
T1
400/24 V
25 VA
1
2
2
1


K
M
1
/
5


K
M
1
/
1
KM1
X1
KM1
S2
F1 4 A
1
3
1
4
1
3
1
4
1
1
1
2
A
1
A
2
S1
T1
400/24 V
25 VA
1
2
2
1
1
/
L
1
Q1
3
/
L
2
5
/
L
3
F1
U
1
W
1
V
1
M
3
KM1
1 3 5
2 4 6
2 4 6
D
1
D
2
E
1
E
2
1
/
L
1
Q1
3
/
L
2
5
/
L
3
F1
U
1
W
1
V
1
M
3
KM1
1 3 5
2 4 6
2 4 6
D
1
D
2
E
1
E
2


K
M
1
/
5


K
M
1
/
1
KM1
X1
KM1
S2
F1 4 A
1
3
1
4
1
3
1
4
1
1
1
2
A
1
A
2
S1
T1
400/24 V
25 VA
1
2
2
1


K
M
1
/
5


K
M
1
/
1
KM1
X1
KM1
S2
F1 4 A
1
3
1
4
1
3
1
4
1
1
1
2
A
1
A
2
S1
T1
400/24 V
25 VA
1
2
2
1
1
/
L
1
Q1
3
/
L
2
5
/
L
3
U W V
KM1 KM2
1 3 5 1 3 5
2 4 6 2 4 6
2 4 6
1
/
L
1
Q1
3
/
L
2
5
/
L
3
U W V
KM1 KM2
1 3 5 1 3 5
2 4 6 2 4 6
2 4 6
1
1
KM1
KM2 KM1
1
2
2
3
2
4
5
4
5
3
KM2
2
1
2
2
A
1
A
2
A
1
A
2
S1
S2
1 0
KM2
1
3
1
4
5
4
5
3
KM1
2
1
2
2
S2
2 0


K
M
2
/
1


K
M
2
/
5
T1
400/24 V
25 VA
F1
2
1
1
1
KM1
KM2 KM1
1
2
2
3
2
4
5
4
5
3
KM2
2
1
2
2
A
1
A
2
A
1
A
2
S1
S2
1 0
KM2
1
3
1
4
5
4
5
3
KM1
2
1
2
2
S2
2 0


K
M
2
/
1


K
M
2
/
5
T1
400/24 V
25 VA
F1
2
1
1
/
L
1
Q1
3
/
L
2
5
/
L
3
U W V
KM1 KM2
1 3 5 1 3 5
2 4 6 2 4 6
2 4 6
D
1
D
2
E
1
E
2
1
/
L
1
Q1
3
/
L
2
5
/
L
3
U W V
KM1 KM2
1 3 5 1 3 5
2 4 6 2 4 6
2 4 6
D
1
D
2
E
1
E
2
1
1
KM1
KM2 KM1
1
2
2
3
2
4
5
4
5
3
KM2
2
1
2
2
A
1
A
2
A
1
A
2
S1
S2
1 0
KM2
1
3
1
4
5
4
5
3
KM1
2
1
2
2
S2
2 0


K
M
2
/
1


K
M
2
/
5
T1
400/24 V
25 VA
F1
2
1
1
1
KM1
KM2 KM1
1
2
2
3
2
4
5
4
5
3
KM2
2
1
2
2
A
1
A
2
A
1
A
2
S1
S2
1 0
KM2
1
3
1
4
5
4
5
3
KM1
2
1
2
2
S2
2 0


K
M
2
/
1


K
M
2
/
5
T1
400/24 V
25 VA
F1
2
1
References :
pages /68 and /69
References :
pages /68 and /69
References :
pages /68 and /69
References :
pages /68 and /69
Schemes 2
/7
Selection guide
Applications
Composition Thermal-magnetic circuit-breaker
Low consumption contactor or contactor pair
Electronic control device
Degree of protection IP 54
Enclosure Insulated (plastic)
Operator Rotary knob
Sensor connection With With and local/line control
Contactors Non-reversing LF3 Pppp LF3 PpppA79
Reversing LF4 Pppp LF4 PpppA79
Pages /84 and /85
TeSys enclosed starters
D.O.L. starters for AS-Interface cabling system


Metal Insulated (plastic)
Pushbuttons
With With and local/line control With With and local/line control
LF3 MPppp LF3 MPpppA79 LF3 Mppp LF3 MpppA79
LF4 MPppp LF4 MPpppA79 LF4 Mppp LF4 MpppA79
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
/73
Applications
Composition Thermal-magnetic circuit-breaker
Low consumption contactor or contactor pair
Electronic control device
Degree of protection IP 54
Enclosure Insulated (plastic)
Operator Rotary knob
Sensor connection With With and local/line control
Contactors Non-reversing LF3 Pppp LF3 PpppA79
Reversing LF4 Pppp LF4 PpppA79
Pages /84 and /85


Metal Insulated (plastic)
Pushbuttons
With With and local/line control With With and local/line control
LF3 MPppp LF3 MPpppA79 LF3 Mppp LF3 MpppA79
LF4 MPppp LF4 MPpppA79 LF4 Mppp LF4 MpppA79
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
/74
Presentation
Characteristics:
pages /80 to /83
References:
pages /84 and /85
Dimensions, schemes:
pages /88 to /93
Connections:
pages /94 and /95
Presentation
Decentralised control of motors using enclosed starters which communicate on
AS-Interface, drastically reduces setting-up times, thereby increasing the availability
of machines.
In order to cater for different environments, these starters are sub-divided according
to:
the different power connection methods: cable gland or Harting plug-in
connectors,
the local/AS-Interface remote operating modes,
the type of enclosure: insulated (plastic) or metal.
Decentralisation of machine starters
These enclosed starters which communicate on AS-Interface are pre-assembled
and ready-to-use with a minimum of cabling.
They are designed for building decentralised electrical installations:
i.e. the starters are installed as near as possible to the motors they are to control.
The decentralisation of the starters provides obvious advantages regarding power
distribution to machines not grouped together, for example: motors driving a
conveyor system.
Traditional installation
Equipment
foor-standing
enclosure
Distribution circuit circuit-breaker
Programmable controller with its inputs/outputs
Contactor + thermal overload relay
Decentralised installation
Distribution circuit circuit-breaker
Programmable controller
AS-Interface starters
Power is distributed either by prefabricated trunking or by cable.
These starters incorporate all the functions necessary for the management of motors
(control, protection, isolation, etc.), and comprise:
a thermal-magnetic circuit-breaker,
a low consumption contactor (non reversing) or contactor pair (reversing),
an I/O module ASI 0MTpp.
Designed primarily for use with 3-phase a.c. motors, they can nevertheless be used
with single-phase or d.c. motors. In these applications, the 3 phases of the internal
circuit-breaker should be wired in series (each phase sensing the same current) in
order to avoid tripping due to an assumed phase failure.
b
b
b
-
-
-
M M M M M
AS-Interface
Distribution
enclosure
Power
M M M M M
AS-Interface
Distribution
enclosure
Power
TeSys enclosed starters
D.O.L. starters for AS-Interface cabling system
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
/75
Connection by cable gland
1 Product diagnostics via 3 LEDs.
2 Input state.
3 Output state.
4 Knock-out for cable gland (not included for any power extension or output control
relay cabling).
5 Disconnect rotary control knob.
Indicates Trip when switch-disconnector tripped.
6 Local/AS-Interface key switch (variant A79).
7 For variant A79: 3-position, spring return to zero selector switch for reversing starter
(LF4). Function:
position 1 = forward running,
position 0 = Stop,
- position = reverse running.
Pushbutton for non-reversing starter (LF3).
Function: Pulsed operation.
8 Cable gland for power supply cable.
9 M1 female connector for cable connection to a sensor (supplied with protective
cap).
10 M1 male connector for connection to AS-Interface (1) and auxiliary supply.
11 Cable gland for motor cabling.
12 Reset pushbutton.
13 Stop pushbutton.
Connection by plug-in connectors(variant A74)
1 Product diagnostics via 3 LEDs.
2 Input state.
3 Output state.
4 Knock-out for cable gland (not included for output control relay cabling).
5 Male connector for incoming power supply to motor starter (2).
6 Disconnect rotary control knob.
Indicates Trip when switch-disconnector tripped.
Pushbutton: for non-reversing starters (LF3).
Function: Pulsed operation.
10 Female connector for power supply to motor (2).
11 M1 female connector for cable connection to a sensor (supplied with protective
cap).
12 M1 male connector for connection to AS-Interface (1) and auxiliary supply.
13 Stop pushbutton.
14 Reset pushbutton.
(1)Extensioncables:pleaseconsultyourRegionalSalesOffce.
(2)HARTINGplug-inconnectortobefttedtocable(notincluded,seepage2/95).
-
-
5
D
F
5

6
3
6

1 2 3 4
6
7
11 10 9 8
5
D
F
5

6
3
6

1 2 3 4
6
7
11 10 9 8
D
F
5

6
3
6
3
1 2 3 4
11 10 9 8
6
7
13
12
D
F
5

6
3
6
3
1 2 3 4
11 10 9 8
6
7
13
12
D
F
5

6
3
6
4
1 2 3 4
10 11 12
8 6 5
7
9
D
F
5

6
3
6
4
1 2 3 4
10 11 12
8 6 5
7
9
D
F
5

6
3
6
7
1 2 3 4
10 11 12
8 13 5
7
9
14
D
F
5

6
3
6
7
1 2 3 4
10 11 12
8 13 5
7
9
14
Description
Characteristics:
pages /80 to /83
References:
pages /84 and /85
Dimensions, schemes:
pages /88 to /93
Connections:
pages /94 and /95
TeSys enclosed starters
D.O.L. starters for AS-Interface cabling system
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
/76
D
F
5

6
3
6
8
D
F
5

6
3
6
5
Functions
Characteristics:
pages /80 to /83
References:
pages /84 and /85
Dimensions, schemes:
pages /88 to /93
Connections:
pages /94 and /95
Auxiliary supply
A c 4 V supply is necessary for LF3 and LF4 starters.
Prospective current consumptions are listed on page /83.
Motor command-control
The functions provided by this range of starters are:
motor control and status monitoring via AS-Interface,
D.O.L. starting (non-reversing or reversing),
overload protection of the motor,
short-circuit protection of the motor and its power supply cabling.
Starters with rotary control knob
These starters provide the following functions:
load break switch-disconnector with padlockable control knob,
IP 54 degree of protection, double insulation.
Opening of the enclosure is mechanically inhibited whilst the starter is switched on or
whilst in the off position and padlocked.
The rotary control knob has 3 positions:
0: switch-disconnector opened manually,
I: switch-disconnector closed,
Trip: switch-disconnector tripped.
Starters with pushbutton control
These starters provide the following functions:
pushbutton resetting of the protection device,
pushbutton stop control,
IP 54 degree of protection, double insulation.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-

Control-command and
contactor supply
Power supply
AS-Interface
Contactor supply
Auxiliary supply

Control-command and
contactor supply
Power supply
AS-Interface
Contactor supply
Auxiliary supply
Contactor supply
TeSys enclosed starters
D.O.L. starters for AS-Interface cabling system
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
/77
Local control
Stop and reset functions are possible from the front of the enclosure. The stop
command is achieved by actuating the internal circuit-breaker, which provides the
switch-disconnector function.
Depending on the type of starter, stopping is controlled by either:
a rotary control knob, or
a stop pushbutton (black).
In the event of an overload, resetting of the internal thermal-magnetic circuit-breaker
is possible after the motor has cooled down.
Depending on the type of starter, resetting is controlled by either:
a rotary control knob, or
a reset pushbutton (blue).
Integral local/AS-Interface control (variant A79)
This starter variant is ftted with a 2-position local/AS-Interface switch which,
depending on the position of the switch, allows the following functions:
AS-Interface: the PLC controls the motor starter.
Local: local Start/Stop commands override instructions from the PLC.
3-position, spring return to zero selector switch for reversing starter (LF4).
Function:
position 1 = forward running,
position 0 = Stop,
position = reverse running.
Pushbutton for non-reversing starter (LF3) .
Function:
Pulsed operation.
Control via a control station
It is possible to achieve manual local start control from pushbutton control stations
connected to AS-Interface. Please consult your Regional Sales Offce.
Actuation of a pushbutton is transmitted to the programmable controller (message 1)
which passes it on to the starter (message ).

-
-
-
-
b
b
b
-
-
-
b
-
D
F
5

6
3
6
9
D
F
5

6
3
6
9
AS-Interface
Message 1
Message
Power supply
AS-Interface
Message 1
Message
Power supply
Functions (continued)
Characteristics:
pages /80 to /83
References:
pages /84 and /85
Dimensions, schemes:
pages /88 to /93
Connections:
pages /94 and /95
TeSys enclosed starters
D.O.L. starters for AS-Interface cabling system
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
/78
Functions (continued)
Characteristics:
pages /80 to /83
References:
pages /84 and /85
Dimensions, schemes:
pages /88 to /93
Connections:
pages /94 and /95
TeSys enclosed starters
D.O.L. starters for AS-Interface cabling system
Local signalling
Indication of all the operating states (diagnostic, inputs and outputs) is visible without
having to open the enclosure (transparent window in the enclosure cover).
Safety
The starter features continual self-checking to ensure correct operation.
External safety functions are not processed by the starter.
Emergency stop and machine safety wiring must follow standard safety practice and
be hard-wired, using electromechanical devices in the approved way. These
functions must not be handled by communication bus systems (EN 6004 9..5.4).
Protection against unexpected restarting, after an accidental power supply failure,
must be provided by a safety device separate from the starter.
The starter control (rotary knob or pushbutton) does not provide the Emergency Stop
function if the machine is ftted with other actuators. The control operators on the
starter are therefore coloured black, in accordance with standard EN 6004
10..1. Starters with rotary control knob may be padlocked in the ON position, since
this control does not provide an Emergency Stop function.
Assume fallback condition
When communication is interrupted, the starter is no longer controlled by the PLC.
The fallback condition of the starter is motor stopped (outputs at 0).
Output control relay
This relay incorporates a C/O contact, which may be used to control an indicator
lamp, solenoid valve, etc. (50 V, 5 A), via AS-Interface.
AS-Interface
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
/79
Functions (continued)
Characteristics:
pages /80 to /83
References:
pages /84 and /85
Dimensions, schemes:
pages /88 to /93
Connections:
pages /94 and /95
Starters with sensors connected (1)
Two 3-wire PNP sensors (50 mA max) or -wire limit switches can be connected
directly to the starter.
The information supplied by the sensor/limit switch is fed back via the AS-Interface
line.
(1)For"RefexStop"function,pleaseconsultyourRegionalSalesOffce.
TeSys enclosed starters
D.O.L. starters for AS-Interface cabling system
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
/80
Characteristics
Functions :
pages /80 to /83
References:
pages /84 and /85
Dimensions, schemes:
pages /88 to /93
Connections:
pages /94 and /95
Environment
Starter type LF3, LF4
Conforming to standards IEC 6004-1, EN 6004-1,
IEC 60439-1, IEC 60947-4-1,
EN 60947-4-1
UL 508, CSA C- n 14 (1)
Product certifcations
Protective treatment Standard version TC
Degree of protection
conforming to IEC 6059
IP 54
Ambient air temperature
around the device
conforming to IEC 60439-1
Storage C - 40+ 80
Operation C - 5+ 40
Maximum operating altitude Without derating m 000
Operating position
without derating
In relation to normal
vertical mounting plane
3
0
3
0

9
0
9
0

Flame resistance
of equipment
Conforming to IEC 60695--1 C 960
Shock resistance
(1/ sine wave, 11ms)
conforming to IEC 60068--7
Contactor open 10 gn
Contactor closed 15 gn
Vibration resistance
5150 Hz
conforming to IEC 60068--6
Contactor open gn
Contactor closed 4 gn
Safe separation of circuits Conforming to VDE 0106
and IEC 60536
SELV (Safety Extra Low Voltage), up to 400 V
Immunity to non-dissipating
shock wave (Uimp)
Conforming to IEC 60947-1 kV 6: power
.5: AS-Interface, 4 V and sensor
Material and colour
of enclosure base
Insulated enclosures Polycarbonate impregnated with 20 % glass fbre, black throughout
Metal enclosures Sheet steel RAL 9001
Material and colour
of enclosure cover
Insulated enclosures Polycarbonate impregnated with 20% glass fbre, RAL 9001 throughout
Metal enclosures Sheet steel RAL 9001
Resistance to
chemical agents
Insulated enclosures Avoid allowing this material to come into contact with: strong bases (certain
detergents), aromatic hydrocarbons, alcohol, chlorine solvents, ketones.
Electromagnetic compatibility
Immunity to electrostatic
discharge
Conforming to IEC 61000-4-
EN 61000-4-
kV 8: in open air (level 3)
4: in indirect mode (level )
Immunity to fast transient
currents
Conforming to IEC 61000-4-4
EN 61000-4-4
kV : power, AS-Interface, 4 V and sensor (level 3)
Immunity to
dissipated shock wave
Conforming to IEC 61000-4-5
EN 61000-4-5
kV 4/: power (level 4)
/0.5: power, AS-Interface, 4 V and sensor (level )
Immunity to conducted
radio-frequency interference
Conforming to IEC 61000-4-6
ENV 50 141
V/m 10
Immunity to radiated
radio-frequency interference
Conforming to IEC 61000-4-3
ENV 50 140 and ENV 50 04
(GSM)
V/m 10
Radio-conducted and
radio-radiated rejection
ENV 55 011/CISPR11 (G1) Class B
(1) Only for metal enclosures with letter Uattheendofthereference.Certifcationpending.
TeSys enclosed starters
D.O.L. starters for AS-Interface cabling system
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
/81
Characteristics (continued)
Functions :
pages /80 to /83
References:
pages /84 and /85
Dimensions, schemes:
pages /88 to /93
Connections:
pages /94 and /95
Cabling
Starter type LF3 LF4
Min. Max. Min. Max.
Power supply
cabling
Screw clamp
terminals
Solid cable mm
2
1 x 1.5 x 6 1 x 1.5 x 6
Flexible cable
without cable end
mm
2
1 x 1.5 x 6 1 x 1.5 x 6
Flexible cable
with cable end
mm
2
1 x 1.5 x 4 1 x 1.5 x 4
Tightening torque (1) Nm 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7
Cable Gland
(Pg 16)
Clamping capacity mm 10 15 10 15
Min. Max. Min. Max.
Motor cabling Screw clamp
terminals
Solid cable mm
2
1 x 1.5 x 4 1 x 1.5 1 x 4
Flexible cable
without cable end
mm
2
1 x 1.5 x 4 1 x 1.5 1 x 4
Flexible cable
with cable end
mm
2
1 x 1.5 1 x 1.5 + 1 x .5 1 x 1.5 1 x .5
Tightening torque (1) Nm 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8
Cable Gland
(Pg 16)
Clamping capacity mm 10 15 10 15
Min. Max. Min. Max.
Output
control relay
cabling
Terminal block Solid cable mm
2
0.5 1.5 0.5 1.5
Flexible cable
without cable end
mm
2
0.5 1.5 0.5 1.5
Flexible cable
with cable end
mm
2
0.5 1.5 0.5 1.5
Tightening torque () Nm 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7
Cable gland Clamping capacity Pg 13 mm 8 13 8 13
Pg 16 mm 10 15 10 15
Pole electrical characteristics
Utilisation category Conforming to IEC 60947-
(circuit-breaker)
A
Conforming to 947-4-1
(motor starter)
AC-3
Rated operational voltage (Ue) Conforming to IEC 60947 V 415
Rated insulation voltage (Ui) Conforming to IEC 60947 V 415
Rated operational frequency Conforming to IEC 60947 Hz 50/60
Breaking capacity (Ics and Icu) Conforming to
IEC 60947-
30/40 V kA > 100
400/415 V kA > 100
Sensitivity to phase failure Conforming to
IEC 60947-4-1 7--1-5-
Yes
Circuit-breaker characteristics (manual operation)
Mechanical durability C.O.: closing, opening CO 100 000
Electrical durability For AC-3 duty CO 100 000
Duty class Maximum operating rate CO/h 5
Circuit-breaker characteristics (automatic operation)
Maximum operating rate In operating cycles
per hour
3600
Mechanical durability In millions of
operating cycles
30 5
Electrical durability In category AC-3 at 8.5 A 800 000
Other characteristics
Starters with rotary control knob Circuit-breaker type
GV2 P
See pages 3/8 to 3/11
Starters with pushbutton control Circuit-breaker type
GV2 ME LF3, LF4 only
See pages 3/8 to 3/11
Non-reversing starters Contactor
LP4 K0901BW3 (3)
See pages 5/10 to 5/13
Reversing starters Reversing contactor
LP5 K0901BW3 (4)
See pages 5/10 to 5/13
(1)Philipsn2orfatscrewdriver5.5.
(2)Flatscrewdriver3.5.
(3)LP4K1201BW3forcircuit-breakerratings00and16.
(4)LP5K1201BW3forcircuit-breakerratings00and16.
TeSys enclosed starters
D.O.L. starters for AS-Interface cabling system
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
/8
Characteristics (continued)
Functions :
pages /80 to /83
References:
pages /84 and /85
Dimensions, schemes:
pages /88 to /93
Connections:
pages /94 and /95
Sensor inputs
Starter type LF3, LF4
Cabling M1
Nominal input values Voltage V c 4
Maximum current
available
per sensor
mA 50
Sensor supply
(including ripple)
V 1930
Input voltage range At state 1 Voltage V c > 11
Current mA > 6
At state 0 Voltage V c < 5
Current mA <
Maximum number of sensors
Proximity sensor compatibility -wire/3-wire
Isolation with respect to the AS-Interface line Yes
Input type Resistive for PNP type sensor
Output control relay
Operating voltage limit a.c. supply V 50
d.c. supply V 30
Thermal current at 40 C (Ith) A 5
Service life
on an a 24 V load
Resistive
load
AC-1
Millions of operating cycles 0.1 (1) in 5 A current,
1 (2) in 1 A current.
Inductive
load
AC-14
Millions of operating cycles 0.5 (2) in 1 A current,
1 (2) in 0.5 A current,
5 (3) in 0.5 A current.
Service life on
a c 24 V load
Resistive
load
DC-1
Millions of operating cycles 0.1 (1) in 5 A current,
0. (1) in A current.
Resistive
load
DC-3
Millions of operating cycles 0.5 (2) in 1 A current,
> 1 (3) in 0.5 A current.
Response time Latching ms < 10
Unlatching ms < 15
Contact type C/O
Built-in protection Against overload
and short-circuits
None, a quick-blow fuse must be ftted
Against a.c. or d.c.
inductive overloads
Protected against overvoltages generated by switching the coils of preactuators
Isolation rms voltage between output
and earth or between output
and internal logic
V 1500, 50/60 Hz for 60 s
Insulation resistance between
output terminals and AS-Interface
mW > 1000
(1)0.2ofanoperation(C/O)persecond.
(2)0.5ofanoperation(C/O)persecond.
(3)1operation(C/O)persecond.
Tess enclosed starters
D.O.L. starters for AS-Interface cabling system
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
/83
Characteristics (continued)
Functions :
pages /80 to /83
References:
pages /84 and /85
Dimensions, schemes:
pages /88 to /93
Connections:
pages /94 and /95
Consumption
Starter type Product confgured for supply
from an auxiliary c 24 V supply
LF3 LF4
Current consumption From the
AS-Interface line
(1)
De-energised 0 mA 0 mA
Inrush 0 mA 0 mA
Sealed 0 mA 0 mA
Per sensor Sensor consumption (50 mA max) + 10 mA (signal = 1)
Relays 0 mA
From the auxiliary
c 4 V supply
De-energised 0 0
Inrush 110 mA 110 mA
Energised 30 mA 30 mA
Data exchange characteristics
AS-Interface profle 7.D.F.F (standard addressing
7.A.7.0 (extended addressing A/B)
Data bits (commands) Bit value = 0 = 1
Command D0 (O) Stop - forward running Start - forward running
Command D1 (O) Stop - reverse running Start - reverse running (2)
Command D (O) Deactivation of control relay Activation of
control relay
Command D3 (O) Not Used Not Used
Data bits (status) Bit value = 0 = 1
Status D0 (I) Not ready or fault Ready
Status D1 (I) Stopped Running
Status D (I) Sensor 1 signal absent (3) Sensor 1 signal
present (3)
Status D3 (I) Sensor signal absent (4) Sensor signal
present (4)
(1)30mAmaximum+sensorconsumption.
(2)OnlyonLF4.
(3)Sensor1orcircuit-breakerfaultsignal,dependingonconfguration.
(4)Sensor1orsensor2signalorcontrol/localmode,dependingonconfguration.
Tess enclosed starters
D.O.L. starters for AS-Interface cabling system
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
/84
Characteristics,
references
Dimensions:
pages /88 to /90
Schemes:
pages /91 to /93
Characteristics
Conforming to standards IEC 6004-1, 60439-1, 60947-4-1, EN 6004-1, 60947-4-1
UL 508, CSA C- n 14 (1)
Degree of protection Conforming to IEC 6059 IP 54
Ambient air temperature Operation - 5 to + 40 C
Operating positions Same as that of the contactors
Material LFp P: polycarbonate (2). LFp MP: sheet steel
Starters in insulated (plastic) enclosure
Standard power ratings of 3-phase motors
50-60 Hz in category AC-3
Circuit-breaker
adjustment range
of thermal trips
Starter
Ref with
standard
addressing
Ref with
extended
addressing
Weight
220/230 V 400/415 V
kW kW A kg
Non-reversing starters with rotary control knob, with black handle on blue background (3)
Without LF3 P00D (4) LF3 P00E (4) 1.00
0.06 0.160.5 LF3 P02D LF3 P02E 1.300
0.06 0.09 0.50.40 LF3 P03D LF3 P03E 1.300

0.1
0.18
0.400.63 LF3 P04D LF3 P04E 1.300
0.09
0.1
0.5

0.631 LF3 P05D LF3 P05E 1.300


0.18
0.5
0.37
0.55
11.6 LF3 P06D LF3 P06E 1.350
0.37 0.75 1.6.5 LF3 P07D LF3 P07E 1.350
0.55
0.75
1.1
1.5
.54 LF3 P08D LF3 P08E 1.350
1.1 . 46.3 LF3 P10D LF3 P10E 1.350
1.5

3
4
610 LF3 P14D LF3 P14E 1.350
.
3
5.5

914 LF3 P16D LF3 P16E 1.350


Reversing starters with rotary control knob, with black handle on blue background (3)
Without LF4 P00D (4) LF4 P00E (4) 1.00
0.06 0.160.5 LF4 P02D LF4 P02E 1.550
0.06 0.09 0.50.40 LF4 P03D LF4 P03E 1.550

0.1
0.18
0.400.63 LF4 P04D LF4 P04E 1.550
0.09
0.1
0.5

0.631 LF4 P05D LF4 P05E 1.550


0.18
0.5
0.37
0.55
11.6 LF4 P06D LF4 P06E 1.600
0.37 0.75 1.6.5 LF4 P07D LF4 P07E 1.600
0.55
0.75
1.1
1.5
.54 LF4 P08D LF4 P08E 1.600
1.1 . 46.3 LF4 P10D LF4 P10E 1.600
1.5

3
4
610 LF4 P14D LF4 P14E 1.600
.
3
5.5

914 LF4 P16D LF4 P16E 1.600


Starters in metal enclosures
To order a metal enclosure, add a letter M after LF3 or LF4, in the references selected above.
Example: LF3 P0D becomes LF3 MP02D.
To order a metal enclosure that conforms to standards UL 508 and CSA C- n 14, add a letter M after LF3 or LF4 and a
letter U at the end of the references selected above. Example: LF3 P0D becomes LF3 MP02DU.
b
b
Variants (pre-assembled)
Description For mounting on Suffx to be added to the
starter reference (5)
With HARTING connectors (6) Insulated or metal enclosure A74
With local/AS-Interface control Insulated enclosure A79
With local/AS-Interface control Metal enclosure A79
(1) Only for metal enclosures with letter Uattheendofthereference.Certifcationpending.
(2) Avoid allowing the material to come into contact with strong bases (detergents, chlorine solvents, ketones, alcohol, aromatic
hydrocarbons).
(3) On metal enclosures only, to order an Emergency Stop rotary control knob with red handle on yellow background, add the
letter Rtotheendofthereference.Example:LF3 MP02DR.
(4)SuppliedwithoutGV2Pmotorcircuit-breaker.
(5) Example: LF3 P02DA79A74.
(6)Connectorstobefttedtocables(tobeorderedseparately,seepage2/95).
TeSys enclosed starters
D.O.L. starters for AS-Interface cabling system
LF3 P and LF4 P
LF3 PppD
D
F
5

6
3
5
6
LF4 PppDA79A74
D
F
5

6
3
5
7
LF4 MPppDA74A79
D
F
5

6
3
5
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
/85
Characteristics,
references
Dimensions:
pages /88 to /90
Schemes:
pages /91 to /93
Characteristics
Conforming to standards IEC 6004-1, 60439-1, 60947-4-1, EN 6004-1, 60947-4-1
UL 508, CSA C- n 14
Degree of protection
Conforming to IEC 6059
IP 54
Ambient air temperature Operation - 5 to + 40 C
Operating positions Same as that of the contactors
Material LFp M: polycarbonate (1).
Starters in insulated (plastic) enclosure
Standard power ratings of 3-phase motors
50-60 Hz in category AC-3
Circuit-breaker
adjustment range
of thermal trips
Starter
Ref with
standard
addressing
Ref with
extended
addressing
Weight
220/230 V 400/415 V
kW kW A kg
Non-reversing starters with pushbutton control
Without LF3 M00D (2) LF3 M00E (2) 1.000
0.06 0.160.5 LF3 M02D LF3 M02E 1.50
0.06 0.09 0.50.40 LF3 M03D LF3 M03E 1.50

0.1
0.18
0.400.63 LF3 M04D LF3 M04E 1.50
0.09
0.1
0.5

0.631 LF3 M05D LF3 M05E 1.50


0.18
0.5
0.37
0.55
11.6 LF3 M06D LF3 M06E 1.300
0.37 0.75 1.6.5 LF3 M07D LF3 M07E 1.300
0.55
0.75
1.1
1.5
.54 LF3 M08D LF3 M08E 1.300
1.1 . 46.3 LF3 M10D LF3 M10E 1.300
1.5

3
4
610 LF3 M14D LF3 M14E 1.300
.
3
5.5

914 LF3 M16D LF3 M16E 1.300


Reversing starters with pushbutton control
Without LF4 M00D (2) LF4 M00E (2) 1.000
0.06 0.160.5 LF4 M02D LF4 M02E 1.500
0.06 0.09 0.50.40 LF4 M03D LF4 M03E 1.500

0.1
0.18
0.400.63 LF4 M04D LF4 M04E 1.500
0.09
0.1
0.5

0.631 LF4 M05D LF4 M05E 1.500


0.18
0.5
0.37
0.55
11.6 LF4 M06D LF4 M06E 1.550
0.37 0.75 1.6.5 LF4 M07D LF4 M07E 1.550
0.55
0.75
1.1
1.5
.54 LF4 M08D LF4 M08E 1.550
1.1 . 46.3 LF4 M10D LF4 M10E 1.550
1.5

3
4
610 LF4 M14D LF4 M14E 1.550
.
3
5.5

914 LF4 M16D LF4 M16D 1.550


Variants (pre-assembled)
Description For mounting on Suffx to be added to the
starter reference (3)
With HARTING connectors (4) Insulated enclosure A74
With local/AS-Interface control Insulated enclosure A79
(1) Avoid allowing the material to come into contact with strong bases (detergents, chlorine solvents, ketones, alcohol, aromatic
hydrocarbons).
(2)SuppliedwithoutGV2MEmotorcircuit-breaker.
(3) Example: LF3 M02DA79A74.
(4)Connectorstobefttedtocables(tobeorderedseparately,seepage2/95).
TeSys enclosed starters
D.O.L. starters for AS-Interface cabling system
LF3 M and LF4 M
LF3 MppD
D
F
5

6
3
5
9
LF3 MppDA79
D
F
5

6
3
6
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
/86
Insulated enclosures LF3 and LF4
Power extension (daisy-chaining) Terminal
Metal enclosures LF3 and LF4
LA9 LFF
LA9 LFC
LA9 LFM
LA9 LFF
LA9 LFC
LA9 LFM
LA9 LFF
LA9 LFT
LA9 LFM
LA9 LFF
LA9 LFT
LA9 LFM
LA9 LFFM40
LA9 LFMM
LA9 LFM
LA9 LFFM40
LA9 LFMM
LA9 LFM
TeSys enclosed starters
D.O.L. starters for AS-Interface cabling system
References (continued)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
/87
Accessories for insulated enclosures with variant A74
Presentation
In order to reduce setting-up times and to simplify maintenance, variant A74 LF
starters are ftted with Harting plug-in connectors. These starters are designed to
allow types of connection topology.
Connection
using tap links
This confguration avoids having to switch off the power
supply when replacing or adding one or more starters.
Although machine availability is increased, a larger
number of power connections is required: 4 per starter.
Connection
using power
extension
(daisy-
chaining)
The number of power connections per starter is halved,
but continuity of service is no longer assured if any of the
upstream starters are disconnected or removed. With
this type of installation, special precautions must be taken
because removal of a starter at the head of the power
supply line de-energises all the remaining starters on that
line. For safety reasons therefore, starters must not be
removed under load (prohibited by standard EN6004
above 3kW/400V).
The connection kits and accessories shown below have been designed to facilitate setting up
of power extension confgurations by the user.
Connection kit (depending on enclosure application)
Enclosure
application
Capacity Kit contents For
mounting on
Reference Weight
mm
2
kg
Power
extension
(daisy-
chaining)
3-pole
1.5 or .5
1 female connector
male connectors and
corresponding power
sockets (1)
Enclosures
LF3 and LF4
LA9 LFC 0.150
Terminal 3-pole
1.5 or .5
1 female connector
1 male connector
1 blanking plug and
corresponding power
sockets (1)
Enclosures
LF3 and LF4
LA9 LFT 0.110
Crimping contacts
Type Capacity
mm
2
Sold in
lots of
Unit
reference
Weight
kg
Male 1.5 100 LA9 LFM15 0.10
.5 100 LA9 LFM25 0.10
Female 1.5 100 LA9 LFF15 0.160
.5 100 LA9 LFF25 0.150
Accessories for metal enclosures with variant A74
Connection kits
For
connector
Kit contents For
mounting on
Reference Weight
kg
Input 1 metal cover
size 16 cable glands
1 blanking plug
1 female power socket (3P + earth)
4 female crimping contacts (2)
Metal
enclosures
LF3, LF4
LA9 LFFM40 0.60
Output
to motor
1 metal cover
1 size 16 cable gland
1 female power socket
(3P+ earth) (1)
Metal
enclosures
LF3, LF4
LA9 LFMM 0.060
Crimping contacts
Type Capacity Thermal
current
Voltage Sold in
lots of
Unit
reference
Weight
mm
2
A V kg
Male 1.5 10 400 100 LA9 LFM15 0.10
.5 10 400 100 LA9 LFM25 0.10
(1)Crimpingcontactstobeorderedseparately.
(2)Forfexiblecable,4mm
2
maximum,Ith:16A,Us:400V.
LF LF LF LF
LF LF LF LF
TeSys enclosed starters
D.O.L. starters for AS-Interface cabling system
References (continued)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
/88
Dimensions
References:
page /84
Schemes:
pages /91 to /93
Non-reversing and reversing starters with rotary control knob
With cable glands With HARTING plug-in connectors (A74)
LFp Pppp LFp PpppA74
With cable glands
Incorporating sensor and local/AS-Interface control variant (A79)
With HARTING plug-in connectors (A74)
Incorporating sensor and local/AS-Interface control variant (A79)
LFp PpppA79 LFp PpppA79A74
Knock-outs for cable gland
From above x Pg16 and x Pg13
From below x Pg16 (cable glands supplied)
(1)M12maleconnectorforconnectiontoAS-Interfaceandauxiliary24Vsupply.
(2)M12femaleconnectorforconnectiontosensor.
10
1
5
0
1
6
5
1
8
84
(1) (2)
4x5,3
175 175 47
10
1
5
0
1
6
5
1
8
84
(1) (2)
4x5,3
175 175 47
10
1
5
0
1
6
5
1
8
84
(1) (2)
4x5,3
175 175 47
10
1
5
0
1
6
5
1
8
84
(1) (2)
4x5,3
175 175 47
TeSys enclosed starters
D.O.L. starters for AS-Interface cabling system
LF3 P and LF4 P
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
/89
Dimensions (continued)
References:
page /85
Schemes :
pages /91 to /93
Non-reversing and reversing starters with pushbutton control
With cable glands With HARTING plug-in connectors (A74)
LFp Mppp LFp MpppA74
With cable glands
Incorporating sensor and local/AS-Interface control variant (A79)
With HARTING plug-in connectors (A74)
Incorporating sensor and local/AS-Interface control variant (A79)
LFp MpppA79 LFp MpppA79A74
Knock-outs for cable gland
From above x Pg16 and x Pg13
From below x Pg16 (cable glands supplied)
(1)M12maleconnectorforconnectiontoAS-Interfaceandauxiliary24Vsupply.
(2)M12femaleconnectorforconnectiontosensor.
10
1
5
0
1
6
5
3
0
84
(1) (2)
4x5,3
175 140
10
1
5
0
1
6
5
3
0
84
(1) (2)
4x5,3
175 140 140
10
1
5
0
1
6
5
1
8
84
(1) (2)
4x5,3
175 47 140
10
1
5
0
1
6
5
1
8
84
(1) (2)
4x5,3
175 47
165
10
1
5
0
1
6
5
1
8
84
(1) (2)
4x5,3
175 47 165
10
1
5
0
1
6
5
1
8
84
(1) (2)
4x5,3
175 47
TeSys enclosed starters
D.O.L. starters for AS-Interface cabling system
LF3 M and LF4 M
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
/90
Dimensions (continued)
References:
pages /84 and /85
Schemes:
pages /91 to /93
Non-reversing and reversing starters with rotary control knob
With cable glands With HARTING plug-in connectors (A74)
LFp MPppp LFp MPpppA74
With cable glands
Incorporating sensor and local/AS-Interface control variant (A79)
With HARTING plug-in connectors (A74)
Incorporating sensor and local/AS-Interface control variant (A79)
LFp MPpppA79 LFp MPpppA79A74
Knock-outs for cable
gland
Standard enclosure Enclosure with variant
A74
From above 3 x Pg16 1 x Pg16
From below x Pg16 1 x Pg16
(1) M12 male connector for connection to AS-Interface and auxiliary 24 V
supply.
(2)M12femaleconnectorforconnectiontosensor.
8
,
5
7
13
(1) (2)
179
125
1
9
9
2
3
0
2
4
5
175
219
8
,
5
7
13
(1) (2)
179
125
1
9
9
2
3
0
2
4
5
175
219 179
125
(1) (2)
1
9
9
2
3
0
2
4
5
175
219 60
8
,
5
7
13
179
125
(1) (2)
1
9
9
2
3
0
2
4
5
175
219 60
8
,
5
7
13
8
,
5
7
13
(1) (2)
1
9
9
2
3
0
2
4
5
175
219 179
125
8
,
5
7
13
(1) (2)
1
9
9
2
3
0
2
4
5
175
219 179
125
179
125
(1) (2)
1
9
9
8
,
5
2
3
0
2
4
5
175
7
13
219 60 179
125
(1) (2)
1
9
9
8
,
5
2
3
0
2
4
5
175
7
13
219 60
TeSys enclosed starters
D.O.L. starters for AS-Interface cabling system
LF3 MP and LF4 MP
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
/91
Schemes
TeSys enclosed starters
D.O.L. starters for AS-Interface cabling system
Sensor
GV
Flt.
GV
ready
References :
pages /84 and /85
Dimensions :
pages /88 to /90
Non-reversing starters LF3
Reversing starters LF4
I1
1
I 0 II
-KM1
-KM1 -KM
-KA1
PR3 4 1 3
PR5 4
NO
-KO3
J
COM
O3
50 VAC / 5 A
NC
1 3
5
-KA1
-KO3
-KM
3
1 3
I I3
J1A J1B
I4 +S-S Q1
Output Input
AS Interface
Q Q3 A
u
x
+
A
u
x
-
A
S
i
+
A
S
i
-
+

4

V
0

V
A
S
i
+
A
S
i
-
GV
ready
GV
Flt.
Sensor
Sensor 1
GV
ready
A (bus) M (local)
B
l
a
c
k
W
h
i
t
e
B
r
o
w
n
B
l
u
e
Insulated enclosure with variant A79 or metal enclosure with variant A79
I1
1
KM
-KM1
-KA1
PR3 4 1 3
PR5 4
NO
-KO3
J
COM
O3
50 VAC / 5 A
NC
1 3
5
-KA1
-KO3
3
1 3
I I3
J1A J1B
I4 +S-S Q1
Output Input
AS Interface
Q Q3 A
u
x
+
A
u
x
-
A
S
i
+
A
S
i
-
+

4

V
0

V
A
S
i
+
A
S
i
-
B
l
a
c
k
W
h
i
t
e
A (bus) M (local)
GV
ready
B
l
u
e
B
r
o
w
n
Sensor 1
Insulated enclosure with variant A79 or metal enclosure with variant A79
I1
1
KM
-KM1
-KA1
PR3 4 1 3
PR5 4
NO
-KO3
J
COM
O3
50 VAC / 5 A
NC
1 3
5
-KA1
-KO3
3
1 3
I I3
J1A J1B
I4 +S-S Q1
Output Input
AS Interface
Q Q3 A
u
x
+
A
u
x
-
A
S
i
+
A
S
i
-
+

4

V
0

V
A
S
i
+
A
S
i
-
B
l
a
c
k
W
h
i
t
e
A (bus) M (local)
GV
ready
B
l
u
e
B
r
o
w
n
Sensor 1
Insulated enclosure with variant A79 or metal enclosure with variant A79
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
/9
Recommended application
schemes
TeSys enclosed starters
D.O.L. starters for AS-Interface cabling system
Non-reversing and reversing starters with 2 sensors, an auxiliary supply and a control relay
AS-Interface line AS-Interface line
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
/93
Recommended
application schemes
(continued)
Connections on enclosure
M12 male connector for AS-Interface and c 24 V auxiliary supply
Sensor M12 female connector
Limit switch 2-wire PNP type sensor 3-wire PNP type sensor
3 4
2 1
24 V AS-i
AS-i + 0 V

3 4
2 1
24 V AS-i
AS-i + 0 V

4 3
1 2
5
Sensor 1
Sensor
4 3
1 2
5
Sensor 1
Sensor
4 3
1 2

+
+
5
Sensor 1
Sensor
4 3
1 2

+
+
5
Sensor 1
Sensor

+
+
4 3
1 2
5
Sensor 1
Sensor

+
+
4 3
1 2
5
Sensor 1
Sensor
TeSys enclosed starters
D.O.L. starters for AS-Interface cabling system
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
/94
Functions :
pages /76 to /79
Characteristics:
pages /80 to /83
References:
pages /84 and /85
Dimensions, schemes:
pages /88 to /93
Starters in enclosures with cable glands
1 Junction box
2 Incoming power
3 Power extension
4 FTX CY1212: splitter block
5 XZ CR1511040Ap: extension
6 XZ CB1pp02: fat cable (black) for auxiliary supply
7 XZ CG01403D: tap link for two cables
8 XZ CB1pp01: fat cable (yellow) for AS-Interface
M
1
2
5
3
7
8
6
4

M
1
2
5
3
7
8
6
4

Connections
TeSys enclosed starters
D.O.L. starters for AS-Interface cabling system
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
/95
Functions :
pages /76 to /79
Characteristics:
pages /80 to /83
References:
pages /84 and /85
Dimensions, schemes:
pages /88 to /93
Starters in insulated enclosures with HARTING type plug-in power connectors
M
3
4
1
2
5
7
8
6
1 Incoming power
2 Power extension
3 Control relay (example: illuminated indicator bank
4 FTX CY1212: splitter block
5 XZ CR1511040Ap: extension
6 XZ CB1pp02: fat cable (black) for auxiliary supply
7 XZ CG01403D: tap link for two cables
8 XZ CB1pp01: fat cable (yellow) for AS-Interface
Confguration of HARTING connectors to be ftted on cables (to
be ordered separately)
Number and HARTING reference
for incoming power
female connector
for power extension
and motor connection
male connectors
Straight cover 1 x 09-20-003-0420 x 09-20-003-0420
Male insert
6-way, 400 V
x 09-12-005-3101
Female insert
6-way, 400 V
1 x 09-12-005-3001
Male contacts
.5 mm

8 x 09-33-000-6102
Female contacts
.5 mm

3 x 09-33-000-6202
Plug for the last socket 1 x 09-20-003-5408
Starters in metal enclosures with HARTING type plug-in power connectors
M
2
3
1
4
6
7
5
1 Incoming power
2 Control relay (example: illuminated indicator bank
3 FTX CY1212: splitter block
4 XZ CR1511040Ap: extension
5 XZ CB1pp02p: fat cable (black) for auxiliary supply
6 XZ CG1403D: tap link for two cables
7 XZ CB1pp01p: fat cable (yellow) for AS-Interface
Confguration of HARTING connectors to be ftted on cables (to
be ordered separately)
Number and HARTING reference
for incoming power
female connector
for power extension
and motor connection
male connectors
Straight cover 1 x 09-30-006-442 (1)
1 x 09-30-006-443 (2)
x 09-20-003-1440
Male insert
6-way, 400 V
x 09-12-005-3101
Female insert
6-way, 400 V
1 x 09-33-006-2702
Male contacts
.5 mm

5 x 09-33-000-6102
Female contacts
.5 mm

3 x 09-33-000-6207
(1)PG21.
(2)PG29.
Connections (continued)
TeSys enclosed starters
D.O.L. starters for AS-Interface cabling system
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
/96
DOL starters 2
LA9 Z modules for AS-Interface cabling system
Presentation
AS-Interface modules LA9 Z32810 and LA9 Z32811 allow motor starters to be
monitored and controlled by AS-Interface. These products are in addition to the
AS-Interface enclosed starter range, LF1 and LF, LF7 and LF8.
The module sizes offered are: inputs/1 output or 4 inputs/ outputs.
These products can be mounted in two ways:
on 5 rail,
on LA9 Zppp adapters for use with busbar systems.
Inputs/outputs are connected to a built-in, fexible terminal type connector, so
reducing installation time.
The AS-Interface line is connected to the module by the yellow connector.
The external c 4 V supply to the module outputs is connected to the black
connector. With this supply method, it is possible to make the output states subject
to external safety conditions (Emergency stop, safety overtravel, etc.).
b
b
AS-I
PWR
AS-I
PWR
5
6
5
1
8
8
5
6
5
1
8
9
AS-I
PWR
AS-I
PWR
5
6
5
1
8
8
5
6
5
1
8
9
Characteristics:
page /98
References:
page /99
Dimensions, scheme :
pages /100 and /101
Characteristics:
page /98
References:
page /99
Dimensions, scheme :
pages /100 and /101
Characteristics:
page /98
References:
page /99
Dimensions, scheme :
pages /100 and /101
Characteristics:
page /98
References:
page /99
Dimensions, scheme :
pages /100 and /101
Presentation 2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
/97
DOL starters 2
LA9 Z modules for AS-Interface cabling system

Fields of application
The various module sizes allow control of:
non-reversing starters,
reversing starters,
-speed starters for motors with separate windings.
The outputs, supplied by the separate auxiliary voltage, can simultaneously switch a
current of 0.5 A at c 4 V and can therefore switch the following contactors:
LP1, LP4 K06 to K1,
LC1 D09 to D3.
Composition
AS-Interface module
1 AS-Interface green/red LED indicator:
red: no communication with the Master. The outputs are switched off,
green: communication OK, outputs OK,
red/yellow fashing: module has no address (assign an address between 1 and 31),
off: no power supply to AS-Interface.
2 Green PWR LED:
LED on: auxiliary power supply ON,
LED off: auxiliary power supply OFF.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
AS-I
PW
R
1
2
5
6
5
1
9
0
AS-I
PW
R
1
2
5
6
5
1
9
0
Characteristics:
page /98
References:
page /99
Dimensions, schemes:
pages /100 and /101
Characteristics:
page /98
References:
page /99
Dimensions, schemes:
pages /100 and /101
Characteristics:
page /98
References:
page /99
Dimensions, schemes:
pages /100 and /101
Characteristics:
page /98
References:
page /99
Dimensions, schemes:
pages /100 and /101
Presentation (continued) 2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
/98
DOL starters 2
LA9 Z modules for AS-Interface cabling system

General system environment
Interface type LA9 Z32810 LA9 Z32811
Product certifcations AS-Interface N 18701 AS-Interface N 18601
Protective treatment TH
Degree of protection Conforming to IEC 60539 IP 0
Ambient air temperature
around the device
Storage, conforming to IEC 60539 C - 40+ 85
Operation C - 10+ 55
Maximum operating altitude Without derating m 000
Flame resistance Conforming to IEC 60695--1 C 960
Resistance to external
mechanical impact
1/ sine wave, 11ms
conforming to IEC 60068--6
15 gn
Vibration resistance 5150 Hz
conforming to 60068--6
gn
Immunity to non-dissipating
shockwave (Uimp)
Conforming to IEC 60439-1 kV .5: AS-Interface, 4 V and on inputs/outputs
Immunity to
electrostatic discharge
Conforming to IEC 61000-4-
EN 61000-4-
kV 8: in open air (level 3)
4: in indirect mode (level )
Immunity to
fast transient currents
Conforming to IEC 61000-4-4
EN 61000-4-4 level 4
kV : AS-Interface, 4 V and on inputs/outputs
Immunity to
dissipated shock wave
Conforming to IEC 61000-4-5
EN 61000-4-5
kV : AS-Interface, 4 V and on inputs/outputs
Immunity to conducted
radio-frequency interference
Conforming to IEC 61000-4-6
ENV 50 141
V/m 10
Immunity to radiated
radio-frequency interference
Conforming to IEC 61000-4-3
ENV 50 140 and ENV 50 04
(GSM)
V/m 10
Radio-conducted and
radio-radiated rejection
ENV 55 011/CISPR (G1) Class A
AS-Interface supply V 9.5-31.6
Cabling csa, AS-Interface Flexible cable mm
2
x 0.50.75
Cabling csa, 24 V Flexible cable mm
2
x 0.50.75
Cabling csa, input/output Flexible cage terminal
and fexible cable
mm
2
0.08.5; AWG81
Input current mA 7
Coincidence of inputs 100 %
Maximum length of wires to switching components m 0.4
Maximum current of outputs c 13/14, (4 V) A 0.5
Thermal current Ith A
Coincidence of outputs 100 %
Short-circuit protection By fywheel diode Yes
Outputs switched off
in event of interference
on the AS-Interface line
Watchdog Yes
AS-Interface profle 3 F 7 F
Number of I/O inputs/1 output 4 inputs/ outputs
Current consumption On AS-Interface On/OFF mA 81 81
Data bits Status 0 1 0 1
Command D0 (O) Out 1 Off On Off On
D1 (O) Out Not used Off On
D (O) Out 3 Not used
D3 (O) Out 4 Not used
Status D0 (I) In 1 Absent Present Absent Present
D1 (I) In Absent Present Absent Present
D (I) In 3 Not used Absent Present
D3 (I) In 4 Not used Absent Present
Parameters P0P3 Not used
Presentation :
pages /96 and /97
References :
page /99
Dimensions, schemes :
pages /100 and /101
Presentation :
pages /96 and /97
References :
page /99
Dimensions, schemes :
pages /100 and /101
Presentation :
pages /96 and /97
References :
page /99
Dimensions, schemes :
pages /100 and /101
Presentation :
pages /96 and /97
References :
page /99
Dimensions, schemes :
pages /100 and /101
Characteristics 2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
/99
DOL starters 2
LA9 Z modules for AS-Interface cabling system


AS-Interface modules (1) (2)
No of
channels
Number
of inputs
Number
of outputs
Output
voltage
Current
per output
Reference Weight
V A kg
3 1 c 4 0.5 LA9 Z32810 0.070
6 4 c 4 0.5 LA9 Z32811 0.070
Accessories
Description Busbar
system
Width Reference Weight
mm mm kg
Modules without
electrical connection,
for use with all
LA9 Zpp adapters
40 or 60 45 LA9 Z32744 0.044
54 LA9 Z32745 0.051
Module with
PE + N polarity and
5-way connector
40 45 LA9 Z32740 0.091
54 LA9 Z32741 0.098
60 45 LA9 Z32742 0.085
54 LA9 Z32743 0.09
Replacement connectors and adapter cable
Description Colour Sold in
lots of
Unit
reference
Weight
kg
Insulation Displacement
Connector (IDC) for AS-Interface
Yellow 5 LA9 Z32825 0.100
Insulation Displacement
Connector (IDC)
for auxiliary supply
Black 5 LA9 Z32826 0.100
Description Cable length Reference Weight
m kg
Adapter cable for connection to
addressing terminal XZ MC11
0.5 XZ MG12 0.070
(1)UsersManualtobeorderedseparately,pleaseconsultyourRegionalSalesOffce.
(2) Supplied with connectors LA9 Z32825 and LA9 Z32826.

Presentation :
pages /96 and /97
Characteristics :
page /98
Dimensions, schemes :
pages /100 and /101
Presentation :
pages /96 and /97
Characteristics :
page /98
Dimensions, schemes :
pages /100 and /101
Presentation :
pages /96 and /97
Characteristics :
page /98
Dimensions, schemes :
pages /100 and /101
Presentation :
pages /96 and /97
Characteristics :
page /98
Dimensions, schemes :
pages /100 and /101
References 2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
/100
DOL starters 2
LA9 Z modules for AS-Interface cabling system

Dimensions
LA9 Z3281p
Mounting on modules
LA9 Z32742, LA9 Z32743 LA9 Z32740, LA9 Z32741
60 mm busbar system 40 mm busbar system
Common front face view
LA9 a
Z32740, Z32742 45
Z32741, Z32743 54
LA9 Z32745 LA9 Z32744
40 or 60 mm busbar system
Common front face view
LA9 a
Z32745 54
Z32744 45
86 45
6
5 6
9
,
5
86 45
6
5 6
9
,
5
135,5
8
0
1
2
0
135,5
8
0
1
2
0
125,5
8
0
4
0
1
1
5
125,5
8
0
4
0
1
1
5
a
30
a
30
135,5
8
0
135,5
8
0
125,5
8
0
4
0
125,5
8
0
4
0
aa
Presentation :
pages /96 and /97
Characteristics :
page /98
References :
page /99
Presentation :
pages /96 and /97
Characteristics :
page /98
References :
page /99
Presentation :
pages /96 and /97
Characteristics :
page /98
References :
page /99
Presentation :
pages /96 and /97
Characteristics :
page /98
References :
page /99
Dimensions,
mounting 2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
/101
DOL starters 2
LA9 Z modules for AS-Interface cabling system

Schemes
DOL starter, non-reversing
1 motor 2 motors
DOL starter, reversing
KM
I
N
1


X
3
,

1
I
N


X
3
,

I
N

+


X
3
,

3
M


X
4
,

4
Q
LA9 Z3810
KM
O
U
T
1


X
4
,

Q
M
U W V

/
T
1
6
/
T
3
4
/
T

1
/
L
1
5
/
L
3
3
/
L

KM
Q
KM
I
N
1


X
3
,

1
I
N


X
3
,

I
N

+


X
3
,

3
M


X
4
,

4
Q
LA9 Z3810
KM
O
U
T
1


X
4
,

Q
M
U W V

/
T
1
6
/
T
3
4
/
T

1
/
L
1
5
/
L
3
3
/
L

KM
Q
Q1
M1
U W V

/
T
1
6
/
T
3
4
/
T

1
/
L
1
5
/
L
3
3
/
L

KM1
Q
M
U W V

/
T
1
6
/
T
3
4
/
T

1
/
L
1
5
/
L
3
3
/
L

KM
KM Q1 Q
I
N
1


X
3
,

1
I
N


X
3
,

I
N
3


X
3
,

3
I
N
4


X
3
,

4
LA9 Z3811
KM1
O
U
T


X
3
,

8
M


X
3
,

6
O
U
T
1


X
3
,

7
I
N

+


X
3
,

5
KM1
KM
Q1 Q
Q1
M1
U W V

/
T
1
6
/
T
3
4
/
T

1
/
L
1
5
/
L
3
3
/
L

KM1
Q
M
U W V

/
T
1
6
/
T
3
4
/
T

1
/
L
1
5
/
L
3
3
/
L

KM
KM Q1 Q
I
N
1


X
3
,

1
I
N


X
3
,

I
N
3


X
3
,

3
I
N
4


X
3
,

4
LA9 Z3811
KM1
O
U
T


X
3
,

8
M


X
3
,

6
O
U
T
1


X
3
,

7
I
N

+


X
3
,

5
KM1
KM
Q1 Q
KM Q
I
N
1


X
3
,

1
I
N


X
3
,

I
N
3


X
3
,

3
I
N
4


X
3
,

4
LA9 Z3811
KM1
O
U
T


X
3
,

8
M


X
3
,

6
O
U
T
1


X
3
,

7
I
N

+


X
3
,

5
Q
M
U W V

/
T
1
6
/
T
3
4
/
T

1
/
L
1
5
/
L
3
3
/
L

KM1 KM
KM
KM1
KM
KM1 Q
KM Q
I
N
1


X
3
,

1
I
N


X
3
,

I
N
3


X
3
,

3
I
N
4


X
3
,

4
LA9 Z3811
KM1
O
U
T


X
3
,

8
M


X
3
,

6
O
U
T
1


X
3
,

7
I
N

+


X
3
,

5
Q
M
U W V

/
T
1
6
/
T
3
4
/
T

1
/
L
1
5
/
L
3
3
/
L

KM1 KM
KM
KM1
KM
KM1 Q
Presentation :
pages /96 and /97
Characteristics :
page /98
References :
page /99
Presentation :
pages /96 and /97
Characteristics :
page /98
References :
page /99
Presentation :
pages /96 and /97
Characteristics :
page /98
References :
page /99
Presentation :
pages /96 and /97
Characteristics :
page /98
References :
page /99
Schemes 2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3/1

Contents
3-TeSysprotectioncomponents:
motorcircuit-breakers
TeSys GV thermal-magnetic motor circuit-breakers
Selection guide page 3/2
Presentation page3/6
Characteristics page 3/8
References page 3/46
Dimensions,mounting page 3/70
Schemes page 3/82
TeSys GV magnetic motor circuit-breakers
Selection guide page 3/4
Characteristics page 3/14
References page 3/52
Dimensions,mounting page 3/84
Schemes page 3/89
TeSys GB2 thermal-magnetic circuit breakers for
the protection of control circuits, solenoid and
transformers
Selection guide page 3/90
Presentation page 3/92
Characteristics page 3/93
References page 3/96
Dimensions page 3/97
Schemes page 3/97
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3/
3
Selection guide
Protection of motors with high current peak
on starting

0In
75110kW Upto11kW
10A 053A
35and36kA 70kA 15100kA
With With
GV7 RE GV7 RS GV2 RT
3/49 3/50and3/51
Applications Protection of motors against short-circuits and overloads

Tripping threshold on short-circuit 13In
Standard motor power ratings in AC-3, 415 V Upto15kW Upto30kW 37kW
Operational current at 415 V 013A 965A 5680A
Breaking capacity at 415 V (Icu) to IEC 60947-2 10100kA 35100kA 50100kA 15kA
Door interlock mechanism Without With With Without
Circuit-breaker type GV2 ME GV2 P GV3 P GV3 ME80
Pages 3/47and3/48 3/49 3/49 3/49
TeSys protection components
Thermal-magneticmotorcircuit-breakers
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3/3
3
Protection of motors with high current peak
on starting

0In
75110kW Upto11kW
10A 053A
35and36kA 70kA 15100kA
With With
GV7 RE GV7 RS GV2 RT
3/49 3/50and3/51
Applications Protection of motors against short-circuits and overloads

Tripping threshold on short-circuit 13In
Standard motor power ratings in AC-3, 415 V Upto15kW Upto30kW 37kW
Operational current at 415 V 013A 965A 5680A
Breaking capacity at 415 V (Icu) to IEC 60947-2 10100kA 35100kA 50100kA 15kA
Door interlock mechanism Without With With Without
Circuit-breaker type GV2 ME GV2 P GV3 P GV3 ME80
Pages 3/47and3/48 3/49 3/49 3/49
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3/4
3

614In 813In 6315In
Upto30kW 37kW 03750kW
565A 80A 15500A
50100kA 35kA 57and150kA 357150kA 457150kA
With With With
GV3 L GK3 EF80 NS 80 NS 100 to
NS 250
NS 400 and
NS 630
3/53 3/53 PleaseconsulttheSchneiderElectriccatalogue-LowVoltageDistribution

Applications Protection of motors


Magnetic circuit-breakers provide short-circuit protection. They must be combined with
thermal overload relays to provide motor overload protection.

Tripping threshold on short-circuit 13In
Standard motor power ratings in AC-3, 415 V Upto15kW
Operational current at 415 V 043A
Breaking capacity at 415 V (Icu) to IEC 60947-2 10100kA 35100kA
Door interlock mechanism With
Circuit-breaker type GV2 LE GV2 L
Pages 3/5 3/53
Selection guide
TeSys protection components
Magneticmotorcircuit-breakers
3/5
3

614In 813In 6315In
Upto30kW 37kW 03750kW
565A 80A 15500A
50100kA 35kA 57and150kA 357150kA 457150kA
With With With
GV3 L GK3 EF80 NS 80 NS 100 to
NS 250
NS 400 and
NS 630
3/53 3/53 PleaseconsulttheSchneiderElectriccatalogue-LowVoltageDistribution

Applications Protection of motors


Magnetic circuit-breakers provide short-circuit protection. They must be combined with
thermal overload relays to provide motor overload protection.

Tripping threshold on short-circuit 13In
Standard motor power ratings in AC-3, 415 V Upto15kW
Operational current at 415 V 043A
Breaking capacity at 415 V (Icu) to IEC 60947-2 10100kA 35100kA
Door interlock mechanism With
Circuit-breaker type GV2 LE GV2 L
Pages 3/5 3/53
3/6
3
Presentation
Presentation
GVME,GVP,GV3ME,GV3PandGV7Rmotorcircuit-breakersare3-pole
thermal-magneticcircuit-breakersspecifcally designed for the control and
protection of motors,conformingtostandardsIEC60947-andIEC60947-4-1

Connection
GV2
GVMEandGVPcircuit-breakersaredesignedforconnectionbyscrewclamp
terminals
Circuit-breakerGVMEcanbesuppliedwithlugsorspringterminalconnections
Springterminalconnectionsensuresecure,permanentanddurableclampingthatis
resistanttoharshenvironments,vibrationandimpactandareevenmoreeffective
whenconductorswithoutcableendsareusedEachconnectioncantaketwo
independentconductors
GV3
GV3circuit-breakersfeatureconnectionbyBTRscrews(hexagonsockethead),
tightenedusingan4Allenkey
ThistypeofconnectionusestheEverLinksystemwithcreepcompensation(1)
(SchneiderElectricpatent)
Thistechniquemakesitpossibletoachieveaccurateanddurabletighteningtorque,
inordertoavoidcablecreep
GV3circuit-breakersarealsoavailablewithconnectionbylugsThistypeof
connectionmeetstherequirementsofcertainAsianmarketsandissuitablefor
applicationssubjecttostrongvibration,suchasrailwaytransport
GV7
GV7circuit-breakers:withconnectionbyscrewclampterminals(forbarsandlugs)
andbyclip-onconnectors

Operation
Controlismanualandlocalwhenthemotorcircuit-breakerisusedonitsown
Controlisautomaticandremotewhenitisassociatedwithacontactor

GV2 ME and GV3 ME80


Pushbuttoncontrol
EnergisationiscontrolledmanuallybyoperatingtheStartbuttonI1
De-energisationiscontrolledmanuallybyoperatingtheStopbuttonO2,or
automaticallybythethermal-magneticprotectionelementsorbyavoltagetrip
attachment

GV2 P, GV3 P and GV7 R


Controlbyrotaryknob:forGVPandGV3P
Controlbyrockerlever:forGV7R
b
b
EnergisationiscontrolledmanuallybymovingtheknoborrockerlevertopositionI1
De-energisationiscontrolledmanuallybymovingtheknoborrockerlevertopositionO2
De-energisationduetoafaultautomaticallyplacestheknoborrockerleverinthe
Tripposition3
Re-energisationispossibleonlyafterhavingreturnedtheknoborrockerleverto
positionO
(1) Creep: normal crushing phenomenon of copper conductors, that is accentuated over time.

GV2 ME
with screw clamp
terminals
5

6
1
3
4
1
2
4
GV2 ME
with screw clamp
terminals
5

6
1
3
4
1
2
4
GV2 ME
with spring terminals
connections
5

6
1
3
5
1
2
4
GV2 ME
with spring terminals
connections
5

6
1
3
5
1
2
4
GV2 P
5

6
1
3
7
1
3
4
2
GV2 P
5

6
1
3
7
1
3
4
2
GV3 P
5

6
1
3
6
1
3
2
4
GV3 P
5

6
1
3
6
1
3
2
4
GV7 R
5

6
1
3
8
1
3
2
GV7 R
5

6
1
3
8
1
3
2
TeSys protection components
Thermal-magneticmotorcircuit-breakers
GV,GV3andGV7
Characteristics:
pages3/8to3/3
References:
pages3/47to3/51
Dimensions:
pages3/70to3/75
Schemes:
pages3/76and3/77
Characteristics:
pages3/8to3/3
References:
pages3/47to3/51
Dimensions:
pages3/70to3/75
Schemes:
pages3/76and3/77
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3/7
3
Presentation (continued)
Presentation (continued)
Protection of motors and personnel
Motorprotectionisprovidedbythethermal-magneticprotectionelements
incorporatedinthemotorcircuit-breaker
Themagneticelements(short-circuitprotection)haveanon-adjustabletripping
threshold,whichisequalto13timesthemaximumsettingcurrentofthethermal
trips
Thethermalelements(overloadprotection)includeautomaticcompensationfor
ambienttemperaturevariations
Theratedoperationalcurrentofthemotorisdisplayedbymeansofagraduatedknob4
Personnel protection is also provided. All live parts are protected against direct fnger
contactfromthefrontpanel
Theadditionofanundervoltagetripallowsthecircuit-breakertobede-energisedin
theeventofanundervoltageconditionTheuseristhereforeprotectedagainst
suddenstartingofthemachinewhennormalvoltageisrestored,sincetheStart
buttonIhastobepressedtorestartthemotor
Withtheadditionofashunttrip,de-energisationoftheunitcanberemotely
controlled
Theoperatorsonbothopen-mountedandenclosedmotorcircuit-breakerscanbe
lockedintheStoppositionObyupto4padlocks
Becausetheyaresuitableforisolation,thesecircuit-breakers,intheopenposition,
provideanadequateisolationdistanceandindicatetheactualpositionofthemoving
contactsbythepositionoftheoperators

Special features
These motor circuit-breakers are easily installed in any confguration thanks to their
universal fxing arrangement: screw fxing or clip-on mounting on symmetrical,
asymmetricalorcombinationrails

TeSys protection components


Thermal-magneticmotorcircuit-breakers
GV,GV3andGV7
Characteristics:
pages3/8to3/3
References:
pages3/47to3/51
Dimensions:
pages3/70to3/75
Schemes:
pages3/76and3/77
Characteristics:
pages3/8to3/3
References:
pages3/47to3/51
Dimensions:
pages3/70to3/75
Schemes:
pages3/76and3/77
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3/8
3
Characteristics
Environment
Circuit-breaker type GV2 ME GV2 P GV3 P GV3 ME80 GV7 R
Conforming to standards IEC60947-1,60947-,
60947-4-1,
EN6004,UL508,
CSACn14-05,
NFC63-650,63-10,79-130,
VDE0113,0660
IEC/EN
60947-1,
60947-,
60947-4-1,
UL508typeE,
CSAC
n14-05typeE
IEC/EN,NF
EN,BSEN,
DINEN60947-,
60947-4-1
IEC60947-1,
60947-,
60947-4-1,
EN60947-1,
60947-,
EN60947-4-1,
NFC63-650,
NFC63-10,
79-130,
VDE0113,
0660
Product certifcations UL,CSA,CCC,
CEBEC,
GOST,TSE,
BV,GL,LROS,
DNV,PTB,
EZU,SETI,
RINA,ATEX
UL(1),CSA,
PTB,EZU,
GOST,TSE,
DNV,LROS,
GL,BV,RINA,
CCC,ATEX
UL,CSA,
CCC,GOST,
ATEX,BV,
GL,DNV,RINA,
LROS(pending)
UL,CSA,
LROS
UL,DNV,
CCC
Protective treatment TH TH TC TC
Degree of protection Conformingto
IEC6059
Openmounted IP0 IP0 IP0 IP405with
terminal
shrouds
Inenclosure GV2 Mp01:
IP41
GV2 Mp02:
IP55
GV3 PC01and
GV3 PC02:IP55
GV3 CE01:
IP55

Shock resistance ConformingtoIEC60068--7 30gn-11ms On:15gn-11ms
Off:30gn-11ms
gn-0ms 15gn-11ms
Vibration resistance ConformingtoIEC60068--6 5gn(5150Hz) 4gn
(5300Hz)
5gn
(05Hz)
5gn(5Hz)
Ambient air temperature Storage C -40+80 -40+80 -40+80 -40+80 -55+95
Operation Openmounted C -0+60 -0+60 -0+60(2) -0+60 -5+70
Inenclosure C -0+40 -0+40 -0+40 -0+40
Temperature compensation Openmounted C -0+60 -0+60 -0+60 -0+60 -5+55(3)
Inenclosure C -0+40 -0+40 -0+40 -0+40
Flame resistance ConformingtoIEC60695--1 C 960 960 960 960
Maximum operating altitude m 000 3000 3000 000
Suitable for isolation ConformingtoIEC60947-17-1-6 Yes Yes Yes
Resistance to mechanical impact J 05 05 10 05 05
IK04 IK09
(inenclosure)

Sensitivity to phase failure Yes,conformingtoIEC60947-4-17--1-5-
Technical characteristics
Circuit-breaker type GV2 ME GV2 P GV2 RT GV3 P GV3
ME80
GV7
Rp20...
Rp100
GV7
Rp150
GV7
Rp220
Utilisation category ConformingtoIEC60947- A A A A
ConformingtoIEC60947-4-1 AC-3 AC-3 AC-3 AC-3
Rated operational voltage
(Ue)
ConformingtoIEC60947- V 690 690 690 690
Rated insulation voltage
(Ui)
ConformingtoIEC60947- V 690 690 690 750
Rated voltage ConformingtoCSAC-n14,
UL508
V 600 600 600
(B600)
600
Rated operational
frequency
ConformingtoIEC60947-4-1
UL,CSA
Hz 50/60 50/60 50/60 50/60
Rated impulse withstand
voltage (Uimp)
ConformingtoIEC60947- kV 6 6 6 8
Total power dissipated per pole W 5 8 8 5 87 145
Mechanical durability
(CO:Close,Open)
C.O. 100000 50000 30000 50000 40000 0000
Electrical durability
forAC-3duty
440VIn/ C.O. 100000 30000 50000 40000 0000
440VIn C.O. 50000 30000 0000 10000
Duty class (maximumoperatingrate) C.O./h 5 5 5 5
Maximum conventional
rated thermal current (Ith)
ConformingtoIEC60947-4-1 A 016
3
016
3
040
3
13
65
80 1
100
150 0
Rated duty ConformingtoIEC60947-4-1 Continuousduty
(1) UL 508 type E for GV2 PppH7
(2) Leave a space of 9 mm between 2 circuit-breakers: either an empty space, or side mounting add-
on contact blocks. Side by side mounting is possible up to 40 C.
(3)Foroperationupto70C,pleaseconsultyourRegionalSalesOffce.
TeSys protection components
Thermal-magneticmotorcircuit-breakers

References:
pages3/47to3/51
Dimensions:
pages3/70to3/77
Schemes:
pages3/78and3/79
References:
pages3/47to3/51
Dimensions:
pages3/70to3/77
Schemes:
pages3/78and3/79
3/9
3
Characteristics (continued)
Mounting characteristics
Operating position
Withoutderating,inrelationtonormalverticalmountingplane(1)

Connection characteristics
Connection to screw clamp terminals or spring terminals
Bare cables
Circuit-breaker type GV2 ME GV2 P GV3 P GV3 ME80
Connection to screw clamp terminals
(2)
(Maxnumberof
conductorsxcsa)
Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max.
Solidcable mm
2
x1 x6 x1 x6 x1 1x5and
1x35
1x5 1x35
Flexiblecable
withoutcableend
mm
2
x15 x6 x15 x6 x1 1x5and
1x35
1x5 x16
Flexiblecable
withcableend
mm
2
x1 x4 x1 x4 x1 1x5and
1x35
1x5 x16
Tightening torque N.m 17 17 17 17 5 5:5mm

8:35mm

5 5
Connection to spring terminals
Number of conductors x c.s.a.
Solidcable mm
2
x1(3) x6
Flexiblecable
withoutcableend
mm
2
x15(3) x4
Connection by bars or lugs
Bars or lugs
Circuit-breaker type GV2 MEpp6 GV3 Ppp6 GV7
Rp20...Rp100
GV7 Rp150 GV7 Rp220
Pitch Withoutspreaders mm 135 175 35 35 35
Withspreaders mm 45 45 45
Bars or cables with lugs e mm y6 y6 y6 y6 y6
L mm y95 y135 y5 y5 y5
L mm y95 y165
d mm y10 y10 y10 y10 y10
Screws M4 M6 M6 M8 M8
Tighteningtorque N.m 17 6 10 15 15
Bare cables(copperoraluminium)
with connectors
Height(h) mm 0 0 0
Csa mm
2
1595 1595 15185
Tighteningtorque N.m 15 15 15
(1)Whenmountingonaverticalrail,ftastoptopreventanyslippage.
(2) For motor circuit-breakers GV3 P: BTR hexagon socket head screws, EverLink

system.
Require use of an insulated Allen key, in compliance with local electrical wiring regulations.
(3) For cross-sections 1 to 1.5 mm
2
, the use of an LA9 D99 cable end reducer is recommended.
9
0
9
0
9
0
9
0
9
0
9
0
9
0
9
0

hh
e
d
L
d
L
L'
6
e
d
L
d
L
L'
6
TeSys protection components
Thermal-magneticmotorcircuit-breakers
References:
pages3/47to3/51
Dimensions:
pages3/70to3/77
Schemes:
pages3/78and3/79
References:
pages3/47to3/51
Dimensions:
pages3/70to3/77
Schemes:
pages3/78and3/79
3/10
3
Characteristics
Breaking capacity of GV2 ME and GV2 P
Circuit-breaker type GV2 ME GV2 P
01
to
06
07 08 10 14 16 20 21
&
22
32 01
to
06
07 08 10 14 16 20 21
&
22
32
Rating A 0.1
to
1.6
2.5 4 6.3 10 14 18 23
&
25
32 0.1
to
1.6
2.5 4 6.3 10 14 18 23
&
25
32
Breaking capacity
conformingtoIEC60947-
30/40V Icu kA
g g g g g g g
50 50
g g g g g g g g g
Ics%(1)
g g g g g g g
100 100
g g g g g g g g g
400/415V Icu kA
g g g g g
15 15 15 10
g g g g g g
50 50 50
Ics%(1)
g g g g g
50 50 40 50
g g g g g g
50 50 50
440V Icu kA
g g g
50 15 8 8 6 6
g g g g g
50 0 0 0
Ics%(1)
g g g
100 100 50 50 50 50
g g g g g
75 75 75 75
500V Icu kA
g g g
50 10 6 6 4 4
g g g g
50 4 10 10 10
Ics%(1)
g g g
100 100 75 75 75 75
g g g g
100 75 75 75 75
690V Icu kA
g
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
g
8 8 6 6 6 4 4 4
Ics%(1)
g
75 75 75 75 75 75 75 75
g
100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
Associated fuses (if required)
if Isc > breaking capacity Icu
conformingtoIEC60947-
30/40V aM A
g
g g g g g g 80 80 g g g g g g g g g
gG A g g g g g g g 100 100 g g g g g g g g g
400/415V aM A g g g g g 63 63 80 80 g g g g g g 100 100 100
gG A g g g g g 80 80 100 100 g g g g g g 15 15 15
440V aM A g g g 50 50 50 50 63 63 g g g g g 50 63 80 80
gG A g g g 63 63 63 63 80 80 g g g g
g
63 80 100 100
500V aM A g g g 50 50 50 50 50 50 g g g g 50 50 50 50 50
gG A g g g 63 63 63 63 63 63 g g g g 63 63 63 63 63
690V aM A g 16 5 3 3 40 40 40 40 g 0 5 40 40 50 50 50 50
gG A g 0 3 40 40 50 50 50 50
g
5 3 50 50 63 63 63 63
g > 100 kA.
(1) As % of Icu.
TeSys protection components
Thermal-magneticmotorcircuit-breakers
GVMEandGVP
References:
pages3/47to3/51
Dimensions:
pages3/70to3/7
Schemes:
page3/78
References:
pages3/47to3/51
Dimensions:
pages3/70to3/7
Schemes:
page3/78
3/11
3
Characteristics (continued)
Breaking capacity of GV2 ME and GV2 P (used in association with current limiter GV1 L3)
Circuit-breaker type GV2 ME
01 to 06 07 08 10 14 16 20 21 22 32
Rating A 0.1 to
1.6
2.5 4 6.3 10 14 18 23 25 32
Breaking capacity
conformingtoIEC60947-
30/40V Icu kA
g g g g g g g g g g
Ics%(1)
g g g g g g g g g g
400/415V Icu kA
g g g g g
100 100 100 100 100
Ics%(1)
g g g g g
50 50 40 40 40
440V Icu kA
g g g g g
50 0 0 0 0
Ics%(1)
g g g g g
75 75 75 75 75
500V Icu kA
g g g g
50 4 10 10 10 10
Ics%(1)
g g g g
100 100 75 75 75 75
Circuit-breaker type GV2 P
01 to 06 07 08 10 14 16 20 21 22 32
Rating A 0.1 to
1.6
2.5 4 6.3 10 14 18 23 25 32
Breaking capacity
conformingtoIEC60947-
30/40V Icu kA
g g g g g g g g g g
Ics% (1)
g g g g g g g g g g
400/415V Icu kA
g g g g g g g g g g
Ics%(1)
g g g g g g g g g g
440V Icu kA
g g g g g
100 100 100 100 100
Ics%(1)
g g g g g
50 50 50 50 50
500V Icu kA
g g g g
100 100 100 100 100 100
Ics%(1)
g g g g
50 50 50 50 50 50
690V(3) Icu=Ics kA
g
50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50
Circuit-breaker type GV2 ME
01 to 06 07 08 10 14 16 20 21 22 32
Rating A 0.1
to 1.6
2.5 4 6.3 10 14 18 23 25 32
Cable protection against
thermal stress in the
event of short-circuit
(PVCinsulatedcoppercables)
Minimum
csa
protected
at40C
atIscmax
1mm
p
p p y10kA y6kA (2) (2) (2) (2) (2)
15mm

p p p y0kA y10kA (2) (2) (2) (2) (2)


5mm

p p p p p p p p
p
(2)
46mm

p p p p p p p
p p p
g > 100 kA
p Cable c.s.a. protected
(1) As % of Icu
(2) Cable c.s.a. not protected
(3) With limiter LA9 LB920
TeSys protection components
Thermal-magneticmotorcircuit-breakers
GVMEandGVP
References:
pages3/47to3/51
Dimensions:
pages3/70to3/7
Schemes:
page3/78
References:
pages3/47to3/51
Dimensions:
pages3/70to3/7
Schemes:
page3/78
3/1
3
Characteristics
Breaking capacity of GV3 P and GV3 ME80
Motor circuit-breaker type GV3 P GV3 ME80
13 18 25 32 40 50 65
Rating A 13 18 25 32 40 50 65 80
Breaking capacity
conformingtoIEC60947-
30/40V Icu kA 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
Ics%(1) 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
400/415V Icu kA 100 100 100 100 50 50 50 15
Ics% (1) 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 50
440V Icu kA 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 10
Ics%(1) 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 60
500V Icu kA 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 4
Ics%(1) 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 100
690V Icu kA 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
Ics% (1) 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 100
Associated fuses, if required
if lsc > breaking capacity Icu
30/40V aM A
g g g g g g g g
gG A
g g g g g g g g
415V aM A
g g g g
15 15 15 315
gG A
g g g g
160 160 160 400
440V aM A 63 80 15 15 15 15 15 315
gG A 80 100 160 160 160 160 160 400
500V aM A 63 63 63 63 80 80 80 00
gG A 80 80 80 80 100 100 100 50
690V aM A 50 50 50 50 63 63 63 00
gG A 63 63 63 63 80 80 80 50
g Fuse not required: breaking capacity Icn > Isc.
(1) As % of Icu.
TeSys protection components
Thermal-magneticmotorcircuit-breakers
GV3PandGV3ME80
References:
pages3/47to3/51
Dimensions:
pages3/73and3/74
Schemes:
pages3/78and3/79
References:
pages3/47to3/51
Dimensions:
pages3/73and3/74
Schemes:
pages3/78and3/79
3/13
3
Characteristics
Breaking capacity of GV7 R
Circuit-breaker type GV7
RE20RE100 RS20RS100 RE150 RS150 RE220 RS220
Rating A 1220 to 60100 90150 90150 132220 132220
Breaking capacity
conformingtoIEC60947-
30/40V lcu kA 85 100 85 100 85 100
Ics% (1) 100 100 100 100 100 100
400/415V Icu kA 36 70 35 70 35 70
Ics% (1) 100 100 100 100 100 100
440V Icu kA 36 65 35 65 35 65
Ics%(1) 100 100 100 100 100 100
500V Icu kA 18 50 30 50 30 50
Ics%(1) 100 100 100 100 100 100
690V Icu kA 8 10 8 10 8 10
Ics%(1) 100 100 100 100 100 100
Cable protection against
thermal stress in the
event of short-circuit
(PVCinsulatedcoppercables)
Minimum
csa
protected
at40C
atIscmax
4mm

y6kA y6kA (2) (2) (2) (2)


6mm
p
y5kA (2) (2) (2) (2)
1050mm
p p p p p p
(1) As % of Icu.
p Cable c.s.a. protected.
(2) Cable c.s.a. not protected.
TeSys protection components
Thermal-magneticmotorcircuit-breakers
GV7R
References:
pages3/47to3/51
Dimensions:
pages3/73and3/74
Schemes:
pages3/78and3/79
References:
pages3/47to3/51
Dimensions:
pages3/73and3/74
Schemes:
pages3/78and3/79
3/14
3
Characteristics
Environment
Circuit-breaker type GV2 LE GV2 L
Conforming to standards IEC60947-1,60947-,EN6004,NFC63-650,NFC63-10,79-130,
VDE0113,0660
Product certifcations CSA,CCC CSA,CCC,BV,DNV,GL,LROS,RINA
Protective treatment TH TH
Shock resistance ConformingtoIEC60068--7 30gn 30gn
Vibration resistance ConformingtoIEC60068--6 5gn(5to150Hz) 5gn(5to150Hz)
Ambient air temperature Storage C -40+80 -40+80
Operation C -0+60 -0+60
Flame resistance ConformingtoIEC60695--1 C 960 960
Maximum operating altitude m 000 000
Operating position
Connection
(Maxnumberof
conductorsxcsa)
Min. Max. Min. Max.
Solidcable mm
2
x1 x6 x1 x6
Flexiblecablewithoutcableend mm
2
x15 x6 x15 x6
Flexiblecablewithcableend mm
2
x1 x4 x1 x4
Tightening torque N.m 17 17
Suitable for isolation ConformingtoIEC60947-17-1-6 Yes Yes
Resistance to mechanical impact J 05 05
Technical characteristics
Utilisation category ConformingtoIEC60947- A A
ConformingtoIEC60947-4-1 AC-3 AC-3
Rated operational
voltage (Ue)
ConformingtoIEC60947- V 690 690
Rated insulation
voltage (Ui)
ConformingtoIEC60947- V 690 690
Rated operational frequency ConformingtoIEC60947- Hz 50/60 50/60
Rated impulse withstand
voltage (Uimp)
ConformingtoIEC60947- kV 6 6
Total power dissipated per pole W 18 18
Mechanical durability
(CO:Closing,Opening)
ForAC-3duty C.O. 100000 100000
Electrical durability for AC-3/415V duty
(CO:Closing,Opening)
C.O. 100000 100000
Duty class
(maximumoperatingrate)
C.O./h 40 40
Rated duty ConformingtoIEC60947-4-1 Continuousduty Continuousduty

TeSys protection components


Magneticmotorcircuit-breakers
GVLEandGVL
References:
pages3/5and3/53
Dimensions:
pages3/83to3/84
Schemes:
page3/87
References:
pages3/5and3/53
Dimensions:
pages3/83to3/84
Schemes:
page3/87
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3/15
3
Characteristics (continued)
Circuit-breaker type GV2 LE GV2 L
03
to
06
07 08 10 14 16 20 22 32 03
to
05
06
&
07
08 10 14 16 20 22 32
Rating A 0.4
to
1.6
2.5 4 6.3 10 14 18 25 32 0.4
to
1
1.6
to
2.5
4 6.3 10 14 18 25 32
Breaking capacity
conformingtoIEC60947-
30/40V Icu kA
g g g g g g g
50 50
g g g g g g g
50 50
Ics%(1)
g g g g g g g
100 100
g g g g g g g
100 100
400/415V Icu kA
g g g g g
15 15 15 10
g g g g g
50 50 50 50
Ics%(1)
g g g g g
50 50 40 50
g g g g g
50 50 50 50
440V Icu kA
g g g
50 15 8 8 6 6
g g g g
0 0 0 0 0
Ics%(1)
g g g
100 100 50 50 50 50
g g g g
75 75 75 75 75
500V Icu kA
g g g
50 10 6 6 4 4
g g g g
10 10 10 10 10
Ics%(1)
g g g
100 100 75 75 75 75
g g g g
100 75 75 75 75
690V Icu kA
g
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
g
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
Ics%(1)
g
75 75 75 75 75 75 75 75
g
100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
Associated fuses (if required)
if Isc > breaking capacity Icu
conformingtoIEC60947-
amendment1
30/40V aM A
g g g g g g
g 80 80
g g g g g g
g 100 100
gG A
g g g g g g
g 100 100
g g g g g g g
15 15
400/415V aM A
g g g g
g 63 63 80 80
g g g g
g 80 100 100 100
gG A
g g g g
g 80 80 100 100
g g g g g
100 15 15 15
440V aM A
g g g
50 50 50 50 63 63
g g g g
50 63 80 80 80
gG A
g g g
63 63 63 63 80 80
g g g g
63 80 100 100 100
500V aM A
g g g
50 50 50 50 50 50
g g g
g 50 50 50 50 50
gG A
g g g
63 63 63 63 63 63
g g g g
63 63 63 63 63
690V aM A
g
16 5 3 3 40 40 40 40 g 0 5 40 40 50 50 50 50
gG A
g
0 3 40 40 50 50 50 50
g
5 3 50 50 63 63 63 63
Cable protection against
thermal stress in the event
of short-circuit
(PVCinsulatedcoppercables)
Minimumcsaprotectedat40C
andatIscmax
1mm

kA
p p p
y10 y6 (2) (2) (2) (2)
p p p
y10 y6 (2) (2) (2) (2)
15mm

kA
p p p
y0 y10 (2) (2) (2) (2)
p p p
y0 y10 (2) (2) (2) (2)
5mm
p p p p p p p p
(2)
p p p p p p p p
(2)
46mm
p p p p p p p p p p p p p p p p p p
g > 100 kA
p Cable c.s.a. protected
(1) As % of Icu
(2) Cable c.s.a. not protected

TeSys protection components


Magneticmotorcircuit-breakers
GVLEandGVL
References:
pages3/5and3/53
Dimensions:
pages3/83to3/84
Schemes:
page3/87
References:
pages3/5and3/53
Dimensions:
pages3/83to3/84
Schemes:
page3/87
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3/16
3
Characteristics
Environment
Circuit-breaker type GV3 L GK3 EF80
Conforming to standards IEC/EN60947-1,60947- IEC60947-,EN6004
Protective treatment TH TC
Degree of protection ConformingtoIEC6059 IP0 IP0
Shock resistance Conformingto
IEC60068--7
On:15gn-11ms
Off:30gn-11ms
gn-0ms
Vibration resistance Conformingto
IEC60068--6
4gn(5300Hz) 5gn(05Hz)
Flame resistance Conformingto
IEC60695--1
C 960 960
Ambient air temperature Storage C -40+80 -40+80
Operation C -0+60(1) -0+70openmounted
Maximum operating altitude m 3000 3000
Operating position
Withoutderating,inrelationtonormalverticalmountingplane(2)
Anyposition
Connection
(Maxnumberof
conductorsxcsa)
Min. Max. Min. Max.
Solidcable mm
2
x1 1x5
1x35
1x5 1x35
Flexiblecable
withoutcableend
mm
2
x1 1x5
1x35
1x5or
x5
1x5or
x16
Flexiblecable
withcableend
mm
2
x1 1x5
1x35
1x5or
x5
1x5or
x16
Tightening torque N.m 5 5:5mm

8:35mm

5
Suitable for isolation
conformingtoIEC60947-17-1-6
Yes Yes
Technical characteristics
Rated insulation
voltage (Ui)
ConformingtoIEC60947- V 690 750
Rated impulse withstand
voltage (Uimp)
ConformingtoIEC60947- kV 6 10
Rated operational
voltage (Ue)
ConformingtoIEC60947- V 690 690
Rated operational frequency Hz 50/60 5060
Electrical durability for AC-3/415V duty
(CO:Close-Open)
C.O. 50000 1500
Mechanical durability
(CO:Closing,Opening)
C.O. 50000 0000
Maximum operating rate C.O./h 5 40
Operating threshold of magnetic trips 14Imax 3363
Utilisation category ConformingtoIEC60947- A A
(1) Leave a space of 9 mm between 2 circuit-breakers: either an empty space or side-mounting
add-on contact blocks. Side by side mounting is possible up to 40 C.
(2)Whenmountingonaverticalrail,ftastoptopreventanyslippage.

TeSys protection components


Magneticmotorcircuit-breakers
GV3LandGK3EF80
References:
pages3/5and3/53
Dimensions:
pages3/85and3/88
Schemes:
page3/87
References:
pages3/5and3/53
Dimensions:
pages3/85and3/88
Schemes:
page3/87
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3/17
3
Characteristics (continued)
Breaking capacity of GV3 L and GK3 EF80
Type GV3 L25 GV3 L32 GV3 L40 GV3 L50 GV3 L65 GK3 EF80
Breaking capacity of the
circuit-breaker only or of the
circuit-breaker combined with
a thermal overload relay
30/40V Icu kA 100 100 100 100 100 50
Ics% (1) 100 100 100 100 100 40
400/415V Icu kA 100 100 50 50 50 35
Ics%(1) 100 100 100 100 100 5
440V Icu kA 50 50 50 50 50 5
Ic